L

MODEL

MAKING
INCLUDING

WORKSHOP

DESIGN

PRACTICE,

PRACTICAL

TREATISE

VARIOUS
IN

GIVING

PROCESSES

AND

MAKING
OF

THE

AND

WORK,

SOFT

SPEED

ELECTROPLATING,

WORK,
SOLDERING,

ETC., ARE

GRINDING,
INCLUDED

ALSO

BY

XATES

FRANCIS

RAYMOND

MAGAZINE"

ENGINEERING

"EVERYDAY

GUNS,
ETC.

CRANES,

EDITED

OF

TION
CONSTRUCINCLUDING

BOATS,

HARD

DRILLING,

FESSIONAL
PROTHE

INVOLVED

ACTUAL

PATTERN

AND

EDITOR

ON

MODELS,

ENGINES,
LOCOMOTIVES,

LATHE

AND

OPERATIONS

NUMEROUS

STEAM

AMATEUR
INSTRUCTIONS

THE

FOR

MECHANIC"

MODEL

MODELS

OF

CONSTRUCTION

ANp

":^l'^

FULLY

ILLUSTRATED

REPRODUCTIONS

WITH

OF

NORMAN

W.

MODELS

YORK

PUBLISHING

HENLEY

2 WEST

ENGRAVINGS

WORKING

ACTUAL

NEW
THE

300

45th
1919

STREET

COMPANY

Copyrighted,

The

Norman

W.

All

PRINTING,
PUBLISHERS

Rights

PRESSWORK

PRINTING

1919,

Henley

by

Publishing

Co.

Reserved

AND

CO.,

BINDING

NEW

BY
YORK

THE

CITY

to

"

PREFACE

is far

making

Model

from

hobby

senseless

^jnst

"

the

opposite

it the

prestige

scope

is unlimited

duced

schaert

valve

modeled

and

in

model
30

dignity of

and

miniature

miles

complete in
throttle;

to

locomotive

boat

hour;

per

turned

X^

This

pression is inadequate

^^

full

of the

model

knowledge.

Its

blueprints
from

scale
he

be

must

is where

This

itself,and

presents
The

torpedo

boat

knowledge
a

better

to

and

the

great

mean

real

makes

In

He

",****.
^

this,
must

locomotive'.

More

to
of

value

with.

start

model

making

becomes

fest.
mani-

locomotive,

increased

experience

*^,

to

course,

cases,

"

vanced"
ad-

Of

miniature

many

of

model

ability.

value

the

and

most

from

chosen

the

Aside

airship, has

extent;

mechanic.

of

something

resourcefulness.

educating

or

ing
engineer-

produce his

build

ex-

of work

read

to

to

usually

its

destroyer

no

can

of

who

man

know

of its prototype.

are

part

must
able

steel.

construction
amount

him

of

model

small

be

enable

maker

mechanisms

simple

really

it the

with

carry

The

no

must

patience

model

every

he

to

with

The

making.

going

piece of

solid

not

It is

mechanic

does

miniature.

drawing

infinite

possess

not

and

constructor

engineering,

steam

into

coaxed

model

called

involves

locomotive

of

out

work.

in

engineering

"

be

exactly

meaning

engines,

steam

and

Wal-

six-cylinder engine is built

crankshaft

cannot

from

destroyer is

boat

workable

is constructed

is repro-

detail

every

Its

unnumbered.

are

torpedo

with

provided

speed

six-throw

him

specialized science.

its ramifications

and

with

carries

and

practical, educating

giant four-cylinder compound

The

r^

; it is

the

his
has

own

made

fundamental

Preface

operation

principles of
is made.

model
make

to

must

them

to

bore, stroke,
After

upon.

to

well-working

with

manipulated

What

bench.

from
of

of

practical value,
of

thousands
value

great

After

and

weeks

months

very

its value

therefore

eyes

upon

which

many

months
The

received

from

comparison

modeler

was
man

the
to

possessed

worke^
damaged
no

was

express

his

work.

of

like

some

wonderful

the

for

his

child

him

and

for

The

His

model.

writer

The

when

exception.
was

to

money,

it.

loves

repair

was

machine,

It is difficult

beyond

He

days,

even

something

faithfully

company

models.

certain

of

been

in money.

much
The

have

made

actually

aside

him

yes,

regards

man

the

on

understood.

"

of

model

cried

who

had

he

^he

"

man

hours

He

for, but

tinkering** with

estimated

how

of it

tire

never

in mind

has

is not

explain just

to

be

It is not

money.

run

taught

thing represents

the

from

remote

it

through

many

the

on

"

by

be

must

is finished

it

England

country

spends

man

completion

upon

in

tial
essen-

accomplished?

has

makers

they obtained

knowledge

hobby

then

is

engine

made

readily

their

to

his

the

and

lathe

watch

can

as

model

and

is all he

That
love

this, the

stand

to

The

decided

paper,
out

the

its builder

has

perfectly satisfied

workshop

fingers.

to scale

accuracy

and

engine

skilful

assembled.

and

the

engine

be

upon

turned

be

Precision

starts.

all

must

completed

must

The

accurately

cycle

is

sufficiently

machine.

drawn

and

castings

becomes

tion,
opera-

intelligently with

his

and

out

First,

principles of

he

the

decides

man

young

its

proceed

design

its

machining

and

with

of

before

gasoline engine.

until

power

the

for

patterns

in

them

carefully laid

be

must

the

of

construction

and

design

study

with

acquainted

is

model

already acquainted
he

example:

an

workable

unless

its

As

mastered

be

must

model

period

in

tation.
transpor-

insurance

nothing

merely

an

peculiar God-given

of

to

he

him

ordinary
instinct

Preface
him

made

that

love

miniature

creation

of

his

own

hands.
reader

The

will notice

in the above

tone

unmistakable

an

paragraphs. True,

defensive

ii is defensive

and

is
largelyto vindicate the fact that a modeler
ish
with childnot necessarilyan immature
youth or a man
notions
and that model
making is an engineering
science rather than a senseless hobby.
In England, model
ries
making or model engineeringcarwith it a different meaning than it does at the present
time in America.
There
has been a tendency in this
parison
country to associate it with toy making, and no comcould be more
or
humiliatingto the ardent
vague
followers
of the work than this. It is utterlyunjustified
and the impression remains
merely because the publicin

intended

this

country has

not

been

educated

to the

true

meaning

of the science
a
significance
category in which it
rightfullyhas a place. It is hoped that this book, which
is prepared to give impetus to model
engineeringin this

and

"

country, will also

a

impression of

correct
The

best

articles

in

Everyday

appeared
past
the

tw^o years

writer's

have

task

the

serve

to

double

the work

purpose

its pages

are

of

creating

devoted

to.

model

engineering that have

Engineering Magazine during the

on

been

chosen

re-edit

these

for this book.

articles

and

It

was

arrange

of his
together with 29,000 words
publication,
own
writing relative to model engineering,part of which
have
appeared in past issues of the magazine and part
of which
Due
is being published for the first time.
acknowledgment and thanks are given to the various other
contributors,as follows: J. F. Springer, H. H. Parker,
J. Weed, A.
George Bender, Thoinas S. Curtis,Arthur
Koster, L. F. Carter, Ian McKinzie, Ralph R. Weddell,
E, Carrington,J. Fawcett
Rappj
Raymond Tetens, James
them

for

The
Cote, S. H. Kershaw, and E. B. Nichols.
writer wishes to acknowledge his especialindebtedness
to
Omer

Preface

Mr.

in
volume.

able

Bender

model

is

his

of
the
If

is

this

models

book

the
of

the

assistance

the

which

and

in

appear

helps

to

in

create

the

of

and
of

truth

the

this

descriptions

the

by

locomotive

gestions
sug-

enthusiastic

most

country

steam

and

preparation

actual

substantiated

well

model

valued

one

in

engiuQers

statement

his

with

connection

Mr.

some

for

Bender

George

this

volume,

cially
espe-

XXVIII.

Chapter

interest

of

in

model

engi-

"

neering

and

misinformed

highest
be

also

public
wishes

of

helps

to

relative
those

to

responsible

iriipression

the

correct
the

science
for

it

its

treats,

inception

realized.
Raymond

January,

1919.

Francis

Yates.

of

the
will

CONTENTS

CHAPTER

THE

Notes

the

on

tool

MODEL

general

ENGINEEBS'

WORKSHOP

of

arrangement

equipment

ventilation

the

location

The

of

the

The

of

type

lathe

Metal

spinning

work-^

by

for

mounting

turning

crankshafts

Turning

"

making

model

Wood

"

Attachments

portable

for

work

lathe

Elementary

model

it

in

for

work

Speed

of

"

names

of

^Using

"

work

jlow

make

to

soft

surfaces
is

being

outfit

"

AND

solder

adhere

to

receive

applied
Composition

of

silver

small

"

lathe

made

lathe

25-64

for

various

of

twist

metals
drills

"

and

Pages

65-71

IV

SOLDERING

HARD

Soldering

"

solder

Information

"

Knurling

^Internal

V-bloIek

fluxes
"

Methods

of

"

"

"

Description

CHAPTER

SOFT

drills

sharpen

to

the

cutting
lathe

"

"

DRILLING

"

parts

's

tools

lathe

the

Pages

AND

different

for

Screw

up

III

drilling^How

drill

Grinding

"

engineer

CHAPTER

Marking

Setting

"

cabinet

DRILLS

WO"K

LATHE

AND

purchase

to

15-24

II

CHAPTER

LATHES

heating,

Pages

machines

power-driven

and

workshop

lighting,

its

shop,

"

and

engineers'

model

on

silver

solder
"

Preparation

holding
soldering

Application

work

"

of

Silver
silver

of

while

solder

soldering
solder.

Pages
9

lic
metal-

72-81

Contents

10

CHAPTER

Simple

in

experiments

tempering

the

various

to

material

TEMPEBING

AND

HABDENING

of

tempering

employed

Proper

"

steel

hardness

of

degrees

STEEL

Case

"

heating

Proper

"

hardening

Notes

"

on

USE

THE

Abrasive

for

equipment

polishing
in
"

model

the

Grinding

"

Precautions

be

to

"

How

practice

foundry

"

Making

patterns
them

tof make

"

small

for

wheels

"

taken

in

How

to

head

grinding

choose

wheel

wheels

mounting

and

Grinding

"

Bonds

"

for

certain

Pages

89-99

VII

MAKING

moulds
Cores'

Finishing

"

workshop

engineer's

attachments

abrasive

making

ABRASIVES

OF

PATTEBN

how

82-88

VI

CHAPTER

General

hardening
Pagea

CHAPTER

used

ceous
Carbona-

"

case

furnaces

work

for

temperature

made

are

and

boxes

core

Various

"

"

of

terns
patand

patterns

100-125

Pages

patterns

CHAPTER

kinds

Parted

VIII

ELECTBO-PLATING

of

Explanation

the

process

^Description of

"

small

plating

copper,

silver

outfit

"

Solu-

tions

used

for

the

solutions

Cleansing

electro-deposition
for

various

of

metals

"

Polishing

Pages

work

various

MODEL

of

the

parts

.SLIDE

engine

"

CBANK

Procedure

nickel

"

finishing
126-134

IX

CHAPTER

Description

and
and

STEAM

in

machining

ENGINE

and

finishing
Pages

the

135-139

Contents

11

CHAPTER
MODEL

Description

of

the

crankcase,
the

TWIN-OYXINDER

of

type

valve

the

engine

ENGINE

"

crankshaft

chest,

ENGINE

the

machining

methods

practical

^Finishing

"

engine

of

in

necessary
the

the

engine

the

finishing

....Pages

ENGINE

MABINE

various

and

engine

parts

Lathe

"

Making

"

machine

and

in

fittings employed
Lubrication

flash

^Difficulties

"

XIII

STEAM

plants operate

steam

PLANTS

plant

in

of

the

Regulation

of

Description

"

"

adjustment

various
the

Gasolene

"

parts

and

supply

water

burners

plants

steam

for

152-165

Pages

CHAPTEii

flash

work

crankshaft

built-up

engine

FLASH

most

147-151

XII

TWIN-CYLINDEB

MODEL

the

employing

parts,

engine

the

CHAPTER

Description

140-146

XI

SINGLE-CYLINDER
in

procedure

Finishing

"

Pages

engine

General

castings,

cylinder

mechanism

valve*

CHAPTER

How

the

Machining
and

for

Pages

"

flash

166-174

"

CHAPTER
A
A

STEAM

FLASH

of

description
work

and

FOB

PLANT

the

necessary

engine

XIV

how

engine
to

finish

to

make

and

what

the

it

engine

FLASH
and

Operation
for

PLANT

STEAM

of

design

six-cylinder
a

flash

steam

of

capable

is
A

"

AIRPLANES

flash

of

doing

the

engine
plant

Machine

"

for

plant

steam

it

Pages

CHAPTER
A

MODEL

LABGE

175-186

XV
SMALL

FOB

engine

"

working
to

the

drive

How
on

the

MODEL

the

the

engine
same

engine

AIBPLANES
is

made

"

principle

"

Pages

^Design
tion
Descrip187-197

Contents

12

CHAPTER
A
of

Description
turbine

the

XVI

MODEL

STEAM

design

used

TUBBINE

Machining

"

DESIGN

AND

of

Efficiency
Boiler

boilers
Pot

"

boilers

boilers

model

OF

^Evaporative

"

MODEL
of

and

gauges

steam

safety

the

boat

"

check

valves,

HYDBOPLANE

MODEL
^Its flash

poller

hull

boat

"

FBEIGHTEB

LAEIE

The

power

plant

construction

and

of

SHABPIE-TYPE

hull

mahogany

"

MODEL

Power

plant

"

BOAT

Construction

of

special
Pages

of

constructing
fittings

SUBMABINE

MODEL

the

hull

alcohol
266-272

XXII

CHAPTER
A

deck

260-265

XXI

burner

"Deck

the

Pages

Method

242-259

XX

CHAPTER

the

high-speed

twin-cylinder,

and

fittings

Making

231-241

XIX

CHAPTER

the

cocks,

-water

Pages

gauges

MODEL

"

215-230

Pages

"

boilers

Marine

engine

steam

Building

"

Pages

valves,

BECOBD-BBEAKING

of

hull

boilers

currents

FITTINGS

CHAPTER
A

Convection

"

XVIII

BOILEB

construction

water

power

Water-tube

"

CHAPTER

and

198-214

BOILEBS

MODEL

Super-heaters

"

for

die

Forming

"

XVII

CONSTBUCTION

model

design

Biveting

The

parts

Pages

CHAPTER

Design

the

buckets

"

Electric

CHASEB

power

plant

and

transmission

Pages

273-280

Contents

13

CHAPTER
MODEL

the

Building

Electric

XXIII
WITH

8UBMABINE

hull

and

superstructure

plant

power

Special

"

OONTBOL

RADIO

two-point

mechanism

control

radio

The

"

relay

Automatic

"

apparatus.
281-321

Pages
CHAPTER

The

of

design

the

crane

Its

"

XXIV
CEANE

MODEL

construction

"

electrical

The

hoist.

driven

322-329

Pages
CHAPTER
AN

The

of

design
of

hoist

of

castings

designs

ENGINE

GASOLENE

crankshaft"

the

MODEL

prototype

335-345

LOCOMOTIVE

of. the

locomotive

"

^Its

driving-motors

.*

locomotive

the

Finishing

Spark

"

XXVII

ELECTRIC

Construction

"

carburetor

Pages

CHAPTER

The

The

Ignition

"

330-334

XXVI

Making

"

Construction

"

Pages

MODEL

plug

needed

power

CHAPTER

the

the

;
.

Machining

HOIST

DOUBLE-DRUM

Calculation

"

machine

the

XXV

ELECTRIC

the

"

Pages

"

346^50

CHAPTER
MODEL

The

locomotive's

XXVIII
LOCOMOTIVE

STEAM

prototype

General

"

design

"

Construction

"

Fittings.

Pages
CHAPTER
A

The

action

of

MODEL

gyroscopes

propelled

XXIX
RAILROAD

GYROSCOPE

"

Design

gyroscope

351-356

"

and
Bails

construction

of

the

car

Pages

"

trically
Elec-

357-364

Contents

14

CHAPTEE

TANK

CATEBPILLAB

MODEL.

XXX

"/

ot

Framework

"

"

for

feed

Covering

cable
"

^Driving

Tractors

tank

the

the

tank

CHAPTEE

Machine

work

the

on

the

gun

and

motors

Reel

gearing

"

365-371

Pages

XXXI

SIEGE

MODEL

Construction

OUN

of

the

wooden

ing
^Finish-

wheels

"

"

Pages

gun

372-379

INDEJt

Pages

381-390

MODEL

MAKING

CHAPTER

Notes

general

the

on

equipment

tool

ventilation

of

words

will

which

is

of

house

it

is

cellar

their

and
the

and

possess

and,

in

the

average

this

quite damp

and

steel

very

rusts

The

cellar, however,

and,

with

the

shop

is to

must

be

and
to

the

is

not

cellar
over

offers

in

it

is

the

cellar,
is

by

as

in

partly

of

whitewash.

also

protection

to
15

the

good

summer

winter.
if

The

giving

reflects

powerful

decided
worker.

the

light
lamps

also
A

the

illumination

by

whitewash

dry

desirable.

such

wholesome.

attic

protected.

the

artificial

^This

and

in

often

considered

overcome

employ

the

as

the

in

means

no

be

is

be

in

are

properly

must

The

concrete

very

being

comfortable

space.

the

of

equipment,

given
clean

The

tool

to

more

winter.

cool

the

warm

Cellars

it is

in

advantages

light.

the

light

this

can

in

delightfully

the

and

extremely

necessary
a

some

for

of

coating

good

illuminate

placed
and

problem

it

placed

employed

lighting
walls

be

is

matter

is

however,

shop,

it

put

attic

unless

furnace,

the

course,

is bad

easily

either

their

quite

case,

the
is

have

cold

advantage,

of

few

workshop

to

The

unbearably

the

the

locations

disadvantages.

does!

If

general

and

location

the

to

necessary

attic ; both

the

summer

Of

regard

generally

heating,

workshop,

engineers'

importance.

some

shop,

and

workshop

lighting,

its

equipment

tool

the

in

engineers'

model
the

machines.

model

the

said

be

in

or

of

power-driven

considering

WORKSHOP

the

locations

The

"

arrangement

of

arrangement

and

Before

ENGINEERS'

MODEL

THE

makes

wooden

floor

improvement
If

good,

'

Model

16

substantial
trouble

cabinet

from

should

for

be

Fig.

and

removed

^A

"

Owing
impossible
machinery
drive

must

recommended.

time, the

parts

that

low

the

to

to

drive

from
be

ceiling
the

line

Although
If

bench.

and, if left
not

enameled
be

can

easily

worksli9p

in

preventing

rust

moisture.
in

cellars, it is almost

most

and

lathe

shaft

"

equipment

use

are

englnMr's

effective

from

introduced.

satisfactory.

model

is very
steel

in

vaseline, which

in

in, the

the

machine

small
not

comw

the

lying around

other

with

tools

entirely obviated

when

which

protecting

and

almost

left

not

the

covered

smeared

be

keep

to

"will be

and

well

kept

made

are

press

considerable

should

and

tools

lathe, drill

The

is

dampness

the

providing

Engineering

and

This

drill
the
is

or

independent
to

expensive, it is

second-hand

press

motors

be
more
are

desired

other
motor

and

convenient

purchased

Model

The

the

shop in
these

the

cellar

the

the

It

Fig.

If there
set

is

shaded

the

in back

the

In

of the

reach.
board

instruments

A
to

in

that

and
that

case,

machine

it is well
and

etc., upon
shelf

hold

tools,

in

the

to

can

be

reamers,

workman

workshop

the

the

on

drills

a
a

be
the

at

and

using

the

sible
pos-

possible,
cord

small

gears,

should

light

is not

they will
placed

lathe

best

very

arrange

is

making

place.

dropped

place all

it where

small

the

be

to

in

can

is systematically

everything
has

from

just what

arrangement

an

have

of

wo];kshop,

offers

well-arranged

forethought

jig-saw

in the
this

idea

tool

every

If such

will

while

care

iioweT."lriTen

it, as

this

good

IT

illustrations, and

the

seen

window

by.

attachments,
to

2"

light

lathe.

be

prohibitive.

get

little

and

before

up

to work
a

will

arranged

be

will

reader

plans.

be

is shown

by using

done

be

not

need

expense

Workshop

Engineers'

over

board

wrenches,
convenient
bottom

of

measuring
machine.

Model

18

"If the
be

lathe

is

placed

trouble,

motor-driven,
that

so

the

it is

as

setting up
work

The

of

small

bench

there

is sufficient

littered

with

Two-inch
bench.

30

these

members

apart

if
rack

Various

they

things

tools

can

be

held

files

as

attached

is

necessary.

of

the

In

to

way.

Lumber,

way
one

and
corner

drawers
be

may
can

kept

of various

placed

on

yet always
of the

it,as
in

made

this

can

cases

from

shelf

where

conveniently

shop,

small

be

and

sufficient

light

elaborated
is
A

be

tude
multi-

splendid
shelf

stored

rods, steel rods, metal

this

light should

building
can

such

should

there

by

wall.

careful

them.

nature

long

and

be

can

cut

very

vise and

to

be

brass

as

bench

work

rack

feet

many

nails

and

and

the

to

light vise

one,

in the

done

bench

stock

be

each

The

it where

etc.,can
of the

close

special

porting
sup-

stock

and

In

the

bench,

The

desired.

of

and

of

than

this.

than

built.

the

wide.

bolted

or

means
a

for

bench

the

this

were

top

more

opposite ends,

at

that

the

in

and

often

2-inch

is

upon

heavy

2
not

nailed

becomes

the

it too

bench

held

be

of

to

width

of

place by

several

addition
over

in

by adding
things

good

placed

arranged

is often

work

upon

be

attention.

more

for

made

be

bench

accurate

II.

equipment

soon

used

make

not

be

Both

placed quite
quite

is

tion
informa-

larger bench

being done,
topis

placed behind

can

to the

be

long plank

of wood.

piece
be

by

can

if

substantial

be

can

formed

does

should

good,

certain

inches

should

posts

tool

for

should

inches

is

job

lathe

of the

bench

small

be necessary

Twenty-four

although

be

when

stop

possible, providing

when
a

little

Chapter

careful

giv^n

be

as

room,

planking

in

given

should

it with

Further

important part
made

searching

otherwise

is

lathe

an

be

tools

to

necessary

should

should

necessitates
would

is

shop and

reach

can

screw-cutting.

small

bench

large

operator

in

controlling switch

the

oftentimes

quickly, especially
on

Engineering

out

ing,
sheet-

it will

be

out

available.

shelf

should

be

made

Model

The

"which

upon

all

in

be

is

shelf

cellar,

the

where

there

is

with

slight air

pressure

burner

for

Now

the

that

shop

the

shelf,
with

covered,

considered

also
In

made

over

blow

the

shelf

small

it

where

desires
a

from

to

lamp

be

can
use
or

gas

solderiAg.
of the

general arrangement
be

If

procedure

ceiling.

the

in connection

been

will

manner.

hood

placed

worker

has
will

be

the

silver

heavy

or

fireproof.

same

small

the

or

shelf

wall, this

reaching
if

This

cellar workshop

should

under

foot

brazing

workshop
such

from

placed

operated

In

ing
heat-

wall, it

in the

stone

and

board

absolutely

wall

cabinet

sheeting

be

can

19

d6ne.

wooden

although

sparks

prevent

bellows

tool

necessary,

asbestos

heavy
to

be

not

$"

it

against

protect

be

asbestos

render

to

placed

rig.

will

with

covered

to

necessary

the

should

general

sheeting

asbestos
this

well

be

Workshop

soldering, brazing, tempering

operations
should

Engineers'

more

the

tool

in

model

er's
mak-

equipment

detail.

of

Anyone

Model

20

have

can

to

in

is

following

Tig.

that
whose

4"

the

workshop.

ambition

Drill

Hand
Set

should

the

for

enough

respect

While

In

pieas

is

finds
in

lathe

modal

the

generally

(Screw-cutting

if

Saw

(Both

Drill
of Drills

(See Chapter
Large

and

it

the

VI)

Small)

sary
neces-

cases,

many

The

equipment
costly

many

writer

believes

eaigUuer's

average

limited

Possible)

Press
Head

money

is obtained.

form

added,

the

Grinding
Hack

complete
in this

be

diill

powei-dilTea

list is

Small

outfit

complete

could

maker

slowly and,

engineer's

small,

pocketbook

tools

that

machines

and

they have

model

average

his

if

shop

list of tools

model

the

the

piece, until

piece by

tools

it,bnt

accumulate

to

of

well-equipped

invest

Engineering

sbop

fellow

by his

Model

The

Workshop

Engineers'

21

Torch

Gasolene
Two

Soldering Coppers

Two

Vises

and

(Large

and

(Large

Small)

Small)

of Files

Assortment
Micrometer
Scale

Outside)

and

Calipers (Inside
Dividers

Six-inch
Chisels

Punches

Center
Pliers

Snips

Tinner's

of

Assortment
Wrench

Tap

and

Taps
Die

and

Dies

Stock

Drivers

Screw

Machinists'
Drill

Square

Gauge

Various

Hanuners

Scriber

Much

could

added

be

owing

tools, but
model

chisels,

if model

necessary

turning

wood

explained
A

in

power

be

with

sample

kept

in

at

of the

the

fact

outfit

boat

hulls

ground

is,

to

of
to

are

not

good
of

needs

quite

course,

made.

be

from

few

a
a

working

shape

the

was

the

meet

metal

the

this

compose

w^ould

an

of

most

draw-knife,

would

box

on

that

saws,

of woodworking

way

metal

on

which

the

All

lathe

and

files,aa

old

subsequent chapter.
addition
least

brads, nails, tacks,

A

done

be

can

useful

very

cabinet

can

used

tools

the

Such

shop.

average

mitre

equipment

w^ood-w^orking
the

and

plane

done

good

Two

necessary.

list in

the

to

is

work

engineer's

thought

this

to

drawer,

nut

should

nuts
or

be

and

in

bolts

whatever
fixed

is

workshop

drawers,

twenty

screws,

screw,

the

to

to

which
may

it may
the

small

front

small
be

be

kept.
that

of

it

is
so

Model

22

that
A

small

cabinet
few

be

provided
In

many

in

will

be

the

object wanted

of this nature
tobacco

tins

rack
covers

to

cases

the

model

small

have
if

more

ample
floor

latbe

engine

protection
is put

point

very

will

make

the

this, and

will

double

be

carefully,
place

probably

floor

as

damp

very

remedies

Several

with

be

can

and

tins

dirt

out.

build

then

and

should

his

Such

mounted

shop
work-

it

design

heated.

curing
pro-

building

shop

the

on

it

so

wall

convenient

feet

quite
and

of

floor

and

be

when

dampness

poorly
the

layer of heavy

the

consider

to

constructed
tools

applied

expense

afford

to

necessary

is cautioned

and

space,

in

floor

will

is that

suffer
like

case

practical method

most

the

by

The

can

attacbmenta

builder

the

and

and

moistiiro

from

size

on.

can

squaie

requiring least trouble

one

in

225

It

in, and

this

wltb

tliey will

least

at

possible.

greatly.

he

necessary.

easily made

engineer

lighted, ventilated

wbere

should

them

keep dust

and

yard,

be

be

not

certain

place

to

will

can

of

with

back

well

5"

Pig.

the

wooden

small

for

search

Engineering

and
of

tar-paper

the

putting
placed

The

Model

Engineers' Workshop

23

between.

Many might think that raisingthe shop off the

ground on posts would be effective in preventing trouble
with moisture,and this is quite so, but, at the same
time,
has
the fact that such a building
cold floor in the
a very
winter time should not be lost sight of. The sides might
be boarded
up in the winter,but in the end this procedure

Fig. 6

is far

"

power-diiTffii Uthe

expensive than

more

motmted

on

vork

placing a double

floor in the

buildingwhen
In order

it is put up.
to have
the shop well

bencli

lighted,it is a good plan

sky-lightabout 6 square feet in size. In the

difficult to keep at
the shop becomes
winter when
more
a comfortable
temperature, the sky-lightcan be boarded
always make a building cold. However,
up, as windows
all the windows
possibleshould be used when the weather
to

I-

put in

Model

24

conditions

permit.

machine

work,
will

that

The

and

tool

in

in

mechanic

temper

in

bench.'

engineer

Order
in

be

and

the

for
of

lot

should

regard

this

certain

dirt

his

and

is

of

and
the

shop.

not
tool

junk
watchword

keeping

every

good

every

job

be

can

which

be

may

spread
of

ried
car-

and

patience

lose

put
lathe

and

as

his

tion.
condibe

bench

the

done,

good

should

tools

in

pride
in

kept

the

will

worker

be
to

be

overestimated,

If

models

working

great

importance

The

realizes.

looking

under

place,

cannot

quickly

take

finished,

proper

off.

place
well

on

its

brushed
its

is

job

in

accnracy

intended.

should

everything
each

each

carefully

should

means

good

builder

engineer

After

away,

their

as

light

means

accuracy

function

workshop

of

Plenty

and

model

Engineering

about
the

scured
obthe

model

CHAPTER

LATHES

The

of

type

lathe

Elementary
Metal

lathe

spinning

work

The

by

comprising

for

$40.00

desired

Money
home

to

with

all

so

lathe

field

offer

models

to

is

small

"

lathe

lathe

made

lathe

one.

with

jobs,

few

outfit,

complete
tools

for

equipment

the

upon

ments
attach-

and

purchased

be

may

depending

experimental

light

or

is well

turn

for

spent,

hobby,

an

"

mechanical

tremendous

but

model

honest

and

for

for

opportunities

edifying

to-day

ordinary

invested

Fig.

chance

"

Knurling

"

Internal

"

"

lathe

cabinet.

making

$60.00,

cutting
lathe

engineer's

the

up

tools

Grinding

"

Screw

expensive

an

Setting

"

it.

and

in

practical

nearly

turning

model

it

model

be

making

crankshafts"

for

not

model

Wood

Turning

for

WORK

LATHE

for

"

mounting

lathe
need

from

work

"

Attachments

"

portable

work

AND

purchase

to

it

the

does

also

provide

the
nating
fascimany

latlie

for

penny

toys,

only

developing

will

maker's

not

its

novelties,

wise

home

owner.

and

mechanic

The

working
will

Model

26

make

his

work

And,
probably
its

in

lucrative

and

equipment

Engineering

perhaps

in

this

and

owner

of

extent

giving

him

little

in the
such

user

entire

shop

sense

of

for

paying

connection, let it be said

single tool

no

the

to

his

sides.
be-

surplus
that

that

there

is

develops

affection

the

as

lathe.

selecting the lathe

In

of the

manufacturers,

Fig.

nslng

"

attadunent

practical importance
just
should
a

essentials

look

out

heavy,

these
of
must

be

one)
tapered
of

hollow

value

any

small

and
to

the

prospective

ivhether

on

of

hole

at

standard

moderate-sized

live

the

through
the

1 Morse

lathe.

ng.

There

are

purchaser
he

wishes
One

modern

its

of

price.

of

lathe
There

ing
spindle (the revolv-

"business

No.

in

lathe.

every

regardless

catalogs

features

prices.

of

the

shoim

light bench

spindle found

clear
the

take
or

or

whatever

hole

tool

UUie

the

as

that

various

Ui"

for, regardless

expensive

is the

well

as

few

on

for

send

to

the

comparing

Mwlng

"

it is well

This

end"

taper
is

should
in the

important.

be
case

Lathes

On

the

headstock

positively

the

method
effective
it

is

there

little

spindle that

In

collar

at

close-np

t1"w

be

can

taking

the

the

there

hand

to

table
inevi-

only

tical
prac-

simple

so

do

lathe,

the

up

is

and

without

whether

see

end

of

the

live

attucDmeDt

sawing

up

thing,

should

left

of

there

The

which

selecting

screwed

one

lathe

tighten

spindle in

the

bearings.
third

regular
Even

point

crude

have

of

from

look

out

better

tool, even
with

cup

sort

some

the

to

is to

it be

of

bearing

but

the

really

inexpensive

an

device

cover

the

oil

one,

to

vent
pre-

receptacle

they would

where

are

headstock.

the

on

getting into

there

that

see

nothing,

than

though

filings from

there

for

description

some

will be

ones

chips and
and

to

oilcups

well-designed
will

"

For

manufacturer

lathe.

cheap

Fig.

its

honest

of the

bearings.

and

bearing,

cone

27

end

for

means

spindle

no

Work

for.

out

some

is the

that

in

even

be

in

wear

look

to

must

Lathe

(live spindle)

features

other

are

and

cause

trouble.
The
on

fourth

the

point,

lathe.

should

be

changing

At

means

least

demanded,
speed, and
change

of the

cone

is to

two

at

steps

the

as

the

there
and

is

time

same

delivered
The

one

pulley

cone

preferably

only practicable

in power

pulley.

that

see

method

producing
at

the

exception

three
of

the

work,
to this

responding
cor-

is

by

state-

Model

28

found

is

ment

in

the

lathes.

electric

variable-speed
pulley and

power

obtained

is

the

at
to

motor

greater
on

as

motor

which

should

the

the

The

high

10

wood

belt
to

be

may

be

owing

the

large

of

the

with

along

cheap

the

the
are

beds

by

when

means,

small

pulley
while

speed
the

power

tractive

greater

but

importance,

of

the

live

spindle,

afford

to

stiffness,

portion of spindle),

under

the

threads, and

by all
lathes

means

machined

turned

are

simply

be

cleaned

for

out

up

on

abomination.

an

(opposite
bed

the

on

spindle.

should

lathe
very

tailstock

sixe

(threaded

nose

pulley

large pulley.

practicable

as

in the

hole

these

the

direct

all of

lesser

plenty of metal

of the

grinder, and

noted

motor

motor

the

far

the

of

are

and

speed
in

(proper)

the

by

the

to

steel

to

belt

as

have

turning

The

Centering

"

ered
deliv-

this

take

that

in power

cone

work,

will

lathe

the

on

By

at

Some

(milled).

of

means

revolve

of the
bed

to belt

way

lathe.

the

of

variation

will

the

should
size

by

nected,
direct-con-

variations

the

the

proportions

which

is

considerations
them

direct

at

presented

among

belted

be

required

possible from

Other

idea

as

proper

on

Fig.

surface

popular

is

pulley

large

the.

The

work.

power

the

The

oorresponding

well

as

expensive,

can

fallacy,

of this kind

lathe

motor

the

satisfactory adjustment

lathe

produce

of

case

motor-driven

speed

Engineering

the

means

headstoek)
of

screw

should

clamp

be

justable
ad-

readily

Lathes

Lathe

and

accessible,for this adjustment

during

the

tailstock
for

of

course

spindle is

drilling.

spindle

should

to hold

the

In

is made

job.

addition
also

have

one

the

to
a

29

it

as

lever

of

quick-fed

for

lathe

the

adapts

feed,

feed

screw

of times

hundreds

feature

The

valuable

Work

tailstock

the

-turning

in

use

The

dead

will

He
and

also

other

with

even

lathe

the

enables

without
to be

small

universal

make

it

in the

lathe

without

means

of

both

possible

more

turning, they

until the

discs

and

ing
supportthese

as

worker

are

metal

advanced

rather

will

has

gained

experience.

some

The

with

slotted

nut

discs

for

support

from

plate (to

the

lathe, as

screw

be

to

tools, and

hand-turning
14 inch

tools, will

in

size.

enable

the

tee-rest

a
a

with

worker

also

to

form

to

drill chuck

This,

arbor

an

etc., and

saws,

turned,

sists
rule, con-

a.

nose),

on

grinder wheels,

wood

or

0 to

few

face

take

to

of metal

drills

supplied with

equipment

of

of

ture
arma-

latter

The

However,

with

omitted

be

may

motor

centering and

clamps.

identified

less

or

and

dogs

stantly
in-

practically essential,

chuck.

of

it

as

almost

rods, cylinders

trouble

the

is

or

great

drive,

of the

scroll

metal

grip

to

is

stopped

momentum

drill chuck

electric

or

motor

and

with

to work

power,

electric

vidual.
indi-

the

countershaft

started

the

having

tools

foot

The

direct

be

to

overcome.

is also

by

drive.

the

with

rest

all, some

countershaft,

for

motor,

first of

work.

will

attachments

need,

either

convenience

as

of

purchase

the

against

center

the
start

take

to

addition
serious

work.

When

lathe

the

sticky grease
and
not

be

must

grease

which

the

should

cloth

bright metal

be.

will

keep

it will

be

covered

protects it from

removed

sticky. Going

oily

comes,

over

all

with

parts
the

parts

rust

cloth

once

bright and

thick,

in transit.

moistened

polished

lathe

with

so
a

that
week

shiny,

This

in kerosene

they
with
as

are
an

they

1*.**--

Model

30

Engineering

selectingthe spot for the lathe, bear in mind

just a few very important points. First is the light;
from
this really should
the right shoulder,
come
over
it should
at the point of
fall directlyupon
the work
as
cutting. If this cannot be arranged, the light may come
When

toward
to

his eyes.

shield

from
lightcome
by reflection and
it is most

that the
The
which

The

least

have

to

casts

wear

visor

is to have

favorable

the left shoulder.

over

needed.

of white

sheet

will then

worker, who

the

It

the

merely blinds

at the point where

deep shadow
only alternative is to place a

The

reflectingmaterial

on

movable

so

arm

lightis

reflected upon
the work.
consideration
is the bench

next

the lathe

is mounted.

JThis bench

or

table upon

should

rigid to resist the tendency of the lathe

especiallywhen
running at high speed with
and

be

vibrate,

to
a

stiff

piece

of

unequal proportions (out of balance) between

table is obtainable, it should
If only a kitchen
centers.
be braced
with crossed wires and spreaders between
the
legs and the feet reallyshould be secured to the floor if
if the countershaft
possible. This latter is positivelynecessary
or
drivingmotor is on the ceilingor wall. If the
is mounted
underneath
motor
the table,the feet
or
upon
of

work

not be fastened

need

bench

is

crude, but it must

floor and
and

walls

are

best and

most

isfactory
sat-

be
shop. It may
be stiff and level;even
though ceiling,
one

out

built

into

of true,

the

see

that

the lathe

bench

shelves, supports, etc., carrying running

all

of any

kind, are
point is to

Another
lathe

The

to the floor.

is not

obstructed

chinery
ma-

quite level.
so

the lefthand

end

of the

rods, etc.,may

be

passed

that

see

that

through the live spindle. See also that there is enough

in back

room

used

with

of the lathe

permit

circular

saw

to be

effect.

Set the lathe up

through

to

with

the holes in the

the

that will pass

flat head
use
still,

largest screws

feet,or,

better

Lathes

bolts

passed

and

underneath.

parallel

with

Arrange

all

wood

tool

shelves

it will

the

on

and

slightlybeyond

save

countershaft

it

the

and

off.

running

as

them

which

The

traction.

against

belt

small

three

through

hole

one

end
or

is in

outside

and
side.

over

the

Draw

of
to

in

about

the
up

belts
will

pulleys

Draw

Pass
22

up

Pass

punch

for

gauge

end

Then

then

the

through

wire

and

over

on

the

pass

through

once

sure
one

rough

opposite
on
more

the

iron

sponding
corre-

pass

the

or

belt,

belt, making

pair, crossing again

tight and

the

through

of the

soft

1-inch

it

the

sure

of

piece

square,

stretch

end, making

hole, crossing

belt.
third

belt

sharp

can

you

pulleys.

pockets

be

must

well,

so

aif

of

ends

edge,

opposite

pull nearly

than

each

belt next

the

the

the

No.

the

at

next

the

lel
paral-

with

belting with

other.

position.

through

in

the

cut

over

each

in the

hole

of

myriad

shorter

holes

of

wire,

brass

belt

i/4 inch

opposite

are

ends,

leather

drill

side

will not

tri-square, as

the

side

provides

belt

by pulling

smooth

the

rough

prevent
the

the

shaft

tershaft,
shaft, coun-

had

of

those

standstill

mounted
be

up.

with

If line

will

chips,

upper

to

properly

the

belting.

surface

lace

the

to

cone.

adjustment

of

cleaning

comes

trouble

final
for

ready

cutting the

the

been

uneven

To

or

have

The

pulley.

its

holes

pulley

placing belts, put

the

knife

lathe

perfectly level, no

and

In

lathe

bob

the

have

to

pulleys

line

plumb

until

along

line shaft

lathe

shavings

shower

in

minute

or

lathe, simply tie

slide

make

valuable

many

better

of the

reach

placing

the

chips and

It is far

is done.

is

shelves

in

all around

with

under

bed

and

ledges

constantly

bench

nuts

countershaft.

the

etc.,on

the

lathe

the

with

or

entire

31

sure

in mind

bear

the

turning

directly beside

to

and

4;hat

line up

To

bench, with

the

shaft,

literallysnowed

when

as

reach

shelves

becomes

in

tools,attachments,

easy

these

Work

Make

line

the

Lathe

holes

through

washers

within

and

hole

rough
to

give

Model

32

double

back

thick
the

to

Then

and

the

on

The

short

this

upon

and

in

of

the

wood

chisel

true

the

It

looks

wear

known
askance
safe

is, however,

productive

latter

novice,

into

grab

or

to

operation

's cut, which

The

the

laces

it is

of

poorer

centering

turner

cut.

of

hands

"bite"

to

wood

smooth

unskilled, although

the

up

together

The

who

worker,

^Prop"r

"

to link

belt.

the

efficient, and

11

and

use.

perform

of

knife-edge

or

in
sure

the

of

again.

under

cross-over

turning.

hands

Fig.

than

no

skilled

infinitely slower, less

results

of the

have

first

by the

form

easy

surface

under

pass

had

Cross

pnlley.

pass

"will be

amount

will

amateur

"scraping"

as

of wire

pulley, will

after

and

pair of holes,

outside

or

the

through

ends

two

rodgh

side, next

first

the

next

pair of holes

the

to

side

the

on

center

cross

through

lace

Engineering

as

is

more

somewhat

the

wood

the

is

tool

of
gerous
dan-

is almost

if it is not

held

properly.
For

such

tools, the

when

brought

supported
to

the

For
is

gouge

comparative
cuts

and

rest, which

tee

roughing

used,

as

safety by
to

flat

files,ground

piece of wood

possible, will

as

rate.

Ught

the

upon

work

to

up

old

ends, is recommended.

the

on

square

of

use

grip the

be

off

surplus

This

tool
if he

stock

may

tool,

lathe, and

the

off

novice

tool

in

scrape

rule.

the

Such

should

the

tically
prac-

just
at

ishing
aston-

an

stock,
be

close

as

used

is careful

to

firmly, using his forearm

ner's
tur-

with

take
to

hold

down

the

with

what

is known

but

askew)

tial.

Some

made

from

the

Fig.

instance.

12

For

^Two

"

is

its

unless

It will

use.

if it does

nothing

practically an

be

the

on

done

This

is to

of

improper

profiles,the

for

tool

fairly

larly
particu-

is

be

essen^

the

with

rest, but

tee

shoulder

examples

curved

in
and

rest
may

long

recommended

is necessary.

rest

when

case

slide

turning

slide

the

is

nearly finished work.

of

flat file held

is not

properly,

the

work,
metal

work

good

used

not

taken

are

(the cutting edge

instruction

some

33

finishing cuts

chisel

skew

spoil a piece

metal

For

The

of this tool

get

can

it may

worse

as

nse

fiercely if

bite

the

worker

the

handle.

long

Work

Lathe

and

Lathes

turned,

for

centering

hand

tool

is

quite

isfactory,
sat-

however.
metal

The

slide rest

the

on

for

small

that

goes

tools

turning

is

There

beneath

the

tool

height of the cutting edge

should
of

ordinarily

the. work.
in

be

There
the

of

or

shouldering

should

be

set to

by

are

the

the

just
worker

into

go

14

little curved
tool

the

of the. tool.

work

small

the

on

line

of

tool

post
steel

^A-inch carbon

modifications

are

case

in

exactly

facing
There

of

usually

are

lathe.

that

piece

rocker

post to alter
This

cutting edge

with
of

the

this

center

rule,

large diameter,

rods, for

the

instance,

ticularly
par-

but
the

in
tool

center.
a

few
in

cardinal

metals

that

principles
are

to

essential

be
even

tered
mas-

to

Model

34

Engineering
#

the

mediocre

most

first

The
and

of

surface

work

the

to

slopes toward

is

work, the rake

that
hook

catching

13

Lathe

"

work

and

is

having

into

\ bite

the

tool

such

that

as

or

it

pull

stead
in-

^way

pulling

it.

but

which

for

and

metals

the

spoiling

the

use

the

it and

toward

work

other

the

tool

others.
rake.

brass

with
to

sure

break

tool.

the

ground

so

cutting

decided

of

negative

when

demands

hand,

with

upon

perhaps

of the

has

kind

is almost

tool

top surface

which

one

opposite

slightest operation

positive rake,

right

experience

demands

invariably

the

at

of metals

to

us

Accurate

left.

shown

understand

work,

the

on

harh

and

or

the

at

nature

slopes downward

Steel,

shown

in the

the

to have

sure

the

ber
remem-

surface

tearing it

as

it necessary

attempts

tool

kept

he

with

instance, brass
one

mind,

chip

the

of

from

makes

the

something

certain

with

For

it

underneath

done

makes

us

underneath

should

fully

not

taught
rake

he

there

do

we

that

one

scrapes

direction

away

in

keep these

rake

centers

cannot

Now

slopes

tool

the

fMRK

CmS"L

Fig.

To

is the

rake

negative

The

the

cutting

or

of

in the

if it

negative;

top

surface

If the

downward

or

catch

to

in

volmnes

mean

angle of the

cut.

positive.

tool

of the

of

Be

is

positive

the

away.

'

work,

work, the rake

the

is the

being

the

by rahe

tools.

tool

ered.
consid-

be

is meant

is what

terms

two

working

rake

learn

will

points

These

to

These

of metal
The

thing

clearance.

use

If

work.

that

brass.

positive

rake.
It is not
of
If

the

needs

the

tool

merely

regrind

necessary

to

tool

changing

has
to

when

normally
take

the

tip

the
from

one

positive
of

this

entire

rake

rake

cutting
the

to

for
off

so

face
sur-

other.

steel,
that

one

just

Lathes
the

and

has

cutting edge

Lathe

Work

negative

35

when

rake

is to

brass

be cut.

turning

In

the first time

on

the

from

to

casting.

as, if it scrapes

take a
casting,the
get quite beneath
a

sure

the

tool at

hard

or

crust

right through,
of the
cutting power
be reground.

all,the

destroyed and it must

latter will be

scale

is cut

this crust

Be

sufficiently
deep

cut

Bii

of

Fig. 14
C.

^A.

"

Using

Left-hand
off

or

Boring
tool.
tool

left-liand

bent

diamond

L.

ground

K.
tool
with

H.

Facing
ground
a

side

tool.

point

tool.

parting
tool.

Rake-

right-hand

Nega+Fve

PosTtive
Steel
Rake

End
Shaft-

Facing

Bent

with

negative

F.

round

threading
end
a

Using

right-hand

tool.

the

B.

tool.

D.

of

for

I.

with

cutting

for

point

tool.

nose

tool.

shaft

right-hand

diamond

positive rake

rake

Brass

O.

Roughing
a

tool.

side
tool.

E.

cuttingtool.

J.

right-hand facing

cutting

brass.
.

steel.

M.

Model

86

The

clearance

of

Engineering
tool

implies,

the

clearance

portion of

the

tool

name

showing
this

Fig.

15

"

and

work

unused

^Tbnad

separation

and

the

All

being

work

tools

tool

portion of the

cutting

on

the

preventing

small

tration
illus-

tools

trates
illus-

clearance

to

the

scraping

from

with

lathe

cutting

The

cut.

have

must

ing
support-

or

angles for cutting

its

as

or,

body

the

between

various

the

clearly.

the

prevent

is the

from

edge

its

doing

duty.
lathe

larger

The
for

general

"

is

capable

done

number

of

know

how

is to
done

it.

on

employ

in

perhaps
work,

on

to

drill

smaller

may

in
the

shop,

lathe

for

requires

lathe,

it "wiU

the

we

to
not

this

machine

could

work

smaller
it

not

ordinarily

machine

tool

have

do

be

not

desirable

more

rig

though
al-

greater

The

proper

But, if

glad enough

though

even

and

able
suit-

very

making,

machine.

is the

press

holes.
be

is

special jobs that

use

17

model

small

many

machines

boring

we

Unlike

doing

of

successfully

the

the

it.

and

expensive

more

drive

to

power

Fig.

work

amateur

it is much

in

shown

no

drill
the

up

the

job

to

press,

lathe

for

quite

so

economically.
The
or

milled

lathe

may

edge

or

be
the

used
like

for
on

putting
the

heads

on

checked

of thumb

edge
screws,

and

Lathes

thumb

brass

on

the

For

small

by

one

steps
if

we

feet

speeds and

If not

the

to

rate

fixed

at

point.
round

turn

which

1-inch

is

head

may

ordinary
feet

40
A

'

turns

mechanically

and

16

of the

763

to very

of

speed

Tls-

demand

for

"

knurling

or

Ttmlng

dovii

size, the

in

minute

controlled,
ones

; say,

making

we

head

would
order

minute.

200

of

sted

time.

refer

given

have

to

have

to

steel

rod

minute

would

Where

reduce

the

these

60

feet

is

used,

which.

the

The

type

used

per

use

may

For

feet per

may

special

we

passes

Bmall

high

mentioned

in

per

of

are

edge

minute

feet

same

minute

tool

speeds

for

brass,

steel.

for

make

consists

in

knurled

These

speeds

screw

300

special knurling
buy

brass

is driven

be

all, then

rotating

the

1,145 times

peripheral

screw

at

use

neighborhood

feet.

obtainable

we

whatever

may

the

without

The

and

employ

obtainable

possible.

tools

lathe

the

Brass

200

done

knurling,

we

in

speed

steel, at
be

not

may

speed

best

hand

be

may

proper

pulley, if

surface

arrangements.
the

called

get speed.

to

minute;

per

the

using

cone

37

Knurling

electrically driven,

with

properly

be

the

have

may

by

may

on

Work

articles.

work

what

; or,

means

300

steel

or

speed.

similar

and

nuts

Lathe

of

tool

himself.

knurling

wheel

mounted

operator

in

in

hand

metal

Model

38

holder

at

holder,

of

one

its ends.

wooden

of

knurling

mounted

in

holder

adapted

other

be

be

of

the

for
tool

is

turn

tool

metal

the

venience
con-

in

used
wheels

knurling

two

in

in the

held

of

knurling

bracket, which

to

end

arranged

The

consist

may

small

the

may

operator.

machine

At

handle

the

Engineering

pivoted

on

post.
,

"With
say

hand

17

Tig.

The

tool

the

rest, where

are

managed

the

work

post,

wheel

so

as

below

relative

to

in

so

imder
forward

the

bring
and

as

of

part

of the

work,

is

front

and

knurling

toward

the

we

secure

the

axis.

the

work,
The

of

the

is laid

by the left hand.

the

to

not

latbe

right hand

bring

to

in

engineeis'

the

knurling,

setting it

well

to

mounted

model

large

is held

machine

against the

"

advantageous,

be

rest

it is controlled

from

With

have

to

necessary,

work.

it will

knurling

wheel

on

Matters

against

up

front.

the

tool

in the

tool

knurling

wheels

up

but

the

with

position

substantially the

nearer

of the

same

wheel,

whether

Lathes

"we

control

In

using

In

more

or

work

and

of

danger

be

tested

may

by

tool

the

18

Fig.

considerable
have

started

is

everything

hand

work
the

right, we

wheel

work

tool

wheels.
is

there

by making

ferent
dif-

To

this

govern

the

lathe

on

power.

work,

using

all

round
and

hand.

by

belt

ahead

go

points.

tool

knurling
may

both

or

putting

band

the

that

wheels,

against

with

post.

controlled

of

before

tool

all

at

wheels.

up

KuuiIIhe

"

work

pair

two

hand

force, and

we

the

spoiling the

things

so

knurling

the

the

of the

manage

the

the

with

39

means

we

with

with

press

sure

tool

whether

knurling,
less

by

or

indentations

matter,

When

by hand

Work

equally against

oil the

we

Lathe

wheeled

twopress

machine

"We

tool

beginning,

not,

In

the

shall

wheels

or

the

and

and
use

are

power

drive.
A

these
of the

wrist

painstaking
much
work

will

crankshaft

in the

of

are

getting

Naturally,

is

attention.
actual

one

differently

set

pins

have

it is held

shaft.

the

The

turning

crankshaft
centers

as

in the

properly
in

the

and

exact

difficultyis, however,

operation

by the

times
Some-

The

particular job, requiring

cutting
the

on

cranks.

more

or

not

so

preliminary
on

head

the

and

lathe.

tail

Model

40

stocks.

line

The

connecting

must

be

in

must

be

exactly parallel with

When

we

find

be

may

of

ends

axis

the

that

places

no

have

we

centers

will
for

holes
This

holes.

boring

and

itself.
we

center

no

both

shaft

putting temporary

crankshaft

the

lathe

centers
and

pin

of the

put such

to

by

overcome

axis
the

these

wrist

the

the

only

not

of

on

of

points

the

put the work

but

centers

the

with

to

go

probably
the

line

Engineering

culty
diffion

arms

in

holes

center

Fine

Medium

Coarse
Fig.

19

^Knurling

"

with

tool.

machine

at

these
the

pieces.
of

arms

It

turn.

effecting
arm.

If

be
in

the

we

arm
means

may

and

the

to

receive

of

has
use

Each

arm.

crank

wrist
to

crankshaft

simple straight
to

the

the

set

pin
shaft
the

shown

are

kind

set

of

will

of

one

it is

proposed

by

arranging

shaft

at

and

angles

elbow

part of the
shaft

to

elbow
pass

in the
to

instead

one

of

will

into

to

then

arranged

screw

cranks
a

knurling

corresponds

arms

whose

secured

of

right

these

crank

grip by

then

another,

the

may

hole

suitable

of

Each

the

Examples

spond
correa

hole

Lathes

placed

the

at

ends

of

the

with, then
difficult

job

length of
apart
be

in

holes,

two

hole.

for

set

screws

and

if

for

so

distance
If the

the

will
the

center
is

everything

precisely

arranged

are

exact

points of

other

find

to

the

parallel, we

central

the

and

be

shaft.

the

deal

not

is the

planned
the

outer
to

arms

will

This

pin

locate

is

the

first ascertain

are

now

in

holes

center

crank.

shaft

bored

are

for

holes

center

only single

wrist

to

41

The

We

arm

the

problem

If the

right.

the

position

The

the

of the
of the

of

one

have

we

of

throw

Work

pins

otherwise.

axes

good

elbow.

wnst

If

as

the

of the

the

location

flat faces

two

the

arms.

the

Lathe

of

angle

in machining

use

and

the

all

same

i.
c

Fig.

20

^How

"

in both

the

tightening

by pulling

it up
to

rotate

between

tool

The

lathe

conditions

to

be

testing

of

this

and

may

the
wrist
be

may

be

tool

wrist

the

near

and

in

the

the

Note

then
two

all

stock
matter

into

pin.

crankshaft,

of

lathe

the

time

same

for

the

done

by

around
may

the

surface

the

the

center

axis

with

at

plane

arm,

put the
check

centers

with

by operating

rotated

going

sharp-pointed

line

from

by hand.

belt

is

The

pin.

be

in

should

screws

may

the

on

there

whether

worked

set

holes

two

moderately

up

work

The

putting

the

of these

up

Tighten

gauge.

wrist

of

axes

fact,

exactly equal distances

at

shaft.

in

are,

lathe

'between

is mounted

crankshaft

and

arms

through

holes

small

be

the

tool

post and

As

the

lathe

is

slowly

can

note

the

space

we

ing
bring-

pin.
used

for

spinning, provided

satisfactorily met.

One

of

these

two

is

'

Model

42

substantial

construction;

requires

made

ar^

accessories

the

comieeted

so

effect

to

ratio

of 4

of the

taken

There
for

metal

metal

or

is screwed

hard

then

turned

to

is to

be

center

the

assumed
is used

in

tail

corresponding
at

against it

for
the

the

in
A

the
to

circular

as

nary
ordiheadThe

center.

plate
face-

wood

turning

block

of

hard

face-plate
the

and

shape -that

its first stage.

the

lathe

center-screw,

spjndle.
onto

the

affect

face-plate used

form

have

account

no

used

as

the

ordinary

screwed

we

pulleys in

by

lathe

and

headstock

hold

R.P.M.,

belt.

the

rest

by the work
to

600

ance
resist-

countershaft

differences

The

maple, is
the

the

spindle,

the

2,400 R.P.M.,

to

stantial,
sub-

spinning

differences

from

tool

screw

onto

of

the

to

overcome

spindle

1,800

These

employed.

e.g.,

wood,

the

outside

the

four

or

turning.

is not

"dog"

of

spinning

stock, face-plate,

metal

to

be

spindle, the work,

With

450

at

slippage

three

are

for

itself

ments
arrange-

should

work

addition

run

get from

1 to

the

ning
Spin-

lathe

the

they
the

operation.

drive

in

speed.

Whatever

rotate

follower

to

as

spindle of

secure

^Wooden

"

spinning

up

only

used

21

to

is

other

speed,

to

face-plate, etc., and

to

being

the

get

used

Fig.

as

to

the

2,500 E.P.M.

to

it is necessary

as

and

1^00

and

in the

speed

the

from

ranging

Engineering

disc

The
of

tail
sheet

Lathes

is
actual
to

constitutes

which

metal

depended

used

are

common

made.

tail center

may

not

especially

hard

for

made

lever,
hand

spinning

aluminum.

by spinning.

Some

better

by spinning

them.

the

the

set

up

The

direction

on

Fig.

the

is

gradually

toward

the

hole

rather
than

by

of

piece

of

metal

spinning

of

the

The

It

lathe.
that

work
of

can

be

the

the

boring

of

problem,

working
bar.

form

By

plane

As

the

pin

is

metal
moved

it from

lathe, if of

speed

with

obtained

metal

the

question
the

vertical

horizontal

suitable

more
a

pin
lever.

the

by changing

ordinary
is

the

process.

lathe

lathe, then
on

from

form,

the

over

construction, is

If

varies

the

movable

of

to

be

as

and

work

the

over

can

is used

tool

is spun

be

can

probably

fulcrum

operations

of the

engine

means

in

metals

metal, brass,

can

other.

of the lever

another.

spindle.

done

^How

engine

Internal

the

headstock

to

substantial

provides

pressed

robust
the

the

"

completion

at

one

rest

tools

by stamping

The

the

beginning

at the

made

thing

the

articles

of

articles

at

power

of motion

22

white

being pressed against

end

one

supplying

plane

be

made

and
The

make.

range

Jthat can

difficult

purchased

copper,

great

plaice, until

in

is not

to

are

articles

Many
be

also

be

The

use

zinc, and

rest

tion
Fric-

spinning.

disc

the

The

43

the

for

hold

to

upon

Work

blank

the

spinning begins.

make.

Lathe

and

for

this work
of

the

speed

the

ordinary

is solved.

lathe

is

mounting

largely
the

bar

Model

44

the

on
one

or

lathe

centers

more

dogs,

slot

is not, in the

parallel with
These

two

tool

Tig-

23"

has

only

How

lathe

In

the

motion

one

bar

borlus

that

employed

is

held

by

the

for

means

is

rotated,

work

either
to

internal

work,
The.

rotatory.

is

it.
the

work,

external

style of

and

our

perpendicular

in

present

of

the

to

by

part

tool

The

or

constitute,

rotation

are

providing

forth, fed

of the

movements

feeding of the tool.

the

latter

set

axis

tools

or

cutting tool.

method

the

tool

the

its

considerable

The

of the

for

providing

have

we

through

cut

holding the shank

but

and

rigging.

preparatory

bar,

Engineering

cylinder

and

longitudinal
work

the

The
or

rather

is

work

lower

longitudinal

movement

be

for

the

provided
lead

secured

by

and

forth

bar

may

slot.
As
out

of

squarely

great
this

deal

type

cylinders

across

in

held

of

for

of

and

carriage

into

part

carriage.
one

may

boring bar
gasolene

back

bottom
the

to the

compound

or

be

more

done

of

the

The

and

versely.
trans-

rest.

The

fbrth

can

with

mesh

work

tool

is

back

rest

wedges

in

the

in

the

by this rig.

is- quite suitable

engines

rying
car-

carriage

of the

movement

place by
of work

the

by

shifting it

firmly,

work

the

accomplished
and

very

transverse
the

is

axis

the

by putting

operating

be

secured,
portion

The

screw.

lathe

the

along

the

to

feed

transverse

the

for

like,

boring
a

few

Lathes

remarks

more

bar

the

beginning,

be

may

and

the

tool

in

the

cutting

We

the

carriage back

all
In

and

by hand,
of

case

thus

work

the

be

the

it

whether,

test

central,

by

bar
forth

and

ought

not

the

properly

lathe

the

bar,

agree.

bar

the

that
But

centers.

carriage.

the

on

wire.

bar

and

to be

may

of

rotate

the

at

we

piece

work

between

set

45

are

whether

it is set

not

may

To

work

and

see

disagreement,

is at fault, since

Work

justified.

replace
run

Lathe

and

In

WORK

24

Fig.

One

off, and

for

in

threads

being

the

United

what

pipe

in

is

of which
the

one
are

is that

whose
all 60

stopping

Further,

tool

the

ping.
stop-

cooling

means

the
or

the
the

and

sion
expan-

Sellers

Whitworth.

type

is defined

is

The

U.

degrees.
and

bottoms

The
a

is that

of

screw

V-thread

thread

and

are

Besides

thread

section.

lathe

kinds

60-degree

square

axial

of the

use

9,xial section

tops of threads

of

several

are

America,

an

bar.

the

scopic
micro-

almost

cut.

all, the
to

mounted

an

shrinkage

There

called

use

be

operation without

one

Standard

In

relative

this

England

be

thread.

thread

only

In

States

may

details

spring

important

most

use.

and
are

to

means

cutting.

screw

the

off

cooling

of the hole

of

should

at

should

tool

we

taken

reason

Probably

not

be

should

cut

thread-cutting

in order

feed
final

finishing cut,

the

making

^How

"

and

by

the

ployed,
em-

these

Briggs

specifying

60-degree

V-

triangle, the angles

S. section
of grooves

is

similar,
are

flat-

Model

46

tened.

The

Whitworth

triangle with
tops and

bottoms

of the

thread

to

similar

to the

and

the

angle equal

grooves

thread.

The

roundings

is

only

are

on

The

The

in

Briggs
from

passing

otherwise

something

triangle is equiangular

the

smaller

much

isosceles

an

degrees.

55

to

in diameter

thread

Whitworth,

on

rounded.

are

decreases

or

is based

thread

vertical

the

increases

thread

Engineering

radius

of

may

be

curvature.

cutting edges of

The
used

to

form

of

any

properly shaped

the

the

to

the

usual

size of the

and

is

threads

non-tapered

form

exact

which

tool

cutting

axial

\yDgK'-^

W/y^/W//.
TOOL

90*

y//////v//A

25A

25A

Fig.
Pig.

25B

^The

"

25B

the

Setting

"

tool

tliread-cutting

top surface

of

form
that

as

the

and

nose

may

the

tool

piece

will

goes

sheet

form

nose

of the

may

be

used

top surface

into

The

tool
to

on

the

of the

nose

done

wanted.

front

the

is

work

and

on

from

properly

the

be

shaped

to

so

size

This

shaping
be

When

precise

time.

flat and

the

of

made

grinding
to

the

before

sides, this

time
made

of

of the

quired
re-

of the

beginning,

notch

the

for

time

and

may
a

have

form

at the

gauge

flat horizontal

also

time

from

tool, the

thread

of

center

exact

should

should

by cutting

steel

test

tool

down,

action.

catting

the

at

is, the

That

nose

the

threkd

set

maintained.

be

of the

be

the

accurately

be very

of thin

size and

size.

sharpening

section

thread

of

nose

top is ground

of

purpose

the

should

finish.

at the

desired

internal

work

the

section

for

tool

the

gauge

The

parallel

Lathes

to the

is to

in view

wide.

If

exact

hardly

be

given

size and

to

simple,

cut

to

results

all it is necessary

as

too

of the

we

too

or

much

can

care

Once

nose.

should

ground

comparatively

be

is to maintain

do

to

then

narrow

too

is

that

provided,

groove

regrinding

the

object

The

cutting edge

wanted,

are

47

shank.

is not

grinding

to the

form,

of the

parallelism

tool

the

expect

may

the

Work

work

the

to

present
If

horizontal.

surfaces

bottom

top and

loathe

and

flatness

,Uad

Screw

Spindle''

Fig.

26

The

"

the

of

arrangement

cutting

and

parallelism with

section

will

When

the

horizontal

is

be

of

that

disregarded,

degree
then
If the
the

will

we

the

cutting edge

set

and

may

tail-stock

the

be made

screw-

form

of the

of

the

be

thread

is to

high

to make

of the
the
Then

the

at

requirement

bring

be
60-

low,

too

or

different.
he

sure

axis T

centers

to

have

something

one

level

lathe.

this

it be

that

nose

the

too

but

Put

the

thread

is

If

tool

the

exact

of

expect

may

get 60 degrees

at

of

important

work.

top of the

we

not

end

size and

The

top surface

question is asked, *^How

answer

stock

shank.

of

then

angle and

we

the

if the

Thus,

wrong.

the

lathe

set, it is very

axis

the

at

right.
is

tool

and

level

exact

then

the

wheels

gear

the

in the
the

has
lowing
fol-

head-

tool

up

Model

48

close

each

to

of

level

the

and
the

of

the

order

to

of

there

the

be

Fig. 27

forward

the

tool

work.

by
the

control

around

of the

amount

for

example,
the

work

turns

turns

around
or

In

fact,we

as

that

of

thread

more

too

screw.

the

tool

the

to

will

pitch.

than

cut

of

lead

the
thread

be

shifted

We

should

of

screw,

say,

the

inch,

now,

that
also

tool

the

of the

the

vancing
ad-

work.

pitch

same

faster

rotates

slowly

too

Similarly,

lead

is to

screw

turn

exactly

exactly

to

have

every

pitch.

same

slowly

should

turns

shifted
That

the

put

screw

Suppose,

once,

with

lead

We

cured
se-

ppst into

tool

But, if the work

different

rapidly

inch.

we

ordinarily

lathe.

be

the

rotation

the

6 threads

has

thread

screw.

screw,
of

lead

inch

cut

lead

somewhat

rotates

shift

lead

of the

Then,

should

the
will

screw

is

and

tool

around

receding %

tool

When

exactly %

once.

of the

the

fact,

ground

and

the

and

lead

will be

the

if the

pitch

when

the

pitch

of

the

to

between

be

tool

the

screw

screw.

carriage

of the

the

lead

tool

it is

In

rotating.

should

the

of

supports
lead

the

once,

the

tool

of

shifting

of

means

is

correspondence

shift

This

carriage which

cut

axis

work,

along parallel

latter

the

thread-cutting

the

than

the

the

ta

the

on

groove

move

exact

very

^How

"

shall

while

backward

or

the

the

work

must

then

the

When

perpendicular

winding

cut

that

necessary

of

be

other
an-

and

cutting edge

exactly parallel.

must

axes

of the

be

should

is still

There

centers*

axis

The

shank

the

with

agreement

work.

In

axis

of

points

is set, these

tool
of

the

it is in

whether

note

requirement.
axis

Engineering

get

if

the

the

6 convolutions

to

thread
work

tool

will

to the

and

Lathes

inch,

"We

of

rotation

the
of

the

that

make

lead

The

through

the

desired.

spindle; C

and

hands

the
; and

plays

no

example,
28

use

Let

one

witli

work

inch, then
fast

as

the

the

as

inch, then

twice

rotate

spindle

the

the

to

gear

lead

screw

vice

versa.

part
suppose

teeth, then

in

small

ft

in order

rapidly

as

lead

to

B.

get

complete

B,

also

speeds
have,

rotation

of

on

mediate
inter-

keep
and

of

of

with

rotate

of

the

lead

hands

number

the

pitch

an

to

the

we

wheel

gear

serves

will

relative
C

certain

with

to learn

thread

spindle

rotates

and

spindle

gaugd

screw

between
A

the

and

It

Second,

pocket

screw;

gear

the

by

A, Fig. 26, be

alike

apindle

driven

pitch of the

the

on

rotation

If the

clock, then

For

the

especially difficult

First, consider

of

screw.

the

to

gears

be

may

to

usually

UueadB

control

what

direction

on

3 threads

It is not

2"--Testliig

gear.

the

half

regulate

on

to

turn

to

to

pitch

threads

screw

is

wheels.

gears

cut, and

the

12

want

lead

possible

any

screw

we

screw

gear

Tig.

that

relatively

smaller

work.

the

how

Jf

adjust the

must

we

screw

want

lead

means

It is

just about

we

the

spindle.

or

lead

If

49

inch.

the

get

desire.

must

work

the

Work

pitch, which

coarser

to

and

lathe

we

we

of threads

number

as

will get

Lathe

teeth

and

C.

respectively, 32
A

will

produce

Model

50

V/i rotations
B

has

10

C.

teeth.

not

need

consideration.

It

of A
Now
and
must

be

lead

screw

6 turns

lead

of the

Further,

their

teeth

the

cover

In

such

If

:10.

just

we

put the

on

the

the
will

smaller

lead

and

will

the

other

40.

themselves

and

helpful

ratio

the

the

Then

10.

larger

recollect

to

one

that

turns, the finer the thread

screw

be.
another

Take

thread

turns

thread

on

the

the

lead

the

work.

the

lead

screw.

for

lead

screw

the

bigger

lead

the

to

lead

This

that

spindle

and

the

on

and

for

the

to

one

and

teeth, 15

an

in the

are

intermediate

gear

20

and

other.

24,

25

go

select
5

or
on

gears
:

one

6, put
the

on

it

make

to

Gears
and

want

spindle

ratio

smaller

the

18,

is to

the

we

must

gear

do

to

and

drive

than

the

the

spindle

select

than

coarse

coarser

smaller

the

that

to cut

Consequently,

remains

that

is

rapidly

more

means

All

one

itself.

turn

want

we

This

inch.

screw

to

screw;

12

Suppose

case.

screw

possible
and

lead

be

of

that

numbers

spindle

smaller

30,

right ratio, 6

the

on

24

get

we

the

in

be

other

the

the

It may
the

have

what

have

screw.

slowly

more

could

one

will

and

numbers

the

have

'the

and

while

will be

gear

What

spindle

spindle

must

teeth

one

we

the

inch.

for

inch

the

to

to the

numbers

matter

that

so

these

Or,

case.

of

gears

18

rections
di-

rotation

the

gears

The

two

has

one

into

gear

threads

6 threads

turns

that

keep

10

cut

proper

screw.

fact, it doesn^t

are,

select

the

to

have

figuring we

any

intermediate

the

to

has

10

whether

same.

screw

give

to

difference

no

serves

want

is to

one.

the

we

done

take

to

lead

our

make

Consequently,

simply

and

suppose

that

It will

40

or

will

do

to

of

Engineering

having

10

30, etc., are

all suitable.
If

lead

the

gear,
we

hand

want

lead

to

cut
screw

has

screw

right
and

right hand

equivalent,

some

or

no

hand

thread.

intermediate

will

thread,
be

needed

However,
gear,

mediate
inter-

an

or

when
a

right

else

two

Lathes

of

them, will

thread

work

it may

be

between

double

by

the

would

apply

and

of

cutting

to

all

half

make

exactly alike.

be

set

in the

and

then

for

height

in

few

the

it at

point

counterbore

If

an

to

fact, it

impossible,

to

is disturbed

This

fit the

to

with
tends

enough,
either

wear

end

other

or

be

one

of

out

done

be
center

work

then

drill.

prevent

turns

work

to

pare
pre-

that

the

will

not

ing
preparcounter-

This

damage

by friction.

of the

so

by first

small

and

and

for

place

work

advisable, then,
the

tool

the

center

The

of

may

drill
to

It is well

Fig.

also.

11

the
to

will

clear.

interior
a

by

must

center

setting

tail-stock

to

to

other

centers.

may

centers

run

not

metal

the

the

on

cutting tool
of

It may

are

exactly

two

the

testing

at the

and

be

screw

It is

work

themselves

purpose

about

bottom

the

very

use

of

center.

hole

the

this

make

tween
be-

visable
centers, it is ad-

carriage

the

level.

contact.

hole, if deep
center

and

for the

center

conical

boring

out

In

work

of the

this,the

words

in the

hole

actual

the

should

test

this

tailstock

point of

mth

work

not

centers

levels

and

one

the

The

post

with

the

the

to

working
the

between

center

other

at

say

the

that

To

tool

to the

agreement
about

sure

center.

be

to

thread

point of

The

of the

here

cutting

to

axis

entirely

threads.

screw

if the

than

done.

Before

right.

carried

turning operations.

if
quite difficult,

be

work

or

take

to

end

centers

when

reasonably perfect thread, if

have

largely

never

hand

between

accurately

rule

left

general,

more

good

head-stock

probably

when

be

cut

thread

direction.

lathe

In

is due

It is

beginning

would

This

be

This

it.

the

on

chuck.

hand

left,and

to

the

on

51

right

opposite

held

may

support.

chuck

'

held

carries

chuck

cut

be

centers

right

in the

may

Work

thread,

from

by advancing

The

Lathe

left hand

by advancing

is cut

or

cut

and

thread

tool

is to be

somewhat

cut,

different

we

will
from

naturally
the

plain

Model

52

for

tool

to

bend,

the

tool

the

move

it

in

the

the

near

back

tool

the

work

the

be

with

the

is the

one,

right angles

axis

the

axis

the

of

stress

from

the.

Naturally,

do

its

the

correcting
a

the

bottom

shall

fit

may

have

have
thread

any

quirement
re-

most
so

This

sistance
re-

tance
dis-

the

holder

tool

of

strip

snugly
the

to

noticeable

is somewhat
diameter

by

the

the

shanks

cutting edge
special

take

we
we

sheet

metal

often

may

beneath

the

that

as

worn,

the

of

we

measuring

If

the

may

the

shall

of

body

top

other

be

over-all

is

touch
thread

one

fact, we

neither

thread
still not

and

top edge of
not

it

In

other.

of

er
read-

the

another,

thread

one

the

the

defect.

into

of the

groove

bottom

convince

perhaps

top of

where

case

thin

of

face
sur-

exactly

the

This

thread

one

other

into

its

and

top

be
of

it,unless
level.

will

that

the

should

fined
con-

tool

the

on

have

be

the

surfaces
not

thready

should

wear

surface

will

the

screw

we

quite

reaches

at

holder.

tool

important

so

of

shank

exterior

an

reground

below

level, but

in the

not

the

the

sharpen

bottom

tool

reground

when

that

real

final

little consideration

top

latter

make

where

To

it is

top and

the

for

shank

flat

axis

resisted.

or

top.

The

by simply putting

the

one

exactly

substantial

This

wear.

shape,

nose.

proper

measures

the

of the

will

well

interior

an

of

edge

parallel with
the

cut

better

of

the

This

be

that

shank.

point

the

to

naturally

the

perhaps

at

bend

we

tool will
to

will

as

top be

that

trom

Aside

same

level

able

shank.

Whether
the

the

then

are

flat

have

to

the

right-

increased, also, by shortening

the

the

grasps

hole.

the

perhaps,

cutting

be

may

in the

exact

of
of

difficulty. It will be well

that

We

essential

the

at

set

with

one

end.

precisely

It is very

that

and

forth

be

may

shall

nose

nose

and

is

suitable

threads.

of work

range

already described.
of

exterior

cutting

considerable

bend

angle

for

tool

straight

Engineering

able

to

diameter.

screw

tell its

It

Lathes

will, sometimes
diameter

really

from

from

bottom

the

one

other.

side

to half

This

is

of

of

importance

with

both

off

cut

thread

trifle at

is not
that

to be

than

otherwise.

Very

slight differences

have

an

chance

into

the

force

can

Where

it may
use

be

well

to

Similarly, with
for

the

dies.

axis

the

That

machine

and

general,
with

is

this:

will

then

having

is, the

two

to be

done,

of one, size has

dies.

difficult to

too

metal

made

trifle.

taps and
In

the

tage
advan-

so

threads

two

space.

of work

attempted

thing,

and

tool

be

not

one

use

open

tice
prac-

better

thinking

the

other

deal

be

the
rectification,

power-driven

should

each

good

on

between
for

flow

for

reason

opportunity
to

threads

The

is the

There

probably

then

can

trouble

thread, provided

hardened.

case

fit

close

top of the

the

off

S. Standard

U.

the

the

take

to

it is, good

and

on

for

prevent

Indeed

sharp V-thread

the

tom
bot-

bottom

sometimes

other.

It is

top and

top and

to

and

groove.

between
some

the

thread

the

between

necessary

each

between

of the

way

way

be

screwing into

when

There

taps for

that

sure

of the

work

to the

question

hand

thread

accurate

use.

cutting
It

tools.

hand-operated
be

taps for

are

axis

the

is,

of the

exactly in line during

are

operation.
We

come

now

whether
with

one

other

threads

our

the

threads

Two

Thus

throughout.

the thread

that

resisted

by

one

by
or

fit

^How

"

right

this

properly

that

onto

are

But

other.

is screwed

not

half

is called

what

on

average

top edges of 60-degree V-threads

the

be

the

to bottom

matter

it may

that

reason

is

53

rely

to

top to top

from

distance

the

on

to

measured

diameter

the

This

diameter.

pitch

the

least, be best

at

Work

Lathe

and

is

are

by

We

not?

or

no

and

bolt

mine
deter-

may

try

reliable.

means

together bear

nut

to

we

against
when

the

each
one

the
a

strain

all
two

other

the

should

tending

so

to

convolutions

only.

It is

fit round

pull the nut

in

and

round

off would
and

engagement

possible, however,

for

one

3Iodel

54

to fit

and

nut

whether

is

longer

than

have

proper

that

of

thread

in the

nut

bearing

If the

throughout.

being able

together without

screw

there

Engineering

thread
the

on

fit when

the

screw,

tried

against
has

might

nut

thread

pitch

trifle

to

seem

it on,

by screwing

merely

tell

to

i*-20
TAP

CAST

ICON

^ ALL

29

Fig.

because

of

the

could, if the
of

matter

we

we

the

short

strip

somewhat

really the

is

thin

like

those

axial

of

so

as

inward,

to

then

"

on

of
to

the
in

nut

than

when

probably

we

pitch.
the

required

saw

We

t^st

the

screw

stronger

"

on

whether

ends.

two

simple instrument

metal

sections

held

nut

in

standard

of

When

is strong
the

the

at

further

goes

very

determine

can

with

threads

lathe

small

pitch by trying

inequality

there

agrees

screw.

of

resistance

of

case

for

plate

thread

screw

unequal

However,
of which

face

simply putting

were

have

contact

If the

further.

"

ovce

one

have
the

fit into

pitch of

or

not.

edge

of

been

cut.

grooves

the

by

means

the

screw

This

is

which

valleys

teeth

These

desired
on

on

are

the

top of

Lathes

horizontally
be

can

The

is understood
a

These

13

or

threads

not

be

may

applied

interior

the

tell whether

to

lathe, then

to

may

if

tap,
If

have

threads.

the

thread

to

depend

has

inch.

has

screw

pitch

one

"

cern,
con-

inch.

They

the

used

been

gauge

to make

cut

good deal

It

ordinary

But

been

has

one

28.

Precision

of 0.0001

accuracy

to interior

the

thread.
we

an

the

of accuracy

high degree

of

0.005

the

like.

the

or

back

Fig.

only

with

to

inch

in

pitch

type will enable

of

error

simply

applicable

so

this

confused

least,claiming

at

of

gauge

be

the

light is

is shown

tool

in

error

if the

to

to

tested

are

gauges

are

used

55

minute

very

pitch

not

are

gauges

this

good

detect

to

pitch-gauge

of

use

that

beginner

12

screw,

Work

readily detected, especially

device.

the

held

Lathe

and

on

upon

the
the

rT==rTT(

1::^^

JAWS
0OU"

STCO.'CABe

BOUXO

HMtOOf

-f
CAST

IROhT

j^A* NOTtO

Fig.

fact

that
and

screw

Many

of

the

to

"

^Back

used

we

made

rest

the

for

lathe

small

combination

same

of

gears

for

hole.
amateur

workshops
owing

30

which
the

fact

attachments

mechanics

limited

very

are

that

they

that

have

are

are

not

found

small
in

lathes

their

provided
on

in

their

application,
with

many

larger machines.

Model

56

The

The
made

lathe

from

is left

spindle

and

smaller

than

the

diameter

be

can

will

lathe
size

about

plate

of the

spindle

it

to
with

take

fastened

hub

the

back

the

thread.

it is in
used

is best

It

make

is

to

off

running

face

done, the

plate

will

face

plate

is

sary
neces-

equipped
is

plate

plate

off

when

it is to

be

be

After

the

polished

up

true.

can

with

true

run

which

on

lathe

being threaded,

face

lathe

the

attached

it

face

it will

so

the

turn

it is

that

it is

fit the

upon

find

which

of

hole
to

the

the

which

small

the

on

sure

turning

faced

odd

small

While

on

clamp

to

to be

therefore

holes
the

center

on

in

plate and

depend

shop

ter-inch
Quarshown

threaded

turning

lathe.

be

The

very

local

of the

these

be

plate is

will

lathe

must

it will

the

do

to

to

same

position

to

rough

the

on

the

course,

has

and

screw-cutting

of

and

who

work

the

locate

drilled

is

center

nose

as

to

etc.

lathe

the

threaded.

tapped

boring,

the

on

machine

own

easier

will, of

quite impossible

his

with

be

mechanic

The

find

in

this

and

and

surface

the

must

and

necessary

the

it, as

to

spindle

to.

be

it contains

work

face

the

drilled

and

of the

later

out

then

are

systematically
shaped

bored

erably.
consid-

plate which

cut

are

nal
origi-

the

to

face

slots

It

holes

shows

The

sketch.

more

Fig. 29,

ances
appli-

its usefulness

iron.

it

so

attached

and

increase

will

useful

few

cast

holes
the

easily made

drawing,
up

hole

be

may

small

finished.

and

useful

Another

rig. 30, and

of

is made

bed,

can

be

practical

can

describe

following paragraphs
that

the

Engineering

to

this
cast
either
have

is of very
iron

filed
the

mechanic

does

file the

casting

The

jaws

is the

attachment

and

the

or

milled.

if

of the

done

have
a

bottom,

it would

such

patience

rest

are

fits in
be

the
very

milling machine,

to

access

little
back

on

standard

The

which

While

in

rest, shown

simple design.

job

not

back

and

made

machine

care

of

is

if
he

cised.
exer-

machinery

and

Lathes
steel
down

and

the

the

advisable
When

The

rest

tee

and

away

used

this

it from

of the
side

of

turning.

tightening it on the bottom.

of the jaws are
provided with

is

nut

for the

screws

head

hexagonal

on

is cut

regular

The

wear.

bolts

head

the
A

is

finished,it

lathe, the

for

slots

is

filed out

it will resist

so

One

be

can

casting

bed

the

used.

this keeps

by drillingholes

superfluous metal

to

be

can

57

them

it case-hardened

to have

it is fastened

the

Work

in

cut

After

slots.

the

be

can

center.

finish

to

slots

Lathe

f
^^l

$3^

K-

'f
SPBINC

%\

5TCCL

C.R

/rH9

9TCCI.

MOCSt

SPRING

riT

DRIVING

TAPER
I*

^1
.

PLUNGER
C.R5TCCL
CAST

ICON

-jASNOTtO

DRILL

Fig. 31

which

An

of

that

the

the
a

drill

easily made

permits

heads
so

"

of

use

driver

for

wrench

should

screws

screw

pad

can

PAD

model

have

slot

used

be

The

tighten them.

to

also

lathe

maker's

for

in

them

preliminary-

tightening.
A
made

small
for the
mechanic

the

drill

to

pad proper
can
easily make
local foundry,
a

"

is illustrated
of the lathe

tail stock

The

very

pad

little trouble

do

on

of cast

iron

pattern
small

can

lathe.

on

and

be
The

easily

be

can

which

pattern of this and

the

as

and

drillingoperations

is made
up

which

will enable
his

the
have

turned

machine.
workman

it cast
out

casting

at

with

is pro-

Model

58

vided

with

fastened

the

to

front

the

insure

of

the

enamel

32

The

Morse

hole

is

back

small

when

In

^\-ill be

plunger

spring

the

taken

to

small
A

lie

flat

the

work

this

would

only thing

the

as

as

will

plunger
to

that

see

heavy,

too

not

work

the

permit

the

on

turning

that

it to

pad.

used

against

force
would

is

used.
to

used.

spindle

they

surface

will

weU

useful

when

the

on

be

latho

very

allow

This

may

smEJl

and

being

is not

to

is

centers

is

pad

found

large plate

some

case

the

attach

shank

finished.

surface

disc

light pieces from

drilled.

and

finished, it

this

it, as

the

between

put

off

completely

of

Qrindlns

"

again

is faced

pad

After

Taper.

it is

pad

the

pad

the

Fig.

accurate

an

WTien

No.

Engineering

in

venting
pre-

being

are

being drilled,

come

back

Care

should

and

be
is

plunger

the

bly,
spindle considera-

the

keep

it from

is

turning

screw.

convenient

very

lead

which

hammer

and

out

soft

and

of

the

tool

is shown

is very
The

arbors.

useful

handle

of

the

of

nose

yet sufficientlyheavy
The

in

to

device

in
the

give
can

Fig.

33.

knocking

work

hammer

is

it the

be

as

in
very
mentum.
mo-

proper

used

is

This

ram

and

Lathes

in the

In

stock

spindle

that

fit in

this member.

constructing

obtaining
in

mechanic

the

workshop.

to be

have

to

and
which

duction

33

machined
fit the
made

"

of the

drilled

in

After

the

spindle and,

of

in

Fig.

useful

small

lathe,

the

in

easily

duced
pro-

and

drill

pad

back

rest

will

that

lathe

hammer

as

be very

can

when

be

steel

pe^*formed
in

the

smooth.
lathe

as

The

and

No

its surface
hub

the

pro-

handle

plate, previously described.

plate, however,

is cast

disc

used

tached
at-

ing
grind-

many

The

was

with

32

tool

then

can

impossible.

be

finished

fit the

the

extremely

pattern

^A lead

the

spindle

and

shown

operations

same

face

and

to

of

spindle

of the

means

an

otherwise

Fig.

are

is

surfacing

would

be

graphs,
para-

trouble

no

face-plate

lathe,

above

the

can

ments
attach-

up.

and
the

in

patterns

The
the

on

various

experience

the

grinding disc

made

easily

out

built

small

The

by

castings, as

59

the

out

outlined

should

the

turned

be

can

to

tools

the

Work

drive

head

the

Lathe

holes
be

must

is threaded

hexagonal

nut

to

is also

spindle.

plate

is

with

the

made,
lathe

it should

running

be
at

mounted

high

on

the

speed,

it

Model

60

be

should

given

abrasive

The

Engineering

cloth

or

paper

3-0"
34

Fig.

In

high

thin

is

held

fine

its

to

cloth.

emery
surface

by

of beeswax.

means

The

with

good, polishing

"

General

arrangement

doing

this, the

speed
heat
film

and

the

of friction
of

it will

of

the

latlie

grinding

be

the

cause

and

disc

is

beeswax

will

"A

"

deposited

is

Side

view

to

beeswax
upon

the

'"'1^

of

the

in

set

pressed

StCTION-fl'B

Fig. 35"

witbln

motor

lathe

cahlnet

the

motion
the

to

cabinet

at

surface.

melt

polished

and
sur-

Lathes

face

of

the

abrasive

For

model

followuig

in

on

the

36

"

of

living

kitchen

the

of

capable

for

capacity of
done

on

of

disc

surface

the

workshop,
will

tbe

when

room

wood

the

of

and

It

that

be

may
when

the

to

put

electric

lathe

ment
equip-

turning, polishing,

metal

other

is small

interest.

and

use,

motor-driven

nnmerons

it is somewhat

cabinet
in

described

caliliiet

connected

turning,

lathe

outfit

great

tUe

lathe
not

complete

of

flat,with

small

the

be

ftont

portable

in

and

lathe
the

operations.

work

limited, though

that

sufficient

may
for

making.

model
The

having
that

SliowluK

grinding, drilling, and

be

deposited,

lives

who

table, opened

light socket, forms

The

is

61

tightly against

paragraphs

description

kept

Work

film

held

engineer

space

Fig.

this

is then

little available

is

Lathe

revolving.

the

in the

After

disc.

paper

it is

while

and

had

cabinet
been
been

is made

secured

of

cedar, %

inch

by tearing apart

discarded.

This

made

an

it

thick,

the

old

cedar

possible

boards
chest
to

pro-

Model

62

Tide

exterior

an

shellac

when

used

are

handles

Brass

it, and

handling

Pig, 37"

of

the

cabinet

is

closed.

These

brackets

used

are

desirable

the

The

lathe

swing

of
is

centers
as

follows

top,

and

the

ends

at

cabinet

dowel

ready

are

used

pins

shown

not

are

stiffen

to

four

upon

used

is

inches

small

which

**Goodell

and

3i^ inches.

the
The

will

It

feet

used

It has
between

with

it

are

Saw

Drill

chuck.

Grinding

cone

scroll

chuck.

pulley has

two

speeds of the lathe

The

makes
at

use.

29.

distance

appliances

found

prevent

in

No.

Pratt,"

plate.

E;.P.M.

to

it
Iron

be

placed when

extreme

ends

drawing.

rubber

it is

the

top when

the

back.

the

general

hold

to

the

on

the

work

for

with

perfect alignment

pieces.
facilitate

to

to

pearance
ap-

hinges

front

add

open,

good

strap

Face

The

This

Uthe

table

Three-jaw

The

The

provide

to

marring

in

Iron

incidentally, they

Brass

appearance.

end,

provided

are

presents

is closed.

the

hinging

that

finish

cabinet

the

for

Engineering

110

is

motor

possible the
volts

and

steps for

small
use

wheel.

Buifing wheel.

spindle
a

arbor.

range
one

of

develops

of

34-inch

from
the

1,800

H.P.

to

universal

alternating
Vsoth

flat belt.

or

direct

2,700
type.
rent
cur-

Lathes

maximum

The

1,200 R.P.M.
speed

found

was

this

first

When
it

to

the

63

is

motor
in

placed
caused

operates

necessary

Work

Lathe

of

speed

which

at

and

be

and

noisy

on

rubber

in

diameter

high

the

cabinet,

it to
it

mount

the

approximately

it

reduce

to

noise.

co-antershaft

The

is
in

ball-bearings mounted
of

are

in

holes

the

standard

view

shaft

fit

of

against the

wood

type
The

pedestals.

Fig. 39"

inches

tlie

open

hubs

cabinet

ball-bearings,

fit into
of

the

from

thus

has

ings
ball-bear-

The

pedestals.
and

and

counter-bored

pulleys

tlie

on

the

end

holding

them

in

place.
The
a

pulleys

grooved

of standard

are

pulley

inches

in

manufacture,
diameter

which

there

being

is connected

Model

64

to

the

l-inch

face

which

holes

slack

the

in

the

lathe

rheostat

is

reached

belt

by

in

inches

eter
diam-

driven.
mounted

board

wood

the

cabinet.

possible

take

to

motor

driving

the

moving

on

of
it

making

tlie

snowing

"

which

the
If

back

and

countershaft

of

place.

while

or

entire

the

lathe

Near

it is

supply

current

rheostat,

both,

or

it

where

operator.

the

cabinet
lathe.

the

he

desires,

the

to

necessary

the

the

be

can

snap

to

be

may

the
used

wishes.

builder

for

place

this

operator
the

by

controls

Either

motor.

behind

just

conveniently

switch

the

base

thus

belt, and

motor.

The

as

40

is

are

the

to

slotted,

Tig.

up

motor

leather

and

'spindle

and

are

round

inches

V/^

lathe

bolted

is

bolt

The

the

countershaft

The

base

pulleys

which

from

with

pulley

motor

34 -inch

two

Engineering

so

the

design
cabinet

such

various

it

that

is

rack

the

being

small

arrange

hold

to

If

can

tools
is

tools
taken

made,
will
from

rack

and

ments
attach-

it
be

on

will

be

held

in

place

to

CHAPTER

DRILLS

work

Marking

for

Speed

of

names

of

drilling

drill

parts

Drilling

for

of

distinct

asset

himself

of.

In

but

practical

been

to

that

every

for

had

measuring

and

marking

any

assume

that

is

tools

on

round

file

also
of

be
the

larger

of

of

should

avail

who

short

has

have

never

learned

in

drilled

promiscuously,

general

chine
ma-

for

in

the

machinists^

type

of

of

will

we

and

square

various

sizes.

sharpening

is

brass

marking

and

the

different

no

than

can

wheel.

four-inch.
65

the

used

to

from

made
A

The

way.

and

be

dividers

is

need

of

pair
which

scratch
an

punch

center
rule

scribe,

The

steel

of

rule,

are

scribe.

piece

on

same

inches

holes

method

surfaces,
down

illustrating,
3

in

operation

metal.

sharp-pointed

ground

with

piece of

punch

first

the

plate

the

necessary

metallic

made

than

is

drilling which

of

of

brass

other

any

be

means

drilled

be

to

center

merely

in

makes,

found

be

readers

of

to

drilling of

drilling

marks

As

exception

the

dividers,

will

constitute

have

we

thick

The

and

properly

mechanic

becoming

are

object.

drilling

the

drills

operation

and

subject

class

of

holes

drills, the

twist

engineer

accurately

the

that

the

With

model

the

amateur

on

Unless

inch

metals-

practice.

shop

14

of

essential

an

paragraphs

opportunity

the

various

V-Block.

drill

treatise

for

drills

^Description

"

anything

how

prepared

sharpen

to

forms

following

the

DRILLING

work

the

generally

knowing

and

^How

different

construction

the

AND

"

^Using

"

III

steel
not

old
can

one

be

Model

66

The

brass

first

The

and

in

shown

as

they will
At

have

center

from

this.

be

to

be

done

where

all future

they

the

dividers

to

inches

in the

plate
in

42

Fig.

43

^How

"

so

it

With

point

in

the

At

center.

the

dividers

center, two

small

two

line

point

each

original lines, make

is

be

made
in

the

center,

with

we

point

one

center

in

each

be

to

are

This

to

the

of the

corner

is shown

inch

marked

are

where

is the

drilled

be

to

open

arcs

which

holes

this

the

first drew.

we

small

FifiT.43

arc

the

deeply,

holes

small

from

exact

the

^Locating

"

crosses

the

lines

holes

42

plate

the

^Finding

"

center, scratch

Fig. 43.

the

41

two

drilling is

as

the

inches, and

1^

ter,
cen-

will

for

41.

exact

intersect, a

punch,

measure

Fiff.

Fig.

lines

Fig,

too

the

measurements

Fisr. 41

Fig.

when

center

1%

are

the

lines

the

off

the

the

now

finding

by scratching

papered

and

will

of

in

shown

as

scratch

not

with

As

corners.

that

is made

We

drilled

be

(Do

point

the

exact

open

easily

can

Fig. 42.

indentation

will

will

operation

as

done.)

is to be

plate

this

Engineering

as

for

from

the

the

intersect

arcs

small

indentation

open

the

shown

inch

and

with

the

two

center

punch.
With
the

center

one,

the

dividers

of the

about

small

circle

just

off the

and

their

plate and
size

half

the

at

each

use

corner

These

center.
will

of

be

inch, scratch

within
the
and

first

are

later.

draw
Also

one.

for

circles

described

circle

the

the
an

two

aid

circle

in

another
scratch

small
in

holes

drilling,

Drills

and

Drilling

67
,

describing

Before

plate,
how

few

to

will

lines
and

use

the
be

First, let it be known

it is

devoted
it for

sharpen

been

different

sharpened

drill and
of

classes

work.

mechanic

amateur

drill

to

brass

the

twist

the

to

to every

absolutely impossible

drill has

drilling of

actual

that

accurately unless
"

^with

drill

in

properly

the

mechanical

ex-

"

In

actness.

order

its

of

understanding

elementary

an

sharpen

to

the

way,

proper

working

principles

is essential.

the

shows

44

Fig.
is

there

and

drill

should

the

be

of

of
is not

great,
between

clearance
it will

edges

heat

to

To

ground
If

the

clearance

impossible

pressure,
the
When

to

and
gauge
a

sizes.

grinding
be

without

and

the

also

cause

will

to

on

small

suffice.

be

Small

too

edge,
flute

the
drill

in

of

out

grinding
clearance

found

to

be

(Nos.

60

to

off the

drills

clearance,
should

be

grit.

each

side

of

drill

with

it, as

eccentrically, owing

revolve

bite

enough

the

drills

rounding

drill accurately

thereby produce
of the

will

it

that

back

the

studyiQg
This

the
in

taken

of fine

wheels

on

tendency

than

not

flat clearance

it is

need

care

drill

as

ment
judg-

taken

experienced

suggest

the

drill to

and

not

are

would

In

helpful.

very

80),

who

drills of various

new

as

those
writer

drills, the

be

drill,

the

cutting edge

excessively

of

ances
clear-

the

left to

be

cause

is

and

sharpening

should

care

cutting

nearly equal

as

rapidly, thereby throwing

wear

caliber.

on

up

be

must

defective

the

angle
In

this will

the

that

noted

be

cutting edges

same

also

and

will

Both

clearance

as

Equally

greedily.

as

lip

with

between

them.

mechanic,

the

too

should

make

to

the

B.

edge

side

possible

angle

clearance

exactly the

at

each

on

is

back

the

drill together

It

parts.

pronounced

edge

it

its various

of

names

twist

ordinary

an

hole

is not

equal,

it will liave
to

unequal

considerably larger

drill.

drill is to be

used

for

drilling brass

or

cast

Model

68

iron, it should
The

lip of

47.

Aside

from
the

through

at

the

that

Assuming

for the

sharpened

the

of

the

^A

procedure

large
be

"

drills

center

bad

very

hole

drill,as

it is

very

The
the

only
hole

way
with

drill

the
be

shall

the

the

with

boring

practice

^-inch

just

will

we

Back

to

web

overcome

drill of

of

names

holes

the

as

it breaks

properly
describe

now

"i^"

the

in the

first

one

of such
to
this
smaller

various

brass

is

It would

hole
so

accurately

**

disadvantage
"

in

The

plate.

this

drill

gauge

parts

drilled.

drilling

start

difficult matter
to

faster, this

cutting

accurately and

are

drilling of brass,

twist

in

Fig.

bore.

the

44

in

shown

as

its way

manner.

EJ^4

B9"ti

Fig.

ordinary

off

ground

worming

of

end

be

advantage

drill from
the

in the

sharpened

drill should

the

prevents

be

not

Engineering

with

that

broad
center^'
is to
this

it.

start

case

Drills

yg-inch drill mil

scratched

circles

do

nicely.

on

the

%-iiieh drill in the

Fig.

spindle down
the

then

drill

raise

scratched

the
on

15

until
to

ehuek,

the

go

It

plate

Showing

"

Drilling

and

start

tbe

OM

into

come

the

of

just far

plate,

see

if the

'

and

to

center
drill

of

Place

the

bring

the

'

V-Block'

the

the

point that
use.

press

'

enough
means

this

at

drill touches

spindle, and, by
the

is

69

the

dot.
the
smaE

tiny indentation

mit
Per-

dot

off,

circle
made

Model

70

is

exactly in

centered, drill jnst

the

permit

point of

and

surface)

center, using the circle

the

is properly

follow

When

the

bore

not

opiate

"

46

Those

to

holes

piece

of

it

do

as

these

be

for

is

urged

make

for

one

and

the
The

should

purchased
In

of the

rate

of
with

vary

of the

the
it

himself,

sides

metal

drills

should

be

lower

speed.

An

groove

feed
the

and

easy

circles

do

made

are

dle
spin-

the

exact

are

ter.
cen-

at

This

cut

be
at

for

done

mechanic

exactly

As

general
and

45

degrees.
drills

the

ness
hard-

rule, small

larger

obtaining

to

shaper,

bench

drill and

tograph,
pho-

desires
on

small

easily

in the

of the

of

what
can

mechanic

the

V-block, and,

is shown

high speed

method

know

drill

to

cents, the

use

speed

drilled.

of

use

easily

can

tried

stock

few

event

diameter

being
run

ner.
cor-

drilled, go

raising

have

the

Their

one.

45.

the

accurately.

by

Fig.

each

on

drill is in the

round

accomplished, however,
to procure

the

accurately, and

who

be

can

not

below

is

center

after

the

mechanics
in

the

(do

this clear.

it is to

difficult matter

in

started

that

see

far

operation

If it

guide.

very

plate without

the.

will make

hole

go

same

hole

the

showing

amateur

transverse

to

as

little further

drill is centered

the

times

Fig.

the

out

right through

several

drill

the

%-inch

cautiously until

Fig. 46

Engineering

the

ones

at

approxi-

Drills

of

diameter

that

In

flooded

of

with

oil

cutting

or

make

convenient
means

grind

on

the

of

brass,
the

the

tions
revolu-

tively.
respec-

drill

should

and

water

( soap

$o*

twist

drill

drilling

for

Brass,

be

drill,

wheel

receptacle
excessively

steel,

or

by

brass

or

and

copper

cast

iron

iron

cast

dry.

grinding
it

and

compound

substitute).

drilled

be

When

holding

to

good

should

-How

47"

to

number

iron

iron

180

and

the

cast

wrought

71

110

80,

gives

steel,

iCnBnd

Fig.

dividing

for

drilling

Drilling

which

drill,

the

minute

per

be

is

speed

mate

and

long

too

of

heating

careful

cold

it

not

without

it

**burn^^

dipping
*

water.

imtil

to

^Burning''

loses

its

hardness.

it
it

by

in

drill

CHAPTER

SOFT

How

make

to

soft

Surfaces
is

being

outfit

applied

with

operation

practice

become

to

followed

are

insure

in

experienced

Before
words

be

important

preparing
in

rigidly
patience
when
rolls

words

the
off
are

the

of

these
that

nine

times

of

is

solder
without

applied

apt
and

to

be

the

circumstances,
it
out

is

of

no

fault

of

soft

it may

is that

is

being

of

art

but

the

method

properly

the

of

The

exhausted

repeatedly

various
in

unkind

ments
imple-

general,

is

un-

rest

may
he

them

applied.

Many

workman
solder

The

holdilig

and

soldering

the

ten, it is the

surface

about

of

often

is

the. metal.

said

few

soldering.

and

to

72

be

will

soldering,

soldered

the

to

of

be

made

has

although

hard

soldering

adhering

very

of

solder

in

beginner

two

not

difficulty

no

soldering
be

the

will

maker

which,

art

soft
to

while

place

the

to

first

the

to

purpose.

subject

surfaces

employed
d^r

the

part

line,

its

that

model

work,

serve

devoted

the

this

good

will

treating

will

after

do

to

directions

the

brazing

or

courage
dis-

not

precautions

be

may

to

extensive

possible

necessary

It

along

doing

perfect,

the

soldering

but

successful,

be

and

have

should

practice, providing

silver

of

experiments

few

most

quite

taken.

are

jobs

entirely

not

is

carefully

will

require

it

little

solder.

important

engineer

this

solder

soldering

silver

an

but

as

"

lic
metal-

while

Silver

of

is

processes

maker,

success

three

or

with

work

soldering

proficient in,

model

the

Both

work

holding

soft,

model

of

Preparation

"

^Application

"

and

the

familiar.

very

solder

hard

which

silver

on

silver

both

Soldering,

good

of

of

Methods

"

^Information

"

fluxes

Soldering

"

solder

receive

SOLDERING

HARD

adhere

Composition

"

become

AND

solder

to

IV

using

applying

sured
as-

and,
it.

Before

solder

surface
small

tool

that

file.

old

bright,

is

be

be

can

noticeable

to

in

from

an

and

clean

be

excessively until

scrape

is formed

with

clean

shape

should

scraped just before

be

into

the

surface,

perfectly

surface

necessary

73

metallic

easily ground

depression

should

to

scraped

the

Although

it is not

Soldering

applied

first

should

Hard

and

Soft

the

metal.

The

worker

is

the

faces
sur-

ready
\

Fig.

to

film

Once
the

of

solder, as

the

apply

simple

oxide,

to

fingers, as
no

matter

scraping
flux

should

can

be

be

solder

always

how

clean

and

the

does

leaves

soldering

the

hands

not

be

by dissolving

small

touched

with

upon

the

kept.

After

the

heated,

the

copper

flux

readily adhere.

are

soldering

thin

not

grease

good

applied.

prepared

for

cleaned, it should

this

is done

torcli

long standing will produce

which
is

surface

the

alcohol

for

is

soft

face
sur-

soldering

pieces of zinc

in

Model

74

When

hydrochloric acid.
reaction
which

with

this

is kept in

zinc

more

chemical

With

the

surface

should

the

flux

the

added

making

acid

the

to

zinc

applied

In

dauber.

acid,

of

and

glass bottle

be

takes

and

solution

wooden

or

until

place.
according

prepared

with

directions, and

small

action

of

cal
chemi-

violent

zinc

the

formation

the

solution, the

done,

between

bristle brush

small

is

this

place

in

This

chloride.

no

takes

results

Engineering

in

the

to

foregoing

solder

place, the

is

ready

Water
Pickle
Torch

Gasoline

-S/f^f^.

Block

Charcoal

Fig. 49

to

be

convenient
should

copper

and

runs.

this

copper

this
is

should

after

it has

After

the

form

tip

be

indicates

been

solder

or

point

that

mistake

just
in
has

of

in contact

If it melts

common

outfit

hot

attached

the

the
of

with

wire

the

the

copper

of

instant

for

as

the

the

The

and
fast

it touches
too

beginners.

it for

itself to

work

is far

copper
many

is the

beginner.

with

at the

enough

contact

heavy

especially for

the

it melts

and

in the

brought

to

copper,

soldering

be

fed

the

^A silver

to use,

solder

the
as

Solder

applied.

most

"

solder

hot,
The

to melt

short

time.

metal, it

may

and

Soft
appear
hot

very

uneven

in

run

lightly

is

copper

and

tip

the
with
it

the

more

the

or

copper

be heated
the

by

unsuitable

may

be

is very
it is

Although

surfaces

be

to

by

impervious
with

and

the
runs

of time

end

and

be

to

alcohol

wick.

hand.

soldering by
to

be

There
the

direct

soldered

it melts

given plenty

be

can

well.

with

burns.
that

so

is

one

small

the

end

into

to

must

of

such

tube

the
is

rectly
di-

comes

the

flame

part of the

any

be

consists

metal
it

as

little

very

tube,

heat

both

inaccessible

it,at

of

the

In

in

precaution

application

together

cooled.

merely
wick

cotton

directed

and

rigidly in

with

It

be

to

are

burner

made

times

Many

in

alcohol

By blowing

greatly extended
at

This

48.

container

the

small

container

the

the

use

the

until

them

heating

in

contact

thoroughly

direct

its purpose

serves

to

of

it

in

roughly.

has

soot,

render

it

be

holds

Bun-

is heated

should

plied
sup-

from

and

it there

the

to

be
"r

free

bringing

This

tive
effec-

may

pieces togethei!'that

solder

method

ordinary

most

torch

metal

joint

wire.

Fig.

which

of

the

holding

the

the

metal

small

over

work

bind

iron

in

tip will

directly

surface

it is handled

before

after

shown

of

part

the

and

be

the

applied by
The

it is best

soldered

can

is

place.

the

tact
con-

metal, which,

the

blow

must

After

into

employing

of

used

contaminate

to

in

renders

the

heat

The

gasoline

and

with

trouble

heat

metal

place until

that

the

heated

it is necessary

corners,

applying

lamp,

solder

to cool

soldered

best

solder.

to

the

flame,

the

flame

it will

and

cases,

joined together.
The

otherwise

upper

employ

to

necessary

of

alcohol

an

burner.

sen

quite

is that

method

The

per,
cop-

high.

in many

copper

pressions
de-

soldering
off and

flame

the

the

the

even

tin

conductivity of

thermal

the

use.

to

to

the

the

for

this

placed directly

be

bums

exposed

joint

heating

not

this

as

less

way,

In

75

remedy

to

the

over

should

flame,

by

soldering

end

and

places,

projections.

or

Soldering

Hard

in

necessary
:

The
at

two

the

jects
obsame

Model

76

If

temperature.

to

be

to

ate

piece,

the

absorb

far

In

the

to first wire

position

that

This

and

be

them

they

can

larger piece

soldering certain

objects,

together

Pieces

apt

larger
perature
tem-

greatest
be

should

vented
pre-

in

avoided

many

first.

cal
practi-

sometimes

it is
that

so

be

to

are

the

to

the

than

solder.

most

possible,

as

by heating

cases

is heated

is very

piece

quickly

more

that

piece

will
as

much

large piece of metal

small

together,the

heated

and

piece and

small

soldered

become

Engineering

hold

the

together in.

Of

they

soldered

will

ofSilver^^^
Solder

.Silver

Solder-^.

Boiler
50

Fig.

the

How

^Bight:

"

silver

solder

is

finished

in

be

not

the

soldering

is very

easily done

until
small

the

be

solder

work

apt

has

to

be

to

another

piece

melts.
molten

piece

of

and

By

metal

so

Left:

The

wire

wire

cooled

*Hin"

piece, and
then

the

will

should

sufficiently,

spoiled.

piece
this
of

should

of

be

prepared

of

metal

operation

solder

heating it

means

solder

boiler.

that

by placing tiny pieces

of the

stick,the

surface.

it to

wired

soldering.

it is necessary

before

surface

the

the

on

Job

so

the

is very

job

times

Many

be

with
until

removed

otherwise

the

should

interfere

way

no

pieces

the

course,

laid

in

about
flame

wire

brush

spread

over

may

very

or

the

easily

soldered.
Good

least

soldering

"

and

possible difficulties

soldering
"

depends

attended

largely

with
upon

the
the

and

Soft
'*flux"

"paste"

or

favorite

which

others

there

it will

that

Fig.

51

suitable

should

be

of

by
and
upon

made

of

exposed

the

be

is very

be

very

into

resin

it may

thin

surface

and

small

brush.

to the

atmosphere,
of

of

the

the

to

in
the

the

powder

resin

also

solder

is

used, it

and

kled
sprin-

Owing

alcohol,

alcohol

very

are

and

copper

Immediately

standpoint.

market

metal

the

to

produces

together.

finely divided
metal.

owing

If resin

fine

soluble

nary
Ordi-

electrical

soldered

applied

film

and

BOlderlng

very

mula,
for-

own

articles, of

work,

soldering.

to

that

electrical
up

on

Holding

of

surfaces

fact

is

the

their

recommended.

wire

the

to

their

use

market

electrical

for

from

metbod

ground

means

be

can

preparations

for

the

on

that

77

mechanics

standard

corrode

not

Proper

"

the

suited

patented

Many

the

according

connection

dependable

very

made

many

is best

resin
fact

Many

prefer

are

Soldering

employed.

preparation,
and

Hard

in
this

to

solution
this

way

tion
prepara-

evaporates
is

deposited

Model

78

The
than

of silver

process

that

soft

of

and

experience

and

materials

silver

but

its

be

blow

this

The

use

will

now

of

the

be

explained.

and

removes

also

used

will

not

this
In

rapid.
to

just

The

borax

the

many

The

resin

is

of

paste

metal

to be

lamp

Silver

solder

metallic

The

blowpipe

alcohol

and

soldered

done.

The

borax

is

at

of the

use

is used

employed

consists

silver mixed

of

on
as

block

is used

is

the

is

being

heat

to

operation

the

it is

quite impossible

its

would

use

as

soldering

ordinary soft soldering.

point

This
where

small
very

the

slate, which

the

on

water.

the

solder

the

as

return

rubbed

and

is

soldering

though

in

pickle

This

making

borax

it

charcoal

the

even

employed

is moistened

The

in

cleans

it is first necessary

however,

cases,

sufficiently,

greasy,

is to

helps greatly

work.

obvious.

pure

block

the

is to be

an

this

block,

as

and

while

upon

After

water.

used.

solution.

this

produces
on

of

dirty

employ

greatly help
flux

work

the

borax

ing
mix-

by

thoroughly

surface, and

in this

object
and

work

such

to

place

is

illustrated

cooled

and

solder.

the

is made

parts

pickle, which
of the

melt

to

dinary
or-

flame

good

very

pickle
20

silver

The

materials

and

soldered

work

metal

The

more

the

when

the

to

this

heat

acid

The

silver

in

adhere

done.
the

tools

all traces

clean

used

various

been

has

object

it is immersed

to

sufficient

part of sulphuric acid with

1
an

it has

and

work

in

big flame.

do

large pieces of

for

and,

to

important,

so

used

heat

produces

torch

maker

is

or

though
outfit,al-

The

that

tools

soldering

model

The

employ

to

49.

the

outfit

the

various

of hard

enable

intense

very

necessary

gasolene
for

will

patience

more

The

Fig.

intelligent use.

must

it is

work,

in

It is not

rather

work.

difficult

more

requires

process

shown

are

elaborate,
work.

soldering

in the

used

good

very

and

produce good

to

is mucli

soldering

soldering,

soldering
not

Engineering

source

painted

the

ing
solderis

shown

scraper

small

is

work
of

where

heat.

brazing spelter (brass) and

in

varying proportions.

The

and

Soft
of the

percentage
the

2000"

the

F.

joint

The

it

boiler

work,

point

should

One
this

thing

is the

Fig.

52

end

of

There

be

must

of

boiler

wired

upon.

good

solder

the

to

of

form

brazing spelter.

brass

of

consists

brazing

it out

of

spelter.

be
The

parts

mechanic
into

can

sheet

silver

Silver

if he

place

to

soldering

it is to

silver
in

sheet

for
to

copper

his

desires.

in

two

form

own

This

ingredients
is the

most

the
with

work

parts
can

large jewelers^ supply

up

used

be

with

good mixture
of

and

close

too

part of brass

one

tage.
advan-

to

silver

connection

in

where

however,

for

that

model

high melting

is not

that

ready

metals

solder

from
melt

in

parts

seven

purchased

solder

use

consists

two

For

used

mind,

F.

stronger

cases

be

can

in

kept

using

melting point of

the

other

are

700"

the

versa.

comparatively

melting point

necessity

The

"

low

melts,

vice

and

determines
from

anywhere

solder

be,

with

used.

be

be

may

79

composition

the

the

will

solder

with

mixture

to

this

higher

produces

Soldering

in

metals

melting point, and

to

Hard

of

erally
gen-

houses.
and

roll

suitable

Model

80

form
of

to

time

in, as it does

it

use

soldered

will

pickle

to

surface.

by

the

first be

piece is

the

this

charcoal

would

would

be

to

top of the

the
allv

heated

bv

work

into
in

and

from

place
as

work,

it should

of

the

other
will

flame

be

the

solder

there

the

until

outside, the
a

be

not

torch

brought

too

be

utilized

flame

is held

not

upon

melted,

and

prepare
flame

far
and

metal

to

gradubecome

has

and

be

the

should

as

to

the

is done.
away,

it

will

surface.
be

to

runs

soldered
be

is used

if this
too

that

applied

would

close,

the

the

to

was

solder

gasoline

solder

melts

solder

boiler

the

and

applied directly

be

the

boil

become

borax

the

may

the
If

will

bottom

not

first,as

to

is first

heat

is

at

of

tacting
con-

placed

heat

borax

squares

After

of

again clean

has

the

flame

the

if the

to

in

end

deposited

necessary

be

small

the

is then
The

the

laid in

near

soldered

to

the

will

hand,

and

conduction.

shown.

place

water
the

as

of it

of

and

snips

heated.

Instead, the

held
If

place.

part

work,

sufficientlydried,
the

that

dislodge

to

put in place.

were

and

^s

boiler

The

receive

squares

boiler

the

block

the

cause

apt

of

possible.

as

applied directly

tinner

pared
pre-

film

thin

Small

there

is then

is to

old

an

held

borax

with

its

surface

from

which

metal

the

with

cut

from
the

purpose

acid

the

matter

scrape

the

brush.

bottom

surfaces

that

is covered

the

then

to

just

is very

it in

foreign

little of

of

upon

put in place and

then

inside

are

places about

for

portion of

it with

solder

the

made

outlined

briefly

worked

necessary

wire.

the

on

applying

silver

be

end

that

all

silver

is to be

immerse

to

remove

also

of iron

to be

necessary

tool

solder

upon

great length

understanding

an

metal

be

will

process

the

smaller

and

by

If

completely

The

means

the

such

boiler

small

obtain

can

It may

of

end
the

place,

proceed.

dirty, it

file.

the

mechanic

to

with

that

into

the

how

require

not

to melt.

Assuming

so

Engineering

held

put
heat

in
the

full heat
On
the

the
soot

then

be

After
on

the

Soft

for

work

joint.

then
at

in

five

clean

with

it

is

in

the

to

the

place

by

sheet

be

consists
This

has

previously,
In
to

they
them

much
but

mixing

these
that

see

six

are

with

the
melted

emery

for

and

is

The

model

parts

is

to

melting
much

solders,
metals

and

cloth

before

'

point

than

very

this.

and

comparatively
this

reason.

work
brass.

or

described

that
for

always

brass

silver

work.

some

should

is

doing

runs.

spelter

mechanic

are

held

ordinary

suitable

it

of

for

for

part

employed

together,

quick

be

then

thin

on

parts

one

more

the

'

solder

solder

work

good

very

silver

higher

rod,

the

and

silver

steel

the

has

rinsed

can

melts

twelve

there

be

to

use

care

before

clean
safe

is

it

and

work

it

remain

hold

and

called

and

small

to

This

is

which

it

and

until

together.

point

of

rod

cool

part

employed

mixing

by

mixture

Another

the

solder

brass

melting

low

of

produce

removed

the

sheet.

to

to

is

it

temperature

made

of

part

one

permitted

be

proper

silver

can

to

inaccessible,

of

form

tends

cases,

may

means

good

quite

81

allowed

which

some

split,

end

the

heated
in

be

and

after
In

may

is

pickle

minutes,

this

as

work

the

water.

soldered

if

in

placed
least

The

Soldering

Hard

minutes,

few

stronger

and

to

clean

CHAPTER

HARDENING

Simple

tempering

the

various

to

material

of

degrees

hardness

Proper

"

steel

of

tempering

employed

STEEL

TEMPERING

AND

in

experiments

Proper

"

Case

"

heating

hardening

Notes

"

for

temperature
ceous
Carbona-

"

hardening

case

on

furnaces.

model

In

becomes
it to

definite

such

as

few

simple

sufl"cient

enable

and

dark

red

color

This

will

anneal

the

surfaces

end

of

gradual

water

as

the

soon

fracture.

the

first, then

breaking,

the

the

will
hottest

than

the

from

the

from

it

desired

pliers

or

hardened
a

vise,

break

second

is

part

that

and

piece
till

the

and

this

Cool

point.

about

notice

the

and

into

wire

bends

most

brittle

colder.

At

inch

grain

of

without

previous

the

the

it with

compare

of

82

red

allowing

off

part

was

the

appeared.

the

which

smooth

(endwise)

with

the

air.

the

flattened

let

end,

fracture

always

and
the

suddenly
has

third, etc.,

notice

to

color

piece

each

end

the

easily.

inch

Heat

color

dipping

Break

%2

filing.

or

in

in

it to

hammered

light yellow

color

by

be

can

are

inch

of

slowly

of about

inches

comparing

You

ones.

easier

grinding

of

pair
of

end

thickness

the

as

it

so

%2

feet

cool

steel

results.

about

about

to

piece
and

of

desired

wire

Heat

temper

machined

or

the

often

hard

treatment

steel

it

wire

about

the

was

allow

quickly

With
of

and

in

heat

spring
long.

to

change

wire

the

wire

the

drilled

obtain

feet

the

by

extend

color

in
to

of

it flat to

Hammer

be

can

one

piece

diameter

it

so

and

steel

soften

or

it

work

of

piece

hardness

experiments

to

Secure

of

degree

spring

experimental

harden

to

necessary
a

and

building

metal

which

and

breaks

some

point

Hardening
between
of

these

fine

the

hard

which

Repeat
5 inches

the

This

time

determine

the

Fig.

the

of

piece

the

for

suitable

trying

used

grain

brittle

metal

spring, punch

of

tained
main-

metal.

When

and

the

oven

in

next

to

is

before

as
was

annealing

is

tempering

hard

an

about

which

determined

as

too

quality

the

hard

been

is

heat

temperature

has

pipe

and

to

on

and

of

temperature.

of the

grain

is

part

temperature,

proper

properly,

is, reducing

time

which

That

proper

texture

heat

fracture

depending

finest

83

silky grain

proper

the

the

small

6^A

piece hardened

state

this

test the

hardening

proper

that

to

whether

produce

to

finest

1450"r.,

near

steel.

and

piece

is

appearance.

to the

operation,

of the

somewhere

the

heated

was

the

there

silky

shows

filed

be

to

has

Steel

Tempering

extremes

and

grain

metal

two

and

order

pliable

tough

cutting tool,

"

ever
what-

or

is desired.
Remove
hardened

the

inches

of

or

to

of

the

an

by grinding

and

notice
As

change

the

will

to

draw

the

end

to

move
a

the
gray

Heat
oxide

from
a

very

blue

colors

and

the

straw,
soft

piece about

of

emery

slowly
as

about

they

increases,

temperature

be

then

light yellow,

heating,

the

polishing

or

piece

wheel.

blue, etc., till the piece becomes

While

with

wire

emery

surface.

first noticeable
gray

oxide

or

end

the

the

on

appear

the

part
brick

cloth, soft
2

scale

the

original, polished

brown,

purple,

again.
in the

about

heat
or

so

as

inches

Model

84

from

the

end

entire

the

degree

to

the

the

properly,
of hardness.

degree

examine

the

noticed

softest
will bend
their
and

that

easily before

corresponding
the

of hardness

Faint

hardening
an

exterior

article

of

iron

useful

carried

get

studying

which

the

colors,

desired

comparative

Dark

gray

below

given

are

steel,any

with

blue

degree

ease.

brown

510^F.
.

Purple

530"F.

470"F.

Blue

560"F.

490"F.

Gray

layer
low

carbon
in

It enables

is the

skin

or

steel.
metal

itself

soft

and

is

hard
of

an

of

the

properly

wearing

being

tough

on

one

when

work,

incapable

comparatively

steel

This

of'pro-

process

of hardened

to create

us

610"F.

blue

cementation

or

material
a

to

450^F.

procedures

out.

upon

We

or

turned

By

is the

hottest

the

be

Brown

ducinfe

arid

it will

straw

piece

indicates

case

Straw

Case

the

430^F.
.

most

breaking.

obtained

yellow

Dark

has

temperatures

be

may

heated

was

physical qualities of

this

In

part which

the

If the

surface

the

on

what

to

pair of pliers,break

before.

as

part which

the

and

With

pieces

that

color

the

heated.

last

was

indicate

and

appear

particular part

hardened

was

will

scale

points

these

Between

light yellow.

color

Engineering

face
sur-

hardened.

interior

com.

with

bined

hard

There

several

are

of

purpose

exterior.

impregnating

of carbon
the

respect

to

articles

may

gas

way

the

it is sought

heated

in

containing

carbon

until

heated

metal.

Then,

we

bone

or

bone

and

the
may

its
the

pack

the

an

and

The
to

This
in

then

this
of

carbon

enough

articles

object.
has

is the

metal

box
whole

been

to

in
The

sorbed
ab-

process.

gas

quantity
the

centage
per-

suitable

some

heat

high

differ

processes

attain

general

same

with

atmosphere

equivalent, using
work,

the

outside

is obtained.

be

by

but

processes,

of

groimd

hold
to

the

high

and

Hardening

into

penetrated
for

use

sufficient

until

temperature,

the

Steel

Tempering

work.

high-class work,

from

carbon
This

is the

and

is

85

bone

the

in

method

has

general

recommended

the

to

mechanic.
It is not

needed

principal things
(2)

when

case,

rig.

54

packed,

method

Simple

"

(1)

are

and

packing material,

the

to

of

the

there

for

skin

to

exterior

or

harden

best

very

this

and

for

is that

handle

the

of the

The

annealing

naturally precedes
case

is

steel

or

box

the

may

or

have

have

we

to

the

often

be

as

to

for

reason

the

damaged
the

the

have

way

The

which

is to restore

If

it will
such

is

It remains

desire

in

at

what

skin.

work

high temperature
carbon

using

hours

this

annealing the.interior metal.

the

10

steel.

temper

hardening

with

The

1 to

"

carbon,

there

impregnated
steel.

to

with

results, then

wheel,

Wanted.

result

desired,

high grade
to

necessary

provide

if

the

hold-

and

gear

layer of high carbon

and,

is of

work

small

period

with

impregnation

the

heating

temperature

metal,

torch

the

upon

of

case

of

means

hardening

case

considerable

longer, depending
After

(3)

The

apparatus.

packing

the

proper

blow

ing it

elaborate

have

to

necessary

work

the

is

quality

quality.

It

hardening.

used

may

be

made

of cast

soft

steel

Model

86

of sheet

or

steel.

is with

steel
The

box

and

heat.

It

proper

aid

of the

of

almost

be

12

14

should

last

What

generously

tear

metal.

small

be

may

rather

naturally get

heated

one

and

will

likely to

all the

the

described
of its

use.

wear

and
heated

highly
We

have

must

not

material.

the

than
perature
tem-

same

should

be

designed

so

to

quickly

more

box

be

should

two

of sheeting

it is advisable

up

The

through.

way

lid and

more

the

packing

will

articles.

as

large.

of

the

much

so
on

than

amount

be

such

that

state

packing

thickness

is not

handle

the

occasions

15

or

box

big

with

to

considerable

the

12

atmosphere

well

small

around

box

process.
to

since

size,a

boxes

the

of the

boxes

the

forget

action

It

make

in

through perhaps

the

as

inches
is proper.

disintegrates

of sheet

size convenient

any

used

of 0.4 to 0.6 inch

box

the

oxy-acetylene welding

large enough,

24

to make

way

be

must

should

box

be

may

material
For

the

Engineering

made

that

the

edges overlap.
charging

In

inside

coat

the

and

water.

This

put in

should

be,

should

be

be very
We

in

in

the

condition

dry.

The

first

then

We

this

layer, say,

and

11/^ inches
box

case

the

of

packing

fill in

of the

put

put

on

thick, if

is not

layer

no

material

packing material

over

the
clear

then
be

the

work

to

pack

irregularitiesof

making

work,
is to be

is to

put in,
in.

go

In

put in 1^4 inches

top layer of work,

up

to

to

the

have

but

taken

work

we

on

should

and

We

should

over

more

more

full when

layer

packing material

them.

other

thick, if

1 inch

This

powder

Care

and

complete,

against another,

one

oughly
thor-

articles is put in place.

between

cavities

and

fill in crevices

work.

layer

is

material.

fine

material.

carbonaceous

the

of

dry

to

drying

This

thick.

ll^ inches

least

at

the

first to

by mixing clay

allowed

packing

the

to

be

After

on.

not

paste made

inches

1%

say,

careful

are

allow

going

it is proper

work,

should

coat

layer of

the

with

bottom

before
we

with

box

the

top.

then

The

cover

we

and

Hardening
is

now

used

to

We
We

put

on,

seal

the

are

it

put

in

the

be

in

fire-claypaste,
the

hottest

packing

Almost
be

made

hot

region

where

be

only

latter

kind

the

is

is,however,

or

heated,

at

work

large article,then
carbon

is

Case-hardening
low, it

It

the box

itself;and
the

In

has
that

than

the

of the

so

that

should

by

good

of the

than

more

erly
impropof the

out

come

is used

box

article

have

may

to

done

in

use

color
at

to

temperature

temperature
be

but

simply

kllowed

to

get

desired.

materials

is that

according

made

part

salt

to

work

the

Common

temperatures

as

"

stances.
circum-

it is not

that

must

yellow.

favorable

under

remembered
the

verging

lower

is

case-hardening

parts

mixture,

hold

to

this

gas

furnace'

If

point.

the

This

It is considered

it.

differ

other

will

there

points.

one.

can

in the

part of the

working

sufficient time

formula

if it

Wood-charcoal

using

the

another.

acquire

simplest

following

in

temperature

to meet

light red,
be

to
a

may

After

placed

different

Or, if

depth of impregnation
One

to

as

should

that

able

one' part

be

the

at

light orange

may

seems,

that

answer,

accordingly,

temperature

This

1740"F.

will

at any

conditions.

proper

is

box

important

may,

one

moisture

the

evaporate.

managed

point

that

in various

more

to

the

be

can

in the

box

received

time

furnace.

the

moisture

other

furnace

very

one

from

the

give

any

easily

that

60"F.

to

differences

small

temperature

50"F.

order

provided

is

box

undesirable
the

of
and

requirement

furnace

into

furnace.

enough

very

and

being

box.

box

evaporated,

of the
any

in

87

water

the

material,

has

part

lid and

put

door

the

near

to

with

pasty

joints between
ready

moisture

the

fire-clay made

now

Steel

Tempering

be

it may

get results

in

necessary

reasonable

to

go

time.

to

high
Tem-

Model

88

peratures

in

claimed

following

light yelloiv

to

up

this

is

better,

as

carbonate

mixture,
at
steel

tool

is that

or

%2

inch

light yellow.

An

its

have
the

in

parts

the

and

thicker,

at

high-

high

of

peratures
tem-

this

after

restored

ture
mixit has

restoration

of

thin

thin,

very

higher;

means

parts

advantage

activity

simple

material

the

or

coating,

steel

heat

coating,

use,

of

exposure

tool

orange

it may

from

suffered

mild

an

near

of

quarters

ture,
mix-

Another

wood-charcoal

obtainable

carbon

used.

Barium

is

be

may

authoritative

Powdered

With

Engineering

layer

influence

the

to

being

air.

the
'

There
for

are

substances

many

wood-charcoal,

example,

"

used

for

packing

leather,

material

bone,

conunon

salt, sodium
These

etc.

Case

hardening

heated,
of

the

to

about

deadly

enclosed

ventilating

cast

that

iron

with
shaft.

it

even

hood

or

soot,

or

the
other

bath

prior
by

the

iron

require

cases,

It

potassium

fumes

from

it

is

is
are

Aolding
with

wire

temperature

of

connecting

be

immersion

fine

longer.

crucible

article

should

the

to

acquires

little

plished
accom-

heated,

The

hung

be

may

ordinary

some

cyanide

pot
a

be

may

hour

that

depth

red

cherry

in

sawdust,

moderately

or

until

an

out

small

cyanide.

will,

of

and

poison
The

be

This

point

to

cold,

resin,

combinations.

very

article

quarter

the

remain

to

bath.

the

bright

The

work.

various

potassium

to

say,

allowed

and
of

of

bath

in

used

are

by putting
into

saltpetre,

carbonate,

sary
neces-

very

ous.
poisonit should

chimney

or

CHAPTER

THE

Abrasive

polishing
used

in

work

making

There

"

in

machine

it

as

of

the

great

speed.
such

to

him.

be

In

event
and

shown

in

is

placed

close

by

of
would

rheostat
as

valuable

very

speed

is

buflSng.
of
to

the

is

polishing

placed
re-

head
one

driving
is

addition

to

that

so

motor

desirable

cure
pro-

enough

while
a

cient
suffi-

of interest

be

grinder

If

grinder.

small

and

large

former

the

at

of

variation

bench

good

grinder

The

and

grinder,

to

groove

belt.

the

to

bench

make

the

bench

bench

the

chanics.
me-

to

for

The

head

grinding
of

wheels

should

should

of various

be

adapted

be

shapes,
the

to
89

provided
sizes

and

particular

with

the

fit,
out-

different

kind

ment
assort-

an

grits,

it

used,

of work.

classes

wheel

enough

the

of

in

motor

prove

may

machine

conveniently

means

60

Fig.

very

is unable

small

disc

sewing

work

may

has

polishing

mechanic

the

is

55

%-H.P.

to

grinding

required

to

pulley with

wooden

Fig.

main
re-

abrasive

simple

small

of

many

application

grinding,

belted

clamping

accommodate

in

shown

for

used

the

their

the

scarcity

subject

utility of

con";ain

certain

where

the

to

important

generally

should

The

by

work

motor

arrangement

Bonds

"

for

work,

owing

in

head

wheel

and

wheels.

mounting

and

very

be

can

to

Grinding

"

grinding

choose

instances, in certain

the

machine

The

"

workshop

small

^How

in

taken

equipment

for

shop,

be

should
workshop
"the one
head,

polishing

for

this

and

Every

engineer's

on

ignorant
materials

model

grinding,

data

published

ABRASIVES

wheels

to

many

lies

OF

attachments

abrasive

are

short-cut

the

Grinding

"

Precautions

"

USE

for

equipment

VI

as

of

every

work

Model

90

it is to

be

inch

As

such

wheels

66"

Fig.

grits

; from

there

such

are

wheels

be

can

small

wheels

are

of fine

in

nse

on

Fig. 56

as

two

washers

and

nut.

theni

placed in

The

half-inch
be

may

by

protruding
the

chuck

and

of the

each,

cents

various

workslKq?

Several

also

be

round

hand,

on

operations
fine and

very

be

where

spindle,

of

the

Such

10-24
the

ing
ow-

large

little "kink"

wheel

The
a

arbor

an

as

accurate

employed.

with

them

of
end

picture.

the

jewelers' wheels, and

used.

means

when

great convenience,

grit should

known

grit.

by

work

of

engluMr'a

with

For

40

hand

on

should

jobs

etc.

in

about

modsl

thickness

grooves,

commonly

for

coarse

employed

wheels

for

between

to

diameter

general

five

difficultyof procuring

to the

shown

tlie

different

many

work,

for

grit

varying

cutting of

or

in

shown

head

four

outfit

inches
for

purchased

fine

in the

enough

be

grinding

of

size

good

have

very

edge wheels

wheel

polishing

can

to

very

small

the

advisable

it is

as

is

thick

with

used

for.

used

Engineering

is

clamped

machine

machine

polishing head.

screw
screw

As

is
these

The

wheels

be

can

to have

Owing
stand

wheel

of the

equipment
"

of

accomplishing

is

sufficient

66

included

small

the

small

shop.

wli"el

Jewelei's

of

job for

nice

his

equipping
Polishing,

done

two

polishing
the

practical

well

good

ways

and

not

methods

as

and

very

In

the

mechanic
minimum

many

bad.

other

head

cases,
struction
con-

also

cbnck

who
of

of

pre-

small

are

is desirous

expense.

operations,

It is very

difficult to do

precautions
used.

capable

bead

young

shop with

as

proper

the

is

and, in many
The
design and

nsed

abrasive

the

grinder

grinding

be

can

gxluding

sents

bench
work

quite heavy

in

to

with

spindle equipped

be

head

grinding

small

small, heavy-duty

^How

"

also

shop.

for

of

Flg.

work,

should

able
apiece, it is advis-

hand.

on

heavy

91

cents

inability of the

under

up

larger

assortment

the

to

10

for

purchased

an

Abrasives

of

Use

good
taken

easy

to

can

do

polishing
and

the

be
bad
viding
promost

Model

92

Two

wide
These

57

Drawing

of each

from

of

'

glue and

with

prepared

be

of the

true.

The

with

use

thin

put

end

coating
dry.

to

polishing

head

grinding

or

away

fine abrasive

very

house.

periphery

small

carborundum

in

then

are

run

for

with

inches

by 1^

polisher's supply

tapered

they

sized

diameter

disc

rolled

wheels

The

that

grinding

in

the

to

is then

wheel

should

obtained

being taken

care

"

inches

attached

be

can

head,

Fig.

be

should

wheels

felt

Engineering

of hot

penters
car-

emery

der.
pow-

One

wheel
and

powder

Slat

fiFatsiift'.

{/'

Fig.

58

^A

"

cylindrical

abrasive

the

the

produce
be

used

wheel
a

to

or

paper

with

other

grinding
cloth

more

with

preliminary
put the

grains

are

held

final

its

to

polish

and

polish

used, the

on

work

the
the

shown

as

When

powder

coarse

wood-^The

from

surface

powder.

coarse

the

made

attachment
is

it is
be

can

other
work.

should

be

sary,
neces-

used

wheel
If
held

to
can

rundum
carbovery

The

lightly against
and

sharp

the

cut

of Abrasives

Use

wheel,

these

as

easily.

very

is less

bear

to

extremely

particles are

Emery

it is necessary

nature, and

93

in its

abrasive

heavily

more

the

on

wheel.
An
shown

in

Ys inch

in

shaft

standard

in

to

the

This

is

in

inch.

grit is

to

cut

form

quickly.
a

board

of the
and

the

an

convenient

its face

work

hand.

The

of hot
cially
espe-

useful

very

form

dimensions
hack

to

saw

of any

cloth

as
a

desired

circumference
bent

This

holds

right

at

cloth

the

Vheel.
is shown

little contrivance

used

for

polishing

from

seen

with

or

the

cloth

at

down

the

it is

only

and

rub

them

of

producing

down

to exact

The

board

cut

polish, it

too

is

To

its

quick

is also

face
sur-

and

useful

rapidly revolving

fast

made

clamps

lay them

over

from

ends

nuts.

to

briskly

size, as

the

winged

necessary

Aside

Fig*

merely

The

under

placed

are

objects

cloth

it is

end.

each

in

flat surfaces

small

photograph,

clamp

surfaces generally

by

the

wooden

the

with

slot.

oscillatingmotion.
means

getting

abrasive

flat

or

means

small

are

paper

abrasive

with

in

with

tightly by screwing

polish small,
on

lathe

in the

paper

store.

and

ends

be

abrasive

is

overlapping

down

the

contrivance,

construct

This

across

the

will be

As

on

parts.

piece of abrasive

of the

can

little

or

from

cut

by

the

equipped

held

on

convenient

This

brass

length just exceeding

forced

very

59.

surface

to

be

hardware

instrument
easy

and

and

to the

handy

out

depth of ^

angles

very

slot is cut

the

the

drawing.

the

turned

wheel

of

of

accessory

is shown

shown.

surface

small

abrasive

may

any

chuck

the

The

at

polishing

Another

or

obtainable

stud

%6-inch

in

surface

the

on

sheets

is fixed

with

is held

in diameter

3i/^ inches

disc

thick, provided

used

beeswax.

brass

polishing head.

the

discs

cloth

is

is

flat surfaces

small

polishing

center, which

the

spindle of

in

use

This

Fig. 57.

and

disc

for

accessory

for
wide

extreme

enough

curacy
ac-

to

Model

94

aeeommpdate
"wide
9

sheet.

other

the

strips of abrasive

two

by 11 inches

11

One

should

long, which

is

strip should

be

be

of

It is advisable
in

stone

Tig.

09

"

the

Engineering

In

shop.

wMch

both

place

is very

the

of two
Such
be

stone

purchased

thereby

edged

used

to further

stone.

It is
an

stone

convenient

"Water

Some

should

coarse

side

or

keen

oU

be

fine

grit

would

and

poUsMng

grinding

cemented

and

be

delicate

one

the

fine
of

used
and

some

the

-edge,
or

it

as

is

tool

side
the

can

and

stone

is then

previous

lubricate

to

posed
com-

together.

The

one.

it is desired

"ft'ithwax

is

economieal,

extra

an

If

which

single plain

prefer

tempered

grit and

writer

stone

fine)

may

is used.
and

tot

imperfections

the

mechanics

optional which

especially

of

remove

and

these, the

and

of

price

expense

the

on

standard

fine

very

coarse

eombiuation

is both
the

of

surfaces

(coarse and

the

first

of

stones

at

saves

operation.

of

use

conveuieat

flat

reconmiend

just half
of

4i^ inches

each

grit.

coarse

have

to

lap lioaid

cloth

the
to

surface

vaseline.

the
other.

produce
of

the

These

The

substances

fill the
the

and.regnlate
A

tool

kit.

small

should
the

as

of work

Fig.

bond
a

Qrit
the

wheels

60

the

it

surface

in

points,

will

mechanic's

every

usefid

interest

to

sharpening

etc.

of
the

the

grinding

as

chanic,
me-

average

help him

right place,"
be

be

adapted

used

to

choose

one

big

the

particular

grinding

of

careful

work.

facturer
manu-

bead

with

when
The

Shape,

liaod

grade, grit

grinder

choosing

importance

wheel

this

of

is

mechanic.
a

wheel

particles

composed

to

for.

considered

grit of

abrasive
are

in

technique

given

to

be

class

The

"

the

of

the

are

Driving

"

should

to

be

be

compass

should

they

certain

obvious

for

wheels

Grinding

and

very

on

to

the

it.

puts

kind

found

information

right wheel

"the

also

edges,

prove

of

process.

should

following words

wheel

of

be

drills, reamer

The

for

will

95

interstices

and

pores

stone

This

of Ahramves

sharpening

hand

small

Use

of

is determined

that

large

compose

it.

by

the

Coarse

particles and

the

size

grit
finer

Model

96

of smaller

wheels

of

number

particles.

meshes

indicate

grit

the

of

wheels

operations
Bond
hold

the

bond

as

where

great

the

will

break

how

Such

old

breaking

where

such

operations

wheel

is

to

is caused

by

power

their
are

the

where

cases

an

an

exact

if such

and

If

to

the

fast

cut

example

diameter
and

between
a

cut

of

The

be

bond

of

wheel

as

freely
and

many

will

not

able

'^

glaze

of the

of

an

bond

a
so
so

their

This

cutting
from

away

bond.

on

If

all.

slowly and

wheel

also

are

badly.

steel -shaft is

%ooth

of

reduced

to break

centers

classes

the

too

run

of such

the

at

be

if its

to

there

used

to

sharp

owing

leave

is

is said

new

not

**

the

wheel
and

be

not

it

of

and

hardness

3-foot

baking

away

are

wheel

employment

the

they break

the

There

are

of

always

the

particles losing

they

to

and

should
or

fast, and

do

used

particles composing

cut, it will

abrasive

the

grinding machine

of

of,a wheel.

diameter

the

its diameter

before

wear

hardness

the

it could

where

setting owing
As

to

by

delicate

wheels

mixing

is necessary,

wheel

heavy

the

settings.

easily.

therefore

take

made,

nature

continually exposed

are

off

rapidly. However,

be

more

The

hardness

*'hard,^^ its particles

easily, and

finer

the

substance

sufficientlyrapid,

many

of

will

wheel

is

particles

made

of

their

abrasive

work

is the

rapidly

from

velocity

ones

In

These
numbers

to

are

used.

important

correspondingly

**soft.^'

Low

is sought,

degree of

settings rapidly,

is reduced

surface

be

wheel

degree

away

their

from

.to 150.

accuracy

is very

determines

wheel

through.

cuts

the

that 'the

high numbers

and

regulation
the

The

sieve

pass

particles together.

wheel

12

should

of

determines

of

from

of

by

used.

bond

as

considered.

be

be

abrasive
well

process

bond

grit

The

"

will

large, heavy

coarse

should

inch

wheel

wheels,

"Where
a

grit

run

coarse

wheels.

finer

the

generally

grit is determined

The

linear

the

to

particles composing
numbers

Engineering

There

is

being
a

inch

sary.
neces-

turned

universal
is

being

The

made

the

is not

hard

the

be

it will

larger

than
the

the

special clay.

rig.

The

61"

and

the

result, as

in

end

one

used

special
of

bond

Vitrified

disc

grinding

in

class

such

wheels

shown

grinding

cutter

wheel

used

making

of the

shaft

abrasive

of work

wheels

each

bond

to.

The

"

the

in diameter

bonds

common

adaptable

Vitrified

If

other.

follows, together with

is most

iBT

shaft.

reduce

will

inaccuracy

list of

length of the

enough,

and

cut

will

entire

of AbraMve*

Use

as

In

well

are

rig.

57

for

as

wheel

is

used

for

attached

to

generally

cylindrical

grinding

machine

general

head

shop

work.
Silicate
find

wide

use

Elastic
a

wheel

"

"

that

very

thin

used

for

The

in all
The

is silicate

shop

bond

is not

wheels
saw

bond

of

soda, and

is pure

thin

gumming,

wheels

work.

shellac, and

brittle, it is generally
(as

such

as

Me

inch).

grinding

reamers,

as

used
Such

it

produces

in

making

wheels
cutters

are

and

Model

Sft

R'iCC'ir

is

War'r',^.?

^w^ork

brittle

and

wteets

Triifrre

be

mav

also

are

Go:i"i

The

"

jpeeial

K^giridmTf^^

tiey

eapafcLe

aii"i 5tiL-

t^^^:^t

"::

as
rei5_:iir"^i.
tLey

are

ci:rt

at

miL

eor^ists

BziTzoer

vel^itv.

sarta*?^

lateral

vithstar*!:"', jt great

of

rL":"t

ar"*

pressure.
It

maiie

are

of

niitierst."i

be

most

in

several

hardiLess.

of the

eon"iition

desired

factors

^oveminz
a

of

in

the
three

the

are

e^jnsidered

the

and

iLTOn.

sorfaees

sh'^Tili be

deirrees

removeii.

workeil

"n:sheii

the

be

to

belnz

metal

that

metal

bond

eaei

in varvinz

zraiies
of

amoozit

of

wteels

the

different

Tte

nanre
pc-jrirral

that

choosing-

vhei^L
e"'"nsid*^rable

After

bef:"""nies irrezalar
dressir^z.

is very

This

aecoETLpIish

dretv^ers

wh"-el

when

they

wheel

to

able

For

wheel

and

if

low
on

the

be

little

eare

good

and

actnallv

Warning

edge

is nsei
a

"

^The

true

snch

wheels,

stnnt

suitable

holder*

grinding

the

well

verv

are

in

of

'*'*

the

be

to

resnlts

to

nnsnit-

old

an

wheel

the

h^^me
bn^ken

dressed,
be

can

wheel.

the

tained
obThis

glazed*'' wheeL

is to revolve
witb

periphery

following

small

of

piece

good

for

''turn'''' the

of

set

used

as

snrface

remeiy

its

of

very

tme

satisfactory-

more

speed
to

to

bringing

is also
still

held

can

in
process

snch

and

they will be found

bnt

wheels

dressing

of

types

its merits

dressers

wheel

irregular

an

of

face

the

against

wheels,

small

on

nse

with

rapi"ily in

Such

dressed.

be

for

shop.

end

placed

are

t""
inip43ssibl*^

Tarious

are

each

market,

revolve

large grinding

for

at

which

There

eaUe^l

process

with

generally consist

They

wheels

steel

the

it is

as

wheel

grnniinz

by

wheel

on

surface-

on

disadvantages.

restore^!

important,

work

accurate

zrindioz

profile or

is

and

of

pro^e

the

use.

the

zrinder

fiat file held

snrface.

words

are

intended

for

those

The

mechanics
in

their

workshops

and

with

could

for
too

snugly

head

is

becomes
lead

to

with
of

lead

pinch

never

run

upon
The

freedom

bushing.
before

carefully

be

bear

sufficient
the

above

lead

the

it

being

the
the

wheel

rated

Df

fit

permit

this

"Wheels

should

mounted

and

too

tightly.

surface

grinding

the

wheel
the

to

considerable
in

and
shaft

also
the

Wheels

cient
coeffi-

high

or

possible

velocity.

fits

communicated

quite

the

son
rea-

wheel

bring

will

freely

The

on.

of

be

should

wheel
to

forced

has

arbor

the

fit

should

will

heat

expansion

it.

burst

cases

the

by
serious

many

bearing

the

being

caused

lead-bushed

ing
warn-

by

generally

be
If

as

killed

Wheels

and

hot,
and

cubical

pressure

heads

any

precaution

never

spindle

bushing,
of

is

little

follows:

as

too

the

should

the

on

This

prevented.

and

this

without

instantly

piece.

be

spindle

the

been

with

and

accidents

grinder

burst

have

flying

carelessness,

99

power-driven

sometimes

men

many

struck

Abrasives

wheels

Grinding

on

large,

have

who

of

Use

many

spindle

expansion
be

flanges
should

sounded
should

never

CHAPTER

Vn

MAKING

PATTERN

General

practice

foundry
Making

"

how

Pattern
well

patterns

make

to

them

complicated

practical

and

work,

this

treatise

Ordinary

them.
for

the

with

familiar
the
that

do,

the

of

use

will

operator

and

nails

Screws,
should

be

Generally
which

and

hand,

at

but

satisfactory
in

water

clamps

:
..

and
would

gluing.

ifter

not

expert

brads

of

the

of

tory
satisfacit

hearing

glue

of

Several

is

^*

in

holding

used

for

100

for

quire
re-

those

tools,
shape

and

be
is

glue

the

not

presentable.

must

will
has
of

the

ably
reason-

to

lengths

sizes

pose
pur-

turning

appears

which

the

do

scrape"

liquid glue
kind,

he

of

use

to

using

is

but

them,

shellac

quantity

solid

that

various

and

auswer

to

of

mode

patterns

it

that

describe

to

the

in the

of

helpful

Shellac

of

will

able

so

melted.
be

large

mind

out

turn

and

making

be

work

the

of

drawing

made

be

Many

use.

ready-made

than

to

tools

in

small

the

case

will

lathe

and

and

it is assumed

usually

his

sandpaper

ner,
begin-

in

humiliation

trade

the

their
a

able

; the

f oundrymen.

and

though

even

be

carpenters'

amateur,

and

could

advice

and

help

constantly

the

the

of

terns
pat-

man

building

moulding

attempt

tools

the

length

any

the

should

no

of

patterns

sides

the

the

keeping
in

faulty by

pronounced

its various

attempt

suffer

not

Parted

"

trade, and

without

by

he

patterns

boxes

core

kinds

Various

"

patterns.

not

operations

ordinary

and

learning

but

made

are

extensive

an

pieces

man,

elementary

In

is

should

therefore,
or

Cores

"

lifetime

moulds

^Finishing

"

making

spend

How

"

sizes

provided.

required,
prove
to

be

more

heated

wooden

parts

finishing

in

screw

together
of

pat-

Making

Pattern

the

Either

terns.

Several

white

coats
raise

ones

or

orange

he

may

hought

generally required,

are

grain of

the

101

wood

the

and

pared.
pre-

the

as

liminary
pre-

surface, requiring the application of fine sandpaper

each

; the

coat

tiiat
Here

the
a

pattern

sible

to

be

may

caution
; the

sandpaper

surface

finished

inserted

be

article

must

form

and

be

from

the

regarding

the

brought

finish

as

without

after

mould.
of

use

nearly
the

order

in

smooth,

easily "drawn"

should

its final

be

must

the

ronghen

as

pos-

of

use

this

abrasive,

Fig.

62B

taking

to

an

pattern

two-piece

any
a

on

or

employing

pattern

round

an

excess

taken

not

finish, and

which

extent

through

of

in

mould

may

be

used

because

of

their

will

coming
for

to

supposedly
zeal

fairly soft, evenly grained

good

mahogany,

he

to

undue
the

boaid

moulding

should

care

flat surfaces

Almost

of

"

great

through

corners

and

e2A"

and

supposedly

sand

Fig.

warp

in contact
this

freedom

square

in

its

wood

not

work.
from

curve

plication.
ap-

capable
or' swell

with

damp
Cherry

warping.

Model

102

and

shrinking

and

cheaper
the

answer

order

In

to

Pig.

63A

Fig.

63B

Tig.

63C

which

"

"

"

reader's

of

two

called

fire

as

white

the

of

completely

flUed

and

(Above).

Cope

in

filled

with

is

partly

is called

to

bottom

of

in its

frames

board.

the

a
a

The

upper

sand

and

sand

mould

plate

frame

from
be

to

used

castings

plainest form
upon

the

photographs

Small

resting

by

smootHed

of

face

tial
essen-

sand

with

series

press.

"flask," which

well.

as

foundry,

the

making

that

drill

or

at

of

process

covered

poaition

produced

redwood,

or

operations

pattern

for

sive,
expen-

intelligently, it is
series

they

best

rather

just

amateur

this work

the

pine

Drag

rectangular
the

they

clearly

lathe

in

moulded

but

(Iiower).

the

small

about

sueh

simple one-piece pattern,

a

fine finish

considered

of the

about

attention

representing

on

lumber,

of the

(Lower).

easting

are

purposes
go

because

patterns,

understand

to

taking,

commercial

regular

will

swelling, and

of

capable

are

Engineering

are

consists

loose

piece

is called

the

Making

Pattern

and

**cope,"

duplicate

In

the

frames

guide pins between

fit together

all such

61

(Above).

"

(Below).

"

and

cope

"cheek
and

Fattem

Fattem

number
is

of

pieces

partitioned

that

follows

foundry

for

the

omitted

are

are

off for

wiU

with

always
they

simplification

pictures.

moulded

piece

pattern

Sections

In

place

beld

introduced

sometimes

complicated
moulded

practice, the beginner

by

in
While

purpose.

be

not

and

together

pins

always

may

of

by

this

provided
they

two-piece

and

usually
the

the

vided.
pro-

than

being
that

sidered
con-

board.

h"ndles, etc., and

and

dowel

producing

bottom

purpose

exposed

is also

represented

larger

so

from

wlthdiawn

pieces"

drag

drag,

For

with

called

be

"bars,"

cope

is

upon

be

may

board,"

construction,

cope

are

purpose

"flask"

the

would

of iron.

details

Fig.
65

the

"drag."

the

as

our

resting

properly,

built

often

Fig.

"bottom

complicated

more

are

of

flask, however,

regular

known

for

photographs

wooden

of

is

which

board,"

"moulding

two

lower

the

103

adhered
so

between

eastings and

flask, which

one

the
to

procedure
in

constructing

regular
his pat-

Model

104

that

terns

they

is assured
Our

face

of

placed

it

over

sand

which

with

top

Fig.

66A

rig,

66B

placed

the

Pattern

"

Typical

"

board

exposing

rested

upon

it, as

placed

upon

the

filled

with

sand

and

"sprue

pin,"

whose

through

which

the

mould, is
but

this

shows

the

The

is removed

set

into

has

been

cope

cope

in

in
the

the

having

is

been

hy driving in

metal

board

from
filled

off

"draw

form

is

cope

in

place,
A

again.

opening

an

into

poured

fillingin

pictures.

with

filled and

the

lifted

to

which

pattern

being

be

the

moulding

the

still

may

and

moment,

Now

to

previously

the

Fig. 64.

purpose

position,

ing
be-

print

core

of

of

and

omitted

the

pattern

bottom

the

removal

rammed,

cope

for

pattern

molten

the

horizontal

drag
side

the

drag,

even

partly

pattern

off, the

with

the

shown

off

represents

Next,

pattern

view

to

moulding

smoothed

63B

is

board,

with

the

then

board

on

over,

Fig. 62A,

filled

mid

sight.

top of the

is turned

whole

and

the

upon

moulding

smoothed

place

parted

the

upon

of

In

of operations

placed
in

as

Fig.

filled and

be

shows

and

out

series

the

down

Fig. 63A

bottom

the

at

down,

Fig. 63A,

sand,

completely

drag

in

drag.

with

first

end, behind

is "rammed"
of

covered

will

flat side

on

as

such

results.

good

board,"

drag, shown,

the

by

moulded

plate pattern

"moulding

is

be

can

Engineering

the

the

sand,

Fig. 63C

sand.

lifted

off, the

pin"

and

pattern

"rapping"

Making

Pattern

loosen

to

the

it from

is necessary,
a

should

pattern

in order

he

65

shows

withdrawing

the

Fig.

the

is

cope

the

that

clearly

in

and

reader

Fig.

67A

Fig.

67B

mind,

Fattem

"

^Parted

"

will

we

possible

of

mould

the

is

pattani

with

then

pouring.

fundamental

from

suming
As-

operations

sand

print

core

take

now

for

the

to

and

provided,

are

drawn

is cut

pin opening

ready

these

after

channel

or

sprue

of air
all

has

that

as

"gate"
the

escape

replaced

remember

to

constructed

appearance

under

the

ping
rap-

treatment.

pattern.
from

for

vents

mould,

this

considerable

important

strongly

as

the

sand

the

through

it is

withstand

to

Sometimes

sand.

and

105

the

up

of

question

"draft."
"Draft"
so

without
a

that

moulding

of

be

ready

pattern

its

being

seen

that

if the

the

pattern

to

sand.

sides
could

be

the

shown

as

In

were

not

tapered
be

of

in

order

Fig. 70B.
in the

withdrawn

tern
pat-

mould

is

shown

position
with

the

Fig. 70A

off in
in

sides
from

covered

tapered

are

"drawn,"

of

easily "drawn"
the

out

tapering

plain flange pattern

board

of the

the

to

it may

breaJdng

section

sides

refers

upon

sand.

the
The

facilitate

to

It

will

be

tions
opposite 'direcwithout

pulling

Model

100

the

sand

the

sides

with

up

it and

Note

experienced.

he

hole

the

in

in

metal

Such

column

68

taken

or

up

later.

side

the

every

side

fpom

taper
amount

inch

must

will

be

the

must

in
Is
foot

the

of

hole

so

are

will

be

that

the

molten

the

in

hole

directly by

the

the

left

perpendicular

to

moulded,

or,

through

the

or

will

original design
the
in

sand

In

exaggerated

usually allowed

is

cores

plane

for

upon

other

words,

in

drawing

given draft,

right direction.

casting.

pattern

subject of

The

tapered

with

sand

so

the

slide

also

pattema

which

purposely
is

the

of

in

be

he

must

sides

form

core."

as

is made

mould,

the

pattern

pattern

if

that

difficulty would

one-piece

formed

sand

of

which

of draft
to

of

and

mould,

the

column

Typical

sand

pattern

mould,

the

the

it will

draining is shown

which

an

of

"green

Every

"

center

as

that

around

running

known
be

the

this

drawing,

upon

rig.

standing

that

and

center,

that

tapered

spoiling

perpendicular

made

were

Engineering

and

this

Fig. 70A

the

one-eighth

small

of

articles,

Pattern

but

the

least

enough
for

eye,

this

should

He

board,

of

the

before

beginning

to

always

ask

drawing

the

it be

in

which

sides

69

rect

inclination.

moulding
in

the

board

present
sides

all outer
and
in

inward

flange in

and

the

he

parted

the

pattern
be

the

inner

Fig. 70B,

pattern
sides,

should

should

How

then

will

not

draw

the

be

tion
direcable

and

its

to
ns.
cor-

patterns

position, would
of

kind

will

will

the

Fig. 62

Fig. 66, and

deciding

; then

in

and

given draft

be

few

Fig. 62A,

moulded?

Upon

drawn,

idea

any

which

parts

any

Imagine
as

it be

should

"

of

and

the

in

pattern

be

keep in mind
in

the

to

moulder

the

shown

as

mould?"

the

it will

which

determine

make

there

for

illustrated

as

"Howmll

Are

ruining

without

work

always

pattern

himself:

drawn?

less

at

amount,

greater

easily discernible

taper

mean

107

provide

the

would

moulding

the

well

make

to

castings.

better
of

eould

amateur

Making

as

to

be

incline

on

the

of drawing,

direction

fore,
; there-

downward

should
the

placed

slope upward

sides

upward

of

the

and

hole
out-

Model

108

ward.

This, of

surfaces.

includes

course,

curved

well

as

straight

as

'

these

Keeping
side

one

board.

It

made

in

flat to

is not

mind,

allow

for

70A"

the

upon
that

however,

Flanged

be

no

one-piece patterns

set

ing
hav-

the

flat

side

recesses.

moulding

draft

Bbowlug

pattern

or

upon

culty
diffi-

moulding

the

openings

no

pulley pattern

should

placing

is,having

that

Fig. 71 represents

there

constructing

necessary,

smooth,

Fig.

in

facts

encountered

he

Engineering

""a"-|

70B

Tig.

end

whose

is

given the

cope

will
be

will

hub

and

filled, rammed
will

be

set

fill up
lifted

pattern

this

off

is

is recessed

with

then

cause

and
in

recess,

the

as

turned

as

filled and
on

remainder

removed,

is formed

hub
in

indicated
over

and
now

lower

mould

sand

the

trouble, provided

rim

place

in

pulley rim

no

inside

left

con

and

the

than

higher

This

shown.

shoviiiK

removed,

bottom

The

board.

be

Pattern

"

and

the

of
upon

; the

before,
some

cope

drag

will

then

the

the

sand.

replacing

is

draft

side, but

upper

the

of

position

the

sand
will
The
cope

Pattern

this

projecting part of

the

in

mould

of the

the

fall under

this

This

pattern is also
bottom

Care

under

should

which

is identical

be

like

this

advice
be

but
of

the
that

and

interferes

removable,
really

form

other

or

which

piece pattern

board

moulding

as

of

place by
a

projections

one-piece pattern

the beginner

for

obtaining practical
and

best

would

way

projects

below

This

pins.

the

board,

moulding

the

dowel
**

as

of
It is

pattern.

wise

which

use

if

surface

and

the

be

safest

the

is known

what

hubs, bosses

in

rim

type without
The

that

pulley rim, and

the

not

pattern

Fig. 67, except

casting from

with

held

pulley of Fig. 73,

drawing

part of the hub

and

the

of

it would

this

build

to

between

when

subject.

to make

rim

out

it

beside

not

as
one

sand

produce

to

one

upon

the

the

one,

to make

taken

webs.

and

(A, Fig. 68).

one

projects beyond
torn

impossible

not

with

bosses

interior

such

drawn,

shown

as

would

drag

be

fiub

moulded

be

plate of Fig. 72,

base

similar

patterns

B, in Fig. 68, and

at

of

always

cannot

bottom

shown

view

which

the

side and

other

Many

the

as

casting

recessed

into

down

extend

forming

pattern.

class, such

its recessed

109

will

sand

thus

the

as

with

is shown

the

drag,

shape

same

Making

would

parted^' pattern.
the side

upon

would

interfere with

shown

in

the

of

one-

of the

use

Fig. 62, should

All

be

made

removable.
A

of

group

photograph,
similar
seen

at

and

boss

for
with
a

the

the

one

B.

is

with

piece

side

of
a

is the

drill press

down.

at

be

rounded

corner

for

placed
slots

on

slotted

this

part

of which

note

that

the

in the

base

viewi

plate
boss

removable,
board

moulding
up

be

can

the

are

taken

later.)

is

be

given

draft

base

should

be

given

in

the

drag.

must

to

piece, or

of

print,'' Z,

(Core prints

right angles
draft,

arm;

*^core

would

side

under

Fig. 72, a top

angle plate; the

considerable
Xote

68.

tapered

pattern

slotted

the

Fig.

to

that

is shown

typical one-piece patterns

is down

*^fillef

At

is

and

crank

Model

110

handle

; F

follow

for

rest

flat

laid

board

Engineering

the

be

described

later.

specially noted

as

bearing

made

was

which

for

lathe

as

what

out

casting

loose

flanges; K

are

said

was

broken

the

replace

to

new

and

be

would
^*

is

.shown.

on

; it

lathe, and

could

not

placed

piece,"

to

should

be

in the

part, of

duction
introold

an

obtained.

be

The

71

Fig.

pattern

was

casting

obtained

about

cost
a

cut

62, 63, 64 and

variety
But
two

^ '

as

be

of forms

The
under

^^

called

' '

parted patterns,

moulded

parting
one

this

class.

have

to

m
^^

or

the

line between

piece

such

and

so

and

line''
cope

be

idea

and

pattern

made

the

could

that
in

pattern

drag.

If made
not

Figs.

the

great

brass

or

patterns

another

of

in

of

be

the

dowel

part
cope;

coincides
and
removed

in

or

known

are

one

for

These

in halves,

made

Such

are

slide

rest

plate shown
an

the

filing and

piece.''

together by wood

drag

parting

tool

loose

gives

pins."

pattern

^*

face

the

group

parts, held

more

dividing
in

like

patterns

many

or

pins,

65.

is the

and

hour,

an

little hand

another

being

all cast

are

At

cents.

twenty

patterns

about

only required

lathe, X

speed

pattern

in

hand

by

out

pulley

^A

"

may

the
with

moulded
from

Pattern

the

mould

the

two

without

parts

again

fitted

the

that

when

the

will

pieces

be

and

drag

formed
the

indi-

be

may

cope

of

sand, but

the

up

each

mould

other, the

two

by

are

pressions
im-

the

of

shape

exact

pattern.

Fig.

pattern which,
could

of

series
without
in

on

and

62B

middle

in

photographs

62B,

dowel

pins,

Fig. 62B;

the

is

ously
base, obvi-

with

part

split
in

the

part, that

moulding

the

upon

One

65.

64,

' '

^ '

illustrated

as

63B,

laid

other

of its

shape

moulded

show

(center)

piece ; it is therefore

one

and

63C

Fig.

of the

account

be cast

not

the

through

as

then

to 'each

Photographs
a

constructed

so

and

of the

111

completely breaking

are

Tidually drawn,

Making

pins

may

same

as

board,
be

seen

TT

"

V,

ii
Fig. 72

standing
the

end.

on

The

of the

one-piece

drag

is turned

exposing

the

second

the

piece

still in the

filled

with

pattern

sand,

pins

face

fit

and

of the

part

drag,

as

plate

of

is the

the moulding

Then

Fig. 63C,

loosely,

the

to view.

is

pattern

pattern

65.

board

moulding

pattern

the

the

Fig.
in

pattern

plate previously described,

over

position, see

proper

base

procedure

flat side

point

"

upper

removed,
Now

placed

pins holding
the
and

cope

at

of

it in

the

place,

As
the

this
the

upon

is set in

removed.

part

until

the

pattern

Model

112

oflf with

comes

part and

in

that

pins.^ '

Fig.

now

replaced

etc.

(not shown)

parted pattern,

pouring.
making

of

flat side

exactly

board

it may

though

as

-f

"1

piece

one

that

order

in

pins,

no

moulding

the

flat upon

laid

be

but

pin holes,

dowel

with

is

cope

for

then, in

the

provide

is to

The

ready

remember

to

drag

in the

place.

is

mould

the

point

important

The

and

of '*draw

means

providing gate, vents,

after

drag

the

in

pin

draw

with

upon

by

this

and

over,

piece first moulded

the

shows

64

removed

drag

the

is turned

which

cope

drawing,

for

ready

the

Engineering

1
V

::ttz
"^

11

Figr. 73

Fig. 73
Fig. 74

it

were

should

were

laid

for

parted

be

the

of

of

study

Figs.

board

is used

loose

but

about

to go

The

now

should

one

the

that

Then

62A
for

the

be

enabled

to

of

building

has

of

the

pattern,

been

described;
and

therefore

in

be

parts

the

the

of

the

out

make
the

how

parted

mind

same

will

65

show

in Fig. 73, when

class

be

reason

both

the

patterns of either

this

it will

in

for

rules

same

will

keeping

By

Fig. 73

draft given

or

moulding

"

that

should

62B

hub, is

make

the

taper

and

lower

to

in

supposing

the

74

drawn

shown

; therefore

the

on

be

cannot

pulley

Figs. 62B, 63B, 64,

pulley illustrated
end

that
the

respective parts

clear, and

this board
way

for

by side,

one-piece patterns.

as

pulley

pattern

applied.

two

moulding

"

flat,side

direction.
this

^A pattern

"

one-piece pattern

draft
sides

Fig.

as

well
of

use

correct

type.

provided

with

regular parted pattern

explained

by having
of

the

the

better

way

parting line

mould,

directly

Making

Pattern

the

through
draft

need

width

has

less

be

for

easier

and

drawn
the

Fig. 75"

material

due

few

to

its

moment
seen

on

of

some

will

be

explained

and

at

are

lathe

half

turning

steel

shown

are

be

them;

these

paid

The

the

and

of

waste

shape.
in

Fig.

to

the

E,

For

69.
black

^^core

are

pieces

is used

wliich

draw

casting

as

tions
projec-

fitted

of these

glued.

and

live

and

pairs,

three

are

the

prints"

cylindrical parts

other

center''

work

A, B, and

At

of another.

''spur

machine

should

later.

turned, and

^A

"

ready

symmetrical

more

attention

no

76

pattern

for

means

better

less

of its

will

pattern

rapping

less

half

; this also

sand
the

much

only

much

parted patterns

Fig.

will be

there

results, and

parted

Fig, 74,

now

the

for

moulder,

since

rim,

so

in

as

through

require

not

rim

the

the

given

be

to

work

of

center

113

in

center

wood

turning

could

be

^^nose"

in

made

has

considerable

would

have

removed

and

moulding

board

the

pattern

and

are

to

^^core

it
be

the

allow

shown

taper,

above

projection
which

piece and

one

resting
as

on

*^nose'^

being

boxes,'' and

its

to

so

be

be

in
taken

that

stood

flange.

moulded
will

for

is not

one

pinned

upon

it not

were

(this

vertically,for

cast

His

Fig.
up

the

drical
cylinprint)

core

it could

be
the

upon
a

the

half

62B.
further

of

C, F
on.

Model

114

Enginteriw.g
V

-*"

ii:

aiii
jjlrtih

c^iie

r^r'^r

tr"r

p:iL*.

piL" iLat

tifrr::.|y"rar--vj^^'ur^i
\\i.\

reriAin

ia

th^

t^'alloTT^i

ei^is

i:d Sri^Led

i"^ xMr^

ir-^*^t

clarr-^t^er.

rf"rt

v'^ric

eer.t^r",

The

in

L"

for

thf-

ar,d

it would

khapf:^ for

be

afterward.

arrrruratelv

doz

i.o

the

Ir^f^se that

fall apart

pieces

the

parts;

more

surface

must

parting

line

these

does

**core

Many
are

black,
are

or

left

one

and

to

if the

"bright."

openings

or

is inclim^d

In

to

wonder

a
an

not

so

parting

often

pattern

of

would

the
the

be

sand,

but

beyond

the

is advised

beginner

Meanwhile,

boxes''

or

in three

jwittem

irregular

that

to

the

requires
finished

stick

subject
tention.
at-

some

"bright,"

projections

other

instance
to

are

that

painted

piece is black, the projections

every

recesses

make

varnished

found

are

in

so

weight, but

own

with

while.

of the

body

them

put

fit looselv,

mould:

the

cylindrical or

have

required.

is

sidewaysu

**core

M'hile

patterns,

projections
or

their

the
a

end

the

fitted fir."t.
before turmng

operations

for

forms

prints''

to

seen

holder

diificult

coincide

not

chapter, and

easier

of

Lo!"is

spur

other

to

in

complicated

s^fOfie of thLs

the

the

occasions

made

n^ed

"

shift

can

other

on

be

more

to

of

direetiv

iirillh^e foand

halves

should

it is necessary

Sometirnes
or

5t

"

will

parts

eor-

stie"el*'spTir eeiiter"

most

Thev

to

p.Iaeiiizthe

sho-id

iLe

tL^

thr* "ezj-is

at

in

eei.ters

fee

"

for

b^ir^ toni^i

ii^iessaTy

or

ahrays

pinjfmu^^t

its

tJindnzz

wood

TinrAv

dovrel

eare

Fig. 7^5 L"

At

"fr,t^r

work

of

IiJ-e: otLenri"^

p"rt:r-z

i-vfr

of the

to

Or^^at

vrr-rryrtri'raL

i^'"

a"

f"'tT6rieri
tr.^

;r.to

hlljv

^z.',*'i^iLXo

iL-e-er^is.

at

the

at

ai"i

pan^m.

5eT"ew"

75

If^

af:.er"rari:

tTr"

e^'iL.t^er-Fiiri

rj

iijsr.^r'j::!^
i-:- -u^ i

Lzt.

in

iavr^i

ti.-r:.

occur

these
at

required
why

holes

strange

ing
look-

points

where

in

easting, and

to

the

correspond

holes

were

Pattern

directly

made

not

could

be

done,

D, H,

and

the

face

that

in the

for

as,

of

Making

longer and

of

itself.

pattern

In

some

cases

instance, in the.pattems

Fig. 68, and

plate in Fig. 62A.

all these

115

holes

and

small

diameter

in the
It

slots

will

be

draft

shown

the

noted,
if

shallow;

are

the

of

case

would

this
at

slots

however,

they
have

were

to be

i^Z^

l"iaaii"fpi)^'

n^

Bis-

Fig.

77"

Moulding

with

pattern

vertical

Fig.

78

"

Moulding

of

parted
prints,

vertical

dry

pattern
horizontal

sand
with

core

prints

TS

and

placing

of

core

horizontal
core

of

cylindrical

core

Model

116

excessive
a

great

fact

the

of

its

sand"

in

as

moulded

or

make

the

length

below

the

to

86.

Fig.

and

In

baked

'

to

use

hole

instances

these

"dry

"core

of

tern
pat-

used, and

be

must

to

or

of

line

in

'green

the

parting

cores

all, and

at

of

employment

the

necessary

drawn

impossible

be

occurrence

mould,

or

these

either

due

be

to

pattera

it would

cases

many

core"

sand

the

allow

to

Engineering

prints,"

wt-

"""SI

Figs.

79,

81

80,

the

Uonldii^

"

wltlk

"Core

prints"

depressions
used

to

the

support

moulded

"core

in

in

casting.
casting

The
and

"core"

"core
the

this

dug

necessarily have

of

out

to

be

of
of

of

box"

the

is
a

hole
core

the

hole.

the

same

gauge

only

pattern

these
of

metal
and

core

remains

side

parts

made

Bteam

"

one

mould,

sand

When

around

on

those

wooden

oven,"

it flows

opening

are

of

pattern

which

form
being

depressions

sand

or

and

sand

baked
into

poured
is thus

Core
size

the

the

in

with

hole

mould,
in

prints
as.

glue,

hard

formed

removed

are

and

the

the

do

not
to

be

Making

Pattern

in the

formed

but

draw,
for

casting; they

of the

If

is

what

matter

Then

shape

square

end

or

ends

depressions

metal

might
mould.

The
a

the

for

plate

in the

hole

casting, but

in

the

diameter

in

proportion

of

the

hole

length
be

used.

be

hard

to

draft.

moulding
a

"green
too

do

this, what

to

draw,

I'ig. 66A
board

piece of wood

painted

the

black, fastened

on.
core

shift

in

make

to

hole

is too

make

of

out
with-

cast

have

to

to

in

small

feasible

the

Since

Fig. 70A.
proportion

"vertical"

in

to

core

its
will

cylindrical, they would

were

they

tapered

are

pattern

top

core

like

the

in

no

molten

in order

hole

that

as

tlie

shows

shaped

the

length,

is known

therefore

with

to

diameter

prints

core

the

core

so

the

the

decided

like

in

small

closely into

that

that

core

used,

hole, and

Fig. 62 is being

is

its

to

sand"

is

If the

it

is

Suppose

easier

"cored"

use

in

shown

be

must

otherwise

cause

example

center.

work

machine

mould,
and

an

as

fit

must

the

between

run

Now

face

in

and

prints, the easting will

core

core

size

body
core

rectangular

or

of the

print

the

of the

amount

exact

core

rectangular

or

small

required in the casting.

opening

square

will

Shape that

the

be

must

cylindrical, the

the

with

made

be

to

of any

allowing

core,

metal,

other

or

; if a

cylindrical

be

hole

hole

the

the

of

shrinkage

shape

of the

body

the

be

may

117

place.

in

place

print, which
frustum
If

the

of
bottom

given

or
on

is
a

the

merely

cone
one

and
was

Model

118

similarly fastened, it
moulding
shown

board,

which

prints ; one
equal

to

diameter
The

often

bottom

of

tapering

these

in

small

the

diameter

of

and

the

end

tern.
pat-

vertical
the

end

core

length

of

same

diameter.

the
in

has

the* main

large

core,

half

in halves

is made

CORC

the

is

piece

Its bottom

is to make

ones

itself is moulded

core

sometimes

small

the

of the

nse

This

in

for

the

removable.

pattern.

is used
used

with

of the

hole

rule

set

interfere

it is made

so

fits into

No

would

in front

standing

pin

Engineering

**core

which

box,''

pinned together like

parted

FRIUT

"k-''- ;'":";./"'-''.'"""
'"'"""
^''.J'.-'^
'.'"'..'"
"'"^.'"'P^'".
.':A
.

^".'Lv:L,;-r"""J!^?^^jt|.j^^.|j

rigs.

83, 84
(top)
in

^Pattern

"

surface

core

Such

pattern
as

this

of the

box

half

cores,

bake

all

unless
what

them

is
a

it is of

an

diameters,

from

and

manlded

with

of

Appearance

standing
the

cores

hardly
vertical

core

at

flat
made

core

left

the

is to

be

of

metrical,
sym-

*^

must

will

necessary
or

pattern
together.

to

horizontal

standard''

quarter-inch

maker

make

As

box

cylindrical

running

in
ter
mat-

core

keep
cylindrical cores

up,

siderable
con-

accurately made

be
fit

together, thus

them

size, for all foundries

odd
as

paste''

saving the

half -box
half

two

known

seen

When

**

and

core

either

are

is

box

picture.

the

fact, it

for

be

to make
is,it is really only necessary
then
at the foundry
two
they will mould

whole

that

of

will

board.

one

work.
order

moulding

on*

core

in the

half

forming

Pattern

prints.

core

box.

pattern.
the

and

resting

on

at

core,

hand
of

all

by eighths

Making

Pattern

or

sixteenths.

if

vertical
' '

* *

for

charge
and

end

the

of

of

is thus

labor, especially if he
plane,

'*

and

has

to

shape

the

face

-then

with

provided

his

for

no

extra

the

ing
mak-

necessary,

considerable

saved

is not

is

cores,

is not

cores

required, they

There

standard

special

pattern maker

is

ends

right taper.

these

time

and

*^core

box

gouge

and

with

boxes

core

and

required length,

the

to

tapered
the

to

use

baking

the

cut

are

with

core

oi" the

rasp

and

These

119

sandpaper.
To

return

the

to

same

being handled
of

the

same

Before

in the

66A

when

; then

print depression fits

it

in

78

which

is best

requiring
would

turned

for

parted and

parted

of this

as

small

length equal to the

to

the

half

vertical

core

69, F, is

Although

such

shown
use

in

of the

diameter.

half
a

of

box

Fig. 66A,
standard

for
box
the
cores

the

prints

core

the

The

core

piece

to

good

make

the

similar
in

moulded
In

pasted together.
cylindrical horizontal

amateur
the

to

make

is advised

foundry

a*

Fig.
core.

the

kind

allow

the

thap
to

be

is made
or

in

would

prints
is

core,

pattern;

pattern.

kind

is easier

at

tions
opera-

as

the

core

this

one

halves

the

core

in

either

one,

and

box

of

prints

core

the

of

rest

integral part

an

cally
graphi-

horizontally, thus
diameter

type, the

ing
hold-

core,

longer flange pattern,

same

the

core

core.

this case,

In

core.

like

shown

successive

moulded

cylindrical,the

pattern

up

of

moulding

.print

other

is shown

vertical

the

for

up

core

top of the
the

part

print

on,

procedure

represents

horizontal

course,

making
rule

the

made

made

be
of

This

the

upper

put

the

flange with

shows

is

over

in

place

by the

cope

down

which

moulding

Fig.

the

place.

Fig. 77,

of

and,

in

firmly

drag

print

core

is closed

mould

in

cisely
pre-

corresponding

the

the

is set

core

formed

depression
Fig.

baked

the

in

loose- bottom

the
as

way

parted pattern.

pouring,
in

before,

as

way

is moulded

This

plate :

whenever

sible.
pos-

Model

120

Photographs
of

and

66A

typical parted

prints.

"core

and

to

the

it.

Note

Engineering

The

the

complete

hole

behind

with

pattern

right of it is

the

illustrate

67B

cylindrical

is shown

casting

whifjh

the

casting.

is

the

core.

Fig. 66B,

in

made

was

tlirough
pattern

moulding

horizontal

pattern

the

from

Standing

right
up-

Fig. 67A

the

In

ri

Fig.

has

cope

this

on

in the

Plan

"

the

piece

have

semi-cylindrical
cylindrical
will

be

pouring.
in

the
view

of the

Sometimes

inclined,
cored

or

into

number

the

"without

cores

alone.

only,

as

If

in' the

case

sho^Ti

the

vertical

in
core

of the

Fig.

of

be

tlie

have

for

ready
of the
been
to

various

boxes

mould
is

drag
taken

give

one

upright

in

the

often

are

other
an-

open

at

aie
tremely
ex-

is

or

side
liaeter

used,

depression

of

up
one

gauge

print

or

frequently

are

made

steam
core

shapes

being
be

to

box-like

82, but

rests

two

done, 4he

merely

core

the

casting

the

and

holes, vertical, horizontal,

openings

pattern,

case

there

been

which

This

and, in fact, castings

complicated,
made

to

has

Fig. 66B.

casting;

same

into

corner

supposed

prints

depressions

drag

will

the

upon

of

and

recesses

the

mould

placed
of

one

in

turned

core

of tlie pattern

placed.

the

shown

; it was

the

depressions

is not, -of course,

mould

that

mould

been

and

casting

it,

with

pattern

half

half

has

core

replaced

The

Fig. 67E

from

baked

c"

semi-cylindrical

print

core

lialf

Note

other
a

of

half

two

the

-also, leaving

removed

cope

left

67B

At

view

drawn.

pattern

sand.

end

and

lifted, the

been

and

over

86

and

formed

Pattern

by it,the
in

special

thick, and

had

to

in

be

box.
is

inner

place by
in

end

such

such

the

casting plugged

Fig.

of the
69 -shows

the

86"

used

for

standard

are

D, Fig. 69,
vertical

core

box

which

62B,

and

half

the

same

case.

as

the

bosses.

The

made

the

of
the

81 ; the

round

at

H.

merely

of .the

The
for

casting

must

outside

of

convenience,

; X

be

exactly

the

contain

and

Fig.

meter

complicated

more

seen

this

notes
de-

H, Fig. 69.

at

be

may

and

at

moulding
is

complicated

would

box

core

vertical

shown

seen

in

shown

foundry.

more

pattern

print

core

be

that

shown,

are

pattern

pattern

also

this

-a

to

prints, large

both

is

the

may

operations

disc-like

At

only

so

hole

the

same

of

would

similar

boxes
at

the

illustrative

cored

core

water

photographs.

core

where
in

with

moulding

interior

pattern

No

occur

which

Figs. 79, 80,

because

of

of

P*

print.
goes

of

sets

instances

are

showing

employed

were

prints

core

two

holes

event,

any

pattern

casting

P,

at

cores

of

the

which

in the

shown

are

held

discussion

the

boxes,
in

and

been

The

be

permit

amateur

of

that

would

if it

long

and

later.

core

halves

Appearance

small,

method

not

the

two

alid

The

will
and

for

except

the

engine

cores

Fig. 66B,

horizontal

gas

simpler types

Fig.

and

Space

case.

troublesome

few

of

of

but

have

cores

up

is short

way,

been

to

made

one

picture

this

in

inner

short

more

the

had

have

or

sand"

if it had

or

one

complicated

prove
a

in

core

would

121

*^dry

easily supported

jacketed cylinder
of

The

placed horizontally

the

formed

being

course,

core

and

thin,

of

core,

Making

ribs

and

the

face

on
core
as

box

far

as

was

the

Model

122

is

molding

this

of the

shape

from

the
and

formed,

Another
to

and

which

This

is

flat

side

line

of

Figs. 83, 84, 85,

resting

board;

would

mold

the

the

upon

through

it will

that

if

regular

used

the

be

is to

that

casting

in

down

horizontal
could

pattern

tear

kind, therefore, the

this

top of the

the

are

with

of

extension

an

the

mold.

must

be

The

of
the

through

body

the

be

used, for the

were

print depressions

one

In

this

is shown

case,

at

of the
were

half

not
cores

box

core

would

half

then

core

box
not

were

the

core

be

in

removed

could
fit

not

they
line

requires

though

the

core

could

baked

mav

be

Fig. 85,

body

the

and

Fig.

core

the

pearance
ap-

ends

two

86

the

such

used, for the

together.

not

with

used

If the

84.

hole

required

and

be

as

even

up

parting

fit into

which

Fig.

to

up

shape

always

standard

sit

of

case

previously stated,

even

box

core

G, Fig. 69, and

alike, a half

molded

be

finished

hole

extend

the

as

portions

must

In

extend

of this kind

core

end

two

The

obvious

then

the

as

core,

cylindrical, a

the

bodv.

of the

special

of

core

side.

may

with

even

its

parting

prints

must

and

part

diameter

same

casting.

building of

the

low^

and, therefore,

top

of the

the

with

convenient

any

case.

instance, in this pattern

; for

they will draw

as

given

be

may

it is

core

pattern

Fig.

horizontal

for

prints
the

this

sand.

the

up

mold

the

the

and

drag,

drawn,

core

that

so

They

therefrom.
long

mold

be

not

of

such

the

cylindrical

would

print projections

the

which

molded

be

with

have

ing
open-

one

therefore

even

come

an

inclined.

or

will

(in

mold

core.

illustrate

86

which

the

of

part

horizontal

is

core

leaves

line

parting

the

the

considered;

one-piece pattern

in

ered
consid-

the

here

the

as

be

can

be. either

may

68, J, and

core

below

placed

for

square.

be

should

it and

shape

same

of

type

be

has

the

is all that

surrounds

been

have

placed upright

metal

casting

well

as

standpoint,

it is

when

just

box

molding

case) the hot

in the

could

concerned,

inside

The

Engineering

two

shows

Pattern

how

the

never

only

for

boxes,
would

one

every

foregoing

should

small

allowance

87

sharp

curved

it be

off ; and

internal

in

occur

that

side

the

board,

sharp
for

are

'

are

set

sufficient

rounded

corner,

uniform

cooling

or

one

stress

would

with

the

means

up
to

in

in

the

by

of the

as

in

would

causes
fillet,

When

upon
ing
mold-

Fig.
tent
ex-

any

pattern.
the

ing,
cast-

it cools

fracture,

casting.

curved

in

to

place

metal

rounded

the

upon

rounded

containing

be

formed

were

weak

cause

in

pattern,

to this rule

drawing

the

loose

radius

flange shown

be

work.

on

should

rest

the

not

great

filled in

as

of

could

always

strains

sometimes

corners

machine

made

be

^^

pattern

exception

An

top edge

interfering

corner

be

should

such

corner

the

of

the

explain

to

fillets,

too

and

ples
princi-

the

*'

and

with

never

pattern which
the

as

without
A

of

as

straight, but

or

fillet.'

case

Such

62A.

of the

thickness

corners
^ ^

called

^^

such

fillet

of

proceed

shrinkage

should

corner

whether

portion

detail?

idea

an

will

we

the

to

is

cores

variety,

endless

an

reader

indicate

proportion

in

of

special description, but

for

lines

dotted

^The

"

jections
pro-

mold.

discussion

further

the

give

print

core

in the

core

occur

important

pieces,''and

Fig.

they

Therefore

but

the

require

involved.
few

permit

not

the

casting; their function

the

for

123

that

; note

on

support

will

core

look

appear

form-

to

Space
and

would

casting

Making

and

whereas
a

more

cutting

Model

124

filled

be

rounded

with

by

with

piece of wood
until

place
used

wooden

ones.

permanent.
of

line

all, for

the

strains
^^

Loose

such

place would

post, and
held

in

rest

place by

is rammed

piece
piece
in.
in
the
be

in

mold

removed

the
and
The

dove-tailed

then

the

pattern

is
be

may

While

joints

and

are

drawn

the
at

none
cause

on

of

made

in

the

the

being

one

side

one

end

In

which

from

Fig. 68,

pin

is

of

the

base

of
and

separately
molding,

removed,

remainder

removed,
taken

piece must,
the

in

the

sand

pattern until part of the loose

the

while

through

pattern.

the

in

fastened

in

brad.

or

thick

pattern

be

lower

parts

long pin
over

position

sand.

of the

the

on

of

to

boss

is

would

permanently

noted

has

These

covered;

When
the

F.

down

is

which

M,

work

as
as

corner

parts

pattern
are

projection

the

follow

the

the

being

wax

too

bad

to

the

as

such
be

as

fitting

cooled.

if

that

this

the

metal

the

pattern,

be

in

small

way

of

would

metal

are

allow

not

side

lathe

the

Instances

mold.

this

in

way

but

the

may

difficult

be

not

are

leather

same

corner,

of

the

as

up

pieces^'

in

project

of

set

the

thickness

Fig. 87;

of

used,

fillet should

excess

be

to

into

the

the

it in

brads

especially

shaped

and

holding

fillets would

is sometimes

not

dotted

wood,

Beeswax
worked

to

of

in

triangular

the

Strips

and

and

shows

which

fastened

softened

proportion

after

and

glue is dry.

the

temporarily

wood

where

are

very

for

rounded.

corner

corners

They

brads

of

up

glued

after

Fig. 87, which

fillets instead

for

rounded
fit.

the

wood

sandpaper

glue dries,

the

and

drawn
be

in

of

strip

erally
gen-

formed

usually

are

can

if built

solid, but

corners

and

gouge

fillets

the

wood,

the

small

is illustrated

This

from

out

pieces, sharp

separate

of

single piece

worked

be

must

of

out

pattern

Engineering

the

best

other

be

formed

or

the

is filled

piece stays
breaking

small

by

practice
more

sand

loose

without

of course,

mold

the

out

of the

leaving

the

calls
less

enough
main

for

up

to

part

sjiding

complicated

Making

Pattern
for

arrangements

holding by

molten

and

of

foot

one

of the

for most

But
would

build, unless

Those

of the

be

must

to be

has

scale

and

face

of the
be

turned

to

be

than
and

made
the

the

work

on

the

hole

lathe

one-quarter
finished

the

while

for

required,

were

and

in

the

inch

an

face

an

inch

the

face
sur-

stance,
in-

For

work.

of hub

moved
re-

turning,

through

Fig. 62A,

so

material

one-eighth of

face

lower

the

to

finished

casting while

get down

and
of

the

finish to the

would
an

have

to

inch

boring out, and

hole

V/

amateur

machine

to be

the

to

size, the

one-eighth of

of the cored

the

of

would

ing
cast-

have

pattern would

to

have

greater in diameter

one-eighth inch

thicker

one-eighth longer to allow for the machine

bored
casting. If a hole was
through the

hub

center, allowance
least

of

plate shown

off in the

cooling.

correspond

allow

to

smooth

top face, rim

the

made

be

to

as

castings

are

enough

have

neglected.

surface

give

efficient
co-

iron, the

cast

patterns such

off in order

taken

the

as

length while

planing it. Usually about

or

cooling

upon

For

in its

casting which

the

terns.
pat-

well

as

pattern which

thick

made

from

boring

be

small

long, for the casting would

accurate

very

of

parts

portions

at

small

shrinkage could

the

piece

pattern would

one-eighth inches
one-eighth of an inch

shrink

of

generally one-eighth of an inch

that if a casting was
required to

means

long the

method

shrinkage depends

metal.

the

and

twelve

of

amount

of

is

allowance

extent

some

of the

shape

foot ; this

to the

to

The

expansion

shrinkage
be

shrinks
state.

size

the

on

pieces, the simple

perfectly satisfactory for

loose

is

metal

Every
from

pin

125

be

made

of metal
more

being crooked.

from

if there

for

removing
sides of

the
was

chance

Vm

CHAPTER

ELECTRO-PLATING

of

Explanation

the

for

solutions

Cleansing

various

electro-plating

This

is

of

simple
within

of
author

every

and

manipulation

will

enable

machine

should

workshop,

and

it

While

is

outline

be

given,

of

any

as

to

properly

process

of

the

easily
amateur.

in

ment
equip-

the

of

the

construction

the

which

outfit,

his

finish

and

plate

paratively
com-

purpose

the

of

theory

author

involved

principles

about

and

give

to

'electro-deposition,

of

understanding

helpful

proves

of

purpose

operation

or

is

which

practical

fundamental

the

ratus.
appa-

successful

of

the

lines

but

elementary

an

is

small

the

on

of

it

difficult

and

included

be

gard
re-

parts.
the

not

ability

to

and

silver

practice

"

work.

finishing

the

and

following

the

of

treatise

lengthy
brief

in

instrument

or

the
and

mechanic

the

nickel

copper,

nickel

inclined

as

tions
Solu-

"

and

and

seems

however,

outfit

describe

to

silver

outfit

costly materials

case,

resources

electro-plating

An

copper,

complicated

of

use

process,

the

plating

Polishing

"

very

the

not

electro-deposition

comes

as

the

involving

process,

of

metals

small

mechanic

amateur

average

of

^Description

"

electro-deposition

the

for

used

The

process

be

to

will

the

theory
variably
in-

performed
in

advantageous

actual

practice*.
Pure

current,

chloride)

is

water

but
is

if

very

small

quantity
in

dissolved

good

it, it
of

conductor

is

technically

known

two

electrodes

in

as

such

conductor

poor

an

of
at

of
table

and

electrolyte.

126

and

salt

becomes

once

electricity,

solution

the

pass

we

(sodium
a

in

If

electric

this

paratively
com-

state

immerse
current

be-

Electro-Plating

constituent

its

of

atoms

Flg.

tend

sodium

will

glass

storage

or

cathode

and

positive electrode
This

is

exactly

For

plating

with

an

and

i.e.,sodium

the

as

salt

the

The

negative

elec-

elactro-ptatlng

ao

into

chlorine.

will

chlorine

table

be

vat

attracted

by

anode.

or

happens

illustration,
In

passing

and
at

laattery Jar used

we

place

sulphate
upon

the

decompose

accumulate

what

nickel.

nickel-ammonium

water,

to

elements,

88"

trode
the

it will

them,

tween

127
,

an

in the
will

of

would

electric

of electroplating.

process

that

assume

the

sodium

be

dissolved

current

we

are

chloride,
in

through

the
such

Model

128

solution

would

become

nickel

it with

nickel

the

ammonium

sulphate,
many

be

to
entire

and

those

the

attainable

as

more

costly apparatus.

outfit

described

vat

and

square

the

be
in

shown
to

used

hold

to

the

One

different
to

rods

in

with

the

placed

place,

as

with

larger

just

as

and

vats

workshop

the

use,

be found

be

to

of each

rod

Two

of

brass

should
the

On

one.

be

remain

enough,
in

plated
of

when

ble
desirahold

the

equipped

position they

any

the

electrodes

to

arrangement

heavy

be

found

be

be

to

are

to

the

as

threaded

rods

between

vat

rods,

account

it will not

permanent

electrodes, to

inches

top of the

articles

the

third

are

The

%2-inch

three

of work,

than

or

glass storage battery jar

distance

the

earthenware

square

smaller

nuts.

they

electrodes
that

is to be

plate, copper
to nickel

this

used

are

in.

The
metal

cles
arti-

to be

will

suitable.

end

the

classes

construct

found

lines

electrodes, and

necessity of varying
for

small

be

be

of

not

with

from

suspended

are

be

deep.

machine

%2

per,
cop-

nickel-

the

few

may

general

following

inches

equipped

receive

of

deposit

for

vat

means

For

should

Fig. 88.

will

by

size is very

proper

should

small

dimensions

10

the

serviceable.

proper
with

jar

glass

of

in the

practical and
The

that

plate with

to

but

are

results

good

both

there

electro-plated, a

success

and

rent.
cur-

tute
substi-

find

will

substituted

be

the

and

out

we

wish

we

of

etc.

where

cases,

action

process

If

them.

on

of metallic

deposit

electrode

same

electrode

negative

thin

plated,

sulphate should

copper

In

be

to

undergo

will form

with

negative

the

articles

will

articles

the

decomposing

the

to

take

we

that

covered

owing

If

find

would

we

soon

Engineering

of

it will

plating

deposited.
electrodes

plate, nickel

reason,

be

should
if

Thus,
should

electrodes
found

vat

be

should

necessary

be

desire

we

used
be
to

of the

; if

used,

to
we

etc.

construct

same

per
cop-

wish
For
three

Electro-Plating
sets

of electrodes

one

of

nickel, and
of

expense

this

solution

is

solutions, and
into

equally

by

used

the

on

89

method

plainly
While

found

to

the

10-volt

of

to

use

this

dry ceUs,
nature.

as

suspended
than

those

completely

be

electrodes

various
from

rods

brass

the

the

the

use

of

steady

too

should

will

series

sneeessfaUy
a

small

variety

they polarize
rheostat

in

to

It

small

nickel

or

be

will

connected

generating.

of

capable

copper

dynamo

them

shunt-wound
of

account

prepared

strips

the

current

above,
the

ing
plat-

sketch.

sufficient

of

on

of

on

cle
arti-

one

silver

the

should

they

so

and

amount

the

electro-plating

cells

described

dynamo

it is

the

Bnnsen

produce

vat

An

made

are

plate

As

longer

suspending
in

shown

three

"

dimensions

The

the

of

means

electrodes

other

immersed.

electrodes

greater

copper,
to

the
of

that

metal

and

silver.

the

to

this

necessary

expensive,

silver

the

Fig.

are

found

of

of copper,

set

one

Owing

nickel

depositing

solution

the

and

of

only equal one-third

should

vat;

electrodes

be

when

time

the

silver.

those

it -mil

acconnt

at

of

one

than

with

use

silver, the

smaller

much

for

129

and

be

unvarying

ommended
recrent
cur-

impossible

rapidly for
be

ate
oper-

8-ampere,

is to

is utterly

be

included

work

in

of
the

Model

130

outfit,as it is often
Successful

substances

purest
If

it is

solution
the

is then

in

said
half

solution

^ ^

nickel-ammonium
2

The

preparation
After

use.

until

is then

this

of
will

from

cyanide
the

cause

cyanide.

is

The

of

it with

to

of

the

flasks

til
un-

of

pound

To

water.

sulphuric acid.

pure

it is

which

for

time

some

to

paper

is

there

which

form,

as

tain
ascer-

tendency

renders

acid

ready

the

should

bath

again

be

just acid.
Plating.
"

warm

Obtain
house

water.

To

the

of

ounces

and
this

dissolve
add

lution
so-

(a deadly poison), which

discontinue
that

two

supply

precipitate

solution

recover

tle
gen-

paper,

one

litmus

sulphuric

it is found

to

small,

in

gallon

is used

potassium

silver

whole

in

Dissolve

one

chemical

Immediately

cyanide after

paper

to

case,

of

add

sulphuric acid,

away

alkaline, as

or

of pure

quarts

stored

solution

preparation

blotting

filtered,after

to test

for Silver

nitrate

it in two

in

solution

bath

the

Solution
silver

or

The

poured

"

(NH4)

In

is

tablespoonfuls

this

ammonium

added

pure

Plating.

it is acid

whether

alkaline.

chemically
acid

it is found

it.

use

bath, it is advisable
for

this

sulphate

about

' '

used

for Nickel

add

saturated

dissolve.
To

the

be

to

to

this

the

water,

until

water

pure

filteringthrough

ready

Solution

preparation.

First, make

longer

of

that

it is desired

their

only the

water.

saturated.

After

is

great extent,

distilled

pure

"

no

teacup

stream.

to

in

used

Plating,

gallon of

be

to

it.

from

sulphate (blue vitriol) by dissolving

being taken

for

is rain

properly-

be

current

solutions, and

the

obtain

to

crystals will

care

be

of copper

the

about

should

for Copper

crystals

that

of

substitute

Solution

required

work

purity

impossible

best

next

the

electro-plating depends,

chemical

the

upon

that

necessary

for the

proportioned

Engineering

as

adding

all the

is then

crystals of silver
silver

filtered

crystals

the

of

potassium

has

tated.
precipi-

through
silver

ting
blot-

cyanide

Electro-Plating
formed.
of

no

in

filtrate

The

further

water

and

the

solution

at

of

same

double

disposed

silver

and

one

add

until

We

then

cyanide

of

of,

cyanide

one-half

potassium

time

dissolved.

the

^mac/line

this

to

the

crystals have

about

be

the

place

containing

pure

Now

use.

vessel

then

may

131

silver

have

silver

crystals
of

quarts

cyanide,

all the

it is

as

stirring
cyanide

standard

which

lution
so-

is used

in

jor"5

3l/^

e/ecfruJes

-siG^sertm^trtcke/ if/ec^m:/"5
Fig.

90

and

Copper

"

silver

silver-plating. The
bottle

until

in

the

deposit.
surface

the

object that

the

be

may

One

"

electro-platliig

kept

in

vat

clean, stoppered

the

surface

smallest
the

surface

the

of

be

off.

with

it becomes

successfully without

to

peel

the

of

speck

article
to

of

important

most

electro-plating

of

process

deposit
of

touching
the

of

the

cause

the

The

for

it is used.

preparing

properly
the

solution

Solutions.

Cleansing
operations

electiodeG

the

articles

foreign

fingers

impossible

to

to

matter

receive
upon

sufficient

times

the

so

of

that

is

plated
Many

is

to

mere

contaminates

electro-plate it

again putting it through

the

ing
cleans-

process.

It

article
smooth

is, of
to

by

course,

be
a

plated

understood
should

mechanical

that
first be

process,

the

surfaces

rendered

if it is not

of

the

sufficiently
already

so.

Model

132

In

the

of the

case

the

becomes

to

suited

in

for

all metals,

different

several

Before
should

dipped

Fig.

91

rinsed

in

placed in
in the

connections

Pickle

of

for Copper,

one

day

part of table
before

Pickle
15
add

for

Iron

parts water,
a

few

pieces

When
copper

using
and

and

of zinc
the

brass,

left too

long in

and

will

the

the

surface

preparation
of

parts

One

"

water

to

acid
stand

and

10

part sulphuric acid.

On^
acid.
a

be

pickle, as
if

dipped

be

of nitric

parts

It

is advisable

to

the

of

solution.

dips, especially

should

care

finally

are

zinc.

to such

acid

are

outfit

Silver.

German

the

100

they

wire.

copper

part nitric

plating

should

Steel,"

and

not

pit

for

after

articles

Use

parts of sulphuric acid

pickle, they

The

Perniit

using.

the

they

Brass

salt.

metal.

again be thoroughly

should

parts of sulphuric acid, 50

and

different

before

mix

to

and

the

be

will

necessary

in

for

impossible

that

water

bath.

means

each

water,

pickle they

plating

pickle by

hundred

clean

clean, running
the

for

immersed

are

of

^Diagram

"

of the

out

in

found

be

pickles, one

be

brought

it will

articles

the

it is

As

before

clean

pickling bath

or

it tjien

prepared,

chemically

plating bath.

the

cleansing

one

it

plished
accom-

cloth.

fine emery

mechanically

render

to

necessary

prepare

is

usually be

can

with

surface

the

surface

it is immersed

this

amateur,

by polishing
After

Engineering

taken
the

permitted

to

in

that

acids
act

the
act

case

metal

is

quickly

long enough.

Electro-Plating
The

method

proper

"water

and

then

bright

and

clean.

in

If it is desired
fine

polish

should

polish.
to

10

in

this

plate

to

its

surface, the

in

longer

92

"

Hints.

Blmple

be

found

this

than

the

apart

owing

the

electro-plating,

off.

the

be

deposit

regulated

white

is

in the

to

by

be

the

pickle.

small

Iiand

have

be

grinder

large
placed

at

the

as

jections,
profar

will

deposit

taken

adhesive
is

wrong

of

dip

leave

sult
re-

projections

silver

the

the

and

of

practice

the

The

rheostat,

case

of

nickel.

posit
de-

nature

qualities

slowly.

too

of

the

that

plating of this

as

poor

means

acid

is least.

flesh-pink in
ease

that

should

form

density

rapidly,

Equally

on

unequal

bath

have

deposit

formed

the

the

cyanide

the

acid

bath

destroy

to

should

an

care

too

to

proves

peels

should

form

not

invariably

milky

of

already

wheel.

vat

current

great

for

in the

objects

of the

resistance

does

soon

electrodes

to

the

In

plating

has

potassium

of

arranged

possible, otherwise

as

where

wlieel

pollsbing

to

necessary

Cmpkk

\Mien

"

tendency

part

appears

cleansing

acid

substituted

be

6/n"i"ea^ndisc-'

Fig.

of

may

will

It

case.

its

to

that

in

articles

surface

the

article

brass

used, owing

of water

much

alternately dip the

pickle until

dip composed

parts

brass

the

upon

be

not

is to

183

and
mitting
per-

current

until

copper,

If the

the
and
cur-

Model

134

is not

rent

of

noticeable
If

plating solutions

in

stoppered

contaminated
The

articles
bent

cleaning,

brass

is

bath

electrodes
is

that

the

the

in

the

the

and

dried

in mind.

order

reduce

to

is

which

and

in

should

final

be

which

polishing,

enough

With
the

equipment,

workshop

grinder,

bench

out

to

which
92.

about

of

the
under

circles

in

place

helper

to

turn

the

very

good

with

discs

wooden
the

grinder

and

polishing

a
can

be

found

thin

from

discs

is to

hold

caur
as

the

polishing.

little
be

in

is made

wheel

of

pressure

the

polishing

wooden

two

small

If

will

circles

to

of these

one

polishing

between

them

have

fitted

7-inch

twenty

purpose

buffing wheel,

The

on

wheel.

substitute
be

may

water

ready

done

be

to

hot

then

are

buffing

good

Fig.

clamping
The

in

shown

cutting

canvas

of

taken

are

in

washed

may

fortunate

shown.

permit

article

the

articles

They

is not

and

cle
arti-

surface

small

the

"

sawdust.

of

box

After

Finishing.

plating vat, they

as

and

by

the

electrodes

the

move

of

small

single

formed

mechanic

vas

tral
cen-

through

size

and

the

to

with

by

ing
plat-

plating.

the

wheel,

per
cop-

the

on

resistance

owing

pass

equipped

If
to

head

in

the

passing

proximity

grinding

his

in

hook

or

current

is necessary

electrode

Polishing
from

of
the

kept

to

current

negative

receive

on

and, immediately
placed

wire

copper

upon

be

together

receive

be

become

atmosphere.

pickle

the

hook,

should

amount

dependent
should

sufficient
the

articles

the

being plated, it

closer

of

the

be

rod.
fact

The

form

will

they

in

should

they

use,

from

dipped

has

deposit

color.

otherwise
matter

be

the

by hanging

vat

the

in

in

not

are

foreign

should

in

dark

vessels,

with

wire,
after

become

to

the

proportion,

proper

tendency

the

kept

the

Engineering

rouge

done.

on

CHAPTER

MODEL

of

Description

CRANK

SLIDE

the

engine

IX

in

Procedure

"

ENGINE

STEAM

various

and

machining

finishing

the

parts.

This

model
in

simplicity
with

this

old

the

particular,
of

point

mechanical
of

absence

their

head

leaves

difficulties

nothing

to

principle

The

glance

the

at

and

from

be

desired.

of

operation

drawing.

will, therefore,

which

travels

out
on

is

rod

piston

disc

crank
the

through

is

rather

be

given.

down.

crank
within

the

runs

of

piece

engages

pin

The

length

the

hollowed

the

which

planation
ex-

cross

or

shaft.

the

to

which

opening

slide

cylinder

attached

first

at

motion

The

Sliding

short

clear

comprehensive

the

to

and

up

piece

cross

the

imparted

standpoint,

be

not

with

rod,

builder's

may

in

entire

The

connecting

the

in

superior

design.

usual

ably
favor-

machines

admittedly

efficiency and

cross

attendant

is

it

although

of

acme

ranks

It

cylinder

oscillating

type

the

probably

construction.

engine

steam

is

what

represents

of

pin

passes

the

cross

piece.
As

pin

crank

pin

piston

the

to

sliding
The

usual

against

ports
and

in

in
the

for
the
chuck

of

end

one

cylinder
chuck

reversed

from

up

the

are

covered

all

other

model

casting

face

engaging

cylinder
piece

cross

with

the

causes

the

the

to

slide

Vklve

the

little

other.

of

the

engine

design.
is

with
to

it

down,

respects

best

and

boring
chuck

and

circle, the

standard

represents
The

moves

describe

steam

type

rod

held

insure
135

versal
uni-

jaw

three

is

one

end.

faced-off

end

backing

end

be

facing
the

in

that

the

It

to

then
up

faced

Model

136

will

be

truly parallel, with

is next

seat

this

angle

an

If

seat.

be

to

is to

with
in

expert

the

produced

large, ^ne

file

the

across

heads

in

left

for

purpose.

chuck,

holes

doing

for
this

in

than

may

upon

sibly
pos-

is

ciently
suffi-

surface

plane

englue

easting

across

by attempting

by

means

Before
to

chuck

be

to

machined
of

removing

scribe

cylinder head
the

next

may

chuck

the

it is well
the

the

chine
ma-

valve

the

worker

tool.

slide-crank

off

facing

the

providing
this

casting

cut
the

to

way

the

face

run

the

casting.

casting

the

The

"

file,rather

the

the

available,

by drawing

cylinder

The

is

of

best

faced

necessary

use

93

and

valve

The

one.

the

the

file

Pig.

is beat

and

bored

the

mount

angle plate

done

finished

the

considered,

plate, taking
no

be

of

Engineering

the
screws

with

circle
are

pointed

by holding

chucking

the

casting from
which

the

drilled.

By

around
to

be

piece

tool,

the

layout

will

be
is

.It

Model

afterward
the

head.

The

is, of

locations

hole

When
either

plate and

lower

through

both

alignment.

94

Fig.

in the

insure

is

machine

cross

The

casting is

it should
in

degrees

the

with
while

drilled
chuck.

base

drill holes

to

insure
noted

perfect
the

from

engine

shouldered

these

down

line

holes

the

inch

jaws

the

chuck

the

tailstoek

or

tric
eccen-

however.

solid, and

sliding cylinder while

may

then

gripping

center

is, of

perfectly

and

two,

member

the

easting

The

It

friction.

valve,

word
cross

for

up

spotted

special explanation.

no

be

may

together.

undue

require

with

y^

plate

clamped

require

made

the

Ellde-crank

piston, slide

to

may

be

rod

base

without

on

as

slide

be

that

work

The

held

still

are

obvious

so

columns

clamp

will

the

steel

of the

running

smooth

The

rolled

center

castings

for

castings

head

chuck.

and

will

gland

end.

quite essential

course,

of

set

to

This
as

cylinder

supporting

the

prick

cylinder

the

together

are,

either

at

hole
the

while

to

complete

threaded
The

columns

and

packing

lower

it is well

operation.

one

cylinder.

each

and

from

for

engine,

lengths of cold

drawing,

latter

holes

in

holes

the

137

of the

lay off

rod

in

cylinder head
at

Tlie

the

the

The

"

drilled

out

of

side

six

Engine

bore
to

piston

taking the

laying

the

matter

the

the

be

to

course,

for

for

Steam.

with

simple

casting before

and

Crank

perfectly coincident

punch

at

Slide

engages

be

turned

smaller

the
a

center

90
jection
pro-

hole

""-

"l-

Fig.

96

"

Detail

drawing

of

the

engine

Model

Slide

Crank

Steam

Engine

139

in

the

end.

longer
this

along

of

using

and

from

portion

the

and

casting,

the

of

side

the

with

shaft

feet.

in

the

to

make

to

line

with

mounted
the

holes

its

sighting

maimer

have

passed

through
and

through

%6

standards,

absolutely

bearings

and

taken
with

passing

done

by
and

holes

that

ing
passin

this
down

holding

reamer

clearing

file

perfectly

up

the

certain

the

placed

being

care

inch

disc.
for

the

When

pin

with

side

easily
the

away

crank

holes

plate

is

alignment.

both

line

base

the

rod

inserted,

making

shaft

file
crank

and

great

end
ing
Remov-

drilled

perpendicular,

This

for

the

under

the

center.

of

been

screws

of

with

inch

plate,

the

length

piece

short

for

the

through

base

slide

be

%6

up

the

the

on

scribed

exactly
a

cleaning

square

that

see

under

longer

to

the

next

may

shade

cylinder

sliding

again,

rod.

proceed

that

so

ished
fin-

smaller

the

piston

then

may

member

After

it

be

may

drill

builder

to

finished

now

the

taken

casting

jaws,

for

standards

bearing

the

then

down

the

chuck

the

tapped

the

it

Reversing

protect

by

cross

link

to

The

the

enter

may

injury

drilled

be

may

to

is

cut

turning

inch.

%6

sleeve

smooth

projection,

longer

diameter

steady,

be

may
out

they

ings
bear-

the

line

up

perfectly.
turning

The
when

the

engine

of

the

may

flywheel
be

assembled.

finishes

the

machine

work

CHAPTER

of

Description

type

high

design,

This

eogiue

"

Maebinin^

the

valve

and

in

cylinder

mechanism

casticgB,

FiciBbing

"

from

and

building

in

when

makes

"Westing-

the

steam

engines

used

lighting

circuits.

It

and

operation

constructed
wonderful

Fig.

9ff"

three

to

speed
reliable

for

resembles

in

ing
driv-

is

simple

no

great

presents

construction.

engine,

of

below

stationary

serviceable

castings,

In

ENGINE

crankshaft

generators

difficulties

the

chest,

speed

electric

boat

of

described

model

house

lite

the

TWIN-CYUNDER

engine.

The

in

MODEL

valve

crankcase,
the

and

Ttae

up

feet
It

power.

set

runner,

of

these

set

of
for

plant

power

twia-crllnder

Ave

consistent

from

magnaa

model

engine

long,

and

it delivers

will

also

be

which

is

castings,

found
valuable

the

first

siderable
con-

to

be
vantage.
ad-

thing

Model

to

is to

do

study

of

the

Cylinder
lugs

print

will

engine

is

lap grinder
quickly
will

Mala

"

castings

such

on

have

to

resort

the

cylinder casting

and

the

to

lines

can

bore.

be

This

cardboard

off

taken

be

scribed
is best

and

The

casting

and

the

must

center

be

the

off
done

marking
now

marks

be
on

off.

face

for

on

the

The

plate

the

mounted
the

on

cardboard

operation,

the

face

of

the

the

model

this

that

so

the

the

cored

with

centers

the

plate

casting will

centers

by fillingin

small

accurately

Otherwise,

mounted

six

ongina

done

filing. After

portion faced

upward

have

can

to

the

If

true.

be

can

machine.

with

end

this twln-cyllndei

available, this job

pearance
ap-

familiar.

erankcase

for

141

the.general

that

so

become

The

"

Engine

projections is first filed flat and

or

maker

blue

the

Castings.

Fig. 97

and

Twin-Cylinder

face

lined

now

center

cylinder
hole

lead

with

pencil.

plate again
up

with

the

Model

142

back

center^ of

tlie lathe.
be

fillingcan
started.
bore

to

"way

lapped

be

Fig.

for

99

of maximum

be

Fig.

other

Tl""r

of

tbe

screwed

100

"

engine

Complete

and

out

should
with

tlie

and

in

for

the

flat

so

ders
cylin-

the

both

chest

steam

board
card-

of the

is very

same

should
essential

uncovered

development

using

be

crankcase

the

cylinder easting.

on

lap grinder

set

of

pattema

The

the
one

used

standard

that

the

tapped

end, drilling first

drill

which

This

sliowlng

engine

File

"

together.
by

driUed

boring

cylinder, after

nmning

performed

drilled

are

the

done, the

finishing this, proceed

perfect joint with

also

and

is

power.

Crankcase.
a

out

this

perfectly smooth.

out

perfect

When

taken

After

the

Top

"

Engineering

back
side
and

and

for

with

the

then

and
then

then
the

i/4-inch reamer.

hole

marks
other.

can

Holes

engine

members

bearings

the

job

success.

both

punch

center

This

twln-cyUndsr

crankshaft

it makes

are

are

at

best
each
No.

carefully reamed

Model

Valve
make

Chest.

holes

slotted

the

for

the

of the

steam

chest

be

"with

101

the

inerely
of

the

the

"

usual

to

Pistons.

fit in

high

the
work

must

in

turned

them

pressure,

drilled
the

the

in

if

out

has

tlie

resort

This

been

It

cylinders.
freely.
which

in

put

are

The

act

as

the

the

take

the

connecting

rods.

is

cover

the

on

drilled

top
and

turned

be

For

to

the

"V"

rings.

the

fitted

macMned

that

have

must

to

and

lathe

steel

re-

boiler.

is understood

water

old

through

chest

hole

pistons

machine

and

screwed

piston rings of
pistons

being

valve

pipe from

inside

passes

after

The

medium

the

drilled

plate has

steam

to

stem

engine

nut.

milling

end

the

The

stem.

i/a-inch plate and

These

"

of

packing

chest.

take

which

crankcase

piece of

valve

tapped

snug

The

is the

valve

The

chest

crank

must

one

scraper.

and

valve

the

flat to

cylinder casting.

tapped

bell

milled

Otherwise,

of

Fig.

for

and

file and

end

one

are

eccentric

available.

liable

The

crank.

can

and

143

ground

or

of the

top

drilled

are

bell

the

Engine

is filed

casting

perfect joint with

between

"

This

"

Necessary

is

Twin-Cylinder

tons
pis-

grooves
extreme

fitted.

Holes

Vg-inch wrist

pin

Flff. 102B

"

DeUils

Of

tbe

tvin-cylluder

engine

Model

146

This

Crankshaft.
but
with

In

them.
where

fact,

10,000
for

jig

the
and

inch,

12,000

crank

webs.

then

and

pin

the

shaft

the

crankshaft
a

of

braze

the

web

and

Make

rod

webs.

sawed

and

out

This

with

of

portion

smooth.

up

253

(about

the

be

crank

which
can

filed

running

standard

the

rigid crankshaft

and

strong

drill

through

the

of

test

these

ream

joints, 4fter

between

instance

one

breaking.

oversize
this

cleaned

very

duces
pro-

minimum

trouble.
Both

so

drive

is

and

some

and

that

without

recommend

of

the

piece,

experience

heartily

stood

has

solid

some

knowing

them,

Drill

procure

had

can

R.P.M.

of

out

has

and

crankshaft

to

thousandths)
Then

engine

prefers

he

built-up

this

crankshafts

built-up

from

of

made

be

can

"

designer

the

Engineering

shaft

is

than

builder

the

that

crankshaft

of

types

built-up

the

The

of

and

job,

the

methods
of

ease

making

be

can

the

good;

made

with

only

thing

this

and

construction,

shows

solid
make

to

One

favor

easily

can

is

lathe

.tools.

Both

of

is

ordinary
in

different

two

mechanism.

valve

the

other

are

the

difficult

more

drawing

"

methods

drawing

While

one.

much

the

type.

Mechanism.

Valve

is

it

durable,

more

either

make

can

in

shown

are

be

one

its

from

seen

drawing.

of
As

for

finish,
and

gives
is

lagging,

the

oven

thing

only

The

merely

splendid

nice
left

be

to
the

setting

then

left

valve

stand

lathe

and

job.

the

testing
well

couple
The

appearance.

simple

is

now

enamel

maroon

to

done

of

putting
the

baked

days

flywheel

of

engine.
on

to

the

on

in

an

harden,
engine

XI

CHAPTER

General

procedure

SINGLE-CYLINDER

in

machining

practical

This

ENGINE

the

methods

particular

engine

^Finishing

"

engine

class

of

the

most

engine.

the

of

design

employing

parts,

is

runner
fore-

the

really

of
bnilt

before

Speedy"
slide

the

has

engine

**

the

its

proven

engine

crank
worth

was

been

designed.

The

occasions.

several

on

having

engines,

In

first

finishing

the

thing

This

can

bored
the

with
is

boring
the

bore

taken

drill

and

If

the

tap

bolted

be

mounted

to

depth
then

meet

in

is

of

parts^

shown

drilled
the

cylinder

and
on

from
in
center

face
will

straight

valve

laid

and
Care
147

out

The

the
must

two
ends
exhaust

be

is

and

can

cylinder

the

seat

the

(with

drill

steam

port
taken

of

the

steam-

scribe)
to

ports
the

meet

to

can

tedious

more

hand

to

base.

that

plate

chuck

the

drilling

with

respective

face

port.

be

using

head

the

to

can

operation

valve

the

In

edge.

drawing.

their

off

drilled

then

the

lathe,

solutely
ab-

casting

against

angle

resort

first

must

his

sures
in-

being

around,

next

an

off

This

the

cylinder

of

faced

be

cylinder

the

and

the

After

chuck.

the

The

of

can

he

and

they

for

plate
he

should

turned

the

and

diameter.

Now

and

possession

that

file

of

chuck

face

the

of

out

casting.

chuck

3-jawed

inch

another.

holes

cylinder

the
a

parallel.

Otherwise

drilled

ports
to

six

the

accurately

very

the

in

bottom

one

ends

so

cylinder.

chest

the

be

cylinder

the
taken

behind

builder

be

process

of

get both

to

is

with

piece

face

tool

and

out

packing

boring

completed,

square

be

held

castings, the

engine

these

would

hand
be

casting

the

of

set

easily

very

out

before

in

take

to

of

the
are

end

is drilled

when

drill-

Model

148

ing the
port

one

The

chest

steam

after

being filed

good

method

holes

to

be

Tig.

in

the

turning

the
laid

103

"

The

easily

can

out

nprlght

but

This

head

and

from

through

not

guide

drilled

as

save

and

as

face

sides.

steam-chest

jig for

for

also

ready

various

can

cast

to

parts

the

the

holes

nm

can

so

taken

that

the

facing

When

face

be

now

on

off the

lot

is fitted.
per

both
the

it

use

valve

be

now

permanently.

done.
to

the

on

engliie asaembled,

pieces

will

on

cylinder

casting

be

true

then

The

forget

not

guide.
cross

in the

to

holes

the

and

corner.

chucking

lugs, do
head

drilled

fitted

flat and

out

same

cylinder base

has

break

not

be

now

lay

together,

The

This

is to
drill

can

ground

or

steam-chest

screwed

does

another.

to

casting and

drill

the

that

ports

Engineering

drawing

holes

and

for

seat

of work
All

off

in hand.
necessary

the

ard
stand-

the

cross-

afterward
should

then

when
now

fitted

to

be
the

Now

cylinder.
with

rod

the

base.
free.
rod

turn

head, fit the

cross

before

screwing

is in detail

drawing

Fig.

eccentric

pieces
inch

in the

drill.
be

cast

on.

You

made.

also

tbe

be

aprlght

found

First, put it in the

chuck,

just right.

Of

be

turned,

center

same

find

that

The

eccentric

the

guide
that

see

no

nut

and

strap

of

is

der
cylin-

to

they

work

piston

the

slide-valve
The

englno

have
so

take

throw

piston

explanation.

to

drill

on

The

chucks

then

the

make

head.

cross

really needs

DAtaUs

will

and

packing

the

the

on

149

cross-head

together

pat

and

can

will

to

lOlA."

casting

diameter

put

all

forget

not

piston and

the

up

Assemble

Do

Engine

Single-CyUnder

the
it with

the
then

chucking
that

the

offset
a

and

?4e-inch

eccentric
very

%-

will

easily

W%f

3^'
[J

Fig. 104B

"

Details

of

tbe

REOO

npil^t

engine

four

The
end

each
In

and

Single -Cylinder

%6-inch

steel

threaded

%o,

building

the

ground

flat, then

for

%6-inch

the

it

be

must

loose
drilled
the

in

the

shaft.

After

and

high

for

shaft

for

to

it

fit

in,

coming
can

be

acts

a"

hole

the

which

screw

first

driven

prevent
Now

speed.

is

driving

been

has

shoulder

the

at

np

disc

crank

center

soldered

at

tapped

the

turned

are

drawing.

per

as

151

crankpin.
The

the

that

the

jig,

ground

those
himself

make
and

alignment

of

on

must

care

base

the

flat

match

would

both

absolute

holes,

holes

builder

for

filed

or

the

out

standard

the

same

insuring

thus

bottom,

If

use

be

laying

upright

base.

could

he

In

the

cylinder

first

must

bottom.

and

taken

on

base

engine

top

be

drilled

running

and

standards

crankshaft,

pinned

when

Engine

cylinder
four

the

standards.
The

and

for

holes

and

tapped

crankshaft.
a

If,

in

eccentric

will

find

and

be

the

make

he

has

very

for

drilled

explanation,

no

the

the

being

the

good

to

connect

enamel

cast
and

looking

the
model

builder

the

properly

working

put

the

cylinder

up

his

valve

red

with
or

polished
marine

ous
vari-

crankshaft

units,

cylinder

parts

its

and

standards,

units

two

lag the

the

cylinder

the

matter

and

enamel

between

and

separate

these

Now

rod.

and

with

considered

standards

connecting

contrast

base

simple

very

four

iron

will

if

needs

engine,

the

are

that

fitted

drilled

then

are

job.

engine

the

and

on

lathe

bearings

bearings

flywheel

assembling

parts,

it will

the

The

simple

very

crankshaft

the

some

unit

motion
sian
RusThe

green.

steel

parts

engine.

CHAPTER

XII

MODEL

The
this

of

and

chapter

be

well

It

is

is

of

that

to

of

for

this

dabbler

to

the

pistons.

cordingly,
Ac-

steam.

builder

decide

to

the

weigh

superior

the

might

otherwise

and

pit

steam,

and

superheated

has

of

ease

ties
quali-

operating

recommended

working

and

the

better

the
model

maker

need

on

cover

the

even

every

being
of

is

difficulties

construction

152

slide

limits, the
ever,
Howof

detail

ready

using

hesitate

not

small

work

with

capable

supplemented

machine

the

workmanship.

who

is

it.

use

within

con-

who

of

fitted

lathe,

the

to

all

as

lathe

speed

its

worker

how

essential

not

overcome

part

knows

heavier

drawing
the

who

the

for

project

mechanics,

for

simple

small

as

in

amateur

and

illustrations

of

will

model

it

purpose,

cylinders

the

to

is

advanced

undertake
The

the

but

rank

the

job

the

head

boiler

He

with

lathe

course,

the

flash

the

lathe

with

done

easier

for

of

delightfully

cutting

Of

The

prerogative

is not

the

of

possessed

rest.

Road.

gunmetal

use.

model

is

be

for

model

London

City

for

highly

brass

or

struction

screw

iron

described

and

iron.

cast

While

best

very

the

material

in

the

or

with

construction

the

work

crankshaft

built-up

famous

Possibly

cast

brass

it is

his

machine

and

pictured

the

by

Whitney

admittedly

trouble

of

built

specify

said

which

model

throughout.

to

cause

can

Lathe

"

^Making

"

executed

was

firm

brass
that

the

parts

engine

the

finishing

beautifully

engineering
is

various

engine.

the

in

in

necessary

ENGINE

MARINE

and

engine

the

of

Description

TWIN-CYLINDER

bench
of

to

lathe.

the

engine,

with

graphs
photo-

for

assembly.

Model

is

It

assumed

that

will
be

to

Twin-Cyiinder

able

be

The

106"

Tlie

the

iron
extra

drill

is

The

lathe

struction
con-

practice
without

drawings

the

boring

tool,

the

left

the

as

marine

aa

that

of

weight

cast

are

it

through
the

the

tunnel

sufficient

to
as

cylindrical portion, following

where

get
the

beneath
core

the
has

bloc.

en

finished

ing
stiffenfor

the

particularly

metal,

is not

wben

looks

ards
stand-

the

for

Besides, it is practically

it is to

casting

which

engine

course,

throughout,

trouble.

is that

scarcely justified in

extra

is used

through

on

153

the

attempts
with

pattern

cylinders

twiu-cyllndsr

core

cross-head.

the

difficult

dividing line is, of

web.

east

from

directly

really

one

supporting

The

who

sufficientlyfamiliar

work

to

worker

Engine

instruction.

detailed

Fig.

the

Marine

warrant
easy

with

glass-hard

been.

if

to
the
scale

Model

154

The

bed-plate,
bearing

straps,

which

cylinders,

not

pattern
and

of
the

packing

rolled

stock

work

out

blind

unless

it is still

slot

as

of

this

glands
from
is

constitute

of

tlie

bulk

The

something

of

cross-head

Any

in

worker

will

tings
fit-

of

the

shaft
rods, crank-

easily worked

as

castings.

out

pipe

few

the

and

engine

about

are

slot in the

kind

the

pistons, connecting

it is cored

nuisance.

and

chests,

^Plan

"

The

which

cross-head

The
of

work.

106

eccentrics

flywheel,

standard,

Fig.

other

steam

caps,

are

Engineering

nuisance
is

casting
who

appreciate

is

exception

one
a

out

has
the

to

difBcult
and
tried

chine.
ma-

piece
then

even

to

truth

worry

of

the

Model

Tmn-CyUnder

Marine

Engine

155

Model

156

With

statement.

with

cored

Engineering
foundry

good

fair

than

more

the

work|

Under

success.

stances, the little pattern is certainly worth

in

The

bed

one

of

method
but

plate is
several

would

how
in

Next

in

order

makers

comes

to

Centering
the

the

worker

casting
standards

merely

cleaned

painted

unless

metal

bed

plate in

the

off the

the

first,then

ing
cast-

The

edges

arid

file and

prefers

the
be

well

may

afterward

finished

job

ing
revers-

side to which

upper

grinder

worker

bearings

bright

in

end

holes

be

spotted, drilled

and

and

drilling for

be

bed

in the
The

the

placed
so

same

order

drilling should

structure

on

the

dividing line

exactly

that

plate

in

line with

lathe
between
the

in

to

the

bearing
lathe

caps
been
lathe.

height

centers.

caps

clean,

bed

plate,
fillister

before

Prick

casting and
they have

done

bed

place

bearing

the

after
be

in

of

6/32

for

attempted.

each

on

the

on

tapped

is

bearing

the

surface

located

secured

caps

crankshaft

the

should

it in the

caps

the

over

bed

the

finishing the under

grinder and

casting

of

up

of

one

caps,

view

cleaning

After

file and
the

bearing

the

part sectional

may

screws,

marks

into

the

elevation.
with

by drilling half

formed

are

half

above

by drawing

head

the

with

up

fine,flat file,the

one.

enables

diagonals

side

attached.

plate and

castings

the

iron

the

to

secured

be

can

face

the

on

trio ?

of the

one

screwed

under

off the

are

is shown

which

side

of

consequently balance,

facing

and

crankshaft

the

cap

machine

milling

or

only.

The

into

professional

the

of scribed

means

machined

be

plate.

to face

engine

circum-

be

making.

plate casting

plate

center, and

face

It is best
the

face

job by

to

the

on

bed

The

wooden

such

may

boast

can

may

straight facing job

plate of the lathe.

readily

shaper, planer,

model

that

Obviously,

ways.

be

many

light casting

hole

punch

just

below
be

may

placed
re-

removed.

Build

that

will

and

bed

Spot

the

the

up

bring

plate
hole

to

Model

Steam

Hg.

Txmn-CyUnder

CHesT

108

"

Details

riri

of

ttie

Marine

CoNNecrm*

twin-crllnder

Engine

Roo-ar""i"

marine

engine

157

Model

158

the

on

side

one

tailstock

side

drilled

are

drill
is

reamer

is

in with

ground
The

centering
the

be

when

screws

the

permit

dimensions

the
serve

this

sharp tool
as

tailstock

center

A
to start

in the

on

the
in
may

the

cross

reamer

ishes
finmake

have

be

to

from

feet

is to

feet

feet.

assembled*
the

ing
castupon

through
down

holding

The
center

cylinder

it

to

final

the

The

mounted

secured

mately
ulti-

brought

center

and

chuck,

will

which

the

the

grip

jaw

three-

the

so

simple

only.

one

chuck

the

alike,

exactly

of

the

brought

up

end

head

portion

to

drawing.
and

face

be

the

removed

may

head

of the

locating

large drill

this

in

%6-inch

will

if

%6

necessary

tailstock

take

of

is finished

guide

under

latter

of the

faced-off

off

three

To

center-drilled, and

facing

side

undrilled

also.

are

the

is

the

line

to

the

later

that

so

oil.

readily

engine

given

When

inch

portion, in

from

will

the

casting is then
to

the

which

holes

taken

taken

plate with

face

the

be

the

which

for

With

through

finished,the

cylindrical portion

out.

drilled,

holes

the

and

head

is

bearing

course,

described

central

may

then

the

really

three

shaft,

the

be

bored

cut

may

of

and,

cylinder

the

be
up,

the

facing off the bottom

lower

or

and

an

is

one

fine emery

will

of

method

of

cylinder castings

two

operations
top,

size

fit for

running

work

drilling is finished, the

the

to

the

is

the

in line.

%4th

available, and

them

be

side

one

this

perfectly

should

When

center

When

passed right through

the

by

up

it passes

reverse

tool.

be

to

sure

The

case.

the

to

the

drill

the

start

positively insure

will

until

then

against

rests

presented

holes

When

and

is backed

This

other.

right through

bearing, and

side

casting

alignment.

drill

middle

each

on

the

the

on

and

the

is

while

center

accuracy
run

casting

in the

drilled

be

Engineering

then
tunnel.

scribe

circle

struck

cylinder

head

for

the

screws,

drill

chuck

holes
and
be

run

The

with

portion

through
greatest

the
care

to

the
stituted.
subing
castmust

Model

Twin-Cylinder
CYLINOEM

Tig.

109

"

Tbe

cfUader

/ft'iKiar

Uock
martne

and

Marine

mest

standardn

engine

Engine

of

tiM

twln-c^lsder

159

Model

160

be

taken

this

lip

of

iron

cast
no

to

the

be

drill

it is not

hole.

If

the

be

should

drill

then

may

to

be

depression

but,

by all

even

and

is used,
; with

means

there

so,

to

should

time.

save

started

?ach

on

bite

not

If brass

off

taken

taken

does

ground.

important

risks

boring

the

properly

so

unnecessary

The

that

see

it shotUd

end

the

be

here'

Engineering

side

of

drilled

the

through

cylindrical

the

_' CutAwy

Fig.

110"

Ibe

cranjuhaft

portion catches
.much

better

head

end

This

will

To

the

remove

from

get

should

edge

bites
a

dead

be

marks.

due

to

the

through

its

of

rest

done

cut

light

steady

lack

of stiffness
the

after

usual
the

one,

way
manner

cut

at

the
the

^yiU prevent

rest

final

very

cylinder

defacing

without

in the

chipping

turned

The

at

engine

boring, it is

the

on

if it is marred,

smooth

sent

doing

be

marine

twin-cylltidaT

operation

steady
may

seriously, and

danger

tool

use

portion.

work

the

during

to

the

of

in the

work.

the

boring

with

the

of

ting
cut-

dia-

Model

mond

point

without

external

on

turning

again

but

Twin-Cylinder

the

with

dragging

cut

final cut

will

natural

after
leave

spring

of

of

side

inside

the

if the

feed

this

161

is the

trick,

handle, bring the tool back

fashion

the

Engine

then, and

feed

cross

the

surface

of

with

nished
bur-

slow

very

This

facing tool.

tunnel

the

been

has

tool, taking

the

and

the

exceedingly light.

cut

From
that

description just given,

the

the

end

cylinder

head

this:

boring

the

cross

fit a

to

been

has

for

easier

casting

of the

reason

bored

head

inside

up

out.

is

is well

the

naturally

form

There

is

other

easy

in
be

The

it is
the

is

packing

wound

of

much
struction
con-

around

the

to

such

attempt

actual

and

greased

to

the

way

drawing,

the

note

double

packing gland,

shown

tunnel.

well

lamp-wick

no

the

it would

than

will

and, secondly,

tunnel

plug containing

casting

out

bored

worker

the

would

that

First, there

of which

of

work

Marine

ting
fit-

piece

ton
pis-

the

rod.
The

cylinders

two

cast

are

considerably lighter than

would

is of sheet
which
in

and

that

show

the

this

how

the

lines

is

the

actual

ing
cover-

or

possible, the

cylinders.

The

dotted

the

formed,

face
sur-

cylinders hot

the

as

cylinder

is

gine
en-

external

lagging''

keep

the

space

of

far

as

within

steam

finished

the

smoothj

to

space

prevent,

manner

of

air

an

the

forms

which

metal

encloses

as

casting

The

of

pictures

the

indicate

to

seem

hloc.

en

wall

densation
con-

ings
draw-

lines
in

cating
indi-

the

plan

upon

the

After

the

view.

facing off, the casting

For
w^ooden
cut

is

face

plate with

taken, the work

side.

The

casting

the

is then

casting
be

may

and

The

casting is again mounted,

brought

up

bore.

holes

two

to

one

After

of

spotted
the

centered.

to

but

face

to

accurately
indicate
this

spot marks

clamping

mounted

reversed

scribed

line

the

be

may

the

with

center

cylinder

time

the

other

bores.

center

indicating

securely, the casting

one

may

is

inder
cylbe

Model

Tig.

lU"

Tks

Engineering

puts

of

tka

tatiifced

oisiiw

Model

but
drilled,

Twin-Cylinder

first of

by bolting

all the

small

plate to compensate
vibration
work.

The
be

may

and

would

boring of

one

over

casting

the

ports

The
the

faced

lathe
off.

face

and

chipped

the

slide

after

the

be

little kink
the

pressure

of

tight against
The
as

the

face

chined.
ma-

angle plate
and

bored

been

have

this

be

may
an

on

plate

doing

Before

skill of

that

grind

the
will

worker

the

valve

aid

this

in

is

rod

steam

affords

stunt

it

versal
uni-

possible

the

slide

valve

piston

rod

which

keep

to

good

ciple.
showing its prin-

chest, making

right

the

on

insures

in the

accuracy

with

in

the

requires special attention

as

packed

wicking

the

is well

finished
groove

180

other

center.

when

the

understood

is the

built-up

the

considered

here

by

those

which

runs

at

with

made
The

degrees.

However,

engine

be

may

crankshaft

dead

One

Two

it presents
methods

solid

forging

shaft

as

who

method.

it is believed

capable

are

it.

crankshaft
or

uninitiated.

the

to

only will be

handling

90-degree

will

permissible.

are

and

former

degrees

the

difficulties

latter

The

bored.

from

is

slide

steam

This

crankshaft

construction

of

casting

it.

for

of construction

the

the

is

piston

some

The

of the

is to file and

the

note

is turned

arbor.

an

The

The

vent
pre-

face.

the

piston

turned

to

accuracy

faces

this

the

as

sketch

will

within

serves

do

for

isometric

coupling
the

job.

used

reader

The

for

and

oy^M

and

one,

face

be

valve

method

so

permit.
The

the

may

out.

cylinders

nearly

as

removed

to

alternative

or

the

other

the

drilled

way

of

cylinder finished, the

then

right

of balance

163

balanced

be

side

the

destroy

may

An

true,

to

lack

that

so

operation, however,
in

the

which

changed

The

for

metal

Engine

should

job

whole

of

mass

Marine

model

crank

webs

pictured

has

presents the advantage

such

shaft

high speed

the

is unbalanced

vibration

90

at

the

of

no

and

is rather

Model

164

excessive.

The

but
the

introduces

it is for
is the

To

for

the

The

pins.
drilled

before

When

the

pieces
passed
clamp

then

may

the

through

through

that
on

the

pi"ce

will

finish

the

assembly

forming

very

the
and

fit in the

snug

heated,

on

they just begin

by

of

means

they
have

been

of rod

The

to

tongs,

are

marked

to

on

the

occupy.

plainly

must

be

very

be

be

for

pieces.

an

be

run

may

then

easy

push

reamer

then
set

run

be

to

sembled
as-

of holes
taken

the

upon

and

off

before

the

Bunsen

hot, they

shafts

in

shafts
web.

rod

shaft

from

removed

each

%6-inch

This

pins.

While

The

steel

reamer

the

may

These

rolled

the

are

be

may

webs.

for

one

wire, in

cold

bar

the

nicely.

wrist

blue.

turn

steel

latter

and

cut

webs

holes, and
of

of

up

made

webs

lathe

and

piece

drill

bar

cold

The

removed

pieces should

web

in

done

in

the

of

of holes.

should

shaft

the

hofes

convenience

%6-inch

rod

and

tailstock

the

line

to

and

on

holes.

and
be

finished, the

piece

that

so

rolled

shaft

may

holes

arbor, placed first in

other,
final

The

of

set
an

This

set

is then

rod

been

of holes

put

second

first

The

be

uncovered

be filled with

The

punched.

and

set

one

in

pieces forming

stacked

through

all holes

webs.

center

four

For

add

cold

the

the

chuck.

evils

pin.

the
of

drilling

ever,
How-

to

punched,

against

lathe

the

and

the
be

may

held

drill

to form
out

The

when

two

only

for

rod

centers

out,

being
to

has

opposite

drill

steel

laid

of the

is constructed

drilling has

into

up

ends.

web

is well

laid

then

crank

drill in the

carefully

fit.

to the

are

it is cut

travel.

both, he

work

the

of their

them

culty
diffi-

latter

center

which

decide

to

and

webs

handling, it

cut

extremes

%4_inch undergo.

and

pad

the

the

dead

beat

webs

lathe, the

the

unfortunate

crankshaft

built-up

obviates

the

builder

balancing weight
steel

at

are

the

lesser.

The

shaft

180-degree

pistons

two

Engineering

drill

will

is
the

bled
assem-

arbors

flame
are

be

until

placed,

exactly the positions

should
While

previously
the

webs

V.

Model

are

hot,

when

shafting

each

pins

cool,

in

rod
A\Tien

the

web

and

which

it

job

pins

used

to

This

cylinder
and

tees

described.

away

completes

the

upon

to

the

turn

all

be

of
the

simple

fine

'and

file.

machine

pieces

from

of
and

of

of

work

the

the

either

cleaning

work

exhaust

before,

leaving

burrs

the

steel

together.

parts

up

The

through
small

not

away,

shafting

extra

for
the

finished

be

removing

the

locking

cut

drilled

be

encloses

driven,

to

fly-wheel,

heads,
are

shafting;

contract

may

it

of

job

may

with

one

holes

been

have

or

cut

165

the

on

impossible

but

shaft

the

ready

merely

all

the

shafting

centers

will

they
be

fit

twist

easy

cooled,

has

finish

crankshaft

is

will

through

will

superfluous

an

Engine

hole.

the

these

lathe

be

Marine

however,-

that

so

After

will

they

they

shaft

Tmn-Cylinder

plete
com-

between

up

the

between

tion
opera-

hacksaw
webs.

importance.

inlet
that

pipes,
need

The

elbows,
not

be

Xni

CHAPTER

STEAM

FLASH

How

flash

plants

steam

fitting

model

they

as

able

various

the
of

Begulation

"

adjustment

in

the

and

parts
supply

water

"

flash

for

burners

Gasolene

"

for

held

which

plants,
The

alone

is

familiar

enough

American

with

and

plants
method

model

following

the

of

their

sffeam

use.

is

not

very

of

paragraphs
the

present

flash

construction

and

operation

the

with

maker

and

operation

the

All

indorse

to

boilers

nevertheless,

are,

work.

^propelled

boats

by

average

they

speed-boat

Although

ordinary

than

adjust,

to

model

are

handle

to

ers,
boil-

fore
there-

are

engine.

the

to

pulsion
pro-

**pot''
and

rapidly

more

the

to

ordinary

than

power

difficult

somewhat

records

more

unwieldy

more

preferred

boats
steam

fnrnish

adaptable

more

are

steam

generate

to

somewhat

the

plant

plants

steam

of

to

^Difficulties

"

Flash

steam

flash

of

^Description

"

plants.

steam

and

in

employed

Lubrication

operate

PLANTS

flash

devoted

are

features

general

of

construction.

illustration.

The

around
end

the
of

which

through

of

cylinder

place,

and

the

fine

of

of

produced
166

connecting

the

is

to

used
C.

burner.

has

very

gasolene
violent
shoots

flash

complete

The

coils, which

the

coils

where

burner

the

spray

burner,
flame

at

vaporizing

vaporizing
a

the

to

surface

outer

the

fed

the

through

passes

of

shown

tank
is

which

gasolene

method

the

small

The

parts.

the

and

plant

steam

shows

112,

Fig.

various
hold

gasolene
are

The
small
passes

wound

nipple

at

aperture
into

combustion

forward

the

the
takes

into

the

"

a*

CI
tH
iH

/,

168

boiler
is

coils,which

after

operation
fuel

hot

in

be

and

tank

it

the

The

The

small

to

cut

off

which

nipple.

or

The

and

copper

force

supply

the

tank

all

is

valve

is also

cap

it is filled.

brass

such

to

regulate

or

and

opening

coils,

considerable

the

its
the

vaporizing

is increased

with

in

opening

in
from

gasolene
the

through

forth

automatic

is

pressure

comes

tank

of sheet

and

started.

gasolene burner

The

water.

construction

fuel

through

made

the

its vapor

small

gasolene.

the

contain

circulating

the

placed

Engineering

being

that

extent

through

of

in

tank,

becomes
an

in

simple

very

Model

fitted

to

either

can

joints should

be

''hm^^.
-IT-

J
rig.

silver
made

of

steel

at

torch

little
first

The
or

continues,

copper

in much

is lit.

the

very

torch

for

The
run

smoky

vaporizing

fiaali-Bteam

coil

vaporizing

gasolene is
a

Uov

gascdene

is started

gasolene

and

soldered.

burner

and

lia"

pluit

should

steel.

tubing, preferably
the

same

in the

valve
into

way

the

flame

coils

as

fuel

burner.

results, but
become

either

the

be
The

ordinary

tank

is

opened

This

is

ignited

as

heated

this
and

flame

the

Flash

flame

of

amount

feed

After

full.

main

water

burner

to

The

water

this

and

included

in the

shaft

to

start

in

some

is

in

engine

is

raised

G.

When

E
The

main

prevent

it from
the

coils, through

their

the

from
center

burning, it instantly
steam

it has

has

*^

the

this

do,

the

as

the

that

force

starting, the
be

the

ervoir
res-

forced

and
able

direction, as

main

the

from

only

from

seen

and

source

is

water

reaches

pumps

of which
flashes''

reached

become

to

It will

from

which,

to pass
valves

the

backward.

flowing
water

thereby

over,

in

water

one

engine

considerable

supply of

in

the

remembered

The

ing
start-

operator's fingers

pump

is taken

pump

thing

the

center.

ing
draw-

hand

pump,

is used

hand

is also

initial pressure

engine

has

pump

the

as

hand

the

be
and

the

coils.

E,

of

of water

in the

twist

to

with

purpose

pump

with

peller
pro-

vary

is shown

catch

must

hand

water

this

the

to

may

starting

by the

rush

obtain

the

engine,

The

another

circulation

the

dangerous

both

that

through

the

start

to

of

It is the

pump

at its dead

boiler

this

turns

means

provided

off and

the

the

time

will

drawing.

this

1, but

turning

It

through

When

of

is rather

with

pump

opened

engine

the

the

by

necessary

be

necessity

drawing

water

be

not

can

engine is placed
the

in

is

tank

sharp

hand

equipment

apt to start

it.

behind

water

starts

and

mechanism.

the

operating

few

pump.

main

cases,

engine

of 5

the

of water
the

is

generally geared

coils.

it will

obviating

at

equipment,

If the

pump,

burner

operation,

maintain

and

boiler

the

at F.

produces

fuel

heated

of the

start

through

is

ratio

bore

to

pump

pump

with

stroke

the

and

the

given
be

blue

it.

start

shaft

of

also

can

the

on

shown,

pump,

burner

gasolene

valve

it is

ready to start and

the

After

minutes

few

169

intense

an

heat.

satisfactorily,the
be

to

gradually changes

great

Plants

Steam

the

the

into
end

the

gasolene
steam

of

the

highly superheated

and
coils
and

boiler

flame

by

is
the

toward

imparts

Model

170

maximum

hand

the
to

pick

small

of

to drive

valve

shown

the

water

pump

is shown

which

^IRt

This

I.

The

SUPPLY

system
is

now

powerful enough
coils.

boiler

oil pump

small

the

is

of the

in the

drive

to

water

engine

is

of water

pump

VALVE.

in the

rest

E, which

required

at

the
H.

at

pump

satisfactorily, the

working

flow

necessary

water

pressure

off from

is also

engine

The

is cut

the

produce

is

engine

pump

means

maximum

late
manipu-

to

main

the

the

When

engine.

advisable

this assists

produce
the

hand

able
to

and

up

the

is sometimes

as

pump,

After

flow.

by

starting, it

is

engine

piston of

the

to

power

Engineering

with

supplied

lubri-

COCK

CHECK
valve:

Fig.

114

oil

eating

Drawing

"

the

pump

and

it will

small

amount

prove

fatal

pass

will

be

of

this

bottom

of the

fouling

the

is used

before

The

figures

thus

Owing

before

the

the

on

drawing,
of

fact

to the

of

the

that

in

the

oil would

operation

of

the

engine,

in the

tank
the

is thus

oil pump

with

cylinder

ratios

gear

contained

matter

mixed

boiler

oscillating motion

of

and
feed

the

boiler

superheated
the

the

pipe

engine.

oil must
at

prevented

produces

supply pipe from

lubricating oil is

flash-steam

The

it reaches

Solid

engine.

it enters

the

successful

tank.

steam

in

matter

for

M.

slow.

very

strainer

through

torch

reservoir

that

solid

the

to

gauze

of oil in the

noticed

be

gasolene

shown

are

gears

piston

the

through

pump

copper

of

the

from

discharge
coils.

The

steam

just

The

lubri-

Flash

eating oil

of the

temperature
thin

is

Attention

capacity

reaches

through

be

caused

pimips.

Due

would

placed below

full

when

motion

the

J.

The

at

force

115

of the

rapid

for air when

A

this

The

double

is

at

of

A
and

tank

overflow

is first

is made

usually shaped

of

also

trouble
ing
reach-

coils
and

is

boat

into

pipe

tends
the

is

in

shown

scoop

to

tank,

arranged
the

over

provides

for the boiler

steel

it

boat

scoop

in the

of

the

the

placed

out

before

reservoir

the

discharges

pipe

is

boat, it will remain

overflow

this

water

water

water

When

the

small

the

burner

the

motion

The

contrary,

prevents

the

kept full by

through

it f uU.

that

rest.
is

that

in the

gasolene

line

the

on

strainer

matter

fact

forward

the boat

covering
is

^A

upward

boat.

the

This

pumps.

reservoir

water

top of the

the

too

reservoir.

also

gauze

solid

to

model

the

water

the

by

"

noticed

copper

the water

thereby keeping
at

high

the

it to become

cause

to the water

be

pipe of

Fig.

is

not

that

so

necessarily large

It will

feed

the

the

is not

small.

filtered

that

will

again drawn

of this

quite

first

viscid

rather

steam

171

burn.

and

it is

be

should

used

Plants

Steam

an

side

escape

water.

and

burner

prevents

and
draft

Model

172

from

into

discharges

produce
so

the

that

supply pipe

water

if the
function

is open,

the

relieved.

plant,

successful

the

is very

main

pump

does

cock

shown

air

and

least

The

them.

systems
their

is

use

After

strongly
flash

steam

into

Flash

very

that

heats

adjustment,

proper

easily put

out

square

every

be

all the

is

caution
pre-

system,

will

be

with

use

flash

the

perienced
ex-

in

steam
valves.

mushroom
other

type, and

started, it will work

parts
the

in

are

boiler

good

matically,
auto-

running

coils and

which

steam

plants, however,

steam

surface,
must

This

these

is fed

in

directly

engine cylinders.

the

the

plant

superheated

generate

turn

to

blow-lamp

The

ure
press-

is exercised

care

pair
im-

recommended.

providing
order.

than

is

water

the

as

trouble

with

reliable

more

are

for

cock

seriously

oil-feed

the
no

pumps

provided

always

are

valves

Such

water

the

system.

by leaky joints if ordinary

making

will

entire

and

heavy

opened

system

of

device,

with

not

tight to produce

water

the

the

the

valves

turning
re-

relief

the
of

leakage
of

is

at

When

and

necessary

is very

oil used

the

operation
be

not

in

pressure

high throughout

will
the

the

as

in the

valve

from

steam

absolutely

oxygen

water

joints, cocks

the
be

must

efficient

an

and

of

supply

prevents

relief

to

covering,

the

check

stop the plant.

to

in

tends

valve

The

water

All

system

at

The

is led

coils,where
This

air

sufficient

shown

properly.

of

operation.

delivery

it is desired

when

as

obtains

efficient

boiler

atmosphere.

outer

boiler

engine cylinder
the

circulation

burner

its most

for

the

proper

the

of

the

of

center

the

covering

the

on

the

from

exhaust

steam

funnel

the

to

it

The

from

flame

deflecting the

coils.

Engineering

the

of
inch

regulated

so

that

the

very

when

of surface
of
it

water

requires.

temperature

difficult to get

adjusted

once

adjustment by minor

amount

exactly what

and

are

in the

BeiQg

causes.

flash

coils is heating

supplied

to

The

must

of

heat
the

are

steam

the

boiler
also

be

will

be

Flash

of

just

that

the

the

is

steam

engine,

the

steel

withstand

to

also

burn
of

results

the

the
its

friction

great

as

An

steam

to

the

and

crease
in-

rise
perature
tem-

it will

that

high

cylinder

the

ineffective

becomes

caused

of

made

times

so

the

heat.

disastrous

very

is

the

it reaches

lubricant

be

to

it enters

of the

is

steam

Being

all be

Many

before

the

apt

of

temperature

expansion.

When

are

needs.

before

attack

superheated

engine.

engine's

the

severe

lubricating oil

the

173

engine parts n^ust

causes

increases

up

the

and
the

of the

for

highly superheated

valve

of heat
and

value

correct

Plants

Steam

the

to

seizing

is

gine,
en-

to

apt

occur.

If the

is not

steam

will

be

not

of the
coils

and

in

place

plant,

with

exactly

requires

in

made

be

successful

more

of

such

boats, flash

circulating
time

that
be

must

seen

great

the

flash

supplied

and

steam

that

to

plants

obtain
must

are

much

pot boilers,

ordinary

for

it

care.

steam

efficient than

greater power

boiler

plant adjustments

with

and

der
cylin-

large percentage

heat

water,

the

short

a
a

Thus, it will be

from

and

they generate

with

successfully,

amount

power

in

It is necessary

steam.

accurately

model

For

and

the

is

that

and

is

occurs,

water

is fed

engine

power
very

the

pump,

operate

the

the

reason,

it enter

this condition

the

operation.

maximum

the

to

time

the

at

vaporize

of

any

sufficiently
high temperature

When

the

off for

falls

dry

from

floods

steam

to

to

them

of water

burner

thoroughly

unable

through

as

raised

engine.

are

boiler

of the

heat

given weight

and

fuel

consumption.
It
heat

will

flash

Flash
this

burners

torch,

boilers
case

to

it

as

of the
can

is, of

fire them

it is almost

that

boiler

steam

surface

the

covers

understood

blow

gasolene

in

be

by
the

any

flame

entire

also

be

course,

with.

method
from

boiler

made

other
this

than

to

the

completely

coils.

with

necessary

Double

impossible

coil

double
to

coils and

employ

flash

boilers

twin
are

Model

174

capable

of

suitable

for

It

iron
flame

should

is

from
be

considerable

developing
racing

prevents
drafts.
lined

craft
to

necessary

which

Engineering

the
all

encase

heat
The

with

of

larger
flash

radiation

inside

asbestos.

and

power

the

very

type.
boilers
and

of

are

Russian

with

also
Russian

protects
iron

the

casing

XIV

CHAPTER

FLASH

description
work

the

ot

In

how

and

view

to

of
of

designing

of

prove

most

practical
engine

to

of

to

sufficient

of

perfectly

Machine

"

for

the

in

the

plant

project,

the

and

eanoe,

successful,

as

and

model

no

for

which

the

power

it

emi-

assembled

construction

was

with
effort

was

originally
it

purpose

plant

of
with

him

special

engine

does

make

maker

the

should

it

as

to

engine

other

plant

power

furnishes

While

power.

evinced

aviation

for

utility, the

supplies

once

propel

doing

steam

recently

power

st"am

great

lightness,

secure

fiash

Providing

f0Qr-c7llnder

and

of

source

designed
proven

at

of

capable

efficient

interest.

The

interesting

reliable

made

"

"

plants
and

plant

116

engine

is

activity

power

considerable

Flg.

it

AIRPLANES

it.

compact

self-contained

nently

the

great

model

this

purposes,

make

the

what

and

finish

MODEL

L^RGE

FOR

engine
to

Deceaaar;

engine

this

PLANT

STEAM

is

not

has
too

Model

176

for

heavy
solution
such

driving, and
the

to

model.

in

interest

to

of

construction

117

"

The

the

steam

it

might
would

and

engine

model

its

for

malter

ideal
with

it would

that

prime

other

vs.

alone

four-cyllndei

repay

considers

author

an

prove

connection

in

problem

be

it wonld

which

undoubtedly

in 'which

field

the

Fig.

fact, the

emploj-ment

whatever

addition,

would

propulsion
In

the

vindicate

model

large airplane

the

of

capable

Engineering

be

put,

be

of

flasli

his

ers
mov-

in

and

sufficient

boiler

and

expense

labor.
The

engine, which

21/2H.P., utilizes

will

from

steam

acting, radially disposed

of compactness,
is

superior

valve

steam

of course,

at

and

is also

secured.

to

four

an

flash

is little doubt

the

cylinders.

other,

any

mechanism
of

are,

to

there

deliver

angle

of

maximum
boiler

in four

From

the

that

about

single-

standpoint

this arrangement

great
In

of

this

simplification of
case,

the

bution
distri-

stationary

cylinders which

90

to

degrees

each

other, is

Model

178

effected

of

means

crankshaft

to the

the

by

supply

steam

carries

revolving in

and

with

with

boiler,

the

succession
with

with

of steam
inlet

the

admit

by Fig. 118.

crankpin by
which

of

disc

they may

degrees

permits
of

degrees

engine

is

to

rigidly affixed
for

to

the

the
the

conveyed

all connected

are

carrying supports

rod, and
on

pistons

means

20

and

80

of the

appearance

four

The

of holes
about

during

exhaust

general

The

stroke.

series

about

port is in communication

other

by

after

off the

cut

to

as

in

connected

pipes

the

length

cylinders

pressure

cylinders

the

to

ber
mem-

cating
communi-

under

steam

of

This

one,

chamber

is of such

stroke; the

to

ports,

ends

the

to the

atmosphere

cylinders

rods

to

cylinders, and

admission
the

small

with

connected

casing

two

it passes

as

the

of

serves

flexiblycoupled

cylinder heads.

the

periphery

continually
from

member

rotating

and

its

on

Engineering

one

gle
sinnecting
con-

other

three

pivot slightly as

the

crankshaft

features

the

engine

revolves.
of

One

the

is that

below

is

particular part

as

any

this

forms

here

inaccuracy
of

the

be

The

is silver
The

in
held

to

soldered

bosses, which
the

case

Fig. 122.
in

in

place

After
on

the

in

After
in

hold

the

case

cover

and

should

be

This

sketch,

exercised

machine

and

successful

ation
oper-

is dovetailed

case

it is the

accomplish,
joint

the

water

is

to

After

accurately
all

remove

this,the joint

forge fire.
plates of the

cover

riveted

are

detail

scribed
de-

parts

first.

the

the

boiling

smokeless

the

stock.

to the

its surface.

proper,

brass

whole

difficult to

scalded
from

; all

in

the

fatal

joint

appear

substances

greasy

case

is

case

required
or

care

of

only practical procedure.

cut, the

steel

stock,

would

this may

while

and

the

engine.

are

clearly

foundation

the

of

engine is constructed

shown

bending

In

Fig. 122.

rolled

of the

crankcase

The

castings

no

of cold

either

made

being

unique

most

to

plate
used

the

is
as

sides

as

drilled, it
a

jig

to

crankshown
can

be

drill the

Plant

Steam

holes

in

tapped

the

The

set,
on

holes

drill

The

main

with

out

stock.

be

hack

of the

inside

rolled

steel

The

The

hole

bored

and

bore

stock
out

of the

the

of

tank

for

cutting

mention

this

stock.

in

be

place

carefully

it from

is

the

14

gaaolen*

the

out

turned

faced

from

square
be

out

flange

this

is

with

The
the

done,

of

Wie

pins
be

cold

square

the

on

base.

with

carefully

high compression.

of li/i-inch cold
to

piston should

form

diameter.

is left

finished

down

wrist

burner

1%-inch

and

accuracy

depth

6 inches

off.

turned
a

1%

rough
to

single piece

a
x

of

account

on

next, and, after

is turned
to

the

held

should

do

to

of

and

measuring

turned

are

split

making

should

to insure

accommodate

surface

in

down

are

cylinders

impossible

bearings

shaft

are

stock

pistons

rod.

to

webs

reamer

holes

reamer.

fuel

main

cylinder

hand

hand

Tbe

"

cylinders

The

179

the

the

light weight

is worthy

is turned

crankpin

The

After

the

and

which

it is

as

bronze,

are

involved

119

is used

over

the

to

nut.
a

needed.
saw,

lathe

piece of stock

Fig.

The

on

crankshaft

difficulties

will

erankease,

bearings

with

drill

%2

owing

press

out

The
the

the

flange and

reamed

of

in

Airplanes

Vs-40 tap.

bored

are
a

bosses.

with

out

Model

for Large

ly^ inches
inch.
are

rolled

and

After

drilled

1-inch

the
the

carefully polished.

steel

holes

contact

Model

180

and

brass

and

with

rods

Tig.

120

The

made

The

"

made

drill.

identical

with

englae

end

lower

of

cross

14-inch

are

the

at

is

of steel.

one

drilled

ent

rod

connecting

The

Engineering

is cut

from

Only

three

of

; the

fourth

attached

it is

fixed

of

one

"

piece

propeUer

where

pieces

two

brass
the

necting
con-

being differ-

to

Its

to

shaft

the

master

bearing.
The
cut

lower

from

brass

stock

eccentrically with
fourth

or

slot

of

the

master

on

three

diameter

with
the

rod

bearing.

The

is made

semicircular

crankpin
Both

after
the

rods

connecting

of ^^2

14-inch drill.

stock

it rests

where

to

the

connecting

master

brass

square

for

bearings

inch

drilled

and

bearing
from
cut

in

it is fitted

bearings

are

the

on

piece

end

one

into
and

of

the

cross

pieces

secured

are

silver

valve

with

Airplanes

connecting rods

shoulder

in

at

to

the

of

of

out

end

one

interior

The

is threaded

drilled

is turned

casing

place.

case

the

to

Model

by

181

of

means

solder.

The

in

for Large

Plant

Steam

of the

valve

plate which

i/4-inch hole

distributor

the

face

eter
diam-

to exact

end

opposite

the

with

hold

to

accommodate

center

steel

for

the

is

steam

A,
OWMNMMV

fiixiNa

Fig.

inlet.
be
a

121

When
small

steam

chest.

plate anl

the

shoulder.

possible, as

reduce

spring

the

small

distributor

face

plate by

should
a

be

poor

efficiencyof

made
fit will

to

place,

from
of

fit the

engine.

to

the

latter

the

boiler

act

as

case

against
is

nected
con-

flange and

small

gasket.

cause

should

there

also, placed between

keep

means

torch

gasolene

distributor

is

leather

the

in
the

pipe

steam

the

for

to

The

interposing

screws,

element
as

it and

the

the

tank

fuel

the

between

space

with

of

plate is screwed

the

the

four

Cap

Drawing

"

TiRCVaUVC

The
as

uting
distrib-

perfectly

leakage, which

will

Fig. 122

"

Details

of

the

four-cylinder

steun

engine

Steam

Plant

for Large

Model

Airplanes

Fig. 123

"

Details

of

the

foux-cyliiider

steam

englua

183

Model

184

Engineering
0

distributing tubes

The

lead, sand

either

with

good

job

the

"

end

tubes

on

valve

the

parts of the

All

The

steel.
between

pump

detail

the

on

; the

front

Having
is, of

for

for

be borne

they

admirable

are

of the

large consumption
connection
ratio

this

as

of gas

one,

is

of

mandrel,
a

with

foot.

shaft
crank-

to

air

similar

for

testing

It should

in

due

air

it is vital
is

ums;
medi-

the

steam

mentioned

the
most

in this

expansion

an

the

in the

cylinders, as

true

but

purposes,

from

it

required

same

high

to

But

propulsion

be
as

large

tute
substi-

effect

and

The

and

in

boiler.

steam.

considerable,

nected
con-

consideration

quantity of

cooling resulting

in

water

described

pump

constructed

in the

ment
employwith

case

serious.

boiler, shown

supplied

engine

the

cut

cooling

engine having

an

compressed

CO2, becomes
The

in

that

The

engine renders

practical operating fluid.

the

frame.

satisfactory

available.

dioxide

carbon

regarding

be

it

the

compressed

the

in

depicted

next

superior

is

size

the

the

with

of sheet

are

coil of the

makes

that

supply

heavy

in mind

to the

discharge is

pump

Where

probably

of this

motor

that

is

to

inside

and, except for

steam

is

one

engine,

the

available, this

expansion,

should

the

The

1.

of the

end

boiler.

the

is

quantities

with
:

to

place by forcing

which

clamp

constructed

course,

in

being riveted

being

ratio

which

clamp

is held

meshes

pump

to the

its

this

is furled

of brass

made

are

and

of the

drawings,

gear

frame

after

out

connected

are

real

of unions.

pump

proper

sides

the

they

means

water

of the

exception

by

case

melted

or

distributing tube

each

steam-tight joint where

make

the

of

for

^preferably lead

"

fillingbeing tapped

One

bending.

resin

or

by first fillingthem

bent

are

of

l^-inch

slightlyunder
When

is of the

flash

suitable

supply

Fig. 124,
from

above.

coil is double

tubing.

copper

1 inch

completed,

The

the

in

type, and

This

diameter,

coil will

and

is wound
to the

spring

open

the

by

is
on

length
suffi-

"0

I
Q

Model

186

ciently
be

now

in

of

this
is
to

up

the

of

also

shows

Bunsen

air

under

given

tubing,
1-inch

about

detail

may
can

inches

be
rest.

fitted

coil

and

is

fitted

at

the

on

the

familiar

from

in

which

The
steel

seamless

tube

burner
main

back

with

tube
the

the

stock,
suitable

and

is
fuel

in

shown

around
steel

small

pump.

The

plate

of

front

main

hot.

supply

rolled

sockets

iy4-inch
the

framework

cold
with

of

red

air

The

is

bly
assem-

the

tire

which

to

fuel

with

around

while

perforated

square

with

supplied

turns

tubing

drawings.
1/4-inch

is

torch

is

long

general

aflSxed

gasolene

applied

few

long

and

nozzle

of

and

vaporizing

steel
4

is

operation.

drawing,

the

is

back

inches

the

makes

diameter

wound

the

20
in

long

pressure,

and

preheating

of

burner

The

principle,

tank

and

inches

iron

shown

as

is

after

sheet
coils

its

coil

withdrawn

connections

cone

outside

sheet

gauge

bring

to

latitude

some

heavy

coil

the

is

the

casing.

this

galvanized

the

clear.
the

brass

around

wrapped

although

will

and

mandrel,

Some

and

inches,

The

casing

aronnd
2

scant

the

permissible.

wrapped

this.

over

is

from

diameter,

correct

respect

brass

removal

its

allow

to

Engineering

the
is

casing
the

case

supports

XV

CHAPTER

FLASH

of

The

flash

small

model

great

many

maker

there

is

branch

than

that

The
all

we

of

use

know,

by Stringf

H.

H.

very

ellow

in

Model

and

V.

and

about

be

to

The

cylinders

and

supported

admits
or

shown

of

first

W.

0.

of

ments
experiin

been

the

great

instructive

and
flash

the

Manning,

The

have

in

1896

recorded

as

is, as

attempted
in

England.

helpful

general
and

to

steam

plant

the

engine,

of

are

to

say,

the

steam

to

each

the

cylinder

steam

the

admitted

187

on

rotary

the

quite

hollow

successively
over

pass

is

of

out

bracket

propeller
is

by

having

type,
stroke

the

bored

valve

the

valve

rotary

and

bronze,

from

columns,

Fig. 130,

inch

Tobin

radially
by

supporting

burner.

bore

the

"

of

arrangement

single-acting

the

and

side,

in

in

Electrician,

the

is

engine

Needless

fascinating

by Langley

gentlemen,

three

container,

The

one

model

airplanes

been

Messrs.

development

shows

cylinders

three

described.

Fig. 126
boiler, fuel

by

exceedingly

the

and

for

power

Johnson

and

also

in

writer

the

E.

of

advanced

the

England,

years

last

these

motive

in

late

ambition

the

idea, having

1846

very-

airplaning.

old

tion
Descrip-

"

for

plant

interesting

model
as

Engineer

incentive

on

of

Groves,
of

of

Design

"

engine.

To

more

steam

and

America,

not

made

principle

same

been

enthusiasts.

model

is

power

long

has

AIRPLANES

engine

the

the

suitable

airplanes

the

on

drive

to

of

development

^How

"

working

plant

steam

MODEL

SMALL

engine

engine

six-cylinder

FOB

the

of

design

and

Operation
for

PLANT

STEAM

during

thin,

columns
the

type
the

as

inlet

inch.

port.
50

per

other.
which

pipes,
As
cent

Model

188

of

stroke,

the

then

of

expansion

12G

Fig.

exhanst

The

entire

the

The
which
so

The

that

allows

rotation, and
All
as

soft

or

is screwed

crank

This

leakage

any

the
for

the

at

would

which

soon

the

oa

be

the

on

model

turn.

airplane

practically

melt

only bearing
in

is made

readily
on

the

set

for

the

steam

connections

engine

"

and

may

timing of

pipe

works

during

main

locked
to

degrees;

piston.

wear

and

former

joints and
solder

the

90

90-degree

next

uncovered

revolves, and

engine

the

engine

mounted

of the

forms

also

the

engliie

is then

stroke

return

the

during

UiTM-cyllitder

revolves

engine

place and

steam

port

valve

the

takes

the

Tlie

"

while

or

cut-off

the

Engineering

out

be

end

under

operates.

taken

of

either

are

form

taper

up.

valve.

the

direction

inlet
silver
the
The

and

on

of

cut-off.

soldered,
high

perature
tem-

propeller

consists

mounting

steel

%4-inch
is held

pins
drive

in

for

The

engine capable of developing

126

flash

because

boiler

over-all

The

brazed

to

of

the

its

of

one

quarter

the

radial

long

multi-

pUnt

powsr

absence

of

extensive

correspondingly

length
the

in
the

made

was

from

tubing woimd
is

burner

super-heater
placed

complete

with

copper

at

Tbe

"

in

only

obtained

This

ounces.

bearings.

and

diameter

positive

314

is

alone

engine

be

types,

diameter

assures

an

crankshaft

The

plate, which

the

ing
driv-

Three

nut.

the

Tig.

crankcase

and

screw

propeller

the

of

can

power

throw

of

propeller.

light weight

cylinder

of

189

star-shaped piece

cylinders, and

the

to

means

set

weight

The

horse

by

are

the

to

brazed

this

to

of

simply

Airplanes

Model

for Small

Plant

Steam

the

consists
center

latter,

and
of

of
and

on

up

inches,

714
end

8 feet

two
the
the

1%

of

mandrel.

tapered

being
inches

IVn
at

of the

loops

coils, one
other

Vs-inch inside

end

end

inches

the
same

tail

in
end.

rial
mate-

of which

fitted

with

is
a

steam

Plant

for Small

Model

Airplanes

191

Model

192

connection

screwed
hollow

the

Water

coils

to

supplied

5 to

As

pumped

water

frame

support

and

made

its

of

the

and

balls

used

by placing
tapping
of the

the

good

lightly

balls,

with

of
with

brass

the
a

pin

to

be

may

i.e.,the

tbe

about

packing

for
same

to
these

is sweated

set

light

the

valves

limit

in the

pump

cylinder
iiich

14

in

Bronze
corrosion

prevent

To

at

amount

rings.

diameter

hammer.

of

engine

piston and

being

the

by

rigid and

very

the

reduction

ribbing for

valves

seating

driven

pin

pump

two

check

ball

steel

it

The
former

the

is fitted

sticking.

Is geared

pump

gearing.

in

of umbrella

brass,

diameter
are

How

constructed

was

boiler.

the

to

128"

Fig.

and

giving

gears,

of

big end

is

which

radii, thereby altering the stroke

various

and

of

the

at

Fig. 128, the crank

in

shown

boiler

pump,

train

it to

connecting

engine.

the

feed

force

of

purpose

is

through

are

the

of the

engine

of

for

crankshaft

from

1.

Engineering

is obtained
on

the
the

side

seat

ment
move-

of the

Plant

Steam

valve
a

housing which
fuel

foil

of

compartments,

two

gasolene,

the

gasolene

slight

air

of

light

for

used

the

G'V-^

the

line

air

\x"

foil and

of brass

out

wire, which
The

intensity
the

and

then

the

check

of

is

The

top.

given

at

one

valve

two

or

which

that

so

of

means

of

nose

Thin

burner

the

steel

tray

is

tubing
beaten

was

c^roovy.

^The

engine

pprb.

hub

the

from

burner

points indicated

by

in the

heat.

To

container

is then
of

strokes

from

projects

the

upon

the

the

opening
full

through

pump

front

the

stiff

sketch.

filled half

hand

plant,

the

start

completely filled through

gasolene

of

is made

engine is largely dependent

amount

container

water
at

of the

and

"

are

ounces

space,

by

priming

supported

brazed

was

speed

129

form

torch.
the

Exh^utft

Fig.

at

There

Allowance

tubing.

tube.

bra:^"a

stream

generated

around

brass

Bunsen

passage

contains

small

be

start

coils

gauge

water

thickness.

of water.
for

to

in

which

might

vaporizing

The

of

reservoir

in order

the

in

inch

ounces

pressure

pump

are

made

an

one

other

in the

hand

is

.007

193

Airplanes

balls.

the

container

brass

using

into

projects

point slightlyabove
The

Model

for Small

of

the

container.
The

enough
and

needle
to

allow

thence

valve
the

the

burner

gasolene

the

to

drip

priming

tray.

burner.

When

out, -the needle

valve

to

is sufficient to heat
burned

at

the

is then
from
Half

opened
the
a

spray

be

zle
noz-

teaspoonful

this is almost
may

long

opened

pletely
com-

and

Model

194

the

burner

will
to

necessary

become

Fig.

ISO

forced

often

"

into

red

the

overheated.

times, the

at

off

start

start

runs

the

hot

valve

coils.

temperature,
to

between

terrific

into

turning

is set

pump

rotary

up

with

water

By

Tlie

hot

'Engineering

in

coils

the
the

design

tlie

for

value

200

and

that

of the
300

the

eral
sev-

is

water

engine

coils

steam

pounds

they

over

the

and

Uiree-cyUnder

Considering
the

before

propeller

operation

is then

It

roar.

work

pressure

per

square

inch.
When
is
so

the

placed
as

to

plant is

around
allow

the

the

asbestos

test, a perforated

on

coils

flame

to

and

the

extend

burner
the

opened

entire

casing
wide

length

of

Steam

Plant

for

Small

Model

Airplanes

195

U
a
9
U
9

00

.d

.o

g
SB
m

I
CO

Plant

Steam

the

After

coils.
it

speed
the

at

full

It

rapidly.

3,500

is

it
60

when

pressure,

very

soon

to

it

between

equalize

feeder

into

filling

the

gine,
en-

will

disastrous
boiler

flash

the

inch

square

it

as

be

on

will

spin

line.
the

the

the

of

oil

the

reservoir.

steam

is

steam

line

shown

of

and

the

made

two

serves

other
in
the

in

are

which

fitted

which
is

plished
accom-

There

is
at

the

This

screw

rate

tinuously,
con-

seize.

one

adjustment
the

of

boiler.

and

pointed

This

top

and

in

on

lubricated

be

temperature

reservoir,

the

smaU

engine

dry

engine

regulate

to

at

high

pressure

steam

hole

per

the

oiler

to

order
the

light

run

the

propeller,

probably

pounds

run

the

outlet.
in

to

gravity

connections

pipe

the

197

reaches

steam

would

to

the

cause

126,

of

that

necessary

by

Fig.

of

Airplanes

R.P.M.

otherwise
would

flash

It

allow

to

Model

clear

keep

to

engine

to

up

first

the

time

very

up

to

it

is

Small

for

as

the
oil

through

the

let
out-

drops
the

XVI

CHAPTER

of

Bescription

the

STEAM

MODEL

used

design

model

the
which

do

with

these

worked
be

given,

here

difficult

of

small
turbine

the

reaction

model
to

flywheel

the

solid

of

cast

views

diagonally
at

of

boss

the
the

for

through
bottom

interior

which

be

side

of

which
the

of

the
free

the
hole

casing.
casing,
from
198

the

casing
would
The
which
water.

rim,

for
the

need

exhaust

The

of

equipped.
model.

steam
of
to

inlet

is

being

be

steam

facilitates

pose.
pur-

use

complete

instead

like
from

the

are

the

in

sary
neces-

buckets

cutter

the

that

seen

be

solid

paratively
com-

this

it would

amateurs

134, show

and

secure

necessitate

few

it will

Action

having
to

out

milling

would

B, Fig.

the

on

mill

end

an

with
and

piece,

separate

out

using

facilities

these
as

and

^^

demonstrated.

one

with

sessing
pos-

rest.

that

shown,

wheel

motor

engine,

slide

but

not

amateur

any

plain

buckets,
here

one

construction

Drawings
From

the

by

is the

engine

it will

that

practically

most

of

the
an

metal
This

special

of

out

turn

the

is

carefully

been

such

principle

the

number

size

the

is

In

supply.

oil

have

motive

of

balancing

details

when

important

most

positive

with

turbine

large

The

the

these

engine

efficient

most

and

problems

consideration

engine.

speed;

engine,

several

into

taken

fitted

equal''

are

for

die

turbine

with

accomplishment

lathe

^Forming

"

model

construction

the

The

be

bearing

out, yet

found

In

to

high

The

adequate

design

the

confronted

reciprocating

are:

parts,

is

have

not

parts

buckets.

constructing

engineer

dealing
of

and

designing

the

Machining

"

turbine

In

TURBINE

drilled
passes

the

reduction

ing
keepof

Model

accomplished

is

speed

shaft

turbine
shaft.

smaller

of

133

The

"

jet of

steam

of the

worm

The

complete

of

possible, and
bearing.

the

Each

this

felt

and

candle

or

The

construction

first.

This

to

the

will

the

be

the

Its

supported

in

As

exhaust

model

oil

through

the

thrust

long

as

ring and
the

the

will

requires

as

outboard

an

packing

wheel

else

shaft.

steam,

sufficient

piece of the

by

of the

compaTattve

made

turbine

1, yet allows

thrust

is

passes

of

of

side

an

driving

the

driving

is fitted with

the

on

substituting

is offset

is introduced.

that

wicking

of 20

wheel

end

shaft

gland

point is only

of

gear

outer

the

on

The

wheel

turbine

bearing

Where

stuffing box

the

the

gear

tnrlilne, sbowliig

turbine
on

mounted

desired, by

so

eteam

the

wheel

shaft

with

reduction

199

wheel

worm

driving shaft.

the

on

if

speed

on

gear

Fig.

of

permits

This

increase

an

by

engaging

and

Turbine

Steam

ervoir.
res-

casing,

pressure

at

piece of

to

use.

be
to

ered
considbe

very

Model

carefully

constructed,

should

in

be

vanes

buckets

or

wheel.

the

and

true

up

shaft

of

able

to

drill

inch

and

use

After
to

This

140.

The

of the

on

lower

which

will

i4-iQ"'h
advis-

port

inch

through

an

it.

and

of

machining
over

bushing,

the

up

the

rim

outside

it, can

be

ameter
dimade

wheel.

the
of

portion

encounter

The

of the
a

slot
be

is also

bucket

the

in

of

is

the

wheel

is shown

shown

in

in

Fig.

spherical with

wheel.

greatest
the

the

or

bushing

bucket

the

will

made

carefully

shaft.

fits into

buckets

all

this

turned

truing

casting

while

up

hole

be
The

"

the

for

may

ezliauBt

the

the

between

reason

in

use

of

size

be

must

; the

tlie

hub

14-inch

shape

The

these

amateur

models.

true

run

projection

the

hub

web

of

; it is therefore

abowlmg

trued

buckets,

to

of

construction

wheel

wheel

of that
is

bushing

not

of

with
the

fit into

140.

wheel

fit the

and

Fig.

small

the

ream

arbor

an

the

formed

will

and

the

wheel

requires forty-

perfect balance.

turbine,

the

circumference

solid

of

in

is too

Tlie

"

the

being spoked

^itrun

135

Flg.

the

with

surface

model

the

design

in detail

casting of the turbine

rough

to

of

entire

make

to

The

is made

201

completed,

around

shows

wheel

the

when

arranged

rim, instead

being that

and

balance.

Fig. 140
This

wheel.
hub

perfect

Turbine

Steam

The

ing
form-

difficulty that

construction

of

the

Model

202

To

make
of

pieces

steel

length.
holes

141.

The

punch

the

of

with

this up

tool

necessary

to

clear

teeth

the

work.

the

cutter

the

proper

refuse

fastened

in

die

for

the

buckets

This

gauge.

of the

^^

soft
it

above

pieces together,

sheet

of

141, and
make

brass

will

be

only requires
it into

on

in

buckets,

with
brass
the

On

found
to have

bucket

of

brass

in

in
can

of

to
the
one

be
and

punch

of

which

about

No.

pieces considerably
inch

one

say

^^die^'

the

and

to

This

material

into

from

is cut

inserted

soft

and

fill up

and

The

cut

often

will

forms

tool,

away

141.

the

this

is turned

This

be

and

steel

Fig.

can

rounded

depression

cutter

follow

in

cut

grooves

same

This

work

material

With

and

using

the

the

rivet.

transfer

firmly.

together

the

the

tools

pieces of

punch

squeeze

to

of

to

size.

filed

be

%-inch

should

size

forming

the

of

be

the

hole

end

the

When

buckets.

should

the

larger than

three

made

are

and

it from

shown

the

up

from

shown.

as

can

When

24

center

small

depth

mill

teeth

of

end

Fig.

inch

No.

same

done, the

position by

forming

the

particles of

piece

in

and

up

about

tempered.

pieces of steel, as

of the

Drill

14-

shown

pieces %4

in

drill two

together, drill into the

to

work.

to

the

as

squared

i/^-inchsteel

is not

depth,

form

^ ^

drill

remove

of the

If this

the

the

the

The

form.

it will be

one

of

cutting

of

and

Place

be

end

hardened

26

must

one

piece

and
as

two

2 inches

about

end,

one

near

drill

ball

from

then

same

and

pieces join.

two

spherical

on

%-inch

with

be made
to

ends

inch, using

inches

pieces firmly clamped

two

hole

the

the

pieces together

guide pins

made

buckets, take

forming

1^

two

opposite

mark

depth

the

for

where

edge

inch

Clamp

inch

for

tool

the

Engineering

below

position

on

square.

and
it.

lay

Place

guide pins, and, holding the

them

to

relieving
in

the

the

form

the

flat

the

proper

larger vise

and

the

pressure,

shown

in

part trimmed
shape

Fig.
away

for

this

model.
After

the

required

number

have

beeen

formed

up,

one

Model

of

them

size
as

should

and
a

form

shown

in

with

which

to

of the
the

be

can

rests

"and

turbine

center

cut

136

Fig.

the

equally well.
After the

away

Tbe

"

for

the

be

made

must
or

is very

work

the

to

Most

easy.

necessity of marking

be

angles
cut

are

they
on

off

marked

to the

of the

wheel

must

be

level

surface

slots

have

metal

of

and

soldered

been
the

cut

bucket

pieces of sheet

brass

hack

wheel

amateurs

will

the

in

and

will

not
be

hack
fiU
cut

buckets
saw,

the

set

at

right

the

slots

trimmed,
wheel

place.

that
at

and

should

thickness

in

the

dividers

the

In

the

has

one

under

and

in

it up.
and

be

After

Place

If

held

used.

position.
the

shape,

plain milling,

saw

formed

with

can

the

is

position

divisions

buckets

set

in

with

The

when

latter

rim.

for

saw.

rim

inlet

arranged

divisions

bucket
the

The

required

in the

to

This

of

buckets

the

cross

out

the

side

Bteam

the

carefully and

very

rim

in the

off the

with

slots

the

cutting

lathe

bucket.

line.

tbe

keeps

is turned

the

where

straight

s"owing

The

turned

either

on

and

buckets

milling machine

one

used

be

can

rim

of

the

to

cut

others.

shown

as

turbine,

wheel

this

the

bottom

on

construction

easier

slots

the

as

and

out

the

out
shows

projections,

two

the

mark

modified

somewhat

203

Fig. 140, and

wheel

shape

same

on

carefully laid

very

shape

gauge

section

be

Turbine

Steam

case,

the

flat
If

the

of

the

small

front

of

Model

204

When

bucket.

the

of

piece

iron

wire

around

being

be

on

direct

is

that

are

being

of the

Before

placed, in

be

until

finished.

in

from

to

piece

thickness.

This

is held

which

face

the
In

until
wheel

and

flat

down

on

tops of the
of

and

wheel

carefully

wheel

taking

should

stand

Should

the

of

the

in
wheel

it will

small

holes

The

When

be
in

casing

to

necessary

the
of

rim
the

of

the

turbine

ends

the

shaft

in

the

consists

The
and

the

pointed

tool
in

of

the

shaft

to

and

wheel

centers,

are

they

placed.

are

that

opposite

heavier

ing
solder-

no

wheel

they

it

the

over

the

indicate

balance

all

put

between
which

lay the

lathe

very

the

revolve, it would
than

the

should

lightly

position

is heavier

wheel

case,

any

then

necessary.

in

using

This

cuts.

supported

be

mounted

down

ring eveftly

the

ring will

sharp

them

carefully done,

all over,

shown.

and

complete

again

is

wood

inch.

%6
use

on,

is

fastened

or

Turn

cuts.

the
tirely
en-

of

sufficientlytb drop

If this
the

buckets,

of

Vie inch

block

of

ends

are

about

chuck,

be

buckets

the

forced

be

Lastly, turn

dimensions

the

light

expand

light

buckets

on

the

surface, heat

turned

perfect balance.

of

tops

flat

to

size

width

almost

are

very

to

can

buckets

the

to the

tubing

lathe

up

very

buckets.

shaft

and

take

it will

and

around,

trued

should
The

and

placed

of the

jaws
the

ring

be

inside

shaft.

ring surrounding

should

down

down

brass

tops

them.

the

on

wheel

3-inch

plate, and

tool

the

of

in the

turning

pointed

flat

The

smiths
tin-

of the

surround

turned
the

can

their

off, the wheel

should

bearings, however,

with

while

diameter

turned

position

not

flame

done

buckets

is to

permanent

shaft

made

the

nearly the

are

them

large quantity of solder.

which

ring
buckets

the

use

be

can

wrap

hold

to

soldering,

it

or

place,

ends

outer

In

is to lock

off to

flat brass

of the

not

required
turned

the

wheel,

Do

copper.

all in

are

soldered.

the

'

All

buckets

the

securely while
used

Engineering

one

side.

In

by drilling a

side
this
few

side.
of

piece

of

31^-

Model

inch

brass

Into

each

should

end

be

of this

forced

its inside

on

side

the
of

the

base, and

the

drill

on

the

The
the

turbine

of the

of

holding

is turned

fit the

to

bearing

bored

done

one

at

This
aU

is

absolutely

up"

^4ine

by starting

for

in the

repeated
a

diameter

been

has

slide

rest

14-inch

put

bearing

the

cutting
in

would

use

and

the
be

must

turbed
dis-

be

finished.

hole

true

up

while

the

the
run

boring

tool

hole, taking

required size, then

through

to

finish
left

made

inch, and

%6

small

be

probability

all

the

be

off ;

parts shall

not

drill, say

through,

should

the

should

to

head

are

it

completed.

smaller

lathe

pose
pur-

for

not

operations

it is almost

reamer

the

of the

until

cuts

of

the

hole

the

with

Start

that

when

is

work

the

with

turned

must

^^

steam

while

chuck

that

terial
ma-

the

operations

in order

i/4-inch drill and

revolves, for

crooked.

run

when

is for

the

castings

all these

necessary

1/4-inch hole

The

work

until

chuck

^ ^

made

surface

these

from
of

14-inch hole

the

setting; i.e.,the

in the

in

inside

; the

be

This

piece.

made

the

on

should

pattern

All

through.

the

drilled,

waste

head

the

finished, and

reservoir

oil

For

tubing

hole
of

are

be

cannot

casting firmly

the

formed

be

side

feet

the

considerable

chuck

in

casing

J, the

for

hub

Where

corresponding
the

of

end

together.

the

work.

fit the

one

will

hole

the

upper

pipe.

through

holes

without

extra

straight

the

for

To

The

on

exhaust

cut

soldered

are

pattern

same

and
four

the

heads

two

base.

the

out

after

and
side

of

is cast

boss

elongated

an

inch.

carefully filed,to

to fit the

out

lel,
paral-

up

base.

the

or

tubing.

marked

pieces

two

out,

curve

tubing, and
the

is turned

through,

comes

be

is attached

tightly fit

trued

be

tubing

The
to

tubing ^Vie

the

tube

the

turned

should

ends

of

is drilled

top

should

Both

this

of

curve

mandrel

wood

length

part of the base

outer

Fig. 134.

in

is fitted.

head

205

thick, shown

inch

Ke

tubing

diameter.

leaving
lower

about

tubing

Turbine

Steam

it.
trifle

The

outside

larger

than

Model

206

the

3%-inch

the

finished

tubing,

it will

as

cutting

groove

for

washer

is

washer

has

been

placed

in

the

the

heads

drilled

as

will

held

and

137

Fig.

extra

squared

of

reservoir,

They

be

should
with

to

these

The

section

bearing
of

the

piece of brass
made,

one

for

be

4-36

is

same

rod
each

is
can

model

clearly

be

drain

used.

bearing.

In

in

of

into

chuck

Two
addition

rotor

the

end
oil

the

oil,

drill

and

be

can

used

operation.

at

For

the

reservoir.

twist

is in

the

supplying

screws

of

ing
finish-

the

the

42

shown

J.

at

seen

After

and

of

Machine

the

holes

screw

drilled

No.

be

not

L, Fig. 139,

away

be

to
a

must

construction

cut

This

flange while

the

purpose

with

when

sleeve

is

used

tap.

this

the

tbe

the

out

Fig. 140.

later.

of

to

the

turn

reversed

showing

are

drilled

holes

be

can

piece

for

to

No.

it

holes

below

and

explained

apart,

above,

one

tapped
stop

of

appearance

bearing,

the

surface

chuck

Two

one

be

in

place, but

aperture

head,

taken

the

up.

the

the

shown

in

inside

the

turbine

part

and

of the

by

Tlie

"

to

reservoirs,

oiling ring for

the

inside

oil

soldered

be

to

the

out

brass

the

until

the

add

model.

"When

done

Engineering

L, and
this

pieces
to

cross

purpose,
are

the

to

be

length

Model

required for
sufficient

which

drill

in

turn

down

with

small

two.

and

the

burr.

oil

The

the

surface.

in which

manner

is laid

hole

It should

on

on

be

above

the

center

punch.

metal, shown

hole

of

is to prevent

the

when

it is started.

on

the

the

outer

finished

center

or

drill.

the

The

hole

is next

inch

in

head
the

reamed

at

of the
that

This

out

portion

of the

just
off to

point

side

the

be

made

to

bring

turbine

point of

the

hole

held

No.

60

twist

with

taper

hole

where

the

drilled.

carefully

Use

a-

outside.

the

be

The

with

one

should

with

inch

piece of

small

on

J.

at

^%6

point

the
a

the

shows

and

carefully

head.

tion
sec-

shown

as

and

drill.

drill
outer

position

mark

must

the

on

with,

angle

is to

horizontal

proper

placed

the

break

inside

diameter

is

lathe

the

remove

of

mark

punch

saw,

surface

running

proper

hack

inner

soldered

lug at the

The

be

done,

punch

center

will

the

been

be

center

weight

from

head

drill from

its

reamer

He

of

of the

has

L.

should

The

this

the

nozzle

lug.

Mark

the

the

is

head.-

the

at

the

the

drilling the hole,

When
up

hole

Against

wheel.
back

of

end

with

is drilled.

N, should

This

cast

this

line

When
at

lug

vertical

direct

or

head

this

place by

piece gf tubing.

on

of the

inside

the

center

to

N.

center

the

out

and

the

inserted

der
shoul-

the

and

file

of

center

the

degrees

at

in

from

in

nozzle

in

is held

operation

line of the

through

cut

be

after

Next

up

square

with

cut

made

be

can

shown

as

be

can

start

reamer.

shown

as

and

of

boring tool

small

with

bearing

end

the

tool

extra

required,

very

and

the

center

of

off

cut

When

hole

finished

again

steam

The

head

the

screws

angle of twenty

an-

with

important

next

ream

up

i/4 inch

be

pointed

sharp
of

ring

ring

jaw,

size

must

reamer

The

and

oil

the

chuck

The

adjusting

for

groove

end.

outer

chuck.

the

to

207

should

pieces

the

and

rest

outside

the

of the

the

than

slide

the

in

is trued

hole

the

held

at

in

gripped

smaller

hold

to

revolving piece

the

the

bearing,

length

is

length

the

Turbine

Steam

should
it emerges

be

Model

208

into

the

outside

the

The

the

other

be

head

done

one

The

projection

of

head

is to be used

in the

inside

done

It

rest.

be

can

of the

calipers

bent

The
be

must

the

the

flange

piece of
outside

The
and

the

size.

The

small
and

through
aid

will
when

hole

should

first be

size

of

diameter
for

is

stuffing box
for

the

can
screws

will
be

of

is that

set

hold
into

marked

the

be

outboard
attach

inserted, and

place and

the

on

the

head.

small

later.

drill

The

exact
reason

of

bearing
the

to

this

position

than

boring

the

in the

until
of the

the

the

casing,

hole

alignment

When

parts

described

wheel.

in

put
this

the

fit it to

and

shaft

the

of

smaller

which

to

proper

be

next

up

be
a

turbine

ready

can

will

hole

the

when

and

shaft

and

the

up

shaft

completed

wheel

bearing

true

lining
with

off true

the

to

tionary.
sta-

carefully, as

very

after

for,

turned

should

drilled

if

to
volving
re-

than

shaft

be

over

pass

out

by

will

tendency

ease

flange

rest, for if

at

is next

as

slide

the

of work

piece

bored

final

be

can

of the

calipers

done

assembled,

called

the

this

doing

shaft

to

the

ameter
di-

same

pair of calipers

it stands

head

the

the

is

is used

tool

in

the

greater

be

should

model

finished

the

the

this

of

the

gland
for

hole

the

post

by using

while

of the

the

materially

the

The

for

recess

head.

of

with

surface

opposite

to

tool

revolving,

work

head

in

the

the

of the

This

large, as

too

of

firmly grasped

the

as

down

gauging

is

is

diameter

size

chuck.

the

inside

finishing diameter

done

work

This

turning^

the
in

the

on

outer

size

the

to

3i^-inch tubing.

tool

to fit the

All

casting

turned

for

entrance

work.

the

same

of the

gauged

when

leave

the

is next

head.

other

The

the
shown.

as

piece.

chuck

to

of

from

counterbored

and

stuffing box

inside

the

setting them

done

less

as

down

by using

the

requires
setting

flange

as

and

off

jaws of the chuck.

is first turned
The

beveled

the

be

can

pipe,

steam

pipe

at

can

end

outer

to fit the

from

nozzle

The

casing.

Engineering

the
holes

outboard

Model

bearing
be

been

has

enlarged

packing

The
an

stuffing box
than

larger

and

in

head.

the

this

should

the

of

be

Two

drilled

clearance

in

off

finishing is required

No

the

and

flange
drilled

inside

the

on

in

inch

Ha

least

at

marked

correspond

to

be

require

not

sliding fit

shaft.

should

screws

will

be

it.

touch

not

and

should

hole

should

of

head.
The

the
off

heads

two

six

Drill

these

When

all

holes
six

heads

enter

mark

and

the

using

hold

42

oil reservoirs

in

them

the

stuffing

turned

the

head

punch.

twist

drill.

flanges of

position
box

in the

for

Lay

center

No.

of

flange

with

them

of

projection

the

of

drilled

together.

drilled, place the

are

together

off and

casing

the

edge

through,

holes

The

clamp.

the

J, and

marked

hold

to

around

points

be

now

are

described

two

can

which

screws

first

will

2-56

at

It

diameter

holes

tapped

the

and

the

No.

for

holes

is shown

gland

will

shaft

the

explanation.

extended

the

that

so

209

stuffing box

in the

fitted,the hole

little

Turbine

Steam

on

with

one

other

tlie

head.

head
With
.

the

heads

guide
This
drill.
manner,

securely

for
must

Mark

the

driU

not

go

the

after

held

together,

and

start

deeper
other

which

than

two

one

hole

the

five holes
the

use

of

in

the

bevel
in

heads

the

the

of

other

the

head
can

holes

in
be

as

head.

lip of the
the

same

separated.

Model

holes

The
32

drill, this being

twist

The

screw.

After

The

in

casing

shaft

in

the

outboard

chuck

and

to

of

hub
for

size it from

hole

so

next

be

can

the,head

J.

wheel

and

in

be

removed

screws

feet

must

for

the

onto

casings

transferred
head

and

tapped.

be

enlarged,

the

to

must

as

in

and

the

position

the

little depression
like

be

placed

off while

The

the

the

not

pointed

tool

for

holes

now

can

projecting from
of

the

screw

and

the

holes

can

next

are

bearing

ing
be-

sleeve

biBaring

screws

side.
inthe

piece

clearance

The

shaft

size

must

faced

and

the

same

the

been

work.

feet.

the

the
holes

casing.
be

now

removed

in the

next

back
and

mentioned,

should

has

with

the

in

washer,

adjusting

the
of

and

out

be

which

that

see

at L.

shown

ring

chuck

two

end

hole

The

the

bearing,

cuts

loosen
the

placed

are

wheel

oil

tapped, after

and

slipped

the

by

entirely through

The

other

to

center

hole

bored

the

head

project equally. With

washer.

to

from

holes

The

J, put

bearings

of the

not

rest

of

feet

the

lathe

the
slide

jaws

the
that

so

rest, mark

chuck, light

as

hub

the

feet

the

at

the

one

made

'assembled

worm

in

in the

tool

is next

for

casting is in the

The

held

be

casting, and, using

of the

bottom

The

be

the

Rotate

slide

the

/into place until

soldered

the

that

the

one

corresponding

drilled

No.

are

washer

the

with

rest.

so

oil reservoir

fitted.

No.

drill

in

of

end

the

made

then

for

42

No.

with

oil reservoir

should

with

in

tool

used

The

the

assembled

slide

the

is chucked

revolving
as

be

outer

measure

centering

drill

the

by

piece

the

hole

the

bearing

toward

project
hand

clearance

drilled,

are

then

can

through

with

form

to

drilled

place.

The

place

211

tap.

holes

these

soldered

4-36

No.

drilled

holes

with

tapped

be

should

marked

Turbine

Steam

be

of the
the

placed

head
on

drilled

stuffingbox

can

replaced.

The

the

shaft

in

the

Model

Engineering

Model

set

in

shown

position

drilled

screw

The

centering

casting is held
drill

careful

that

wood
the

drill

Fig.

141

"

should

The

center.

or

device

^Forming

the

and

mandrel
of
either

bearing

the

be

would

filed

shaft, after
The
a

pin

These
the

which

gear
or

positions

and

two

screw

are

of the

the

back

the

of hard

injury

to

with

of

the

reamed

rotor

holes

in

holes

to

back

are

to

are

on

side
out-

where

this
the

hole

on

with

flange
for

the

drilled.

fastened

position

do
of

the

are

the

portion

necessary

The

^-inch

finished

and

that

over

on

desired,

down

held in place

screw

prevent

If

parallel

placed

then

be

shaft

and

and

screw

parts

flat

wheel

piece

placed

up.

turned.

be

up

be

can

turned

it will

it cannot

file,as

it

is desired

If finish

end.

Be

turbine

be

can

of

on

The

inch.

end

used

the

lathe.

14

be

buckets

squared

flange is attached

the
a

ends

the

to

then

can

brass

which

after

reamer,

the

interposed

steam

14-inch

touch

hole

for

than

by

when

of the

smaller

worm.

finished

hole

the

small

very

of the

nearly through,

be

is best

center

not

is

hole

end

one

shaft

back

does

by

drilling

trifle

drill

the

metal

or

be

the

When

center.

the

against

should

used

into

and

213

secured

driving

the
ends

both

at

and

tapped

for

bearing

140

Fig.

and

Turbine

Steam

in
the

located.

together
the

bearing.

casing
The

by

until

points

Model

214

of

the

the

on

If
to

the

fit

under
be

these

parts

shown

on

made

prefer
have

metal

all

of

the

driving

shaft.

give

piece

of

apparatus

that

This

is

it

is
be

must

speed

required

the

are

wheel

driving

No

to

there

'round"

go

shown.

size

proper
or

wheels

cover

but

gearing,

the

formed

and

lubrication

tom''
bot-

contact.

be

can

pan

**

to

sufficient

oil

the

**see

allowed

have

for

been

not

model

whatever

sheet

to

end

the

should

enclose

be

not

they

wheel

gear

the

of

small

to

who

many

yet

the
made

should

gear

worm,

desired,

could
so

of

teeth

Engineering

to

required

to

drive.

When
turbine
head

containing

the

in

screws

screw

the

up

until

when

casing
these
the

sleeve

half

sleeves

the
to

this
be

the

convenient.

the

the

shoulder
forced

exceed
steam

play

turn

on

inch.
as

bearing

the

Be

tight,

too

A
near

the

tighten

shaft.

the

endwise

pipe

Then

until

up

%4

of

carefully

and

and

side

side

hand.

by

of

'

haps
Per-

bearing

the

side

steam"

'

steam

the

loosen

to

outboard

against

little

not

on

in

revolved

not

should

placed

^*

are

have

the

revolution

the

against

preferable

should

is

shaft

on

screws

that

rubs

it.

is

adjustment

screws

wheel

back

comes

though

adjusting

to

touching

of

the

made,

possible

as

without

this

is

parts

close

sleeve

bearing

the

the

as

but

make

to

way

the

screws

up

nozzle,

turbine

the

just

run

the

easier

of

adjustment

should

wheel

the

as

final

the

as

the

stop
the

ful
care-

it

is

shaft,
cock
model

AND

DESIGN

design

Boiler

"

these

evaporative

of

for

others

pot

tt

Fig.

the

as

flash

the

work

to

following

paragraphs
types

common

will

aid

greatly

First,

few

of
in

words

convection

w^ould
be

not

than

in

use

vertical

model

be

type

which

he

and

of

and

designing

regard
215

with

is

use

it.

of

the

the

efficiency

most

The
more

information

constructing
to

maker

that
to

few

times,

many

model

boiler

wishes

boiler

pot

conveniently

as

yet,

The

describe

together

in

currents

work.

the

will

employed

certain

in

for

of

boilers

of

n.n

path

for

Some

adaptable

example,

an

successful

choose

be

standpoint

the

more

As

as

boiler

adaptable

"

may

engines

from

are

in

therefore

should

some

could

boiler

pot

"

boilers

designs.

others

purpose.

the

boiler

flash

the

than

be

I t

142A-^-Sliowing

boat

speed

as

currents

Marine

"

steam

Pi n.n

H- pf n

Convection

"

different

and

not

BOILERS

boilers

model

several

power

would

power

WaUer-tube

"

drive

to

MODEL

Super-heaters.

"

specific

boiler

boilers

efficient

more

are

^Evaporative

"

to

according

made

OF

Pot

boilers

Small

CONSTBUCTION

boilers

model

Eiveting

XVII

boilers

model

of

Efficiency

CHAPTER

that

them.
of

boilers

216

Model

in

general.

Boiler

things,

efficiency depends

and

power

such

this, in turn,

the

as

Engineering

depends

heating surface,

the

upon

orative
evap-

several

upon

the

of

source

heat

and

the

any

boiler, whether

of

design

nunber

of

steam

during

the

model

cubic

be

of
of

made

The

minute,

one

to the

as

size of the

the

boilers

minute.

per

water

per

with

tube

will

per

30

efficiency of
has

size.

comparatively

^*

tube

Water

When
set up

are

the

movement

within

boilers

the

currents.

surface
in

small

to

water
''

which

pot boiler

of

when

square

heating

to

heating surface
much

in

and
These
the
is shown

more

the

heat
in

inch

fact

is

of
low
it

that

in ratio

to

its

efficient.

currents

currents

boiler

The

vessel, violent
such

inch

surface.

surface.

is due

of

compared

as

inch

cubic

Such

of

are

cubic

lamp.

much

pot

diameter)

heating

low

boiler

Model

in

about

as

boiler

is heated

water

convection

from

ordinary

an

of

out

blow

inches

square

very

with

water-tnbe

inches

3
to

driving.

inches

considered

evaporate

or

of

figures

square

fired

boiler

consume

water

60

every

in

currents

than
This

efficiency is

This

hc/it

long by

more

and

"^1,

convection

of

inches

evaporate

water

path

boiler

"^

engine it is capable

(about

cannot

of

the

Showing

"

culations
this, cal-

of the

power

into

changes
from

and

the

by

or

Souec"

it

of

power

is measured

that

water

"

;f~"

Fig. 142B

evaporative

large,

or

inches

period

may

boiler.

tend

currents
are

to

applied.

Fig. 142A.

called
move

Their

The

is

Construction

and

Design
motion

and

large factor

The

circulation
boiler

The

faster

the

ordinary pot

boiler

in its tubes

maximum

and

has

transmission

of

the

and

these
from

heat

the

desired.

known

as

efficiencythan
currents

fire

are

permit

currents
the

CCNTRt

sidered.
con-

better

type

convection

because

shown

as

the

greater

is

this is to be

is

142B

217

currents

boiler

move,

be, and

Fig.

boiler

convection

these

currents

will

in

water-tube

up

these

Boilers

Model

efficiencyof

the

water

shown

the

set

rapidity of
when

of the

of

flame

or

to

FUJt

SOLID

"*"

Oe^^WN

COPPCE^'
65

LB5

PRESSURE.

DOOR

Fig.

the

143

For

water.

have

Fig.

of

boiler

not

boiler, however,
maker

as

made

boiler

IRON

of

boilers

"ASE

drawn

tube

copper

embodying

greater efficiencyand

this

evaporate

resembles
much

from

the

pot boiler

greater.

if followed

it embodies

single-flue type

the

as

valuable

much

COST

made

this reason,

known,

efficiencyis

boiler

B"qR5

ciple
prin-

power

ordinary design.

This

143.

8ingle-flae

much

those

than

^A

"

FIRE

The

is shown

and,

in

knowledge
all the

standpoint

in

good
of

fact, its
of

construction

carefully, will give

practical
features

design.

the

this

model

boiler
of

in

struction,
con-

well-

Model

218

boiler

The

suitable

most

of

steel.

or

per

size

small

may

Of

three

the

for

thickness

the

of

have

in its construction.

proper

factor

of

larger types it is

metal

will

procedure
should

ployed,
em-

are

what

matter

no

sary
neces-

l^/i times

of at least

rivets

The

rivets

When

plate,
This

safety.

joints

give
be

not

the

placed

CNGlNt

Fig.

farther

any

boiler

144

hold

For

many

cases,

model

the
which
are

may

very

Brass

and

When
care

it

as

withstand

also

in

they

gives

small

employ

obtained

on

will

tubes

to

the
stand

of this

tubing

will have

very

be

is used

up

boiler

exercised

can

the
in

is
be
will

rupture.

is to

be

made,

tube,

copper

market.
under

to

and

without

nature
for

is

seam

solid drawn
open

solder

the

soldering

steam-tight

when

When

generally

are

until

place

pressure

strong and
metal

soldered,
seam

boiler

their diameter.

times

boilers, silver

can

steel

marine

considerable

maker
be

four

the

small

recommended,

water-tube

simple

silver

are

first to

applied.

^A

"

apart than

joints

riveted

In

and

diameter

boiler

the

the

seams

the

boilers

In

in the

by far

construction.

together.

parts

brass, cop-

is

copper

pressures,

is used

TO

metals,

soldered, but

they should
the

low

of either

made

boiler

model

and

rivet

to

be

proper

for

silver

be

may

Engineering

Such

tubes

great pressure.'
also

be

used.

ble
boiler, considera-

putting

in

the

end

pieces
the

of

steam

several
with
will

steam

fit into

after

of

methods

place, it

ordinary

can

of

end

solder

be

TO

M^LVC-

employed,

In

soldered.

silver

be

fit

and,

no

case

this substance

when

as

which

cut

driving

are

boilers

In

be

can

with

tube

the

can

disc

metal

to

There

in.

pieces

end

the

pressure,

the

it is in

putting

itself.

tubing

219

succumb

to

apt

more

are

the

than

pressure

low

these

boiler, as

the

Boilers

of ^Model

Construction

and

Design

CNGiNt

IRON

5HtCT
UNdD

WITH

A5BCSTOS

145"

Fig.

is

If

concentrically
providing
the

or

this

boiler

are

constructed.

to

the

is shown
boiler

Now
has

been

that

and

the

flanged

end

The
end

brief

of

plate

plate

In
be

or

many

welded

to

low
fol-

riveted

to

the

of

a
a

disc

and

larger type

flanged

strip

end

is riveted

against

in boiler
of

of the

elaborate

an

ordinary

rests

description

part

able

for

ring

rod

projecting

may

is not

substitute

general procedure

outlined,

use

the

brass

pieces.

boilers

when

150.
the

than

fix
ends

boiler

the

maker

good

Fig.

tube
the

of

great

any

will bear

model

is advisable

in

to

end

the

on

effective

more

procedure

plate

average

practice.

this

which

nut

reduced

put in place in

are

practice

this necessitates

as

is much

joints

and

the

equipment

with

is exerted

seams

brazed, but

good

is

withstand

to

coil

super-heater

strength

boilers

the

boiler, leaving the

the

them

which

pressure
cases,

in

tensile
unable

of

it is very

manner,

and

its

ends

the

with

equipped

it is therefore

and

pressure.
this

boiler

appreciably

heated

greatly

water-tube

this.

construction

several

suitable

Mofiel

220

of

types

model

in

shown

practice is
boiler

it sets
as

is

found

to

be

the

semi-flash

actual

its evaporating
boiler.

flash

type and

of

center

of

that

as

one

in

and

type

especially adapted

help keep

The

given.

well, although

very

great

as

it is

low

it would

steam

will

marine

the

is of the

shown

very

of

is not

power

The

engines

steam

Fig. 155

Engineering

that

being

to model

steamers

this

and

gravity low,

engine:

TO

CHECK

FLnME

TORCH

adds

to

146

the

stabilityof

"

boiler

water-tube

Fig.

craft.

any

of

the

fire box

is in the

shape

the

boiler.

Running

through

to

each

of

the

other,

six

are

torch

these

boiler

coils

them.

The

fire tube

is less

affected

large steel

tube

substantial

long

and

One
which
over

end

when

The

as

of

back

be

in

shown
the

tubes

tubes

steel
in

of the

the

put

place.

in

detail

fire box
A

which

is
small

boiler, which

are

this

as

oxide
in

the

make

placed
To
be

cut

ends

the

drawing

of

provided

with

also

to

metal

brass

should

hood

through

applied

solder.

place

flame

the

is

and

copper

job, the water

right angles

at

heat

that

through

runs

of steel

made

silver

are

noticed

circulates

when

water

means

box,

upon

of

by

they

is riveted
the

should

be

which

Water

by heat, whereas

more

flanged

tubes

water

continuously

rapidly.

more

It will

fire

the

waterback

cast

tube

impinges.

blow

much

with

may

the
a

be

boiler.
funnel

extends

protects the flame

little

out
from

and

Design

air currents.

external
a

safety

also

valve

the

Fig.

pressure

and

flow

shows

made

for

flange

back
the

the

is

ring

provided

drawing.

into

The

holes

these

and

j-"-"!^
"

tube
six

construction
to have
is

drilled

this

ing
cast-

The

with

water-

shoAvn

as

and

point

in

screwed
bottom

the

to

it
the

provided

threaded

are

from

run

,top

than

is riveted.

holes

tubes

water

the

on

although

type,

ring, which

with

with

glass should

placed

It is necessary

boiler

the

221

provided

water

suitable

waterback

which

to

be

valve

difficulties in actual

more

Boilers

engine.

yery

previously described.

one

the

the

to

should

gauge.

back

steam

146

presents

and

of Model

boiler

The

fitted to the

be

check

to

Construction

dome:

TT
I

II

ENGINE

TO

Fig.

of the

hole

5UPEI2-HE/=ITE.R

147

the

the

of

same*position
holes

inserted
This

solid
about

that

the
in

in them

and

will

builder

particular shape.
drawn

copper

2 inches.

The

The

tubing
copper

the

silver

are

be

construction
to

bend

boiler
with

the
proper

an

boiler

of

can

tube

the

bent

the

to

After

the

tubes

are

into

is very

internal
tubes

bottom

water

water

tom
botA

in.

soldered

the

figure.

as

is then
will

manner,

the

have

rod

the

size

same

tubes

they

not

the

in

loop

in

them

clearly in the

the

water

of

super-heater

fastening

rod

and

this

particular part

the

any

hole

is first drilled

steel

this

treated

are

with

very

tube

then

in

of

is shown
the

PIPE!

provided

method

boiler

and

is inserted

boiler

marine

The

size

boiler

the

^A

"

boiler.

of

as

place.
simple,

tubes
be

into

made

diameter

should

have

of
of
a

Model

222

thickness

of about

factor

safety.

The

of

can

be

at

least

from

cut

steam

inch

to

will

give

plate of the
it should

and

its

ring

thickness

of

when

bulging

maximum

high

very

waterback

have

it from

prevent

reaches

pressure

this

and

back

steel

inch

%6

Engineering

value.

The

the

back

RIVET

Fig.

148

^A

"

waterback

for
tube

plate

screwed

is

iron

casing
Russian

and

to

carry

by

the

iron

The
of

feed
the

funnel

away

the

be

heat

is fixed

pipe

for
and

to

the
this

The

into

and

boiler

by

sian
Rus-

top of the

that

of

whole

from*

the

to

inside

its inner

pipe

the

The

shape

gases

insulated

engine

how

casting.

is riveted

fumes

fire.

or

should

boiler

waterback

casing bent

showing

place

in

riveted

small

torch

asbestos, which

end

in

is enclosed

boiler

is

the

to

boiler,

water-tube

this

are

casing
of

means

erated
gen-

of

sheet

surface.

is attached
should

be

to

the

provided

free
with

valve.

should

and

good

differs

and

Fig.

vided

from

"

same

bend

also

drawing

them

boiler

boiler.

of the

223

gauge

pressure

culation
cir-

The

of boiler

is very

where

steamer,

great

device.

on

to

so

to

before

the

make

they will

put these
end

boiler

tubes

these
a

in

pieces

as

can

provided

shown

in

tubes

uniform.
in

the

soldered

the
are

form

wooden

place
are

148

proper

water

small

all be

Fig.

it is

and

inserted
that

in

type

it is pro-

that

shown

manner

and

Being

that

in

The

coil.

it is well

conventional

waterback

the

of

bent

is

described

ordinary

tubes

shape

145

Fig.

others

in the

of the

advisable

the

model

super-heater

five water

the

steam

particular type

in

the

Another

with

drawing

of

149

plate

ordinary

shown

constructed

with

to

the

boiler

The

in this

Boilers

sought, this boiler is recommended.

is not

speed

be

for

back

the

to

of water

and

glass

water

affixed

be

of Model

Construction

and

Design

It

is

bottom
in

and

Model

224

after
into

the

in the

silver

possible

to

through

the

shown

be

of

bottom

the

both

pn

been

joint

the

the

steel

or

copper

in diameter

view

rear

for

/^

and

with

use

It will

where

tubes

boiler

arranged

are

boiler.

tubes

The

be

about

can

inch

%6

dimensions

of the

pass

ing
outside, insur-

The

the

be

then

tubes

the

and

they should

shown.

ovne

docc

eiMp

of

soldered

and

inside

steam-tight joint.

in

wound

boiler.

of the

solder

boiler

good,

as

coil has

super-heater

position

Engineering

^i^cccccc^co^cccc"^N^^^^^c^^c^
.^Avc"^^^^^^l

eiNG

eivtT

ELNO

Fig.

150

"

^A very

fire box

The
with

the

same

This

provided

asbestos

to

of

plates

end

Eussian

with

place

in

iron

funnel

is not

made

according

metal

in

of

but

as

weight

Eussian

to
one

the

this
made

not

lined
at

the

and

The

casing

shown.

outline

will

square

is effected.

boiler

shown

A
not

as

the

is enclosed
sheet

this

boiler
have

in

with

linedwith
of

is

arranged

efficient

iron

shape

boiler

provided
as

entire

are

boiler

the

on

The

it insulated.

keep

square,

in

those

is therefore

from

in this

tubes

water
as

of

particular type

mentioned.

is not

it

this

The

coil and

casing made

saving

and

boiler, however,

previously
a

is made

manner

super-heater
in

boiler

fastening

boiler

of

144.

Fig.

145.

Fig.

of

end.

in

shown

one

the

modification

in

of

asbestos

sheet

forward

method

practical

PlECt

boiler

casing

as

and, therefore,

much
some

and

Design
boiler

The

in

illustrated
with

small

the

dome

on

box

and

leaves

in

front

the

than

this

arranged

are

at 45

"With
be

this

or,

the

vertically while

the

cross

exception,

the

other

like that

of

exhausted
outfit

sufficient

in

Fig.

153

the

loops

rather

water

The

of

for
reader

one.
a

at

The

of this

Fig.

beneath

and,

the
while

boiler

can

stands,

type, which
The

its water
it makes

the

boiler

in a'

race

that

coils
make

drum,

to

added

understand

ranged
ar-

155.

tube

run

are

right angles.

boiler.

satisfying
will

other

and

it

fire

tubes

five

remaining

pump

As

Three

Scott

steamer

the

engine.

modified

tubing

quickly,

presentable

in

little different

155.

features
in

flash

quick

very

is

Fig.

each

shown

combination

just

in

and

rather,
boiler

boiler

the

to

from

waterback

arranged

are

degrees

boiler

sort

of

Outing

"

casing

that

to

runs

tubes

water

225

it is provided

that

which

loop

the

of the

similar

exception

shown

constructed

The
is

boiler

in the

those

the

top through

Boilers

is very

super-heater

Fig. 161

tubes

147

Fig.

Fig. 155, with

the

in

shown

Model

of

Construction

or

this

is
the

holds
stration.
demon-

descrip-

Model

226

tion

is

supposed

The

diameter

loops
with

is

dram

and

and

best

of

construction

brass

drilled

of

the

will

assist

the

for
the
in

under

brass

tube

ing
punch-

center

position of each

in

inches

2*4

holes

by packing

which

the

tubing

The

long.

mandrel

drilling after

the

to

eulogy of its fine points.

length

are

wooden

be

to

SYa inches

tubes

or

pertain

to

than

boiler, rather

Engineering

hole

has

been

marked.
The

of

Fig.

162

"

reader

complete

work

to

easy

in

notice

that

with

bend

will

the

wood

insure

loops,

by

tbe

of

the

the

the

are

shown

type

trouble

in

soft

147

Fig.

enced
experiThe

loop-shape.
the

form

than

the

and

short

arms

thermo-syphon

in

will be

shorter

long

tubing

delightfully

so

required

loops

leg

of

shoe
horse-

other.

The

alternated
of the

circulation

cold.
a

sawing

jig

or

out

uniformity,

actually essential.

is

particular

to

one

the

bollsr

no

natural

through

water

This
not

for

provide

hard

that

automobile

copper

material

marine

placed with

are

To

of

This

it

will

loops

hot

standard

bending

magnets

to

of

are

i^-inch size.

the

and

loops

The

form
the
which

loops

should

profile
is at
are

be
with

least

constructed
a

jig

desirable

preferably

saw.

if

silver

Model

22S

soldered

into

torch

The

the

hea"i*

to

with

hoii^t.

the

tit

Flnallv

the

copper

tiie

oa

stad

lues

i* essential

if

di^ea

the

lene
gaso-

heat.
oi

are

tizht

TtL*

lirnm.

sapply

boCer

seenrp"i

boil"er

is to

over

span

the

Emgi^eTvig

is

They

"inia.
the

ri""TT-"-

joint

wioi

thei

are

entire

"i',"i"v

mail*?

edges

of

length

against

swore

^"""l"l""'"|ti*

and

mptare
should

be

taken

"sweated."

joint

and

ffax.

that

inside

wilder

of

piece

work

Care

soldering.

the

flows

boiler.

the

silver

that

sore

the

of

clean

earet'Til

make

to

Le_
the

to

by

leakage

is

joint

actaally
the

right through

The

proper

heat,

will

certify

good

this

to

eon^

dition.
From
and
as

of

the

nr."ss

nse

pipe

from

aleam

solvf:*

Flash

b'jil-rs

st'-ani

fnipivy*-"!.a-f

eoil

is i'ir''nlii*f-d and
boil-^F

f^rm.

The

ot

sciail

hnari^l
avera:ze

foand

it L*iindt;cts

in

to

and

wet

c"

whiL-h

rep'.a"-es r-n
bijil^rr consists

The

through
the

emrine.

fruin

a'-riLi!

unfit

it.

dry

it t.i
"ent

pip"" :hri"'iLr h

tlash

necessary.

tl'.e steam

passL;

that

safety valve
is

necessarily

*;i:t:r

d-SJ'ri'ii^d

pri-viiv^sly

is

tire Vf'.'re
are

the

snper-heater

may

as
prol-i'L^ni

of the

ti.'.se

This

mt'ons

h'itt-^st part

is taken

boiler

boiler

this

Sf^'Cie

the

the

pipe.

saper-hearer

l''"r

the

head

one

of

any

biiiler
the

is

water

r.ventional
of

eofl

and

Design
of either

steel

from

of

tubing in
it is

that
a

flash

feet

feet

should

to

much

be

to

The
made

with

do

boiler
of

is

steel,

on

that
the

vise

done,
of

form
the

tube

and

the

however,

for

annealing

so

that

for
other
An-

cylinder.
is

the

of

type

flttlugB

double

flash

does

acting,

not

oxidize
last

objection

to

The

with

is to

be.

this

as

has

the

steel

should

it will not

The

of

tubing

be

crack

or

be

may

inside

form
it.

put

copper

the

wooden

around

be

as

per
cop-

longer, although

use

of

should

rapidly

as

much

diameter

is bent

plant

steam

therefore

tube

maker

consumption.

steam

tube

the

wltb

with

boiler

flash

however,

or

model

the

double

or

boiler

single

this

will

marine

disadvantage.

wooden

as

serious

no

this

than

the

coils

tubing and
there

"

that

1 H.P.

approximately

design

single

cient
suffi-

be

furnished

and

above,

and

with

It is calculated

generate

considered,

it is

whether

to

to

power

engine

would

tubing

diameter

same

construct

Fig. 153

engine,

%6-inch

amount
the

upon

small

power.

engine, either

factor

"With

229

in diameter

The

tubing.

entirely

figures given

the

able

small

any

the

is sufficient

/on

be

of

Boilers.

3 inches

2 to

of

depends

maximum

tubing

heat

Working

it at

feet

deliver.

bore, 10

of

enough

boiler
to

to drive

30

8 to 30

required

%-inch

from

tubing

copper

or

containing

of Model

Construction

break

wound

sions
dimen-

is held

Before

through

other

this
a

while

in

is

process

being

Model

230

the

lathe,

and

the

One

end

valve

means

tube

The

wound.

the

tubing
of

and
of

the
the
which

Engineering

also

may

guided

end

other

it

is

the

on

coil

boiler

wound

should
is

connected

over

with

turned

being

lathe

be

with

with

to

the

water

slowly

other.

the
with

provided

provided

on

hand

one

mandrel
be

mandrel

coupling,
supply

check

by
pipe.

XVIII

CHAPTEE

MODEL

and

Design

construction

of

water

The
its

upon

valves,

et

boiler

and

of

will

of

fitting

maximum

with

boiler

than
will

valve
the

another.

boiler;

below

in

accurately

insure

to

its

normal

to

thought,

may

think
In

whatsoever.
maker
the

valve

bio

in

bear

must

plug

woff

the
"

needed,
very

Although

simple
this

larger

is

type
not

that

the

the

not

leak

Such

the

ure
press-

at

culties
diffi-

any

model

the

surface

interior

which

at

lower

is

valve

maker,

valves

the

or

it should
the

pressure

surface,

reached

not

present

safety

fact

determines

is

model

the

it does

the

regulated

functions,

"

some

certain

and

immediately

designing

mind

vice

and

valve

although

that

for

should

danger-point.

construct,

valves,
In

pressure

it

the

the

of

types

critical

position

beyond

boiler

model

designed

pressure

After

on

adaptable

more

the

this

least.

easy

very

valve

disadvantages.

properly

when

the

fallen

has

will

the

working

that

many

its

is

valve

off

to

return

of

the

or

in

leak

in

fitting

are

and

of

blow

^^weep'^

first

as

necessary

very

There

advantages

type

one

not

made

important

most

valve.

its

cases,

in

the

safety

the

each

be

valve

leaky

reduction

check

valves,

stop

bad

as

quite

somewhat

efficiency.

Probably,
is

just

it is

kind

any

valves,

serious

Therefore,

pressure.

is

cocks,

water

depends

constructed,

poorly

cause

valves,

gauges.

boiler

safety

kind

any

steam

model

as

cetera.

fitting

and

fittings, such

boiler

or

of

check

valves,

safety

gauges

efficiency

FITTINGS

BOILER

the

it

ure
press-

versa.

of

valve

strongly

is shown

in

Fig. 156,
for

recommended

"

231
.

use

at

A.
on

Model

Engineering

Tig. 156~-ModeI

boiler

flttiuga

Boiler

Model

233

Fittings
.

working

models
of

down

is to

pressure

of

made
of

the

will

the

of

The

larger the
the
dirt

speck of

will

much

valve

better
known

generally

valve

leak-proof

more

with

fouled
this

on
^^

principle

ball-valve''

seat

is made

may

be

placed
a

the

over

seat

increasing
valve

may

Valves

ball

steel
the

valve

This

hammer.

valve

To

and

efficiencyof

brass

springs

is known

valve

boilers.

The
tod

fit

the

to

usual

accurate

as

bronze

the

the

valve.

the

as

is fixed

given

better
the

ing
becom-

It is attached

as

concaves

much

valve

much

Another

seating

size

sanae

going
fore-

the

ball is of bronze

of which

this

makes

is very

the

is

This

in

model

end

the

employing

The

surface

G.

at

This

market.

makes

from

metallic

surface

open

slightly

turned

ing.
seat-

steam-tight.

the

difficult it

described

The

orifice and

in
to

in the

more

is shown

D.

at

make
the

boiler

taken

be

remote.

more

and

be

and

that

sharp.

the

The

the

of contact

efficient for

opposite

spring.

possible, a

is much

on

wire

objection

possibility of

is shown

purchased

of

the

extremely

into

main

on

action

the

purpose.

knife-edge^' seating

is very

and

spindle, to

form

dirt

this

be

not

spring

should

contacting

therefore

and

brass

if the

up

by

or

up

badly.

than

The

paragraph.
smaller

^^

that

contact, the

seating

the

as

rust

accurate

to leak

should

and

area

projection

or

valve

the

cause

seating

spring

The

of

area

and

care

accurate.

type is the large

will be to make
least

great

spring

either

nut

tightly

screw

ure
press-

the

reduced

for

metal

should

seating

of this

found

be

leakage, and

the

making

The

corrode

suitable

valve

the

will

of

the

is to be

it will

only

prevent

valve

this

working

means

moving

by

increased.

be

steel, as

be

by

smaller

the

on

The

pressure.

pressure

steam, and

body
to

done

if the

; down

low

is regulated

is

This

suitable

found

be

at very

valve

the

shown.

will

large boiler, it

sharp

as

ball

blow

surface

is

with
of

the

possible, thereby
The

body

of

the

stock.
are

'not suitable

for

model

Model

234

Engineering

boilers

of

the

larger type,

Then

enough.

adjusting spring
this

reason,

Such
at

^^

lever

the

weight
the
cannot

method

is

be

such

workmanship

By

be

must

cranky things

too

accurately.
the
A

very

shown

at

of

shown.

attached

to the

to

the

but

as

the

whole,

be

made
and

for

of

valve

should

easy

discharge

be

and

is used

being

the

exhausted

casing

others

many

of

means

the

nipple
is

steam

leads
on

the

up

marine

plenty large enough

of

the

The

steam.

is

about

right.

designs* for

model

steam

drawing

is

spring type

advantage

by

if the

innumerable

cocks, and

just

valve.

make

to

cannot

valve, unlike

valve

the

about

of the

pipe
in

shown

are

two

^^on''

There

it

frequently

type is

what

The
the

funnel

drawing,

the

So

safety valves.

There

hand.

of the

and

free

for

water

pipe

exhaust

proportion
much

outside

ship 's

This

effect

the

side

valve

This

possesses

position

the

stick.

not

type,

they

some

absolutely steam-tight

safety

discharge

of the

boiler.

marine

from

adjustable

side

must

F, in Fig. 157.

spring

the

they

good

be

must

Such

unless

in

setting

with, and

to

versa.

Safety valves,

good.

fuss

to

They

time

same

vice

complications,

no

As

necessary

weight

in

trouble

no

on

fulcrum.

carefully considering

it involves

as

are

at

the

keep

to

weight

the

boilers

boat

valve

particular

pressure

model

valve.

weight

the

greater, and

on

find

valve,

used

in.

will

reader

be

the

parts, is shown

this

from

the

having

boilers, for

moving

away

away,

employed

it is set

with

point of

by either

will

valve

of

Larger

its various

farther

or

is moved

valves

the

oflf

blowing

closer

^^blow^'

that

with

easily regulated

the

boiler.

the

dependable

not

are

disadvantage

generally provided

are

The

be

can

within

valve, together

E.

is the

there

they

as

is

most

sketches
and
one

^^off"

behooves

suitable

shown

the

for

the

model

neer
engi-

problem

in

trate
G, in Fig. 156, illus-

at

position

thing that

the

and

of

model

simple

one-way

engineer should

Fig. 157"

Model

boiler

flttlngs

Model

236

always

moving

than

the

and

Another

good

the

to

about
make

opening

the

larger.

present

itself

reamed

said

with

out

cut

from

piece

of

the

rod

that

has

the

drill

the

for

to

receive

in

place

nut
and

a
a

on

purpose

from

size

of the

body

small
the

nut, which

of the

tightening

four- way
and

valves
such

bottom
and

portion
when
are

types

the

of

made

up

the

to

jig with
in

hole

plug is filled

this it is threaded

square-hole
plug above

washer
the

is to prevent

employed
at

end

turned

then

the

washer

shown

be

can

provide

to
be

plug is rotated.

often
are

of

of the

square-hole

The

produce

below

holds

job

improvised

to

it is

especially
a

can

small

few

then

round

plug is

used

The

distance

square

such

reamers

not

may

and

hardened.

The

in

it. The

and

made

for

such

that

as

cock.

shott

size

reamer

and

sizes.

water,

is first drilled

hole

The

proper

rod

the

thought,

taper is filed half

different

same

first

the

provide

hole

tapered

reamer

properly drilled

and

square

steel

then

it will
of

H.

at

first and
that

the

tapered

conical

is shown

cock

so

to it.

the

Several

cutting edge.

shape

of

small

The

of

better
rather

passing through

at

regard

drill

the

work.

reader

in

for

cocks

be

is

at

smaller

stoppage

be

producing

the

ordinary

an

tion
propor-

shown

it would

made

be

may

in

to

will be

with

worker

of

out

plug

the

complete

whatever

or

employed

The

in

hole

together.

of the

be

from

departed

bronze.

or

well

proportion

should

cock

effect

to

method

words

brass

very

not

accurately fitted in

lap

steam

gas,

the

be

can

sufficient

the

of

of

is made

cock

"

of

body

plug

the

simple, straight-nosed plug

The

for

of

metal

different

consideration

The

or

of

should

plug

if this is

and

be

work

also

of cocks

making

the

made

the

itself.

plug

right

a'

rod

brass

in the

hole

the

body
be

point demanding

is that

than

always

should

plug

with

if the

Thus

body.
the

Bronze

should

member

gunmetal

to

in connection

remember

the

Engineering

nut.
the

Three-way

in* model

I, Fig. 157.

neering,
engiThese

Model

valves

involve

with

met

in

practically

simple

than

that

157.

This

is much

of

and

gunmetal

If the
less

threads

the

will

workman

from

piece of

is bent

for
In

some

^ ^

or

the

casting
drill

' '

of the

making
the

at

square

the

valve

with

with

the

This

is easier

made
brass.

is much
method.

other
is

turned

the

handle

plug
which

ing
bend-

small

especially

are

ommended
rec-

end

outer

knurled

it will
made

valve

**

The

to

make,

the

as

holes

'^

needle

to

is

filed

wheel

this

shown

not

are

be

to

hand

is

differently arranged

passages

of

during

have

similar

very

valve

be necessary

small

^'

globe
a

out

will

tool

receive

to

them

core

therefore

seat.

edge.

to

are

diameter

small

the

to

impossible

valve

^ ^

Such

employed.

Owing
and

above

conventional

be

especially

the

type described

more

must

body

An

them.

in

used

and

use,

it will be

passages

of the

valves

K, Fig. 157.

at

the

to

for

screw-down

is shown

type

be

from

employ

to

of this

readily

high-pressure boilers.

cases,

'suitable

not

the

that

threaded, after

Valves

be

plug, it

the

by

be necessary

J, Fig.

may

turned

this

on

made

plugs

and

this.

do

to

rod

be

can

imderstand

It may

over.

jig

than

body

The

accurately

cut

are

liable to leak

The

screw-plug

will

as

different

at

is shown

to construct,

drawing.

the

at

entirely

an

those

as

cock.

one-way

of

cock

easier

glance

simple

one-way

237

problems

same

previously described

type

by

Fittings

the

the

constructing

very

seen

Boiler

but

L.

at

difl"cult to

so

drill.
check

A
to

in

pass

in the
the

valve

that

check
be

The

body

can

also

have

to be

proper

the

that

latter

is

used
a

position

and

cast

here

small
of

is

valve

valve

of the

freely permit

claim

and

designed
ball

form

the

valve

ball

with

made

constructed

type is shown

out.

to

water

its passage

being

drilled

brass

this

will

entirely prevents

opposite direction,the

properly.

normal

direction, but

one

assumption

valve

is

valve

at

special tool
seating.

ball

of the

correct

is

shown,

but

size.
when

M.
will
The
The

water

Model

238

from

enters

surface

Engineering

feed-pipethe

the

of the small

ball is forced up againstthe

in the top of the valve
screwed

cap

body. If,however, water

direction due

attempts

in the opposite

to pass

to back

pressure, the ball immediately

returns to its seatingand thereby closes the passage.
The
in constructingthis valve is so obvious
to pursue
course
that

detailed

descriptionof

the

procedure is considered

unnecessary.

is

There

other

model

boiler

fittingthat
offers more
the model
engineer than the
water
On very small water glasses,
glass or gauge.
great
trouble is experienceddue to capillary
action of the water
in the glass tube, as this sometimes
entirelyovercomes
the gravitationalforce that would
otherwise keep the
water
at the proper
level
that which
corresponds with
the level of the water
inside the boiler. The operation
is shown
of a water
at N, in Fig. 157.
A simple
gauge
is illustrated at 0, in Fig. 158, and the prinwater
cipal
gauge
probably no
problems to

"

part of this is
The

shown.
hot
with

chemical

friends.

as

of the

bending of glass he

the

bent

glass tube can be done in a

builder is not sufficiently
acquainted

bending

flame,and if the

glass tube of small bore

Unless

call upon

may

done

by

an

some

of his

experiencedperson,

This water
the glass is very apt to kink at the corners.
is not suitable for very
large boilers. The one
gauge
at P

shown

is

much

design and

better

difficulties in construction.

does

not

present

The

packing gland
prevent leakage,
place very
put
this
is
if
to
steam
the
as
occur
very apt
pressure is high.
Unless the parts are very accuratelymade, and the holes
in both the upper
and lower portion are in perfectalignment,
the glass tube is apt to be broken
when
it is put in
place. The jointsof this device are silver soldered,as
any

more

should

noted

be

in

carefullyto

in the sketch.
at

Q.

larger type.

This

is

It is

very

elaborate

especiallysuitable

provided

with

water

gauge
pears
apfor boilers of the

one-way

cocks

at each

Model

end,

well

as

should

water
The

cock

It is very

guards

not

only

should

the

and

pieces

hand

in

as

owing

blocking
small

of

ator
oper-

the

that

bility,
possi-

glass,

the

to

obviate

to

the

limit

stroke.

its

of

to

will

over

operate

by

have

be

with

to

%6-inch

it rises.

when

of

over

possibility of its

the

union

be

not

feature

pressure

provided

bottom

the

to

that

is

feeding

valuable

difficult

most

valve

passage

for

the

admit

to

pump

water.

is shown

pressures

greater

pumping
The

provided
leathers.
this

several

By

altering
be

can

greater force

appears

form

simple
at

i.e.,a

U.

used

the

steam

than

the
on

force

the

with

use

pump

is very

pump

quite high

of pressure

operates

pressure

on

inside

the
a

is
cup

the

as

thereby

overcome.

for

gauge

and

scribed.
de-

operating lever,
pressures,

to

has

double

greater the leverage and

is able

also

long

and

glands

higher

previously

one

length of the

operator

This

This

S.

packing

is the

longer the handle

at

of this

plunger

for

pump

capacity

with

pump

hand

powerful

more

steam

the

remote

should

pressure

top

is filed at

recess

steam

pump

be

steam

the

the

up

this

delivery

across

high

pump

provided

it will
the

to

force

with

of

the

to

nature

R, in Fig. 158.

means

bore

The

projection

of hand

at

otherwise

fragile

broken

being

so

is not

small

with

protection

This

this

direction.

every

connection

the

overcome.

very

is the

pump

pounds

the

the

to

from

become

of mud

through

gauges

glass

pressure

it.

fly in

used

inch,

some

hold

is illustrated

When

offer

simple form

very

this

50

owing

would

boiler

to

fit water

to

the

to

obscure

the

accident.

glass

the

of

check

to

through

to clear

prevent

steam

is unable

glass

of

to

provided

becomes

advisable

outside, but

the

level

characteristic

broken

is used

239

are

are

glass become

water

cause.

on

which

cocks

bottom

the

if the

dirt

or

The

the

at

Fittings

cleaning plugs,

as

larger devices.

the

Boiler

model

^Bourdon''

bent

tube

boilers

ciple,
printends

to

Tig. 16B"

Model

boiler

attlngs

Boiler

Model

the

arranging
The

higher

its

tendency

dial

is

where

employed
model

boiler.

to

pressure
is

with

per

an

successfully

to

writer

The
automobile

ordinary
to

indicate

indicate

steam

by

shown.
the

This
to

this

as

tube,

tube

the

inch.

square

the

out.

calibrated

of

taken

gauge

in

straighten

connected

properly

pounds

the

pressure

be

is

instances

was

steam

will

in

pressure

of

the

which

of

241

is

Advantage

out.

elements

which

pointer
a

tube

the

straighten

Fittings

more

the

causes

across

move

the

steam

has

heard

tire

pressure

gauge

on

CHAPTER

hull

Tbe

RECORD-BREAKING

of

tbe

boat

model

The

of

hulls

Engird

to

The

The

per

forward
the

in

bring

America,

"

this

plant
the

in

record

held

a,

of
The

of

miles

30

"Evil

has

hour.

per

Spirit"

ous
vari-

record

"Elmara"

tests

of

craft

boat

speed

clip

the

result

making

tUrtjr-mUe

excess

higb-apeed

the

equipment.

in

and

by

the

model

aA

slightly

in

tinder,

is

chapter*

both

"dmara"

tniu-cy

anil

is

26.7

hour.

dimensions

inches,

39.37

of

speed

English

jniles

159

HYDROPLANE

boiler

power

to

Fig.

flash

and

made

really

shown

Its

"

experimentation,

types

from

MODEL

described

considerable

was

XrS

of

step,

of

beam
the

7%
step

inches

the

hull

Inches,

are

as

step

li^

4i/i inches

high.

The

high,

follows:
inches
sides

distance

Length
high,

directly
from

the

sides
back
bow

to the

is 2

step is 17i^ inches.

pounds
Only

strong

materials

aluminiun

"

Fig.

boat
on

160

first cut

solid

cut

into

mahogany
inside

%-inch

brass

of
the

No.

22

square

gauge

of

"

strips
the

brads.
sheet

mahogany

pattern

paper

and

side
The

of

tbe

means

bottom

of

strips,

as

the

more

or

very
less

is

thick.

the

pasted

The

piece is
in

of

cut

Fig.

hogany
ma-

out

164.

boat

cut

and

sides

the

shown

piece by

aluminum

is

paper

bow

as

then

are

of
this

The

twttom

is

of

"Elmara"

Vs inch

shaped

The

and

of

The

shape.

and

mahogany

the

to

hull

construction

Mahogany

plant

power

mahogany

Fig. 161

Square

Uie

of

out

piece of dressed

243

complete

the

the

finish

smooth

Staowinff

"

is then
of

take

in

mahogany.

by moisture.

are

of

weight

used

are

and

will

wood,

unaffected

The

Hydroplane

11/^ ounces.

two

hull

the

Model

Record-Breaking

and

out

of
the
this

sides

shellac

craft
is

of

fastened

is made

fastened
the

and

boat

to
are

Model

244.

only i/s inch

fasten

thick

aluminum

The

while
aluminum

bow

piece,
it

to

in the

merely

overlaps

of

of the

which

through
water

does

means

bottom

the

not

brass

of

back

the

%-iiich

and

the

boat

tight,
water-

rigidly in place.

run

completely

it

sufficiently to

brads.

The

by

shaft

propeller

The

make

is formed

boat

the

scoop.

to

to

The

splitting them.

aluminum

the

impossible

to

of shellac

tends

hold

next

means

bottom
hut

by

by

shellac

brads

the

The

fastened

be

without

these

to

is also
brads.

brass

it would

and

aluminum

the

Engineering

is

be

tened
fas-

single step

mahogany

tube

boat

the

over

and

runs

also

strip

made

the

of

up

'~'":^(

162

Fig.

"

The

mahogany.

this

and

The

this

is

from

water

boiler

small

fixed

as

reaching

the

engine

is cautioned
detail

every

of

must

model

wooden

well

and

be

camel

wind

brush

of

hood

is bent

to

expected

to

the

most

that

it will

to attain

minute

prevents
air

in

to

hull

in the

put

great

be
the

rubbed
shellac

the surface

gether
to-

speed.
such

resistance,

should

sistance.
re-

making

details,

water

leave

shape

reduces

care

shellacked, applying
so

and

boats, and

hull

into

paid attention

be

the

also

plant

power

extreme

use

be

must

and

tbe

boat

the

resistance,

of

portion

thoroughly
's-hair

paid

caafng

of

racing

cannot

perfect balance,

The

aluminum
bow

carelessly

as

boiler

the

construction

Attention

and

to

builder

hull,

coU

etc.

down
with

bright

Model

246

and

smooth.

it will

hull

of

speed

of

The

plane

While

at

use

obtained

with

diameter

and

"Elmara"

this

on

miles

the

aluminum

speed, the propeller

turns

done

with

results

have
of

propeller

pitch of 10.2.

hour.

per

best

the

"Wlien
at

over

that

designed

so

been

has

boat,

cast

is

fifteen

experimenting

some

for

Engineering

R.P.M.

is held

In

been

3^i8-inch
is at

craft

4,000

pellers
pro-

The

full
pro-

HOOD

BOTTOM

161

Fig.

peller shaft
with

brass

is

skeg
screwed

to

The

rudder
in

slightly

to

to

turn

in

The

flash

feet

of

To

steel
the

the

be

made

so

that

as

place

end.

silvered

ings
bush-

These

steel

round

tubing

brass

%-inch

at each

and

The

shaft.

brass

boat

boat

stock

and

of

the

it is wound.

shape

in

run

bend

of

The
from

tendency
is

22

volving.
re-

of

18

gauge.

134-ineh mandrel.

thoroughly

to

rudder

the

consists

tubing

on

straight

propeller

"Elmara"
steel

aluminum

or

noticeable

that

it is advisable

into

to

has

single spiral

coil, is bent

will

necessary

seamless

O.D.

trouble

the

boiler

steam

in

the

of brass

either

direction

same

tubing before
boiler

in

flat

found

be

side,

one

^e-ineh

avoid

of

is made

IKe-inch

from

place

is wound

This

can

It will

course.

piece

skeg bearer.

the

is fixed

and

for
up

bow

soldered

bushings

made

the

tube

stern

or

drilled

are

How

"

casing,

anneal

which

22-gauge

the

covers

Russian

iron.

In

ends

The

flanged

is lined

of Ys inch.
of square

straight

of the

builder

just

little oflf center

propeller

the

asbestos

is mounted

inch

completed,
thickness

made

frame

small

on

is

casing*

least

at

having

had

in

operation

shown
in

and

will

have

is mounted

direction

which

to

to make

tendency

keep

experience

the

propeller

opposite

the

boat

the

making

if the

that

this

turns

in

be

when
has

boiler

coil. When

boiler

sheet

will

course

of

funnel

the

the

to

247

strips.

mahogany

little trouble

A
a

with

and

clearance

the

boiler

The

riveted

left all around

be

Hydroplane

lap-seamed

and

casing,

the

casing

the

all

are

bottom

the

at

making

should

Model

Record-Breaking

the

s
SIDE

WOOD

SOUrtEC
STRIP

^SHEIEITALUMINUM
BOTTOM
165

Fig.

how

Showing

"

the

boat

follow

will

necessary
will

straight

found

be

If the

have
that

In

auger.

should

be

will be

flush

the

edge of

the

boat

give

from

to the

The

piece

with
the

iiich and

the

of

offset

it

and

experiment,

piece

the

bottom

that

the

surface

aluminum

hole

large

surface

will have
to

made

siderably
con-

it with

through

piece, the wood

to this

of the

planing, owing

be

can

of

the

aluminum

piece. Otherwise

bow
a

tendency

the

resistance

to

prevent
it would

water.

water

of

so

away

to

little is necessary.

very

fastening

cut

held

amount

by

proven

lighter by boring
an

The

desires, the bow

builder

is

bottom
hull

the

of

course.

be

to

aluminum

the
sides

copper

consists

scoop

tubing

arranged

in

with
the

of
an

wooden

semicircular

small

internal

diameter

portion

of

the

of

l^

step.

Model

.248

The

water

will

be

hull

described

when

the

boat

is

166

craft

power
the

and

The

or

asbestos

inconvenient

twin-cylinder

is in

or

to

light

catching ftre from

the

to

used

engliie

of

center

two

plant of the boat

of model

the

the

this

tbe

lake

the

cover

num
alumi-

heat

have

on

of the

sheet

of the

happen

"boat

and

no

row-

main

the

reader

eastings

castings

are

cylinder portion

engineering.

of

the

glance

it is

that

used

and

especially interesting

original features

and

unique

is

steam

operation, although

convince

Only

tUe

standpoint

several

may

"

keep the weight

to

handy.

The
from

with

boiler

It is very

Fig.

tank, which

water

possible, it is advisable

it from

prevent

blowtorch.

small

is anxious

as

to the

next

to

low

as

to

later.

builder

the

down

sides

is connected

scoop

Unless

Engineering

the

in the

the

at

nothing

engine

of

tion
construc-

photograph

extraordinary.

are

of

engine itself

crankcase.

It possesses

The

aluminum.
"

the

upper

cylinders of

the

Record-Breaking

engine,

which

have

Shelby

steel

tubing.

lapped

before

they

in the
main

SO

that

of

the

steel

made

that

20

the

limit

of

and

cent

drawing
with

the

of

The

exhaust

the

shows

the

auxiliary

cylinders project

any

is

which

and

this

ports
at

to

later

drilled
At

completely
the

the

top of the

to

exhaust

be
an

with

with

extreme

these

uncover

in

permitting

cylinders

so

as

provided

are

the

is

connection

places them

chamber,

this

will

act

in

are

cylinders

cylinder in

one

and

casting

made

equadistant.
the

portion

place there

explained

left in the

steam

in

are

out

boiler

lower

The

The

171.

slight taper

place.

ports

ports

the

to

and

The

shown

as

drilled

or

engine

cylinders

down-stroke,

with

the

and

out

casting,

bored

from

cut

reamed-

are

the

for

24fr

are

engine, Fig.

this

be

spaced

auxiliary exhaust

per

will

exhaust

drill
the

and

action.

valve

auxiliary

Vio-inch

turned

cylinders

as

inch,

fit is made.

them,

chamber,

tank

rigidly in

the

around

exhaust
with

after

in

of the

vatet

is

Wia

carefully

driving

cylinder

the

recess

and

tubing

of

inserted

course,

oil

good

holds

The

"

Hydroplane

cylinders

The

drawing

casting is, of

"Fig. 167

bore

are

cross-section

Model

nication
commu-

about

leave.

60
The

position

uncovered.

casting after

If

the

they

Model

250

driven

are

flush

with

in

place, they

the

later, must

possible leakage.
side

the

be

of

each

The

from

counter-bored
used.

screws

bearing into

drilled

and

hold

may

into

tapped
the

turned

to

This

gives

with

an

flash

steam.

showed

close

these

from

as

The
are

employed.

an

cold

this

is

of

day

the

that

one

engine refused
of the
flash

flash

pistons
absolute

is best

steam

having

to

is

make

necessity

piston

has

two

with
with

bearing
pistons

bored

out.

necessary

go

had

soldered
and

had

off, the

come

it

melted

solid

into

tion
investiga-

or

come

fell below

strength
a

has

^^Elmara*'

unsatisfactory

provided

are

to

its tensile

that

method

high-pressure

on

of

piston tops

steam

is

The

tops of the pistons silver

the

which

the

absolutely

plant

power

of

this

and

steel

working

nature

previous

Each

roll

halves

rod

rod.

connecting

piston

in the

with

silver

piston rings,
the

is

machine

the

both

half

upper

on

one

original engine

place, the

the

of

While

them.

held

are

bearing

connecting

the

the

brass

the

on

screws,

through

piston which

point. It

place

solder.

size

melting it

to

critical

first

of

of the

heat

extreme

end

One

place.

in

through

engine of

engine with

of

receive

to

solid

extend

end

bearing

lower

the

are

the

pins driven

small

the

The

these

head

shape

is used

and

the

round

the

into

turned

machine
of

cold

of

piece

bearing

small

form

explained

be

solid

rods

will

mechanism.

also

are

cylinders

recesses

will

is filed

they will

as

portion

receive

these

from

rods

two

to

the

valve

connecting

lower

The

top and

the

splitbrass

of

means

side.

screws

of the

end

together by

the

is turned

roll steel.

crankshaft

with

connecting

The

cold

each

connection

prevent

deep

chest,

steam

flat to

that

so

plate, which

cover

that

other

the

crankshaft

roll steel.

casting

each

with

fully in

more

so

the

the

at

perfectly

Ke-inch

recess

cylinder

exactly opposite

the

as

off

ground

lay absolutely
small

in

communication

an

mounted

so

are

be

should

top of the engine,

is described

in

Engineering

high

piston rings.

and

pressure
A

hole

is drilled

completely

accommodate

the

steel

roll

pin

rod

filed

are

of

the

shaft

in

Tig. 168

this
is

this

and

Tho

member

placed

this

engine,

the

to
on

the

is also

universal

shaft,

bevel

internal

of

to

wrist

the

outHne

that

so

pistons

piece of cold

ends

sHovlng

of

the

wiU

they

in the

band

shaft

into
will

the

case

water

to

boat

allow.

up

of

of the

small

back

of
as

Owing
connection

under

energy

is at
to

pump

place with

hold

joint

the

not

valve

and

Uie

oil pump

universal

the

joint

bevel

heavy
to

gear

pin

fact

the
with

the

This

key

to

the

is transmitted

crankshaft

"Elmara"

little

Very

considerable

high speed.

the

the

it unnecessary

just

joint forms

when

makes

the

drives

crankshaft.

crankshaft.

pinned

it has

which

the

to

crankshaft

fixing the universal

but

the

gear

pinned

nearly *a horse-power

propeller

small

The

smoothly

operation

quarter-inch

the

as

and

actual

"

off

brass

is drilled

strain

with

the

251

cylinder walls.

small

The

is

size.

proper

finished

cylinder and
scratch

the

of

top

pin, which

conform

to

the

through

wrist

Hydroplane

Model

Record-Breaking

as

that
peller
pro-

force,
to

method

the
of

is open

to

trouble

experi-

icism,
crit-

'

Model

252

enced

with

with

the

joint

used

trouble

smallest
A

is made

shaft

to

sleeve

driving fit.
that

so

Tig. 169"

driving
shaft
the

fit.

and

well

the

as

steam

chest.
out

of

steel

portion of
the

top

the
of

through
A

holds

of
is

the

and

out

in

hole

the

drilled

out

with

raiglno

mounted

the

crankshaft.

end
gear

crankshaft

then

are

the

hub

small

the

upon

of

the

steel

the

flywheel,

pin

is then

flywheel in place,

as

gear.

will

solid

which

the

pump

is then

the

of

the

on

drilled

into

sleeve

view

hole, which

is

hold

to

larger

pass

on

is the

and

gear

flywheel

fit

End

drilled

The

from

the

members

the

spur

valve

cut

to

and

in this

The

'

hole

sleeve

driven

These

spur

The

it will

Works

employed

will

imiversal

people.

The

the

comparison

The

Gear

these

with

in

small

sources.

was

and

this

reamed

by

method

sleeve

flywheel with
and

Boston

meshes

that

so

the

crankshaft.

which

soldered

other

joint made

the

on

exceedingly

from

by

special

very

reamed

been
had

stock

flywheel
the

it has

Engineering

and

steel

plate

explained,

chest

steam

projects

the

be

now

over

is drilled

engine

by

is

formed

provided
the
so
means

sides.
that

by

with

The
it may

of

with

together

the

small

cover

the

box

plate.

overlapping
be

fastened

long machine

Becord-BreaMng

Model

Hydroplane

253

Model

254

The

of

amount

the

.great, otherwise
buckle

in

up

chest,

one

hole

for

the

All

brass.
valve

from

consists

and

valve

the

nut

on

the

valve

in

the

oscillating motion,
valve

the

on

those

guide.
and

gland
from

of

steel

The

small

pinned

bearing

the

lower

this

has

with

steel

and

disc

steel

valve

the

for

the

Three

large

one
are

larger

one

slots

the

This

valve

shaft.

the

on

with

shaft.

two

inlet

is the

similar

At

brass
with

ports

exhaust

of

between

through

bevel

not

the

lower

which
on

it is
small

similar

forms
forms

bushed,
end

is fixed

gear

brass

spindle.

projection

are

the

as

of the

with

that

gear

previously.

in the

smaller

rests

cut

merely

engine casting which

crankshaft
cut

are

slot

valve
of

means

collar

unnecessary.

small

the

on

by

packing

the

end

passes

slot

dle
spin-

the

placed

screw

bearings

These

this meshes

and

placed

collar

of- the

found

been

end

the

on

This

turn

to

consists
upper

on

threads

the

small

screw

fits in the
has

the

on

rather, its

fits into

crank

machine

center.

bearing.

pin,

mounted

small

shaft, another

valve

ones

disc

valve

or

with

necessary

end

ple
sim-

adjusting

or,

through

its outer

to

and

shoulders

After

off that

extends

spindle

block, which

to

spindle

from

steel

The

valve

the

the

chest

of

two

regulated.

eccentric

steel

projection

was

attached

periphery

tiny

has

shaft

valve
its

valve

The

of

for

extremely

block

cut, it will be

are

The

small

be

is

between

rests

stream

is turned

shown.

as

the

steam

valve

to
are

other

the

the

^mall

center

of the

end

steel.

of

can

spindle

the

on

The

stroke

the

of

parts

spindle

that

so

of

spindle guide

steel.

merely

chiseled

recess

valve

too

screws

end

and

made

tendency

machine

each

spindle

remaining

thQ

made

are

valve

in

have

engine.

the

be

not

will

the

is drilled

The

packing gland.

when

center

tightened.

should

plate

cover

of

drawing

the

projection

the
the

in

shown

clearly

as

screws,

Engineering

top plate of the

ones

from

port.

on

the
The

each
steam
two

side.

engine,
The

chest, and
small

slots

one

small
the
form

Record-Breaking

Model

Hydroplane

255

Model

Engineering

to

passage

filed in the

cylinders by

the

top of the

in

shown

as

Fig. 171.

Fig.

slot

173

communicates

Tbe

"

with

ciankaliaft,

connecting
of

exhaust
the
two

the

casting until
drilled

the

exhaust

steam

the

regular

are

drilled, the

exhaust
lower

between
from

ends

is

of

the

drilled.

and

cesses,
re-

gine,
en-

The

the

and

pletons

at

engines

side
from

of

both

sides.

the

engine

beneath

the

horizontal

the

cylinders.

the

of the

the

over

directly under

and

hole

out

drilled

meet

ous
previ-

engine

each

on

are

they

rods,

comes

cylinders and

1/4-inchholes

previously

tbe

therefore

steam

this

recesses

in

drawing

pistons,

257

two

directly

14-inch hole

the

explained

as

section

the

port,

of

come

cross

Between

larger exhaust

exhaust

slots

the

Hydroplane

means

cylinders,

These

paragraph.

the

Model

Becord-Breahdng

hole
This

auxiliary ports

engine.
are

up

After

stopped

to

these

with

tween
Being,
cast-

through
that

was

enables
pass
two

brass

into
holes

plug.

258

Model

Another

small

casting,

which

and

acts

this

has

been

An

for

this

method,

impaired

not

pumping

are

provided,

the

engine

off the

main

spur

gear

drives

the

the

of the water

pump

for

altering

stroke

the

arm

is attached

with

machine

the

using

set

farther

or

the

screw

from

of

water

the

on

the

the

the

of the

connecting

arrangement
for.

to

An
iend

one

through
of the

center

is attached.

pump

and

bringing
of the

center

gears.

opposite end
In

pump

two

arranged

the

is actuated

pump*

side

is

the

within

pump

of

the

The

passed.

arm

to start

pump

being pivoted

of

rod

pumps

in front

which

pump

in

slot

is

the

pumps

operated

shaft

to

gear

the

water

train

the

to

gear,

screw

away

stroke

hand

connecting

the

arm,

having

screw

which

the

Two

power

through

of the

holds

operated

is attached.

to

cylinders

the

efficiency of

metal

the

fastened

rod

into

condenses

on

the

engine.

other

larger

chamber

least.

hand

shaft

engine

the

exhaust

lagging

to the
the

of

that

steam

of sheet

being
and

flywheel

in the

mechanism
one

the

and

structure

with

small

the

side

the

with

unnecessary

auxiliary

driving

in

drip

using

and

The

found

engine is

is drilled

communicates
as

By

water.

hole

Engineering

it either
wheel

gear

quite

by

large steel

wide

By
closer

adjusts
The

range.

lever

or

handle.
The

larger

fixed

is

the

on

bearings

worm

used

gear

drive

to

is attached
100
into

1.

ratio

small

1.

of

pump.

The

leads
of

The
The

gears

bore

spur

and

small
rod

the

is carried

of the

of the

power
water

shaft

spur

gear

ratio

oil pump

where

pump

pump

being

directly
oil mixes

the

into the
water

its

steel

of the

the

gear,

of

Mounted

the

on

pump,

one

engine.

engine,

water

has

connecting
through

the

Steam

the

with

edge of this

pipe

the

which

wheel

gear

meshes

hot

engine.
of 5

larger

chest

the

end

which

the

steam

itself with

the
to

the

of the

the

drives

shaft,

the

opposite

directly behind
is

of

end

the

at

which

wheel

gear

cylinders

pump

is %

have

inch.

The

of

stroke

inch

and

bore

of

with

^^^

i/4

pieces

^^d

on

bearers

In

each

builder

in

more

or

Mr.

Westmoreland,

use

of

flash
in

the

and

design

is

of

corner

the

engine
of

less
of

steam

past

inch.

and

issues

of

mounted

inch

hull.

boat

base,

indebted

to

England,
whose
of

the

who

this
H.

Mr.

are

H.

Model

screws,

it.

Engineer.

the

engine,

and

Groves

pioneers

instructive

cross

on

hold

to

of

construction

plate

machine

used

inch.

anchored

is

has

aluminum

an

Four

is

also

to

%6

to

pump

inch

this

259

from

oil

on

and

the

variable

The

stroke
is

Hydroplane

is

pump

is

thickness

or

appeared

water

complete
a

one

the
bore

the

The

Model

Record-Breaking

articles

in

the

have

XX

CHAPTER

boat

the

Building

hull

The

"

FREIGHTER

LAKE

MODEL

of

construction

and

plant

power

the

deck

fittings.

of

freighter
of

and

made

650

The

hull

of

beam

The

the

at

is

extreme

in

In

hints

will

of offsets

table

in

shown

with

and

Fig.

this

the

nature

are

feet

inches

in

model

at

order

be

the

draught

this

draught
to

necessary
her

bring

to

the

inches.

9%

and

will

It

and

overall

long
is

water.

only

given,

these

is

with

as

in

the

174,

general

drawings

are

aid,

an

making

down

as

will

builder

vessel.

the

to

be

in

constructor

should

key

tional
construc-

complete

the
the

herewith

given
this

few

the

as

trouble

which

constantly,

of

displacement

lines

much

have

not

be

and,

of

length

line.

water

will

detail

every

the

following

the

is

The

fresh

on

designed

the

feet

line

water

ballast

some

is

perpendiculars

inches.

4^

401/4 pounds

use

to

the

between

length.

model

the

between

length

in

overall

boats

larger

bulk

transportation

the

particularly

Lakes,
The

and

feet

to

up

Great

Montreal.
feet

in

used

as

of

is that

article

this

such

the

on

is 260

prototype

to

ore

William

in

size

canal

and

grain

Fort

is

described

model

The

be

The

referred

complete

able

plan

proceed

to

intelligently.
The

hull

and-butter
with

plank
the

is

bottom

method

of

The

gouged

For

of

the

with
boat

those

who

construction,
is

hull
out

easily produced

very

principle.

this

advisable.

be

can

made
a

up

chisel.

is not
260

of
The

gouged,

by

few

words

planks

ten

plank
but

familiar

not

are

is

bread-

the

be

will

and

which

shaped

each

forms
with

Model

Lake

Freighter

Model

262

Engineering
I

draw-knife

176.

The

built

the

planks used,
with

the

planks

draw-knife

their

manner

1 inch

small

is

is then

hull

hatch

there

for

of

are

of
the

place by

The

white

of

sides

bridge
linen.

the

whittled
and

properly

of

of

held

by

iron

stove-pipe
The

has

means

wheel

tin, bent

place
piece

string

to

side

and

covers

be

cloths
deck

and

represent
w6od

numbered.

and

each

in

held

to brackets

well

as

into

soldered

spray

brass

of

hull.

house,

and

top of the

on

the

of

made

house

and

provided

with

glass.

engine casing
and
The

bent

are

painted white
life boats

into

are

shape from

wire.

engine fs
1-inch

in

on

the

by

tacks.

and

of

made

plant.

of

may

is

and

hull

hatches

and

the

power

side

port lights in the

solid

lettered

small

of

carried
a

of the

provided

the

on

noticed

rest

is tacked

wood

box

the

the

equipped with

are

glued

life boats
out

is

The

hull

pieces of mica
The

the

toward

the

place

be

are

one,

on

pine

house

made

these

than

into

sides

house, chart
are

in

square

cigar

It will

seventh

and

of glue and

bridge,

shape.
fine

before

14-i^ch pine board

of

larger

The

from

deck

The

the

mortised

are

%-inch

means

Six

adjustments

sheer.

made

the

and

plane

surface

in this.

cut

are

shape

to

which

just below

as

put

placed

are

with

of

piece

much

making

rub-streak

be

in this
and

glue

brads

The

shape

to

produced

with

smooth

and

boat, is

is held

beams

can

hull

the

for

deck

deck

nearly

finished

hatches.

seven

the

intended
The

to

from

openings

loading

stern

is made

deck

the

that

all

are

%-ineh pine

applied.

The
and

they
brads.

sandpaper, being brought

paint

up

smeared

are

brass

The

apart.

roughed

is

hull

entire

the

on

Fig.

glued

is then

the

drawn

are

after

and

until

in

sho^Ti

this

and

out
on

are

surfaces

with

together

so

shapes

outline

the

gouged

and

plank

After

up.

with

is

plank

next

bottom

the

to

conform

to

of

the

liibre and

two-cylinder marine
a

1-inch

stroke

and

type
drives

and
a

Model

Lake

j^m

Freighter

263

Model

264

4-ineh

propeller 3 inches

inches.
of

is fastened

This

lock

Engineering

nut.

until

the

shaft

is

from

solid

diameter, with

to

the

propeller will be

best

results

steel

brass

rod

with

and

the

of

packing

means

ment
experi-

propeller

The

is turned

stuffingbox

for

cavity

by

matter

obtained.

are

pitch of 2%

shaft

propeller

The

%-inch

in

at

the

board
in-

end.
boiler

The

in diameter

is 4 inches

Fig.

175"

from

is made

The

table

in

with

into

soldered

gasolene

using
with

is 1 inch

under

All

boiler

The

in

funnel

The

The

pressure.

long, and
exhaust

steam

aft
of

extends

of

the

4 inches
from

the

funnel.

steering boom,

above

engine
The
two

to

tubes

the

by

gauge

silver

are

blow
is

boiler

four

torch

equipped
and

by 1%

water

inches

engine casing.

the

is carried

deck

and

diameter

wide

1 inch

measures

provided

referred

constantly

is fired

safety valve, fillingplug, pressure

gauge.

pipe

place.

be

and

boat

in diameter.

14 i^^h

tubes

cross

building

which

fire tube

one

the

It is

long.

should

which

tubing

copper

inches

by 5^

offsets

of

seamless

up

the

fittings forward

buUards,

two

fairheads

The
waste
sist
con-

and

Model

four

life

and

buUards

fore

The

eowl
is

main

Fig.

176

boat

the

is

mast

secrfof/

is

of

of

made

properly

the

main

^^

inch

boat

sheet

tho

at

brass

deck
in

fitted

and

fitted

SEcnof,

the

265

ar

are

six

diameter.
with

lines.
rat-

stayed

and

fishing line.

engine

Sections

"

stayed

silk

of

fir

On

ventilators

properly

consists

rigging

Freighter

bridge.

the

two

mast

The

the

for

buoys

Lake

and

rudder

The

of

BCff^

boiler

the

and

and

is

engine

fitted

with

quadrant.
The

line

water

hatches
wheel

are

is

the

of

and

house

funnel
are

hull

red

and

white

is

below

painted

painted

painted

model

deep

engine
red
on

the

the

and

maroon

casing

with

line.

water

black

outside

The

the

top.
and

red

The
on

the

deck

chart

painted

are

above

black

painted

black.

and

house,
The

ventilators
the

inside.

CHAPTER

SHASFIE-TTFE

\uJl

makogaAT

tW

'tfakimg

XSI

Power

"

plant

aleohol

The
to

get

for

of

eapable

least

least

the

to

at

glance

that

the

ordinary
To

its

plan

for

the

begin
and
cross

has

through.
of

type

get

gouging

breaking

considerable

BOdd

then

with

is

skill

the

and

ont

boat

speed

huQ

with

speed

the

boat

9MI

has

lines

boat

spcaml

and

with

consequently

power.

sheer

stem.

it

without

model

lack

outside

hollowing

resistance

water

possible

and

yet the
an

of

**Exi)eriment"

The

Floor

The

177"

possible

the

shape

driven

being

Pie,

bnilders

boat

thickness

desired

the

is wanted

THiat

job

of

ConatraetfoxL

"

iHirBer.

model

wood,

real

the

to
to

of

block

down
tools

of

majority

BOAT

MODEL

run

boiler

with,
cross

section

the

boat
at

and

the

give

utterly

unsuitable

of

61^2 miles

rate

sides.

from

straight

will

drawing

is

the

except

curves

absolutely

are

at

no

the

one

for
an

bow
pression
im-

speed,

hour

with

the

boat;

engine.

make
section.
about

full-size
Make

one-third
266

drawings
wooden

two

of

the

of

molds,
distance

one

from

Model

268

and

bow,

The

center.

made

Fig.

another

179

"

Th"

about,

bow

of good

with

tbe

deck

and
as

stern

sliown
The

mahogany
for

work

preliminary

knees

piece
in

be

can

the

been

knots.

from

Tlie

next

be

After

Iiand

water

bow

piece molds

Is

pump

right

done, the

mounted

and

nailed

on

board

Fig. 180.
is

following
9 inches
and

has

free

removed.
at

trifle behind

still,a

piece should

stern

pieces of oak,

ebowa

this

better

or,

piece and

clean

boat

Engineering

needed:

wide,

some

piece of oak

About

odd
about

12

feet

of

Ke-inch

pieces of 14-inch pak

iy2 inches

thick

for

the

bow.

into

planed
fore

of

The

end

the

side

Fig.

180"

How

oak

building,

181

Tig.

Tbft

in

finally fixed
sheet

and
to

(No.
and

"

aluminum

the
the

stern

side

sides, the

sides

the

Scott

bent

pieces.

stern

boiler

This
to

14 inch

to

wood

lued

piece being

the

In

the

bow

the

piece

and

then

being

transom

the

by angle pieces

angle between

angle pieces
forward

take

sides.

screws)

on

is fastened

fit in the

The

the

fitted; the

seml-flaah

place.

planks

1, y2-inch

to

EmsemMed

Is

secured

are

molds

boat

is

piece

piece is made

stern

flt into

to

bow

rebated

The

from

shaped

The

and

tbe

beveled

the

screws

out

sprang

planks.

269

and

out

section

tbe

and

Boat

alike.

exactly

of

by brass

marked

are

triangular

14 i"ch

actual

sides
both

drawing;

the

Model

Sharpie-Type

are

of the

finally fitted

the

of

sides

first screwed
aft
into

edge of

the

place and

Model

270

secured

by

of the

stern

be

wood

planks

all these

the

at

edge
should

screws

splitting the side planks

avoid

to

for

holes

The

piece.

side

the

through

screws

in order

drilled

Engineering

with

screws.

off

Plane
level.

floor

The

mark

it off and

rough

thick

with

board

into

planks.

Then

take

it into

place

with

to prevent

nail
the

brads

doing this,paint

the

edge

After

paint.

holes

all the

Before

side

and

shape

floor

the

Lay

the

planks perfectly

for

Drill

brads.

splitting.

the

out

side

the

fitted.

is next

off all around

place and
brass

edge of

floor

the

floor

the

"qSBC3T05

of

sides

the

is fastened

board

firmly

3"

WOOL-^

PIPE

Fig.

into

182

^The

"

alcohol

burner

place, plane off the

molds

be

now

can

and

engine

first

being glued into place

into

each

fitted.

sheet
is

jobs

piece

of

shaft
more

each
the
When
be

than

for

end
size

of

the
filled

builder

the

hull, he

1-inch

the

the

fittingof
This

of

of

propeller

shaft

is

been
make

shaft

take

to

thinned
careful

of

natural

wood

the

the
is

is

brass

and

going

to

place, the

out

thin

peller
pro-

nothing

tubing plugged

with

in

skeg, which

stuffing box

that

hogany
ma-

The

of

out

shaft

the

drilled

inch

finally put

vaseline
has

an

put

brackets.

deck

diameter

%-inch

by

are

screws

with

turtle

stuffing box.

fastened

piece of %6-iiich

down

oak

the

can

is

cross-braces

are

two

The

sides.

the

knees,

then

square

about

with

the

and

piece

knees

and

making

are

of aluminum

The

fastened

permanently
remaining

the

after-deck

The

leg.

with

and

boiler

the

fire

to

edge, flush

removed

mounts

used

with

outside
finish

tube

at

drilled
used.

be

should

little oil.

If

surfaces

of

highly polished

and

with

polished brass

model

pleasing

very

the

XVII,
this

boat.

The

with

burner,

the
In

make

boiler

burner

from

constructing

about

inches

bow,

described

in

Chapter
plant for

power

fired

an

alcohol

arrangement

which

feed

by

and

IX,

Chapter

splendid

be

can

in

is
a

automatic

an

ihe

produced.

boiler, which

Fig. 153, would

271

onto

put

engine, described

tube

water

Boat

eut-water

be

can

"Speedy"

The

Model

Sharpie-Type

tray
vents
pre-

"verflowing.

the
1

long,

the

burner,
inch

wide

tray

and

be

can

inch

made
At

deep.

JNTERMEDIrtTE-^
PASSAGE

Fig. 183

bottom

the

is

is

bottom

in

plug, F,

should

The

successful

attachment
The
the

boiler.

drawing.

plunger
very

boiler

wool,

tank
pump

be

and

screw

the

pin

automatic
built

out

onto

should
down

working

of

The

182.

device,

cocoa

side

the

can

be
on

I,

burner

a
a

the

at

passage

also

this

This

holes.

feed

airtight
of

tumei

Fig.

per

intermediate

There

as

filling
Jeather

depends

being perfectly airtight.

drawing

clearly and
feed

as

the

can

for

with

C, soldered

tube

alcohol

tube

brass

and

which

the
The

air

the

washer.
upon

183

feed

automatic

embodies

chamber,

with

and

asbestos

Fig.

small

shown

in

tank

^la-ineh

tank, i\hich

is shoA^Ti
with

fuel

with

covered

alcohol

Tbe

"

pipe

shows

needs
goes

no

to

the

this
further
check

necessary

tion.
explanavalve

on

Model

272

onto

pitch

The

which

hub

of

rudder

of

post

is

is

rudder

The

and

of

14 -inch

tried

being
for

tapped

soldered
set

determineli

be

only

can

boat

blades

the

up,

drilled

is
blades

the
the

when

built

is

propeller

The

Engineering

screws.

ment
experi-

by

out.

thin

brass

sheet

diameter

soldered

brass

to

the

rod.

^.---'--:r~-^z=r-r--..r-

BRflCKETS

OPERATING

"4lLVE

PUMP

FflSTCNCO
BOAT

PUMP

BALL

RLTAINCR.

LCVEC

TO

CROSS

BRACE

CYUNDEB
TO

PISTON

ROD

BOILER

"^mI^UBBEQ

TUBE.

TO

WATER

Fig.

As

an

deck
and

is

the

underlaid
a

feed

greater
will

hand

hatch

water

pump

built

be

can

enough

large

to

in

the

for

allow

turtle

oiling

engine.
will

burner

alcohol

possesses
and

the

the

of

engine

the

adjusting
The

Details
"

afterthought,

over

wool

184

with

function

absorbent

capillary
therefore

cotton,
attraction

be

more

if

better
as

than

the

asbestos

this

material

the

asbestos

satisfactory.

XXII

CHAPTER

of

Method

MODEL

the

conBtracting

hull

Electric

"

Deck

littlf! craft

This
it

draws

with

of

means

placed

single

well

securely

the

One
in

185

"

held

in

its

formed

shape

proper

bracket,
that

the
a

long,
inch

Tbe

"

cltaser

afterward

bearing

drive

is

battery

by

motor

to

the

annealed

soldered

housing

shaft

filing it
is

loaded

complete

propeller

bending

one,

and

beam,

The

with

relation

proper

inside

trausQiisBiou

when

water

battery.

enlimaTliie

The

and

and

inches

5^^

of

connected

by

firm

inelies

and

screw

plant'

power

fittings.

an

forward.

brackets

order

34

mechanism

Fig.

of

is

approximately

driying

CHASER

SUBMABINE

hull

by

brass
thin
to

means

strip

and
the

is

to

smooth.

shaft

tube
"

may

be

secured

at

the

point

Model

Engineering

Model

where

the

shaft.

of

tube

shaft

The

clearly

be

may

motor

was

left

from

in

This

192.

Fig.

alignment

possible the

187

Fig.

Tbe

"

of

stem

exists

inaccuracy

brass

the

of

order

the

hull.

the

base

and

shown

very

makes

with

shaft

submarine

the

that

iron
as

bracket

mounting

of

reason-

cbaset

takes

coupling

between

in

bar,

motor

tbe

outside

its cast

method

flexible

The

accuracy.

of

angles

propeller

comprising

The

unsoldered

removed

to

type

spring.
through

275

motor

simple

inserted

between

supported

able

be

from

the

brass

coiled

obviously,

must,

is

coupling

length

short

Chaser

is transmitted

power

The

Submarine

of whatever

care

and

motor

propeller

shafts.
The

rudder

is of the

balanced

construction.

The

profile

and

cut

roughly

blade

the

grinder
rod

or

file.

split with

blade.

near

the

the

halves

hole

end.
of

the

hack

with

is

an

pin is then

split rod

in

order

that

of brass

finished

with

of

brass

length
take

the

rudder

pin inserted

escutcheon

headed

simple

very

sheet

snips and

post

and

of
a

upon

sufficientlyto

saw

is drilled

the

is traced

rudder

The

This

type and

over

the

to

job

draw
may

up

be

Model

276

After

neatly soldered.
off and

rudder

"with

suitable

tiller is

The

been

desired

depressions
Two

the

shape
finished
The

pieces
lower

pieces
hull.

jig

with

of

pine

piece

of

of

the

cabin

of

desired

saw,

the

is bored

points

to

hull

and

inserted.

rod

bywith

tiller.

form

roughly

any

done

the

pine

the

in

tiller

sheeting

engage

with

provision

been

brass

out

the
to

body

finished

draw-knife

and

sandpaper.

is hollowed

permanently
and

finish.

the
have

sugar

up

nice

chaser

hold

of

formed

fitted

particular

circle

worked

are

fha

on

filed

or

of brass

brass

readily

thick

1%-inch

are

tube

provide

No
to

ground

been

cloth.

to

top

might

spoke-shave

inside

emery

model

This

the
of

view

our

They

the

on

segment
at

be

length, of smaller

in

position.
a

with

illustrations.

the

made

forming

of

"

may

the

at

has

operation

rivet

through

passes

short

in

shown

has

the
up

flange

Tig. 188

as

of

post

important

this

job smoothed

the

The

head

the

performed,

Engineering

gouged

out

cemented
out.

before

the

together.
One

of

the

two

The

'photo-

shows

graphs
the

left in

of

japan

drier.

of furniture

harden

slender

1S9

making

down

thin

as

will

be

drill

The

over

tbe

rigid.

the

and

are

entire

forward

integral.
hull

while

huU

tli"

If

walls

the

with

means

The

use

few

assist

to

gun

brought

are

placing brads

employed
a

faces

No.

55

to

was

drill

brad.

piece
the

to

deck

of

superstructure,
A

by

planks

expedient

straight path for each

deck

is well

and

method.

sborlng

gunwale

with

both

pressure

be, this task

The

one.

It

the

boat,

they should

as

through

called,
the

of

structure

delicate

down

insure

be

the

iMW

days.

is

it.

on

convenient

joining

in

^Tbe

"

other

any

in three

brads

Fig.

in

or

to

stock

enamel

liberally

subjected

then

are

clamps

will

cemenf

they

tub

to

bearing

together

bath

is smeared

paste

shaft

cemented

stock

bit of

around

worked

lead, whiting,

The
;

then

are

the

The

propeller

being

277

hold

to

being used.

the

gouge

white

joined

is

and

pieces

two

mixture

very

the

Chaser

employed

gouge

motor

position,

The

to be

the

the

supporting

method

the

while

bench

Submarine

Model

of

rise

if such

i/i-ineh
forward

it may

stock
is

runs

formed

to

Model

278

by the

addition

of

decking

forward.

secured

after

The

piece of yg-inch

The

The

decrease

tlie

gunwale

is

the

190

Tig.

"

circuit

Bovr

tli"

of

boaids

while

"plank
merely
lines

lines"
score

of the

The

the

deck
have

marks
usual

weight

at this

length
the

"conning

of

compose
bnU

is stained
been

laid
with

out

critical

^ie-inch
The

the

Is sliowii

we

piece

bit

are

vise.

if possible

height.

square

boat

thin

in the
a

gunwale

stock

is

ning
run-

painted

ont.

gouged

above

and
in
a

this

to

shape

to

hollowed

deck.

tlut

stock

companion

closely
be

made

deck

its

should

complete

gray

and

deck

finished

being

superstructure
to

Engineering

varnished

after

the

These

lines

are

it.
seriber

to

imitate

the

planks.

tower"

is of

wood,

hollowed

out

to

the

Model

thinnest

The
be

279

with

over

removable

cigar
that

so

with

finished

are

off in the

access,

with

lathe

parting

of brass

pieces

short

tool

ground

so

DE

I
Fig.

as

191

bit of celluloid

collar

gives

in the

hull

make
into

and

after

from

of

%6-inch

clean

aerial
dowel

dowel

hole

hull

been

rigging
rod.

rotated

The
at

and

face

inch

hull

of

each

port.

of the

brass

The

holes

in diameter

which

to

are

forced

are

turned

painted.
the

spars

little insulators

very

t I

"

of glass.

collars

has

in back

are

brass

chaser

the

on

in each

tower

submarine

finish

the

the

the

semblance

conning

wireless

up

placed

fit for

snug

of

desired

the

position
The

sections

desired

the

produce

to

^Half

"

box

battery amidships.

to the

port holes

cut

Chaser

decked

is made

structure

had

The

pipe

and

possible degree

wood.
may

Submarine

high speed

are

in

bits
drill

Model

280

in

chuck

the

if

overcome

smooth

inserted

192

Fig.

The

be
the

of

taken

and

The

wood,
to

brads

the

Both
little

carved
tower

made

tightly,

by
from

in

and
the

cut-off

the

door

the

pins.

hard,

marine

and

brads
Care

motor

all

them

taken

each

over

the

constructor
neat

appearance

are

tower

driving

make

enables

conning

of

the

to

stanchions

the

of

places.

and

is

making

resemble

means

tube

brads

which

and

The

brads.

proper

thread

hitch

doors

the

stem

the

The

railings

to

the

driving

half

lines

the

trim.

in

at

met

respectively
steel

drilled

height.
in

draw

slender

abaft

in

same

stanchion
to

holes

propeller

"

should

and

be

exercised.

are

are

with

shape

will

difficulty

stanchions

thread
into

chief

desired

the

to

precautions

two

and

linen

turned
The

these

railings

The

and

tool.

sharp

very

are

lathe

Engineering

are

casing
cement

painted
of

gray.

box

cigar

and
and

secured

few

CHAPTER

MODEL

Electric

and

plaot

power

The

hull

length

and,

weight

is

is

hull

SUBMARINE

hull

the

Building

of

step

giving

than

submerged

rather
of

model

the

resemble

awash.

almost

and
for

be

hook

is

ia
is

nature

model

tanks

pine, with

"This

maker

and

ia

while

at

at

prohibited

by
to

bear

lines
boat

her

deck
for

room

in

chinery
ma-

lower

the
craft

the

is

may

rest.

time

when

the

United

finished

the

in

in

deck

that

which

of

this

qualities

torpedo

space

of

compartments

published

of

ample

affords

means

carried

and

extent

an

photograph

all

cautioned

those

gives
it

by

submerged

193

Fig.

design

controls,

partially

white

This

ballast

such

to

is

riding

bow

The

somewhat

The

completed

surface

good

the

ship-section

design

submarine

speed.

submerged

destroyer

hull

EM2

farther,

tlie

Of

in

ballast.

Lake

the

feet

installed,

water

after

bnU

Tbe

apparatuH.

eight

ballast

characteristic

the

"

"

without

somewhat

but

193

and

mechaniam^

Automatic

nearly

is

pounds

control

radio

relay

machinery

patterned

Ttg.

The

"

submarine

175

CONTROL"

RADIO

two-point

Special

"

the

good

submersible,

WITH

superstructure

with

XXm

States
mind

until

with

and

place,

wirelesB

hull

work

of

order

the
mental
experi-

an

Government.
the

of

The
is

drawn.
with-

Model

282

twin

convenience,

latter

of

hull

the

board

lead

of

of

the

194

Fig.

the

designs
sawing

to

given

the

are

The

twelve

the

finished

the

draw-knife

and

the

most

board

is

mould

on

each

of

say

hull.

to

work

effective

in

the

ing
build-

hull

the

by

full-sized

heavy

paper

from

for

the

casting

lead

boards

the

that

hull

y^ inch,

to

lines

actual

terns
patwhich

keel

preparatory
the

dimensions

planks
permit

is first to

to

are

of

to

before

form

the

is started.
method

bears

be

working

them

more

the

entire

with
or

just

less

stantial
sub-

some

resemblance

inside

is hollowed

out,

be

keen,

The
is

out

saw

shape, nailing

which

Then,

The

spoke-shave.

other

wood

board

piece.

out

The

of procedure

to

top

secured
after

understood

and

roughly

keel

the

lay

to

sizes.

draw-knife

the

displaced

can

is made

it be

oversize,

with

made,

196.

builder

finished

planks

mass

discarded

transferred

Let

method

brads

few

be

planks

be

drawing

hiill is

the

permanently

Fig.

the

tbe

out.

with

down

How

may

somewhat

cut

in

twelve

"

finishing with

This

shown

scale

of which

12, starting

to

is not

Fig. 195,

From

boards

it is to

as

developed.

keel

piece and

piece

is

195

Fig.

section.

the

from

gunwale

are

and

plan

numbered

are

in

hull

For

or

installed.

propellers

of the

Engineering

tools

diagonal

must

stroke

to

which

Model

Submarine

With

Radio

Control

283

Model

284

the

pares

off

This

stroke

wood

Engineering

just

lessens

as

produces

and

tremendously

labor

the

it.

cut

would

jack-knife

great execution.
The

hull

draw-knife

the

with

IM

Fig-

of

down"

number

of

the

in

such

readily effaced.

is

take

mark
has

the
for

of

the

volts, 80
the

same

its most

is made

This

is

No.

planks

the

standard

supplies the

current

ready

for

sawing

for

"bow"

of

the

the
at

storage

and

40

controls

with
be

"stern"

to

this

When

brads.
the

Then

top which
in width.

battery, which
type

storage

ampere-hours
while

out

cannot

714 inches

lighting

capacity.

the

and

opening

automobile

for

plank

number

draw

and

dimension

of 4 volts

each

reassembling.

the

benefit

ampere-hours
tj'pe but

the

last

the

apart

important

for

is

place

the

that

in

with

plank

is

for

mark

to

sure

mark

possible confusion
all

apart

manner

obviate

done,

In

inside

process.

hull, be

Also

laid

leave

to

part

the

on

tlie mbmarlna

lines

finished

its

to

work

the

taking the planks

interior

its

keel

only

"smoothing

Before
the

Ilio

"

down

before

The

attempted.
actual

worked

be

may

the

and

of

battery

6
of

capacity
larger

one

As

drives

the

vessel.

inches,

the

dimension

the

The

set.

the

upon

No.

of

means

This

opening

5 and

planks 2, 3, 4,

in

directly
by

out

cut

jig

power

so

saw.

template for
ThesS openings

guide

the

as

serves

preferably

or

saw

it is to be

which

7%

not

are

scribed

be

well

may

plank, after

compass

openings

opening

the

is

accommodate

to

opening

of the

dimensions

285

battery

each

specified is ample

other

and

important

of

width

the

Control

Radio

With

Submarine

Model

the

or

6.

are

exactly alike.
Eeference

and

begin

smaller,

still

are

form

to

view

sectional

the

to

the

to

for

the

of

curvature

Nos.

and

Nos.

compartments.

care

that

shows

10

lower

the

.V\\.\.X\.N.V
".WV"X\.VN.V".

WWN.WW
xwvwvw-

"wvvvvvs.vv"

NNN*Ns""NC
,

^.xv^.wv^N^^vw

!?i!5S!^?!3J?^????^

OPtMIN^

ewM"v"

Tig, 197

Cross-section

"

the

of

hull.

of the

in

ma^ke

cut, will not

pierce

the

wall

smaller

The

have

as

shows

the

cut, is started

down

the

on

of the

hull

the

hull

No.

the

is to

ing,
open-

thin

openings

is reached.
the

openings

1, which

No.
2

the

it too

make

or

vidually
indi-

scribed
that

sure

planks, after

with

bench.

be

clearly how

very

bottom

the
of

assembly
been

face

openings should
to

193

of

compartments

planks

places. Fig.

become

These

location

the

hull, showing

several

the

on

when

complete
baUast

water

part

V.XVWV.WX'N
.VVWN.VN'V'

is

nailed

be

placed
this,

to

being

care

The

**

to

in

sealing compound

which

renders

impervious

made

as

enamel

add

hull

follows:
add

To

pound

one

until

the

pound

of

lead

natural

attention

planks, however,
the

the

register'^

planks follow

other
the

taken

one

of

of

white
up

ordinary whiting

be

boards

called

the

ing
nailto

the

together and
The

water.

pint

good

is taken

must

to

Before

order.

the

cements

accurately.

planks

is

cement

best

bath

tu!)

oughly
lead, stirring thor-

by the

enamel.

(powder), mixing

Then
until

Model

286

the

Add

putty.
cement

for

and

good

thin, smooth

dryer

to

make

the

batMrles

and
start

at

199

Tlie

"

inches

storage

with

batteries

In

nail

Place

tbelr

of

sure

single brad

and

end

one

are

submarine

making

to

the
hold

li^-ineh

with

brads

not

more

compartments

entire

the

throughout

apart

the

on

After

stern

they

notwithstanding

serve

used

mixture.

the

where

planks

will

brush

storage

bow

hoth

length

of

hull.
When

the

of

this, the starting plank.

Fig.

than

of

Then

place.

brads

the

The

"

nail

register,
in

198

to

contact.

thickness

the

of

consistency

14 P^^

compotmd

the

Tig.

the

quickly.

in

come

this

to

set

Apply
to

assumed

has

mass

Engineering

cement

the

second

from

paint the

the
surface

plank

is secured

where

seam

of

No.

it has
2

and

to

been
of

first,wipe

the

No.

squeezed
3

ready

out

for

Submarine

Model

nailing

register and
that

when

shafts
in

nails

This

holes.
the

and

on

No.

have

to

pass

the

at

in

the

where

peller
pro-

refrain

from

critical

places where

the

boring

placing
shaft

propeller
in

clearly indicated

is

location

4, but

drawing

the

photographs.

"When
where

in

287

No.

with

is reached

through,

pass

and

No.

bit would

the

to

are

Repeat

hull

the

Control

Radio

before.

as

of

portion

With

the

with

Fig.

200

union.

the

hull

No.

12

the

"

do

will

plank

point

this

one

in the

cement

any

mecbanlsm

control

central

before, this

laid, nail

be

put

the

to

up

to

not

and

batteries

Btonge

stated

As

but

brads

dozen

plank is

keel

or

assembled

been

has

be

ultimately

discarded.
The

hull

with

moistened

dry

for

may

be

used

inevitable
finish
then
is
lead

be

is

lighten the

there

could

cradle
be

the

cement

by

slightly

spoke-shave

lines, removing

priming

added

shade
has
seen

been
a

of

quantity
The

made

for

depression

the
or

the

final

The
of

coat

somewhat.

to

permitted

draw-knife.

the

The

cloth

this, the
the

up

paint

ship's paint in battleship

Good

this

To

with

After

true

sandpaper.

applied after
and

to

left

applied.

used.
to

freely

clean

and

days.

two

"bumps"

is with

wiped

turpentine

least

at

be

now

may

pure

first
hull.
a

may

gray

white
coat

Here

"bump."

is

Model

After

the

taking
are

of

the

dowTi

filled with

the

high

the

hull.

The

addition

of

the

is

first coat

Engineering

dry,

spots.

same

double

is

is used

spoke-sliave
Tlie

compound

mixture
a

the

and

nicks

used

made

quantity

in

freely,

depressions
tlie

assembly

thicker, however,
of

whiting.

by
This

Model

"sticks"

wherever
and

the

it dries

it touches
hard

as

and

sandpaper,

Radio

Control

(the hands

as

enough

to

it is

when

are

After

stone.

289

variety in that

ordinary

the

is still soft

putty

with

With

from

is.different

"putty"

up

Submarine

no

of

permit

tion)
excep-

of

day

finally covered

D-D

the

paint,
spots

imperfection

depressions

interior

marks
the

hull
be

may

lower

is

the

sxccpT^^fo
BEueATM

in

tbe

trauBiiilssion

absolutely invisible.

white

The

indicate

where

the

filed.
is

paint
started.

great

hold

of

photographs

sandpaper,

coarse

to

in

been

have

the

When

with

hull

the

on

Details

f^HTS

BitAss

Tnaousn

FROrJ

202"

with

ELEVATION

ALL

Fig.

ing,
dry-

smoothing

S/U"

secfiof*

it

bone

All

which

extent.

Fig. 193

The
are

dry,

the

"whiskers"
will

work
are

smooth

out

compartments

merely

to

keep

the

on

removed

the

saw

shown

the

water

in

290

Model

from
These

and

bulkheads

secured

with

is made

forth
well

are

brads.

when

storage

watertight.

dotted

lines

The

When
is

compartment

Fig.

203

^Tlie

"

the

motor

good

acid-resisting

electrical

supply
entire

The
the

with

addition
well

into

rounded

all
out

should

below

are

compartment

freely

gives

the

In

tbrougb

the

wall

used

in

sembling
as-

being literally plastered

dry, the

consecutive

liull

battery
of

coats

some

and

conpllngB

spriug

obtainable

of

the

hull

made

somewhat

enamel.

The
and

corners

with

is

is bone

compoimd

interior

more

and

from

large

store.

cement,
of

holes

drawing

walls

cement

mounted

Bhafts

propeller

is in motion.

battery
The

the

three

given

dilTinK

with

cement

this compartment,
it.

craft

indicating the compartment

14-ineh whitewood.

with

the

perforated

The

absolutely

details, the
of

back

surging

Engineering

the

receive

mixture

The

be

plastered

through

should

until

be

every

water

especially

an

to

thinner

cracks

paint.

is next

the

worked
is

comer

compartments

liberal

dose

of

the

mixture.
While
may

which

turn

the
his

interior
attention

is of lead.

of the
to

hull

is

the

construction

drying

out, the
of

builder
the

keel

Model

The

Submarine

nicest

and, using it
lead

as

If

casting.

mould

give

of
them

lead

mould

is attained.
and

the

196.

simplest

the

scales

The

keel

of
the

No.

All

cracks, holes
and

cement,
had

hull

11

The

ballast

they

submerge

the

Their
is

in

placed

and

other

is to

the

for

so

distribute

float

an

on

desired

depth in

the

pronounced

tendency

to

As

lined
been
of

found

good

zinc
that

th'e
it

completely

the

wharf."

when

The

she

necessity
veteran

every

how

nearly

inside

the

when

first she

keel

even

**

craft

to

load

purpose.

the

at

the

her

to

water, but

also

ride

by

lower

hull

trim

to

operator

aft, causing

and

previously,

part of the hull.

with

keel.

is
the
not

assume

to

so

overcome

bow

the

than

versa.

described

lower

the

fore

vice

tity
quan-

though

or

experience

the

enable

tanks

is

obvious

from

the

or

the

as

first time.

will be

both

stern,

in Fig.

twofold

she

the

submarine

the

shape

filled with

looks

is to ^Hrim^'

The

any

Its

in

holes

partially

to

launched.

only

place

weight

of

are

serve

will know

will

craft

75

passing through

keel

while

procedure

impossible it

and

is to

means

tapped

EM2

intended

water

He

that

in

purpose

builder.

model

ufacturer
man-

is shown

screws

the

to

hull.

submarine

for this latter

by

blemishes

painting

are

the

hull

into

and

secondary

the

to

weigh

thick.

hull

the

to

to

desired

the

inch

an

make

house

this

gauge

the

plank

should

until

pour

machine

tanks

Primarily

keel

to

way

plank

the

on

supply

it bears

after

grown

plumbers'

is about

brass

flat head

12

directly

and

is secured

keel

impracticable,

The

plank

for

mould

No.

291

12

this mould

lead.

the

proportion

The

or

No.

the

sand

deemed

the

on

take

Fig. 194, using the

pipe

pour

and

pounds,
the

in

is

profile. Take

the

you

have

this

shown

as

pattern, make

Control

Radio

it is to

make

to

way

With

or

copper.

the

Hanks''

paint

should

Theoretically they
In

practice, however,

this is unnecessary.

waterproof

built

are

over

A
the

very

interior

be

it has

liberal
of

into

the

use

hull

Model

292

the

serves

piece

of

The

of

work

described

Fig.

204

inch

every

the

the

or

with

hull, showing

how

197

the

the

paint

is to

be

step in the

gives

propdler

the

of

then, to add

and
to

resent.
rep-

addition

decking

so

Fig.

would

tank

This

complex

very

the

through

illustrations.

of

stem

as

for

place first of all

in

in the

^The

"

such

previously.

strength, it is nailed
shown

need

thoroughly coated

wood

literallycemented
hull

the

completed

are

%-inch

cement

or

metal

tanks

decking

without

purpose

sheet

Engineering

section

shafts

pass

through

is

hull

the

through

from

kept

divide
W

that

so

in

the

the

of the

bottom

hull

forth
into

tanks

drawing.
water

completed.

and

back
the

in the

tanks

the

surging

which

by

with

of

means

the

bulkheads

heads
bulksented
repre-

are

forated
per-

openings indicated

find its way

can

water

compartments

These

entering

by

The

readily into

all

'compartments.
intake

The

at all times.
air

cocks

air

in

the

on

holes
The
the

tanks

through

water

is

permitted

superstructure
is

keel

the

permitted

of the
to

are

to

left wide
enter

submarine

escape

open

by opening
;

through

as

the

these

cocks,

the

water

into

performed

not

It could
the

be

done, of
of

plunge

to

render

such

The
taken

details

give

after

air
the

under

control.

running, but
of

tendency

the

circumstances

such

their

and

cocks

will

been

covered.

necessitate

would

point

location

has

superstructure

at this

details

such

the

is

ope

inadvisable.

of the

later

up

bottom

the

to

plan

and

only

radio

craft

the

cocks, thus

is the

of the

while

293

pressed
ballast, com-

the

operation

adjustment

the

the

through

medium

the

course,

Control

discharge

This

out.

Radio

tanks

the

through

delicacy

craft

To

ballast

the

To

enters.

air is sent

driving

With

Submarine

Model

be

tition
repe-

later.
The

for

the

motor

for

the

controller

which

drives

capacity

hull

drawings
of

number

See

Fig.
The

it to
the

6-volt

at

in

ther

in

battery

battery

its

model

cannot

40-amperein

given
suitable

are

the

on

the

for

market.

described.
be

should

The

two

for

charging

be

selected

size.

been

has

taken
199

units

to

and

Suffice

made

to

should

be

easily

event

that

in

the

place where

200

for

fasten

current

views

of

the

hull.

is of

EM2

for
market.

open

features

all of the desirable

commutator,

or

Figs.

See

in the

obtainable

and

place.

repairs

motor

large

The

automobile

is of

batteries

attempt

no

for

in the

The

issue

preceding

automobile

that

here

whole

devices.

dimensions

The

is

198.

is obtainable.

of

volts.

battery

is

one

other

the

80-ampere-hour

battery compartment

say

units ;

two

control

control

the

standard

removable
the

various

the

lighting battery, while

into

craft, while

the

and
is

battery

motor

hour

is divided

storage battery

Eadial

The

found

has

motor

liberally designed

frame,

are

among

machines

mica

form
^adequate oiling facilities,

type

practically

in commercial

brushes,

gauge

standard

insulated

wound

coils,

its excellent

features.
The

transmission

has

been

added

solely to permit the

Model

294

motor

to

speed.
a

The

the

propellers

of course,

of

running

necessitates

in

the

moderate

with

of

left- and

the

that
shafts

directions.

Opposite

use

peller
pro-

is such

gears

is obtained

to

with

of the

arrangement

reduction

speed

for

relatively high speed

at

run

Engineering

This,

right-hand

screw.

The

with

motor

201, which
These

gives

its transmission
front

photographs,

205

Fig.

"

Tba

of

with

clear

of

the

in

shown

the

the

hull, showing

tbe

make

view

rear

together

stern

202, should

Fig.

and

is well

plant.

power

detail

in

pTopeUers

Fig.

drawing,

pUce

entire

scheme

of

48-tooth

brass

gear

is

1-ineh

gear

the

transmission.
The

reader

secured
48

to

pitch.

diameter,
Meshed
the

will

the

make

circles.
turns

mounted

second
this

second
While

large
on

is

gear

shaft.

large

gear

the

This

of

one

The

gear

in the

a
a

the

stock
96-tooth

are

opposite

gear

in

represented
The
in

motor

turn

is
of

2-iueh
shafts.

drawing

obvious.

B, which

gear,

transmission

96-tooth

layout

gears

is

is

second

The

operation

first

this gear

upon

clear.

The
the

shaft.
with

this

that

note

motor

Meshed

with

upon

will

mounted

Fig.

202

by pitch
gear

operates

the

be

well

direction.

subject of transmission,

it may

Model

to

suggest how

to

the

in

holes

the

in the

clearance

the

drill

with

held

and

and

square

be

drilled

hole

at

the

10/32

screw,

plates

bottom

and

may

be

inserted

may

then

be

filed up

All

will

holes

at the

plates

the

the

which

plates

other.

in

8/32

center

both

through

tap size for

the

to each

true

and

plates, drilling

the

grip

The

fitted

locate

to

nut.

is to

holes

locate
a

of

295

and

out

the

screws

9 to clear

No.

laid

are

operation

plate and
in

Control

Radio

part

upper

front

Next

together.

first

The

plate. Place

rear

With

bearing plates

the
frame.

motor

drill

Submarine

thereafter

time

same

insure

to

alignment.
The

1/4-inchhole

order.

This

10/32

screw

plates

and

the

been

the

shaft

motor

with

into

the

motor

letter

frame.

be

in

next

in the

layout
the

piece

the

through

hole.

the

Square
with

in

with
hole

drill

the

Clamp

shown

up

lower

tap

of

bottom

the

at

through

Follow

base.

will

distance

the

9 drill

No.

shaft

drilled, remove

hole

center

plates and

run

all

motor
to

for

spot
10/32

tap out.
After

from

lower

of

center

inch

WiQ
for

swing
This

gear

shaft.

from

the

will

with

C holes
true

so

plates
the

as

may

to the

left

gear

spot for

the

it will

not

insure

to

be

now

center

holes

drilled

for
and

that

separated
with
hole
the

and

short
to

the

10/32

clamp

flat head

tapped

and

the

on

the

the
cut
rear

line

l^-inch

hole

radius

and

horizontal

hole.

Drill

drill is
oversize.

line.
B

and

ground
The

plate replaced

screw

plate

countersunk
the

vertical

2-inch

to

for

l^/^-inch radius

to

spot for the

sure

in the

be

hole

center

Strike

%-inch drill,making

shaft

The

off the

dividers

set

gear

the

and

replace clamping

set

hole.

center

Now

motor

placed
base.

give

shaft

of

lay

dividers

with

motor

right

to

Next

hole.

by scribing

gear

plates and

the

this, remove

in the

screw

then

has

frame

and

on

hole

slip the

base

and

the

the

between

views

motor

near

from

motor

the

is located

When

drawing.

to

hole

for

temporarily
to

the

screws

motor
may

plate permanently

Model

296

secured

the

to

carefully the

frame.

motor

will turn

shaft

motor

If the

work

without

has

been

any

bind

done
when

plate is secured.

the

bearings

The

for

attention.

These

brass

and

stock

this

operation,

plate and

of

the

with

the

that

solder
solder

brads

three

"When

operation.

in

be

to

the

although

the

An

bearing

surface

the

it away

job cooled,

oiled

badly

were

of the

the

thanks

at

the

hole

of carbon

trace

left

set

the
the

up
this

for

plates

to

charred

taken

tween
joint be-

was

bench

bearing

the

through

run"

rag

the

plate

from

was

copper

being

into

The

coated

bearing

Joint, care

plate.

the

surface

the

soldering

perfect alignment,

latter

union.

hot

very

the

Bubmarltie

the

actually sweated

keep

to

of

For

plate.

and

tb"

on

hexagon

placed in

was

up,

used

side

around

and

bearing

the

found

flow

to

paste.

them

piopallen

under

bearing

dowel

line

to

tbe

the

plate and

used

see

of

front

require

next

%-inch

from

wooden

holes

shafts

up

the

to

^-inch

One

"

turned

sweated

soldering

then

on

206

transmission

the

are

bearing

Tig.

to

Engineering

were

dowels,
of

point

cleaned

tbe

by the burned

wood.
The

pointed
to

their

into

holes

is

gear

set-screw,
shafts

by

drilled

secured
while

means

through

the

to

the
of

and

brass

gear

boss

shaft

motor

gears

are

escutcheon

and

shaft.

with
fastened

pins driven
The

ends

Model

^
of the
steel

Submarine

transmission

shafts

which

springs

With

Radio

threaded

are

flexible

provide

Control

297

the

1/4-20 to take

couplings

the

to

peller
pro-

shafts.
All

that

remains

is the
in

self-explanatory

are

that

note

10/32

the

both

plates with

sleeves

were

%-inch

brass
in

in the

The

and
and

the

improved

the

desired

An

additional

coupling

these

forced

on

threads

the

force.

the

shaft

and

much

The

housing

shafts

shown

the

at

need

said

be

of

merely lengths of %-inch

brass

at

cap

shaft.

for the
cap

is

either

end.

The

space
for

ample

propellers is

well

brass

springs
peller
pro-

removed
off

by

close

to

Fig. 203,

idea

builder

will

want

to

make

patterns

made

from

each.

hull

is shown

in

an

take

The

Fig.

and

advantage
and

They

have
of
are

of

standard

drilled

pipe and

tallow

packmg
of

shape

where

Th6

stock

the
is

hand
average

propeller

single casting

propellers

secured

are

of the

and

just
the

They

course

proportions.

relation

205.

end

Fig. 206,

of the

give

of

size

The
in

fitted with

the

lampwick

water.

shown

housings.

are

caps

between

to

than

are

and

left in

extreme

pipe

The

included

rather

of the

cut

were

shaft

the

the

exclude

to

necessary

ends

stay put until

propeller

the

wound

transmission

the

of

perfect flexible

almost
The

hangers

springs

tightly

plified
sim-

been

clearly in Fig. 204.

more

Little

of

mounted

shaft

the

so

an

they will

shafts, where
main

afford

they

simple

has

steel

stiff and

propeller shafts.

to the

coupling
are

that

springs

be

shown

substituting long, tightly wound

So

of

feature

transmission

by removing

upon

These

lengths

well

might

and

of

method

between.

transmission.

the

motor

door-spring variety.

the

lathe.

illustrations

shows

hull.

the

bearing of

203

Fig.

in

the

in each

oilcup

off

rear

through

passes

sleeve

or

will

reader

placed in th^

long stud, which

by cutting

pipe

The

temporarily

collars

spacing

drawings.

spacing cpUar

made

shown

not

the

screw

plate is displaced by

The

assembly.

to

the

to

the

shafts

Model

298

by

simple

thread

screw

threading

This

the

by chucking

Engineering
and

operation
in

propeller

off, centering, drilling and

The
appears

208

steering

rudder

beneath

the

gives

the

into

the

chuck, facing

14 -20.
in

shown

the

ing.
loosen-

prevent

three-jaw

tapping

at

to

easily accomplished

was

is well

huU

glimpse

pinned

of

stern

Fig. 207,

the

model.

hall, showing

it

as

Fig.

the

rudder

rudder

anism
mech-

:"

in

mechanism

position.

in parts,

piece

to

For

the
the

several

Figs.

For

an

data,

constructural
and

parts
212

within

installed

idea

an

shows

of the

the

of each

proportions

others.

Figs. 210, 211,

the

giving

Fig. 209

of the
and
the

which

213,

control.

214,

show

the

reader

is referred

working

are

The
the

drawings

remaining
complete

to
of

tions,
illustra-

mechanism

hull.

explanation

of

the

working

principle

let

us

Model

to

Submarine

views.

sweated

into

Fig.

The

latter

fitted with
To

having

the

Fig. 209

the

"tiller

the

detail

sweated

with

in

the

parts

its

assembly

drawing,
solder

brass

to

the

the

at

brass

rudder

post.

in

mdder.

equivalent
and

housing

or

end.

post

of post

sleeve

pipe

either

turned

tbe

glance

is of sheet

of

end

299

control

at

of

Control

proper

the

rudder

groove

or

occasional

rudder

glands

Tlie

"

cord"
and

in

of

shallow

Tbe

"

packing

an

rudder

througli

passes

top

The

saw-cut

208

Radio

213, with

Figs. 210, 211, and

photographic

With

is fitted
its

periphery

control

in

disc

brass

to

carry

moctuuilsm

this

disc

The

case.

is

clearly

Fig.

210.

The

hub

the

disc.

The

projecting

of

the

struction
con-

shown
disc
arm

is

of

Model

300

the

is

post
of

means

threaded

the

lock

keep
In
Detail

to

disc

the

in

side

one

of the

directly above
in which
of

this

holes

The
tiUer

the

of

countersunk

these

this

-by
jecting
pro-

helps

slides

in

freely.

shape

is 25

degrees

Mounted

rudder.
a

See

holes.

holes

Fig. 210, is

see

iron

of

spring, which

position of the

is conical

small
The

to

fit the

as

follows

solenoid

lower

end

countersunk

disc.

action

of the

is

pulled

cord

little

Each

of

tightened

position.

two

disc,

plunger

plunger
in the

central

neutral

and

function

the

are

211.

latter
The

neutral

there

Fig

the

shown.

carry

in

rudder

the

into

nut

is to

arm

Engineering

against

the

mechanism
to

the

tension

is

right (by
of

the

solenoids

"V^Tien
to

neutralizing

be

the

scribed)
de-

spring.

Model

disc

the

latter

beneath

moves

into

drops
until

stay
back

the

to the
rudder

second

hole.

is used

for

the rudder

To

to

instant

an

port

only

starboard.

or

left-hand

pull

with

pin

the

is the fact that

just long enough

"

it

rudder, sending
the

of this mechanism

feature

big

The

will

current

(the solenoid

to engage

serves

sends

the

the

rudder

the

which

301

until

plunger

Likewise

position.

Control

Here

solenoid, releases

neutral

of the

holes.

operation,

next

Radio

solenoid

the

of the

one

little

the

through

With

Submarine

It remains

rent
cur-

pull

to

in that

posi-

Hold Cord

pet-ailD
Fig.

tion

211^-Plai%

of

The

comparatively
making

rudder,

large

tiller cord

The

of the

round

attached
Detail

to

the

the

disc, passes

the

hull.

212,

213

and

the

the

essential

has

been

referred

disc

to.

on

This

to

cord, running

large

photographs
214, will

retaining

the

by

make

solenoid

and
this

the

pull

and

economy

of

current

This

is

in

the
use

of

the

trustworthy,

the

sumption.
con-

length

flexible,

very

screw

on

in
can

we

actual

type of shoestring, strong and

B, Fig. 211.

The

for

operation positive

the

still maintain

and

is that

result

current

is used

current

no

net

mechanism

rudder

and

stem

released, although

until

retaining operation.
a

the

shown

in

groove

in

-either

side

of

drawings. Figs. 211,

clear.

The

plunger

of

Model

302

each

solenoid

that

tension

each

plunger

springs

position and
The

The

the

Tbe

The

large

C. C.

wound

lessened
The

on

tube

wound

which

upon

battery.
No.

layers deep

There

be

may

ing
wind-

This

the

sliding fit. If Norway

steel

in

solenoids

16
to

is

solenoid
way
Nor-

piece of ^-inch

the

and

layer

with

perfectly smooth.

rolled

the

storage

are

in

mechanism.

per

showing

6-volt

over

neutral

must
iron

used, but

not

be

cannot

the

be

pull is

appreciably.
for

mounting
the

mounting
to

turns

layer, and

sliding fit

in this

cold

of the

layers deep.

the

per

brass
a

45

solenoids

turns

made

friction

with

use

18

in

wire, enameled,

tube

on

of

end

rudder

the

24

mechaniBm,

about

steering

be

rod

obtained,

puU

for

The

should
iron

any

he

wire, 68

coil.

each

rudder

complete

designed

get

can

order

tight.

No,

brass

the

in

rear

rudder

retain

to

with

upon

should

winding
is

used

workman

212"

tiller cord

the

to

the

coil

the

attached

keeping

is wound

long

careful

Tig.

D.

solenoid

inch

in

the

keep

position

layers

he

may

assist

to

small

desired

entirely through

passes

to

Engineering

see

eoils

that

the

the

cord

solenoids

the

within

the

rather

will

probably

be

necessary

each

solenoid

base

with

than
to

shims

hull,

of the

plunger

is of

one

should

care

solenoid
at

block

of wood

hardwood.

has

In

be
a

cised
exer-

straight

slight angle.

out
to

the

rear

effect

end

this.

It
of

Model

The

heat

The

it

small

draw

The

This
the

"

ten, providing

length when

density is
that

it is

of

amount

214

not

current

out

Olose-np

the
the

draw

view

one's

of

plunger

Uie

applied.

objectionable, however,

applied for but

one

or

two

at

that

pull

nine

main
re-

times

will

out

of

three-quarters

of

solenoids

is inserted
is

current

rudder

to

to

apiece

amperes

lingers

enough

permitted

were

15

303

comparatively
or

produces

current

of

is

5 amperes,

pulls about
if the

Control

Radio

solenoids

the

large coils

plunger

rig.

its

coil

disastrously

on.

volts.

density in

current

high.

With

Submarine

This

high

in view

seconds

at

of
a

current
the

time.

fact

Model

30^
In

are

the

trick.

For

instance,

to be

effected

is most

amazingly

the

as

increases.

of

of

number

from

aside

involved

control

radiodynamic

the

sort, there

some

Engineering

actual

of

model

practical considerations
of how

problem

distance

the

distant

which

over

important.
between

Another

point

is

control

transmitter

and

ceiver
re-

is whether

consider

to

the

difficulties increase

The

distance

do

to

Rudder
"Sicfe of Hull

ShaH-

J.--'Thread
Bms^Jfex.
Pack

Rod

Rudder..

Fig.

series

215r"

Dimensions

216"

Section

radio

One
this

going

'is

kind

True, the craft

pressed.
beforehand

just

of pressure

of

There
of

series
color
A
so

the

lights

representing
on

that

he

shore
can

method

involves

operate

the

going
of

ways

colored

chart

model

respond,

in

but

system

any

just

is

what

the

when

happen

to

pressure

desires.

determining

the

will

the

upon

key

we

must

at

the

is

know

instant

key.

two

are

is

what

of

progressive

essential

absolutely
hull

the

post'

whether

builder

of

supports

rudder

or

the

means

some

inside

on

is

that

the

dependent

key, is all that

thing

solenoid

the

selective

be

must

of

through

evolutions, each

"f

of the

of

Fig.
Fig.

control

the

Fisr. 216

215

some

tells the

guide
the

control

his
use

doing
the

on

of

deck

distinct

is to

One

this.

what

operator

model,

the

evolution

of

each

fingers, with

clock-work
a

the

color

signals accordingly.
of

have

The

each

craft.
means

other

mechanism

synchronous

mechan-

to

ism, turning
in
the

front

217

exactly the

at

control

the

operator

Fig.

in

of

Tlie

connection

central

at any

Radio

of

rate

same

exactly what

distributor

given

for

time

the

and

Control

speed

can

send

shore

on

clock

finger

contact

three-clrcnlt

305

his

observing

By

operator.

determine

can

"

With

Submarine

Model

is

contxoUet

his

signals

accordingly.
The
for
more

use

colored-light signal device

with
than

models
few

where

hundred

the

yards

is

control
at

the

admirably
need
most.

not

adapted
extend

Model

306

Engineering

"

The

of which

function

of

number

representing
the

just

at

the

operative

moves

from

whatever
in

number

and

premium,

the

necessary,

rotated

by

and

the

from

taken

one

advantage

that

but

**oflf

or

of the

of

is deemed

having

which

is

This
double

continuously

mechanically

motor

The

smaU

nected
con-

rheostat

speed.
or

distributor, the operative circuits

outside

of

single white

position

switch

arm

is at

space

is better.

218

gearing.

worm

circuits

The

If

Fig.

electric

an

the

signal

or

contact

motor

this controller

lamp

motor

or

of controls

instrument

an
a

of

in

shown

of

means
means

is to control

are

controUer-proper,

or

large number

very

essentially

by
In

as

ing
relay, send-

mechanism

operative

considerations.

of

type

of contacts

row

the

design for the distributor

are

is

be

to

finger

time

solenoid

desired

the

the

words,

contact

close

to

serves

plete
com-

in

other

such

the

question.

the

device

This

through

happens

circuit

there

in.

the

until

another,

color

device

In
as

tain
cer-

is to

impulse

moment.

all opfen,

to

close

position of

the

given

any

the

lights, each

radio

to

are

point

comes

current

of the

desired

the

and

open

all times

at

mechanism

colored

The

circuit

circuits
one

signal

periodically

function

operative

submarine

In

is to

circuit,tell

of

essentially

circuits.

The

contactor.

radio

consists

system

the

two

inner

the

is found

rows

need

lamp

while

contacts

from

taken

are

the

of

row

be

used

to

in

row.

the

fact

indicate

the

finger following

contact

the

each

ored
col-

flash.
The

coherer
wooden

such
for

means

position

that

at

the

the

it will

shown
control

mounted

are

end

of

coherer

through

distributor
that

decoherer

piece

adjustment
The

and

hatch

has
six

the

tube

is

in

the

twelve

complete

an

upon

right
up-

controller

base

readily

accessible

deck

of

the

contacts,
circuits

or

in

marine.
sub-

which
evolu-

tions

; that

made
to

Model

to

Submarine

is, six

on

start, stop,

left,back

to

it

turn

With

and

sis

turn

to

neutral, fire

off, blow

off.

Thus

right,
deck

Control

Radio

the

flash

whistle, discharge

can

neutral,

to

turn

gun,

model

307

on

be
turn

light,
search-

torpedo, fire
"TT^

Fig.

218

"

Tlie

central

dlatrlbator

for

tbe

slx-clrcuit

controller

Model

308

signal

it

made

fore

planes

be

can

gun,

to

contact

it does

and

which

to

In

Still

This

it is

time

in which

it

builder

the

diagram,

circuit,keeping

arm

at

way

by
sent
the

that

see

switch
the

time.

the

through
over.

control

will

that

magnet

lever

the

For

on

the

to his
make

to

side.

To

opposite magnet

nounced
pro-

The

advaur

maximum

of

signals.
all connections

trace

In

with
of

to

the

start

some

representing

position

stay in whichever

either

struction
con-

the

is sent

current

quired
re-

of

explanation.

instance,

turn

he

consists

slowly.

will

the

start

would

It

segment

is advised

in mind

contacts,

this has

operator

of

worm

simplicity of

and

respond

words

many

each

will

and

with

splendid.

travels

the

large

neutral,

to

others.

each

six

that

for

is

to

evolutions:

all

used

brush

gives

easier

usual

has

back

and

the

over

read

to

without

impulse

in turn

the

three

is

large wiring diagram

The

the

be

may

which

is that

here

clear

This

ring of metal,

tage

for

torpedo

advantages

circuit,around

so

cylinder carrying

distributor

control, this form

form

readily

the

right, turn

turn

average

third

segmented

such
are

second

contacting

good

neutral.

to

and

devices

the

slowly with

revolved

stop motor,
of the

second

the

etc., in EM2

so

device

studs, each

that

left,back

itself

this

drive.

motor

means

motor,

of

All

firing

as

Fig. 217 is somewhat

lend

not

finger, is

or

in

shown

of contact

series

gear

off.

any

off.

of circuits.

brush

instant, such

an

operating until

on

is that

expenditure of

the

current

keep

current

build, but

number
a

the

distributor

The
to

without

done

to

as

the

turns

in

performed

diving

the

to remember

point

The

evolutions,

with

rise

solenoids, driving motor,

designed
'

is

turn

rudder

as

aft.

and

of these

two

and

submerge

to

that

operation
a

Or, in lieu of

rocket.

be

can

Engineering

the

reading
pencil

contact

motor,

through

he
two-

position it is drawn
stop it,the
for

an

current

instant

to draw

is

Model

Submarine

With

Radio

Control

309

Model

Engineering

rC

fhinBaffsri/

-C
SUarR'ghfO

The
control

coherer
nickel

coherer

is

system.

For

with
and

silver
silver

the

6-

-3

inherent

simple
plugs

filings

is

weakness

model

and

0(#

about

work

of
the

old

half-and-half
as

good

any

fashioned
mixture

as

radio

any.

of

The

Model

plugs
tube

should
and

be

half

least

at

intervening

the

Control

Radio

With

Submarine

inch

an

apart

the

glass
the

with

filled

loosely

space

in

311

filingsmixture.
One

EM2

by

the

circuit,of
the

standpoint it
maintain

motor

could

The

switch

in

essential

switch

the

of

in

contacts

Some

shown

in the

Essentially,

switch

the

steel, pivotally arranged

and

bronze

the

The

2.5
such

low

them.

of

should

purchase

brass

between
be

not

iron

is drilled
be

is
for

good

is

as

phosphor

the

or

piece

of

cold

are

it is

that

pivot

one.

The

at

sold

at

the

in the

to
right
up-

tions.
illustra-

pole piece

and

inch

of

insure

to
an

of

nate
inordi^

rolled

its lower

armature

of

than

upon

%2

type

cheaper

outright

steel

available) of i/4-inchby ^-inch

the

by

is sent.

magnets

shown

ture
arma-

other

instrument

them

nets,
mag-

of the

end

expenditure
act.

soft

of

of

greater than

in the

221.

springs

armature

the

switch

two

is mounted

angle

off

or

of

market

magnet

of energy

armature

wrought
should

to

pulse
im-

poles

standard

open

the

relay

current

These

operation without

amount

It

of

distance

magnet

The

the

Each

piece

The

reliable

in

to

arm

side

one

used

on

drawing,

the

which

each.

satisfactory

more

construct

the

of the

are

price

with

that

an

the

to contact
to

to the

of

two

be

the

the

armature

through

resistance

between

is drawn

magnet

magnets

ohms

as

latter

of the

means

and

disposed

so
as

this

above

in

consists

this

economic

the

position,

contacts

222, and

photograph,

or

on

position until

from

either

the

current

construction

current

resulted

experimentation

the

controlling

no

marine
Sub-

Model

turned

be

desired

the

that

serving merely to bring

position as the case
might be.
"

such

Furthermore,

came.

was

means

be

to

remain

would

impulse

next

driving
had

course,

contacts

the

device.

control

the

whereby

provide

main

the

of

construction

the

to

was

operating
off

in

problem

end

should

and

(unless
section.
this

fit

swing freely

Model

812

back

forth

and

but

it will

as

The

contacts

their

describe

oiUy "ticklish"
the

prevent

it.

Too

in the
a

is such

to

the

the

the

Of

other

center

adjustment
from

over

the

or

other,

correct

click

hull.

gravity aids

position

one

Tbe

"

current

is

current

is sent

one

applied

being

two-point

in

keeping
when

as,

of
is

through

to

the

it A\-ill stay
the

other

to

the
other

in

the

the

reverse

armature

that

magnet.

of

vibration

of

in either

from
with

switch

the

armature

shifts

obtained,

the
will

pressure

hold

it shifts

gravity

tion
explana-

swltcli

design
the

graph
photo-

possibly

inevitable

the

course

is

drawn

not

the

of

much

relay

will

position
and

Too

job.

the

by

words

adjustment

position against

boat

that

This

from

221

erated
tol-

brass

upon

is shown

thousand

little pressure

desired

model

of the

armature

Fig.

position.

than

part

be

cannot

mounted

are

adjustment

infinitely better
could

slovenly fit

trouble.

to

strip

and

angle pieces

and

loose

lead

spring

Engineering

one

it.

armature
the

instant

side
When
will
the

position until

Model

The

superstructure
of

permit
the

up

ready

secured
from
A

by

elevation

machinery

covered

with

simple

of

nuts

on

222

"

brass

stock.

worked

for

nuts

that

of

is

313

designed

so

within

to

as

through
hatches

of

passing

screws

to

is

finished
the

hatches.

brass

All

and

superstructure
shows

switch

the

plan and

ing
deck-

side

asMmbled

superstructure

yg-inch

latter

placed
the

relay

Note

The

down
are

o'f the

The

thicknesses

two

of lumber
the

the

Fig. 224, which

in section.

%-inch
are

to
are

model

Control

the

drawing

in

given

of

Radio

of

means

Fig.

up

With

beneath.

complete
is

access

which

openings

wood

Submarine

and

material

secured

shape.
machine

after
In

this

screws

dimensions

the

are

is huilt
of

one

former

thin

piece

which

given

hold
in

the

drawings.
In

placing
in

the

nailing

superstructure
the

two

pieces

on

of

the

stock

hull, and,
together,

wise,
likethe

Model

314

white
The

lead

and

before

whiting

is to

cement

be

is to

cement

applied

the

to

be

plentifully.

used

stock

surfaces

botli

on

nailing together.

To

possible warping,

counteract

should

be

head

secured

ing

the

decking

223

perfect union

after

the

heads

are

The

the

object of this
removed
The
standard

with

is

will

so

nearly

deck

the

and

placed

flat-

A
draw

hull, squeezing

the

hull

naUs.

the

the

out

hard,

leav-

removed

As

superstructure.
the

on

superstructure

the

securely fastened,

and

screws

nad

covered.

wiring and
after

done

is

wood

or

off when

scraped

between

of thin

latter

to

superstructure

and

inclies

^Tlifl sntmarlne

"

the

screws

every

be

can

Fig.

both

right down

which

cement

with

placed

screw

superstructure

be

Engineering

was

after

greater
rubber

the

installation

superstructure
to insure
the

part

deck

of

covered

the

that

of the

machinery

had

been

finished.

the

interior

were

The

fittingsmight

finished.

was

wiring
and

the

was

done

balance

with
with

No.
No.

14

18

Model

Submarine

With

Radio

Control

315

Model

316

fixture

wire.

**

be

Thej'^ may

insulation

The

little

that

good

Engineering

exercised

be

need

care

fished'^

beneath

to

"

keep them

Tarntd

from

so

apart.

held

and

deck

the

is

conductors

these

on

under

VOowl

5 Pieces of

J
Fig.

225

"

staples with
is

^Drawing

the

of

conning

On

impunity.

heavy, the larger wire

As

inserted

5-ampere

of

measure

in the
fuses

This

protection

from

either

all circuits

from

in

those

is

really
on

the

submarine

where

the

current

used.

was

safety, 10-ampere

leads

battery

for

tower

the
from
very

short

fuses

should

be

large storage battery and

the

small

important,
circuit

control
as

the

might easily

battery.
current

reach

Model

hundred

or

amperes

is

draiyn

15

and
second

or

As

fuses

two

it is

switches

that

the

the

mains

Tbe

when

switch

at the
at

one

be

EM2
turn

to

left
has

battery

cnft,

ihowlng

may

be

model

it

it is

well

for

stant
in-

an

the

easily for

and

starts

circuits,

an

"on"

controls

left, neutral;

as

start

rudder

provide

to

in

order

solenoid

release

from

totally disconnected
in

In

use.

the

main

stops
are

graph
photo-

battery,
control

the'
no

open,

though

even

the

Fig. 231, the

compartment,

switches

these

in

hold

tlia

is not

battery

right

the

only

current

compartment

left is to disconnect

the

through

might

tli"

the

When

motor.
flow

the

the

showing

the

precaution,

batteries

two

is

this

on.

of

stem

such

heaviest

The

battery.

specified will

just inside

226"

317

Incidentally,

however,

additional

an

Control

Radio

more.

the

amperes;

the

With

even

ruin

would

discharge

Tig.

Submarine

the

while

device

current

can

controller

position.
follows

motor,

turn

stop

to

right,

motor.

neutral

The

div-

Model

S18

ing plans
to

the

but

that

to

228

"

The

so

around.

of flexible

lamp

along

side

cord
of

relay

switch

moimted

similar
of

the

the

which

that

signal

each

leads

brought

up

opening

principle

to

described,

pairs by

lights

the

repeated
the

screws

bridging

monmted

are

is

from
to

in

pUce

In

in

contact

The

coiitr()l,he

device

into

the

in

reader,

rudder.

control

grouped

upon

studs

radio

tilted

are

any

the

central

been

block

travels

the

control

the

use

adjacent
arm

the

have

contacts

across

are

in

Should

mechanism

is, they

add

to

r, with

construct

order

Tig.

the

dilTing

employed
In

the

The

to

hand.

choose

model,

that

operated;

position by

this

227"

Pig.

has

manually

are

diving

building

Engineering

as

contacts

and

ers
wash-

superstructure.

Model

The

current

drawings
fittings.

and

it inclines

mast

of

craft.

the

good

effectual

is this

229

The

"

aerial

The

toward

that

mocliaiilBm

It is

necessary.

maker
him

will not
the

rubber

of

employment
or

black

fiber

tiny
rod

either
in

end

paraffin
So

found

are

1"7 tlie remOTnl

of

Uie

such

true

model

arrangement.

For

that

however,

with

content

tall central

qualities.

insulators

no

tower

hatcli

admitted,

be

at

boiled

exposed

forward

mast

insulating

high

previously.

by

dowel

the

off

conning

the

shorter

dry

treatment

controlUng

described
of

3X9

and

on

is carried
a

of

mast

turn

was

details

thoroughly

provides

Fig.

all

give

deck

to

motor,

Control

Radio

serves

driving

the

to

The

and

which

switch,

relay

With

Submarine

an

turned

insulators

of

about

the

from

hard

diameter

14 "i^h

is

necessary.

The

brought
tower.

cord
the

lead-in
down

From
leads
coherer

to

is taken
to

this
one

the

from

the

contact

point,
side

is connected

of

on

piece

the

with

of the

center

the

deck

of

rubber

coherer.
a

heavy

of

aerial
the

conning

covered

The

other

wire

and

that

lamp
side

of

leads

Model

320

down
with

ballast

The

tanks

in the

lower

water

to

sufficient size to hold

piece of

model.
deck

both

fore

each

pipe

terminates

are

opened,

cocks

and

Fig.

with

escape,
is

model
be

may

the

brass

electrical

connection

aft
in

230

^'

in

^Drawing

"

the

of

discharge

applied

to the

pet

cocks

the

by

the

is

water

to

When

the

stern, the pet cocks

the

of

entrance

of rubber

means

these

permitted

ballast, air

water

where

When

enters.

and

bow

hull

hatches

the

closed, thereby preventing

To

of the

tanks

of

are

machinery

the

pet cock.

the

that

by

from

outside

small

air

the

leads

the

to

part of the hull

completely submerge

pipe

result

brimmed

water.

makes

keel.

lead

the

and

hull

the

through

Engineering

pressure

tubing

more

is
from

tank.
The
to

of the

coherer

respond
standard

in the
to
*^

the

control

impulses

2-inch'^

is

device
sent

wireless

out

tive
sufficientlySensi-

by

type, using

spark
the

coil
obso-

lete

method

the

spark

of

to

the

to

231

about

be

also

Tbe

"

The

is

hatcb

central

it is

about

equal

which

be

must

working

distance

between

^
filled

parts

across

and

with

for

inch

filings.

at

pure

free

coherer
with

rlKbt

silver
from

plugs
the

Ttie

baUeties.

task, but,

tedious

permanent."

reasonably

the

distance

the

stontge

tbe

is

of

length

power.

tliB

coherer

quite
the

greater

operation
transmitter,

increase

sbowlng

of

tuned
wave

would

sliowii

ue

the

of

natural

of

lifted,

lampB

attained,

once

used,

short

transmitter

adjustment

of

321

ground

reliable

fairly

yards.

aerial,

Hign"l

when

1(K)

submarine

would

Fig.

and

antenna

for

distance

exceedingly

diminutive
as

the

Control

Radio

gap.

found

tuned

With

connecting

maximum

The
"was

Submarine

Model

space

and

nickel
The

grease.
was

found

between

ture
mix-

filings
best
to

be

cally
practi-

CHAPTER

The

of

design

When

wide

of

232

derived

amusement
the

'

is

type
and

most

seen

in

consists

he

from

lumber
in
of

the

the

yards,

construction
a

mast,

if

Fig.

driven

field

There

of

electric

derrick

that
are

many-

will

all the

jib

quarries,

stone

has

well
and

cnne

Of
or

in

instruction

denlck

is great.

hoist.

himself

constructed,

amount

them
is

into

apparatus.

which,

of

electrical

interests

delves

the

plan

common

especially
It

of
as

Tbe

"

The

"

constructor

any

builder,

Tig.

kinds,

coustmetiOQ

interesting

cranes,

the

repay

Its

CBANE

construction,

range

of

"

MODEL

amateur

crane

types

cr"ue

the

model
a

the

XXIV

many

This

crane.

steel

mills,

work.

232,

to

which

boom

or

jib

Model

is attached

that

so

pulley

with

These

two

it may
is

hook

controlled

swing

by

boom

cables,

323

down.

or

up

from

ran

the

elements,

Crane

end

the
and

which

the

of

movable

the

hook,

are

wound

are

boom.
rately
sepa-

ing
wind-

on

drums.

In

this

model

is

described

which

Miniature

in

derrick, and

the

obstacles

as

It

its

derrick

models,

of

small

rivets.

Iron

inch

long,

are

and

have

to

by %"

procurable
They

are

driven

is

not

cold

and

mast

bring

head

used.
boom

account

as

be

rivets, %

to

of

many

used

cheaply

together by

These

sawed

forth
can

easily and

used.

on

hoist,

is

chapter,

feature

round

be

electric

the

angle tin held

consists

diameter

in

This
it

as

drum

asaembled

did

use

merely

of very

long.

is used

^The

"

double

following

contemplated.

other

many

the

iron

structural

Fig. 233

of

the

crane

are

about
the

the

in
structed.
con-

means

inch

in

est
small-

Vg inch
dif"cidties

Model

324

encountered

The

fitting and

in

The

hot.

round

head
and

boom

of

this

holding

is left

mast

will

of wood

sticks

Engineering

made
for

material

they

driven

are

exposed.

are

suffice

if

same

in

the

this

manner

is

seen

used

as

by

realistic

the

pieces,

While

the

pearance
ap-

photographs,

Figs. 233, 234.

machine.

bending
strips

are

which

are

These

holes

and

(F).

tying
the

The

screws

place

8-32
are
as

angles

around

and

tap.

screwed

with

28

in the

these

long angles
in

of

of

and

then

boom,

by

through
tapped

8-32, round

the

(E)

blocks

drilled
and

bent

blocks

these

the

drilled

then

are

holes, holding

assembly

Fig. 236.

sides

end

drill

One-quarter-inch,
into

the

ends

then

are

No.

to

access

cut

are

against

Holes

mast

thirty-inch

both

brass

held

are

them.

blocks

shown

in

on

The

square

the

and

indicated

as

angles.

one-half-inch

has

twenty-

plates (B), Fig. 237,

to

of

derrick

tbe

bored

are

boom,

sides

who

identically

riveted

cord

an

the

bored

web

the

strips

with

in

of

of

each

Holes

the

tinner

view

Four

are

and

to

in

used

shown

down

Bear

"

required.

Four

angle.

from

234

Tig.

as

tin

or

is obtained

boom

and

iron

angle

The

the

head

strips

Fig. 235.

Model

Crane

J t.
"i

i"

"I

S^"|

4
.1

ft J
"i
I

ibisf.
,-l?I
f

'*

'J

h'i"

h'i"

lt"

.if

Model

326

rigging, made

made

so

boom

the

is

so-called
tackle

of

provide

to

as

in

supports

shown

and

through

is
the

the

boom,

side

angles

The

web

will

be

bored
of

of

the

as

the

16

tb"

of

in

the

iron

for

noticed

no

strips (G),

While

as

dimensions

rivet

holes

in

the

more

advantageous

strips and
to

bore

woven

to

as

shown

be
been

given
plates,
holes

and
for
the
in

difficult

more

be

has

length

the

boom.

purpose.

has

are

these
Four

the

wire,

copper

bored,

their

of

239.

of

Fig. 242, is

detail

when

required.

are

assembly

riveting
are

that

and

be

to

derrictc

or

this

mast,

more

mast

Details

Figs. 238

plate (B), Fig. 245, should

diagonal
vary.

holes

back

C), has
jib pulley

position.
in

seen

No.

merely

building

The

than

bracing

cross

Fig. 235,

The

"

the

pulley supports

two

Fig. 250

and

for

low

or

are

strips (D,
clearance

high

supports

The

Engineering

done.

in

put

on

The

Fig.

243.

first.

It

given 'for
shape
the

ends
of

location

writer
the

of

the

finds

angles

it

only

Model

^TnMt

32T

Crane

^Im/-s

^^It

"y

Unfrntr^f^
,r/'^.^sf^09^

^m

(D

") /

^"i^e

-^'

"

"

i^ Mi

"-.f;""

1
J!kt/y

rf'a.2SS^Otm'

^tf-

"

/"!""*

^.2S70^t^""^

rfh.zsasi^

n^tM^4^"*

Wir.2S9"'n^

"

tiT Sm-

^/"TJ^kt-

^riM^r
"

-K*^^
Kii^^M'i^

"

r/^ 2S2n^Stmn'n9

^^""^-^

j^

Figs.

then

the

strips by

be

cut

also

noticed

only
the

build

up

these

sides

of

means

one

two

that
rivet

Details

"

strips

the

and

251-261

to

the

where
holds

separate

together.

This

of

tlie

length

and

holes
two

them
sides

in
or

derrick

locate
the

together.
complete

facilitates

and

in

It will

angles.
strips

more

holes

the

gether
to-

come

It is best
then

to

fasten

riveting. Only

two

Model

328

Engineering

pulley plates (B) and

and

they
When

bottom
rod

is

The

long

for

bevel

gears

upon

the

size of the

the

foot

the

dependable

by

each

by

block

at

the

This

250.

(J), Fig.

has

swings

pin (I).

square
end

boom

the

where

to

held

at

blocks.

5 inches

shaft

is

nearest

required,

are

together,

fastened

are

wood

the

to

end

the

(H)

sides

the
or

fastened

all

are

(D)

opposite sides.

same

(J), Fig. 242,

blocks

screwing

the

on

sides

the

wooden

riveted

are

bearings

boom

rod

(H)
eter
diam-

Its
in the

hole

bevel

gears.

boom

The

swings

shaft, 1/4 inch

by

this very
The

of

is mounted

bevel

Any

convenient

inch

and

size

in

small

be

to

holes

(C), Fig. 253,

accordingly.
to

The

as

hold
of

bottom

(A).

boom

the

to

shaft.

and

shaft.

lars
Col-

249

Fig.

shows

in which

base
derrick

the
250

bevel

switches

and

shows

the

mast

These

shown

be

is

gear
to

ratio

front

from

iron,

and

fit the

holes

shown

in

view

large
steel
of

detail

is shown

If such

gears.

bearing plate
shaft

the

similar

size
is the

angle bearing

the

extending

from

to

tailed
de-

other

any

shaft

The

course,

chine.
ma-

with

shaft

4-

using

brass, and

of

one.

churning

gear.

or

in the

the

on

to

bearing plate (D), Fig. 254, will

and
A

old

an

two

writer

the

arranged

the

turn

of about

used,

diameter, although,

used

the

have

taken

is of

255

Fig.
in

inch

used

block

box-like

Fig.

may

gears

handle. Fig. 256,

case,

end

turning

(J)

gears

2-inch
The

may

long, through

apparatus.

The

hoist.

the

controlling
the

inches

of the

on

for

'mounted

are

for

the

by placing

mast

is fastened

and

end

the

the

clearly.
mast

gears

boom

at

of

by 2%

through

provided

are

diameter

the

bored

screw

of

block

end

the

in

at

254

(D) Fig.
the

vary

in

mast

is
the

box.
is held
are

rigidly upright by

detailed

soldered

to

in

Fig. 251.

plate which

means

They
allows

of the
are

legs

slotted
the

mast

to

by

turn

of

means

into

plate

the

threaded

and

329

of

the

bolted

The

mast.

to

feet,

be

given,

the

through

screwed

screw

block

end

one

Crane

wood

wooden

top

at

Model

legs

257,

Fig.

are

the

on

base.

details

No

of

experimenter

generally
for

adaptable

are

of

view,

these

Fig.

double

The

and
other

is

the

to

hook

to

in

ments
arrange-

the

the

mounted

is
the

general

pulleys

and

the

base

on

and

pulley

boom

switches

The

pulley.

which

shop

used.

hoist

connected

average

and

seen

between

is

electric

his

shape

are

cables

string

drum

drum

one

however,
the

stout

The

purpose.

For

drum,

winding

this

the

as

around

several

has

pulleys,

232.

will

pulleys

the

used

for

the

revers^

ing

the

with

of

motors

dead

extended

to

be

used

mounted
If

electric,

on

he

in

sides

the

control

the

changing

pole

The

pole,

of

arms

of

box

the

This
double

motors,

is

type

these

are

dles
han-

and

trated
illus-

clearly

switches

throw

switches

the

be*

switchboard.

separate

construct

can

the

center.

Double

does

reader

the

to

of

are

extensions.

these

233.

Fig.

also

may

the

slits

through

in

ing

in

point

fastened

hoist

the

not

care

to

have

the

operation

winches

hand-operated

for

the

derrick.
The

which

whole

gives

apparatus
it

commercial

should
and

be

painted

serviceable

dull
appearance.

black,

XXV

CHAPTER

ELECTRIC

AN

The

of

design

machinery,

that

so

small

on

be

to

Its

consulting

simplifies
required,

two

48

and

teeth

shafts

them,
be

12

20

ments.
requireused

be

double

the

32

hoists,
will

uses

Eight

hand

distance

gest
sug-

he

In

apparatus
be

readily

that

of

the

the
has

of

course,

use

will

not

at

the

developed

as

seen,

teeth,

reader

shafts

the

be

the

easily lifting

will

will

between

case

is

which

teeth, 12

should,

power

that

seen

gears

dimensions

between

little

96

be

motor,

separate

following

pitch.

on

of

"

driving

several

the

motor,

dry

speed

is

and

as

the

96

varies

power

inversely

with

the

speed

96
power

these

96

lifting

the

This

49

gears

drum,

electric

262, it will

hoists.

the

The

of

Quite

batteries.

by

teeth.

the

same.

winding

driven

of

although

the

Fig.

of

size

other

some

plan,

of

gears

drum

may

other

many

of

constructor.

is

each

It

varied.

elevators,

probably

control

for

are

is

to

up

have

limits

their

land

comes

of

models

they

double

The

Construction

"

making

article

utility

the

20

are

derricks,

drum

the

constructed

great.

the

to

winding

each

they

as

and

needed

power

in

larger

or

hoists,

the

delights

the

of

range

themselves

By

machine.

the

described,

cranes

traveling

of

just

are

about

of

when

of

usefulness

Calculation

maker

appearance

hoist,

"

model

Every

the

hoist

the

HOIST

DOUBLE-DRUM

is

or

"

19%

times

that

5
330

at

the

motor.

the

lifting

The
or

sides

two

brass

about
of

in

each

of

corner

locate

6-32

finish

the

then

are

plates
located

Flan

062"

size.

to

and

then

and

cation
lobase

these

holes

^-inch

holes

fasten

these

the

two

holes

and

tbe.

electric

shaft

The

the

iitfiii|ml

of

the

through

screws

^iiiiw
I^pLOMli

Tis-

bore

piece and

each

pieces together with

and

shows

bore

to

iron

sheet

rods

guy

way

331

of

figure

shafts,

the

convenient
first

to

made

are

The

thick.

for

most
is

accurately

inch

holes

the

Hcnst

(A), Fig. 263,

Mo

The

angles.

Double-Drum

Electric

An

bolst

and

base

rods,

four

angle holes

bored.
,

Fig.
which
on

in

265

each

end

place,

as

Fig. 264
needed.

brass
The

or

represents

i^-iri^h round

are

are

the

iron

with
shown
is

6-32

in

will

winding

are
serve

drum

brass

rods

die.

These

and

number,

threaded

rods

hold

%
the

inch
sides

Fig. 262.

drawing

They

guy

in

of

the

shaft

preferably
the

purpose

(B),
steel

of

two

rod,

equally

(C), Fig. 266, consists

which

although

well.
of

shaft

'

Model

332

on

to which

solder
the

disc

soldered

are

these

the

and

blow-torch

soldered
flux and

best

The

for the

force

then

be

acid

hole

the

and

it should

after which

discs.

two

is to bore

on

trifle scant

Engineering
to

way

shaft through

them

shaft,

the

on

by heating it
solder applied

with

with

#
o4
"*?

"M.^ar*W

Y
/r^zescios^.

^i'/H'^

fT^

lis

r:i

"/
n^. zef/^a4^jfoi/.

/ya2^^S^e/yt

I
/////y^////////y'"y/////^^^^^
"t_

""

v/
i'-Jf
mi^
/f'igi2ffi^C^t^/hef/i^/k^m

m-

Figb. 263-268

thin

rod

wire

or

should

of

the

the solder
while

wiped

double

electric

drum

in the

worked
still hot

and

hoist

This

joint.
a

job

neat

result.

Each

shaft

They

are

inch.

made

requires two
of ^-inch

6-32

hole

piece. Eight,
inch

and

be

joint should

^Details

"

1
JSM^y

round

collars.

the

head

is

brass

tapped

number

brass

safety collars
rods

through

of collars
screws

will

which
the

(E), Fig.
is bored
walls

267.

%6

of this

required, 6-32
be required for

%6-

these

The

Double-Drum

Electric

An

base

angles (F), Fig. 268,

metal

shaped

as

indicated.

frame

of the

hoist

to the

8-32

fasten

%-inch
hoist

The
or

brass

angles

the

Their

base.

the

to

Four

333

merely

are

strips

is to

purpose

with

screws

be

may

fastened

be

may

Hoist

hold

required.

are

will

nuts

the

Eight

needed

be

of

to

sides.

mounted

on

base

with

permanently

with

the

the

motors

it is

apparatus

Af^J

'StftAw^^

Fig.

260

Fi^.

working,

as

If

above,
beveled
The

of the
"^nd

270

(Above).

"

(Below).

"

the

on

mounted

base

of

edges,

threading

base

of

10

suffice.

of

holding

is

shaft

the

with

the

hoist

electric

traveling

the

derrick

by removing
the

of

hoist

of

frame

or

with

separately

oak, 7

of

diagram

Arrangement

will

method
motor

Wiring

motors,

an

as

inch, neatly finished

driving

the
the

gears

pulley
most

from

to

the
the

convenient

vator.
ele-

stated
with

shaft
motor

size

Model

334

and
it

then

on.

shaft

the

on

slipping

If there

is

to

long

as

The

it

the

on

gear

small

hole

forced

method.

the

Engineering

fit,which

Almost

and

locknutting

it may

be driven

is better
of motor

type

any

shaft

in the gear

than

the

vious
pre-

is suitable

as

easily and

reverses

wiring

diagram

quickly.
is represented

in

Fig. 269.

Double

pole, double
although

has

throw

pole-changing

dead

point, so that
reversing the motor.
a

sketch

of

be put is

may

By its

270.

switches

one

of the

the

represented by

use

the

bucket

motor

or

be

may

be

can

to

uses

many

ideal

are

switch

for

ing,
revers-

used

if it

out
stopped with-

which

the hoist

the

traveling hoist in Fig.

car

may

be

carried

to any

height along the cableway. The arrangement

where
frequently seen
excavating is being done.
The
details of the pulleys are
not
shown, same
being left
At first it will be difficult
to the ingenuity of the reader.
place at

any

is

stop the

to

one

"

"

car

in the
becomes

desired

place, but

quite skilful

in its

after

some

operation.

perience,
ex-

XXVI

CHAPTER

the

Machining

castings

ENGINE

GASOLENE

MODEL

Spark

designs

plug

carburetor-

The

crankshaft"

ther

^Making

"

^Ignition.

"

"

engine

The
is

designed

is

fast

or

Simplicity
is

of

the

the

carburetor

may

be

by

merely

and

of

the

the
It

pound.

model

large

or

but

valves,

no

valve

of

gases.

which

type

fuel

the

(illuminating)

house

even

It

merely

fresh

and

mixing

adjustment

particular.

every

exhaust

simple

gasolene
an

in

has

exchange

with

used

than

has

of

weight

drive

to

design

the

of

less

slightly

but

power

The

test.

It

stroke.

boat.

type

is

horse

powerful

model

two-cycle

The

gas

and

marks

for

by-pass

is

flywheel

sufficiently light

airplane

brake

1-inch

and

bore

one-eighth

under

put

without

engine

1-inch

develop

to

been

never

has

and

air

the

supply.
The

motor

is

been

found

fan

has

for

portable

of
the

For

flanges

might

jacket

adapted

done
the

by

flanges,

make

The

piston,
tensile

the

to

which

castings
are

of

strength

cylinder.
of

would,

tight force

the

and

of

be

course,

intervening

an

with

335

the

of

cool

to

radiating

simple

water

readily

be

two

of

over

turned

down

to

flanges

being

moved.
re-

exception

alloy having

light weight

the

could

tubing

fit, the

magnolite,

of

This

movement

draft

part

no

primarily

the

aluminum

throughout,

with

off

runs

designed

where

use,

turned

piece

is

sufficient

creates

be

ordinary

for
It

stationary

well

fitting

and

situation

some

airplane

or

cylinder.

cooled

necessary.

in

use

boat

the

air

of

the

remarkable

aluminum.

This

Si
In

fOT

"0

metal

machines

color

little stock

by

need

have

Flg.

fore

S7Z"

The

attempting
best

The

with

way

the

however,

accurate,

This
with

the

be

of

tbe

of

tools

at

as

to

is

the
the
be-

in

with

joB

the

and

clean

this.

insure

finish

of

that

points

so

bore

perfect

disposal

for

be

macbUted

wiU

to

very

well

see

all

at

up.

and

to

engine

course,

nearly

the

taken

care

light cuts, and

gives

cleaning

course,

casting

ordinary

is,

of

bearing

The

cut.

little

ral
natu-

therefore,

casting may
three-jaw chdck

firm

parts

that

method

several

reamer.

main

'^^^

model,

but

should

good,

the

from

come

The

out.

Care

operation.
jaws

chuck

taken

castings

bored,

radiating flanges in

the

boring

is

337

condition.

with

easting
be

the

and

aluminum,

appearance

cylinder

The

held

of

fine

Engine

clean

remarkably

is that

presents

Gasolene

aieely and

very

in

foundry

the

Model

usual

the

parallel

is

as

ble
possimodel

average

maker.
The

the

at

place where
will

operation
prevent
the

dead

step is to face

next

have

chuck
center

and

mounted

either

end

it is to
to

The

"bitCi"

the

be

upon

passing

join the

cylinder

the

then

may
a

wooden

through

the

ing
cast-

This

crankcase.

cautiously

done

casting

of

be

in

order

removed

to

from

arbor

with

the

spark

plug

hole

Model

888

preferably,

or,

into

the

is

of

arbor.
from

purpose

flanges is

ping screwed

tool

special

while

done
be

may

in

the

steel.
while

photographs,

directly from

taken

the

for

The
the

sectional

the

casting

ground

piece of self-hardening

shown
be

may

the

A
a

is well

in

hole

center

plug opening.

turning
the

on

engaging

spark

The

Engineering

this
tour
con-

sions
dimen-

drawing,

Pig. 271.
The

ports

the

engine

certain

273

of

the

is

Tbe

"

complate

seats, and

cover

for

may
The
same

chuck

rest

at

pattern.
with

this

the

The

jaws

these

be

not

holes

filing

must
to

the

port

and

til
un-

occupy

the

travel

apparatus

by-pass

holes

in

the

cylinder

base

the

work

on

tlie

cylinder

ing
cast-

for

the

point
of

drilled

Ignition

vlth

asaamUad,

from

screws,

halves

two

engln*

drilling the

down

holding

as

should

positions in relation

Aside

piston.

holes

assembled,

important

very

Fig.

by-pass

and

the

casting

present.

crankcase
may

gripping

the

are

cast

held

in the

bearing

hub.

be

from

the

three-jaw
The

first

Model

is to face

operation
the

come

in

throughout

then

be

round

bored.

stock
When

the

274

Tig.

"

Alnmlanm

"the halves
and

bored
been
the

and

Vet inch

the

bushings

two

finishing operation,
the
the

joint

so

rings.

piston
The

tbe

englno

drilled

may

be

been

drilled

cast

the

crankcase

halves
be

the

iron

operation

it is

has

packed

machining

is

has

absolute
after

this

filed up
in

together

crankshaft

in

and

be

or

through

run

apart

should

placed

and

be

size

correct

two

may

after

is of

first

insure

the

they

position

same

The

that

With

crankcase

the

should

reamer

taking

have

after

size, and,

to

Before

alignment.

and
on

wltli

nse

holes

should

bushings
%-inch

bored

inserted.

under

assembled,

ing.
cast-

assembled

for

screw

from

bushings.

the

constructed

the

and

may

crankcase

be

may

by

turned

brass,

faced

through

up,

screws

in

holes

castings

clear

bushing

magnolite
been

propeller

lined

of

may

finished

be

to

bearing

is

Then

should

crank

the
the

have

339

casting.

This

the

passed

aSrlal

thus

tapped
The

halves

rod

for

into

fitted, the

steel

of the

bushing

forced

both

bearings

piece of

hole

The

and

end

permit

to

The

Engine

interior.

the

order

margin.

small

off the

of

turning

Gasolene

been

exactly
duced.
intro-

with
to

at

three

grip

the

"

Model

340

in

casting
and
from

tailstock

275"

projection

that

The

cut

tool, the

feed

in"

oil, the
piston
the

of

the

the

in

piston

may

is

then

the

end,

open

removed

arbor
in

bored

d"7lce

t^Tn1"g

noticed

talten

being
of

being
not

be

with

slow

may

of

and
be

course,

finish

former
need

of

the

with
the

the
small

carburetor

and

ing
show-

photograph-

dissected.

being

should,

"working

be

hole

center

of

steel

upon
a

view

may

outside

finishing

casting

mounted

close-up

out

cut

The

engaging

engine

the

end.

and

center

Tig.

that

this

off

chuck

the

speed

chuck, taking

the

facing

Engineering

the

taken

finest

absolute,

piston will sink

smooth,

very

cut

very

cylinder against the air cushion

but

slowly
before

should
to

nose

The

final

The

and

cloth

emery

grade.
it

round

case.

with

the

turned,

light.

very

high in this

be
the

be

then

fit of

The

be

so

the

bottom

the

packing

the

good
of

the

rings

are

in.

The

ing

tool

ground

The

of

ring.

They

could

they
over

then

turned

bored

just

out

trifle

Pieces

piston.

of

276

Fig.

"

from

parted

in

the

arbor

nut

stock

diameter
in

perfectly

the

each

piston

The

and

stock

which

channel

ring

plug

width

is

in

the
then

were

for

tlie

engine

onally
ring split diag-

or

split rings

course,

for

the

the

compressed

round

found

and

diameter,

piece

The

sliding fit into

apark

time^ of

on

the

cracking

^'bo'-'^

and

the

small

very

steel

correct

mamier.

taken

was

the

simple

constructed

cut

over

of

at

one

of

Glass

usual

compressed,

that

exactly

Details

the

rolled

internal

correct

Rpc

this

spring

cold

part-

aI

piston rings,

piston without

to

than

larger

iron

cast

perfectly satisfactory.

the

to

\vith

width.

right

use

not

the

ring

rings of this material

was

to

341

turned

are

the

to

attempted

that

Engine

rings

the

and

square

designers

diameter

Gasolene

for

grooves

found

but

Model

and

gripped
Then

purpose.

ring

to

the

cylinder bore.

packing

rings that

into

the

grooves

then

were

in

on

the

side
out-

its

make
This

were

the

sulted
re-

sprung

orthodox

manner.

The

the

small

piston
end.

rod

connecting
end

and
A

for

filed

brass

the
to

strap

is

wrist

bear
passes

magnolite

pin which

upon

the
under

casting drilled
passes

crankpin
the

through
at

crai^pln,

the

at
the

large

holding

Model

342

the

latter

the

to

perfectly

rod

merely

as

crankpin

is

the

on

work

the

of

is
the

by

strap

serves

and

rod

connecting

the

holding

done

The

stroke.

down

of

means

all

as

method

This

bearing.

rod

connecting

satisfactory,

connecting

The

Engineering

together.
crankshaft

built-up job,

be

may

it may

ar

be

worked

Btandaid

muket

casting,

steel

forging,

solid

the

from

out

or

if

POIKCL'^lN
JflCUtT
MICfl

Pig.

277

Iiow

Showing

"

INSUUITION-

for

the

builder
the

perhaps
The

the

easiest

is

its

may

means

of the

two

valve.

The

adjusting
The

The

breaks

opening
latter
screw

be

fuel
into

in the

and

catalogue

reconstnicted

is

the

in

varying

of

of

seat

in its travel

be

to

screws

is

in

valve

mixing

valve

made.

properly

admitted

is

Is

built-up crankshaft

top of the

builder

ping

engine

adjusting

is limited

prospective

two-cycle engine

The

simple

gasolene

illustrations.

and

spark

gasolene

if it is well

or

gas

by

the

patience.

carburetor

either

the

has

with

use

the

which
tities
quanseen

needle

the

type

poppet

by

means

to

refer

in

air

of the

chamber.
advised

wherein

such

mixing

to

any

valve

Model

will
is

be

of

low

the

is used.
a

of

replica
less

mixing

half

itself,but

effective

in which
As

contact.

with

contact
holder

held

timer
as

by
The

arm.

spark

occasion

the

of

means

in

taneous
instantubular

the

advanced

in

the

retarded

or

by moving

merely

' '

ground

makes

brush

be

thus

demand

may

* *

fiber

insulating bushing

an

may

of

the

setscrew

radial

the

simplicity

is

merely

forms

the

rotates

haps
per-

ones.

ignition circuit
It consists

is

engine

to, only it is

standard

setscrew

buretor
car-

no

little

this

on

of the

the

steel

which

on

referred

withal.

ring

the

used

size

for

flush

motors

valve

the

timing device

The

ring

device

The

the

than

marine

priced

343

Engine

section,providing ^theengine

in

illustrated

found

one

Gasolene

timer

the

arm.

In
of

early paragraph

an

having

drilled.

port
the

will

reference
that

note

in

exactly

are

limit

extreme

noticed

that

piston
uncovered

by

permit

the

through
baffle

holes

at the
are

As

This

at

piston

cylinder,

is created

vacuum

that

so

travel

case.

In

drilled

at

charge
order

the

the

just below

in

gas

All

upward
will be

piston

when

to

pass

the
and

of these

point.

compressing

upward

to

cylinder

alignment.

covered

are

point

cylinder against

downward

upward,

the

by-pass is

by

the

stroke

in

limit
drawn

of

the

the

charge

piston.
the

piston's

into the

latter

crank-

the

permit of this, the inlet port

the

be

also

crankcase

in

at

by the

this

at

is drilled

extreme

the

the

the

to insure

extreme

of fresh
to

hole

ports

by

It will

uncovered

are

piston

into

and

moves

all

the

charge

time

piston is

port of the

lower

in

latter

same

open

the

the

case

by-pass

plate.

piston

The

compressed

the

the

exhaust

the

the

travel.

is, they

That

hole

the

Atere

port is slightly larger than

exhaust

point.

and

when

open

ports

drawing,

sectional

of its downward

the

this

at

and

importance

the

by-pass port

the

the

to

before

the

to

line

by-pass port.

upper

in

engine assembled

the
With

reader

referred

we

crank-

must

be

is all the

Model

344

way

in the

up

importance
A

iron

readily be displaced by

this fuel

oil with

is used.

and

case

as

the

This

cylinder
If house

put into the

crankcase

ward

of the

stroke

iri this case,

can

aerial

peller.
pro-

in

is shown

blade

the

model
small

spark

in

for

few

very

out

so

it.

may

be

first

heated

that

and

is to

pressure

gas

engine.

slender

glass tube
*the

within
and

machine

into

very
on

chase
pur-

The

motors.

be

hold

from

in

made

under

up

brass
the

the

good
lower

shown,

wrench.
the

The

the

ice
serv-

%-inch

of

machine

The

of

pipe

wall

and

screw

the
the

edge

of

the

in

is
space

and

arranged
between
space

is filled

thoroughly dried
pipe and

A
a

of

of the

the

tube

the

out

cylinder

glass

insulating compound.

is

glass tube

screw

glass tube.

it

that

so

being forced
in the

be

may

depicted

shape

developed

the

piece

flat,as

plaster of Paris, which, when

drilled

cause

combustion.

can

it from

prevent

the

concentrically

is filed

bent

pipe by

oil will

of

piece of %6 glass tubing

with

the

forms

low

kept

it difficult to

finds

will

down-

and

by-pass

poor

illustration

pipe

place

and

This

between

be

must

gasolene

plug is made

The
in

put

sketch.

the

to be

the

on

ters
en-

most

have

quantity

and

generally

minutes

of the

bored
in

splash

great

oil

The

oil will

level

crank-

time.

case

placed

it will

exhaust,

the

when

its work

does

cylinder through

in

mobile
auto-

the

stroke.

is used, the

piston. TJie oil

shown

some

The

which

spark plugs for model

plug

shop

spray

too

into

is drawn
suction

where

builder

pint of good

the

on

gas

carbonization, smoky
The

mixture

otherwise

as

into

drawn

with

or

It

gallon of gasoline

every

finely divided

effectively.

the

water

aerial

engine is oiled by mixing

cylinder

pipe

model.

274.

The

be

14-inch

utmost

engine.

the

to

aluminum

an

partly finished

Fig.

is fitted

flywheel

of the

are

of the

working

efficient

the

relations

These

cylinder.

to

cast

Engineering

tiny

out,

hole

is

small piece

Model

of

is inserted

wire

in

arranged
coil

the

takes

To
of

of

by
in

shrinking

of

the

builder.

in

would

this

plug
The

The
the

made

was

coil

spark

open

market

spark

coil

would

If

coil

is

that

the

it will

the

fasten

to

that

the

shell.

the

portion

with

but

the

to

so

to

wire

variety

hexagonal

material,

is

with;

start

it, being

it

in

cut

enough

disadvantage

to

worth

which

directly

Then

the

be
it

to

mica

unnecessary.

only

purchased

be

may

is

wire

jecting
pro-

either

in

bend

as

file

themselves

and

the

the

purpose,

would

277.

such

clinching

suggest

electrode

gine
en-

Fig.

off

arranged

simplest

and

from

vanes

is

will

center

jump

be

may

which

shell, if there

the

well

wires

this

drawing.

the

or

the

member

with

that

wire

of

plugs,

Saw

for

the

over

easiest
the

Cooling
of

of

The

wire

spark

core

mica

in

drilled

holes

in
inner

remainder

shown

as

for

or

core

Hosier.

the

head

shown

core,

or

off

The

many

ways,

the

in

punch.

tapered

surface,

wires

the

of

discharge

suitable
is

is

This

place.

the

and

made

procure

finish

in

plug

easily

345

electrical

this

Wright

rounded

with

be

plug,

and

the

the

Another

Benton,

mica

insert

and

two-piece

the

Splitdorf,

smooth

loop
between

can

this

make

any

soldered

screw.

which

and

and

place

machine

brass

Engine

this

in

small

Gasolene

be

made

give

and

easier

for

the

it

the

small,

as

good

to

clean.

may

be
in

builder,

heavy

be

made.

A
the

case

it

spark

the

as

can

plug

about

plug

small
is
be

is

from

plug

in

purchased

coil

should

be

must

finished

the

engine

sufficient

by
a

bit

large

however,

every

or

that

%-inch

purchased.
so

Yiq

designed
inch

long.

CHAPTER

The

prototype

MODEL

ELECTRIC

Conatruetion

"

XXVII

of

LOCOMOTIVE

the
the

Finishing

fascination
models.

Its

Pennsylvania

the

of

Tig.

the

278

"

The

for

terest

wheels.

its

electric

unique

These

giant

sections

bogie

which

is mounted

is

of

of

system

duplex

which

locomotiTe

engines

four-wheeled

motor,

the

having

with

motors

its

field

new

"

in

shaft

railway

electric
of

markable
re-

engine
in-

especial

typa

transmission
identical

pairs
and

of

Fennsylvania

two

two

each,

tbe

power

comprise

truck

driving

interested

Kailroad,

complete

coupled
a

is

prototype

opens

those

to

Its

"

lacamotive.

locomotive

interesting

This

locomotive

of

to
nently
perma-

drivers

carrying
transversely

and

single
of

the

Model

348

in

frame,
the
a

mounted

crank

This

machines.

exhibits

Fig. 279

Tig.

The

"

in

the

locamotiTe

bronze, in

bearing

and

difficulty is likely
parts, aside

all

of

construction

provides
spring

shaft

suspension

engine, and
The

model

wheels

employed
be

of this

are

in

are

of

in steam-driven

tion,
construc-

of

in

moton

and

tlia

of

brass

or

ings,
bearto
No

prototype.

in

the

identical

corresponding

finishing these

rods.

undoubtedly
and

designs.

carefully counterbalanced.

insure

the

method

of

to

This
and

model,

employ

particularly

it

unduly

best

The

similar

jackshaft
In

cessful
suc-

stiffens

the

with.

dispensed

are

it

while
to

attempts

proven

size, since

cafet iron

model,

all.

cast

order

whatsoever,
never

tives,
locomo-

obtaining perfect parallelism

of

simplifies the

have

springs

drlTSrs

experienced

connecting

springing

no

the

in the

bearings,

the

steam

on

boxes, jackshaft

motor

necessity

greatly

in

should

the

of

working

easy

the

from

be

to

coupled

details

driTlng

shaft

the

to

its

course,

are

axle

for

driving

to

lead

is

over

tlie

frames

the

blocks

of the

armature

main

piece with

one

them

ge"rlng

The

particular.

every

the

at

bIiowIiik

rods

The

and

being, of

cIusbIb,

meUiod

long

dimensions

units

two

o"

in electric

exquisite "workmanship
inches

end

employed

type

one.

very

e4ch

in turn

attractive

gives complete

imits,

280

of the

twenty-eight

measures

engine

rods

model

on

placed connecting

construction, unusual

the

makes

disc

jackshaft, which

side

by

drivers

which

on

crank

shaft, angularly

motor

to the

From

unit.

each

Engineering

those

to

cranks

quartering

the

'

Model

crankpins
as

of

of these

members
in

employed

was

Electric

mounted

this

their

on

positions

and

and

apart,

insuring

relation

the

four

Pacific

engine,

from

the

wheel

be

can

solid

The

rods

rigging
and

operative,
bolt

small
the

with

The

cabs

the

flashlamp

spring

dummy

small

end

and

of

The

be

the

out

ties.
difficulor

ally
actu-

fitted

to
A

engine.

is used

to

couple

experimented

engine

by

however,

be

fitted

with

small

switching where

with

mica.

or

with

worm

the

one,

the

and

small

paper
and

model.

driving motbrs

crown

polarity of

with

gears

object being

reduction

gear

finish

cowcatchers

builder, starting

driving

motors

The
a

the

by

with

the

the

of

The

large Pennsylvania

the

Fitting

head
over-

ventilating hoods*

bells, and
glass

in

which,

pantographs,

arrangements

changing
and

They

railings completes

five to

connections.

base.

of

cab.

the

on

field
of

either

of the

yard

the

and

braced

well

platform

lettering is easily done

of

number

brass,

may

in

gold, identical

the

pasted

permanent

be

may

platform
A

used

are

is necessary,

30, and

letters

the

over

bulbs,

windows

No.

the

worked

or

even

may

are

of

that

simply dummy

sheet

which

contact

is in black

of

searchlights,

large engines,

The

bogies

particular

no

cushions

as

correct

explanation.

control

springs

made

are

soldered, and

the

brake

the

over

sections.

two

carry

coil

to

solenoids

small

give electro-magnetic

similar

gunmetal

be

may

correct

their

The

present

first

their

in

be

further
or

which

were

fitted.

are

no

type

exactly 90 degrees

will

very

and

piece,

brake

drilled

of brass

cast

wheels

jig is placed

cranks

need

Pacific

the

approximately

trucks

and

The

holes

the

side

the

simple

rods

that

of

used

was

Chapter XXVIII,

U-shaped

crankpin

when

side

in

349

method

same

work.

axles

then

wheels

in

described

simplified

greatly

the

construction

the

locomotive

steam

Locomotive

the

to

were

tripolar

with
reverse

exterior

proved

pinion combination

duction
re-

the
track

insufficient,
giving

Model

350

forty

to

be

may

redaction

one

in

seen

here

the

problem
and

worm

be

can

pinion

for

any

of

to

combination

speed,
and

electiic

duction
re-

solution

higher

the

the

power,

proper

worm

tlie

of

if

or,

forty

one

tooth

locomotive

an

third

The

"unqualified

success,

abandon

standard

that
of
rail.

may
course,

the

be

ample
desired.

depends

permanent

of

room

The

upon

it

and

ble
reversi-

directly

motors

is

There

types.

mechanism,
the

to

employ

arrangement

reduction.

one

not

advisable

battery

of

of

to

were

and

collecting

thread

view

twenty

undoubtedly

or

with

engine

"

motors

feature
volt

Side

the

either

give,

to

double

2S1

giving

magnet
is

gearing'

secured,

Fig.

consist

arrangement

great

and

great,

to

seems

the

possessing

too

spur

of

photograph

While

was

This

attempted.

was

the

removed.

cabs

Engineering

either

110

in

cab

the
current

the

position
dis-

XXVin

CHAPTER

MODEL

The

locomotive's

The
"

prototype

Pacific

it

the

was

"world, the

type,

largest

engine

Fig.

tender

282

The
main

of 14

tons

steel, drilled, filed

of

in

frame

of

of

and

foundation
saddle.

This

heavy

order,

model

made

is
of

out

for

the

valve

framing

that
the

and

the

having

gear

started

with

this

only extends

and
about

usual
frame

it furnishes

frame

the
rolled

the

represent

water.

cold

Although

excessive,

seems

and

Yie-mch

to

practice.

546-inch thickness

lbs.

284,000

8,000 gallons of

sawed

American

At

by

locomoUTe

and

were

built

engine of its type in

working

the

1913.

June,

Lockawaniu

of coal

which

locomotive,

about

Fittings.

"

Lackawanna

Delaware,

weighing

^The

construction

frames,

of

Construetion

"

passenger

alone

"

design

passenger

165,700 pounds

capacity

bar

is

Railroad

Lackawanna

time

LOCOBiOTIVE

Geoeral

"

described

model

Western,

the

STEAM

an

cellent
ex-

cylinder
an

inch

Model

852

the

behind
end

the

of the

the

by

of

tied

by

next

brass

and

be

to

have

inch

%"

than

of

brackets

in

casting

and

taken

here
the

thickness,

to
rear

forward

the

embrace

the

axle

is the

bearing

The

boilt

are

Yg inch

From

end

frame,

as

engine.

ample

wide.

box.

axle

which

castings

step

and

brass

view

in front

The

is only

frame

cylinder

shown

wheel

driving

rear

being

end

Engineering

boxes;

surfaces, being

compensating
axle

these

on

these

spring

boxes,

are

less

no

hangers
shown

as

in

Pig. 284.
trailing truck

The

of

framing

Fig. 283

east

axle

rear

driver.

of

by
end

by

hanger

ordinary

main

to

and

spring

the

main

and

frame

frame

by pin.
lever

at

an

and

on

the
the

forward

type, which

rear

of
sort

end

forward
lever

equalizing
The

back

in

just
sprung

is held

to

pendent
inde-

an

testliig stand

pivoted

connected

equalizing

has

steel, connecting

Its

npon

is carried

The

bolted

the

side

weight

hinge.

bracket

to

the

The

rolled

motintod

each

at

cold

%-iQch

locomotlTO

boxes

U-shaped
a

The

"

This

next.

comes

chored
an-

is

truck

needs

no

ther
fur-

explanation.
The
inches
and

wheels

in

front
the

are

diameter,
truck

all of

cast

iron, the

trailing wheels

wheels

driving wheels

1%^
for

inches
the

drivers

l^Ka

inches

2%

diameter,
In

diameter.

crankpins,

being

novel

ing
quartermethod

Model

354

used

was

which

proved

in

hand, bolted

first taken
centered

and

turned

for

driver-

which

bases

drill the

To

by

shown

in the

done

work

of

crank

cylinders

The

in

engine,

and

is distributed

Steam

The
lead

is

first

ground

with

given

found

engine

gone,

blow
in

spite

owing

fact

the

crosshead

rolled

steel, and

bracket

fastened

to

is

threaded

head,

then

always
at

one

held

valve

the

end

vexing
and

apart

the

are

are

link

proper

and

packed
well

This
that

ing
pack-

the

the
steam
was

side

the

valve

and

when

time,
at

is

valve

rod

are

has

plan and

elevation.

machined

from

in

frame,
of

problem.

screwed

little

lubrication

as

held

method

The

rigid construction.
guides

guides

guides

the

on

sion.
admis-

very

very

first

piston

shown

as

in

fanks

air

center.

piston

fact

the

soon

The

and

wears

the

as

that

lubricators.

and

the

original

inside

chamber.

to

for

valve

the

crosshead,

and

Crosshead

of

lap

turned

valve

the

steam

through

will

for

the

at

The

grooves

for

put under

was

rod

to

main

the

in the

as

with

valve

packing which

steam

for

driving

exhaust

no

then

necessary

displacement
guide

and

nothing

everything

together

admission.

lubrication

was

has

steam

in

graphite

furnishes

would

to

as

drilled

are

is

as

gunmetal,

piston

valve

piston

of

bolted

by

possible.
made,

holes

crankpin
the

the

motion.

cast

are

halves,

The

fit for

with

was

there

to

Then

as

jig

that

were

material

apart

the

beyond

valve

the

axles

axles

to

fittingside rods,

corerct.

turned,

driving

on

when

were

diameter.

14 inch;

found

be

is extended

wheel

return

of

way

absolutely

out

driving

will

The

inch

degrees

and

drawing;

axle.

crankpins,

the

wheels

plate, rough

driven

90

for

pins fitted,it

and

to

now

The

large enough

to

near

holes

the

of

over

are

as

for

out

turned

were

wheels

crankpin

inch

all

face

the

to

turning

successful.

very

centers

shoulders

the

be

drilled

between

provide

Engineering

into

cold

position by
making

very

fixing crosshead
guides

These
the

distance

back

by

are

cylinder
a

bracket

Model

which

is made

also

from

from

suspended

with

provided

and

released

are

forward,
The

and

silver

; valve

The

as

the

in

cab.

crank

case

may

is

inches

2%

put into

the

back

and

front

plate

also

has

boiler,

plates

then

pipes.

The

boiler

and

Both

domes

lagged

well
are

the

dummies.

side.

gained

The

from

fire

is

at

in

the

get the blower

the

last

the

to

boiler

the

of

of

blow

true

outside

Russian

'sheet

novel

asbestos.

the

valve,

air pump
idea

of

the

'Engineer
to

iron

fittingscomprise

frontispiece. Ordinarily,
to

valve

valve, blower

builder

Model

rate
sepa-

the

way

Westinghouse
a

lecting
col-

firebox, returning

with

check

is of

steam

leaves

pipe

is built

quite

"Wardlaw,

engine

pictured
to

Mr.

and

front

it and

on

of

The

cylinders by

the

to

inside

gauge,

blower

inside

The

bell, safety valve

whistle

cast

water

The

gunmetal.

cylinder by

shell

on

pressure

gauge,

elevation.

boiler,

to

of copper

in the

the

of

and

plate
water

back

the

tried

and

is built

casing

link,

reverse

screw

shown

steam

box

smoke

steam

to

goes

in the

copper

supplied

Each

pipes.

steam

casting,

is

means

5%-inch

cast

same

steel,

by

down

by

proper

valve
on

the

and

of

sliding type, working

Steam

as

are

throttle

tube.

and

diameter

rolled

well-known

the

boiler

cold

or

up

operated

on

The

principle.

tubing

left

built

of

German

of

engine is done

rod

is

be, and

boiler

Smithies

tubes

liftingvalve

of

also

are

made

of the

Reversing

bell

The

is

link

the

actuating

all made

are

ing,
gear-

rod, combination

valve

rods

piston

valve

hardened.

of the

and

and

scale

link

or

valve

Walchaerts

rod,

union

backward

rod

taper.

to

are

valves

ball

are

release

full

Eccentric

rods

These

on

is the

crosshead

material.
case

working
absolutely

perfectly.

lever

to

the

down

brought

the

by moving

motion

valve

valve

valves.

steel, and

cylinders

The

frame.

release

valves

the

link

valve

355

rolled

cold

of

piece

one

the

Locomotive

Steam

center

which

on
was

ning
prize-winExhibition
it is difficult

of

stack,

Model

356

but

it

here

brought
to

stack.

more

^4

along
blower

the

which

is

at

one

Eeference

plainly.

quite

Engineering

simple

underneath
nozzle

boiler
at

operation
to

the

brings
the

base

and

of

the
in

will

true

bring

this

union

pipe,

exhaust

line

is

pipe
by

connected

blower

drawing

lilower

The

matter.

with
to

the

view

XXrX

CHAPTER

actions

The

of

BAILBOAD

GYROSCOPE

MODEL.

gyroscopes

of

construction

and

Design

"

the

car

trically
^Elec-

"

propelled

model

Many
could
the

small

of

scarcity

balancing,
project.
this
a

particular

small

Several
the

its

gravity,

before

is made

be

resists
In

axis

long

of

will
*^

can

the

(A

to

is

precession.
used

as

of
shown

noticeable
'^

to

This

rotation
in

line

peculiar

axis

the

balancing

car

cession
pre-

As
sition,
po-

gyroscope

this
the

the

vertical.

be

to

of

of

vertical

perfectly

dip, and

tion.
rota-

(CD).

support

action

wheel

that

so

continue

to

scope
gyro-

of

plane

the

up.

assist

revolving

Fig. 285, however,

357

taken

involved.

of

in
will

in

is

will

its

and

welcomed

286, which

change

of

be

is mounted

tendency

advantage

car

vertical, while
the

laws

layman

the

rapidly

gyroscope

B)

the

and

as

remains

gyroscope

design

the

the

probably

principles

the

the

have

be

285

tendency

286

plane

will
of

to

If it is tilted

in

to

is transversal

its

building.

mysterious

Figs.

described

rotation

as

in

obeys

subject

of

any

Fig.

very

to

some

mky

perfect

completely

construction

actual

explaining

which

is
the

on

the

Reference
in

gyroscope

action

words

few

almost

incorporated

are

upon

used.

gyroscope

Although

features

original

the

constructed

diflSculties

few

presents

roscopic
gy-

upon

time

and

maintains

to

practical

considerable

developed

which

car

and

has

they

owing

work

start

to

spent

and

study

monorail

equilibrium

of

has

but

of

subject

they hesitated

writer

The

the

on

wished

often

railroad,

gyroscope

literature

Kails.

"

probably

have

makers

construct

gyroscope

is

called

gyroscope

by

means

of

Model

358

instant

the

does

car

the

Flg. 2SG

in the

the

by

tends

roscope

will

to

the

of

direction

itself, is

Fig.

2S6

gyroscope

is too

precession
and
to

fall
the

to

therefore

and

at

other
necessary

factor
the

which

coefficient

will

tHat

so

car

to

the

the

forced

stores

up

within
if this

and

over,

rotation

is

vertlcftl

returns

gyroscope

equilibrium.

maintain

friction

axis

right itself too quickly

will

produces

the

If

of

axis

in

the

time

same

tip

Its

before

of

gy-

indicated

torque

new

actually

car

side

the

tile direction

position.

gyroscope

monnted

in which

the

vertical

great, the

the

position
is the

vertical

sufficient,the

not

The

"

create

to

creasing
In-

rail.

artowB

will

the

precession, which

the

the

is

gyroscope

upon

direction

precess

back

turn

Df

pT"Messlon

axis

the

the

upon

vertical

stand

not

precession

SbowlDg

"

precession

increased

enforce

is

fork

precession

the

of

idea

The

fork."

"precession

to

Engineering

the
must

forced
not

tion
Fric-

precession,
remain

eon-

Model

slant

and

must

be

the

will

of

light

of

tin

of

is

287

Fig.

The

"

model

also

the

be

can

are

course,

off

made

and

cut

from

looks

just

made

with

in

to

the

than

the

ing
truck
be
the

done
motor

attention

compact
that
was

The

or

thin

mica,

unit

the
mounted

flange,
usual

exactly in

the

be

be

not

called

with

current

windows

of the
is easier

which

The

need

wheels, of

they will slide

as

The

the

trucks

reader

is

of

center

be

balanced

upon

to

the

tioned
cau-

form.
plat-

properly

work

harder

necessary.

is drawn

to

necessity
will
car

this

manner.

and

will

wire

upon

glass.

as

small

supplied

car.

made

top is made

front, and

Fig. 290

ear

The

Itself

the

double

will

t)therwise

motor.

so

in

the

gyroscope

Especial

be

in the

them

mount

would

can

good

as
a

detail

Otherwise,
and

the

glass

single rail if made

shown

are

drives

that

source

on

arranged

be

ventilators.

lalaucing

of

base

can

The

desires.

and

car

and

base

the

small

gyro-car

the

body

The

so

but

of

details

with

only be ornamental,

car

fork

precession

the

on

although

builder

provided

is

headlight
from

use

treated.

wood,

if the

metal

and

be

now

is made

car

not

to

constructional

general

gyroscope

to

metal

proper

339

found.

The

the

Railroad

Gyroscope

be

will
on

of

making

readily
be

the

method

the

able
floor

seen,
to

of

turn

the

of
the

moimt-

driving

this

as

must

curves.

car,

it would

If

Model

360

be

difficult matter

very

that

so

the

"wUl

be

in the

The

frame

of

gauge

brass
the

truck

the

and

be

effort

great

should

by placing everything
will

exception

Fig. 288

be

"

^The

the

driving

The

The

motor

and

both

gimbal

placed

truck,

with

the

for

the

shaft
the

so

in

of

that

or

between

has

the

to

and

forward.
the

car

car

an

can

nil

it is

after

is iQade

exactly

that

gyroscopic
The

vision
pro-

no

of

motion

directly
motor

The

precession

of

is

least

at

forks

of

to

driven

4,000 K.P,M.
the

gyroscope

moimted

are

the

axle

to

in

move

car;

the
and

is

apparatus

gyroscope

is free

gyroscope

the

the

single

upon

car

side,

one

The

case.

exception

speed

is connected

the

cradle

weights

the

sketch.

the

The

motor.

gyroscope

parallel
backward

of

which

motor

lead

truck

heavy

position,

central

Itself

talanciiig

other

from

balance

to

in this

small

entire

little to

made
in

made

gjto-cKc

arrangement

clearly shown
a

be

with

The

is made

with

model

be

board

on

to

counterbalanced

completed.
like

have

placed

pend
de-

will

The

soldered.

or

be

to

shape

turn

trouble

no

motor.

into

riveted

have

the

bent

to

reduction

gear

of

enough

shown,

manner

speed

either

flexible

worm

can

will

motor

whUe

the

upon

be

ism
driving mechan-

the

arrange

would

truck

experienced.

largely

and

to

If it is moimted

curves.

for

Engineering

that

in
any

rection
di-

is, either

gyroscope

these

are

is
cut

Model

from

sheet

The
the

brass.

clearance

ric

absolute

should

be

quite

without

any

suspended
is to

and

current

which

along
used,
and

the
as

the

current

addition

in

the

copper

this

would

gyroscopic

to

rail

effect

to

would

be

the
lost.

the

car

very

motors

wire

by

trolley

The

is
the
of

source
a

trolley that

car

this

on

which

upon

the

ordinary
prevent

this,

to

or

the

to

do

into

ance
bal-

becomes

trolley

wire

or

oil.

cannot

carried
To

pulley

An

all its parts

ing
possibility of driv-

is connected

little

tend

be

the

yet

machine

thin

the

and

revolving

gyroscopes

weight.

is led

wire.

and

very

can

wire

current

runs

srroflcope

spin

improvised

the

over

Each

the

small, and

dry batteries

an

heavy

nm.

from

small

with

long

directly

hindered

pounds,

arranging
a

be

to

posts.

gyroscope

very

with

two

over

the

gyroscope

that

small

be

used

The

fact

feet

By

model,

cord

of

two

remote.

motor

361

two

on

of

axle

way

no

^Tli*

"

the

to

car

in

lubricated

weight

the

fireedom.

well

Owing

car

289

mounted,

are

should

fork

should

gyroscope

with

They

between

precession

Railroad

Gyroscope

cannot

from

small
runs

be

tipping

small

flexi-

Model

Engineering

Model

ble

cord

this

suspended

Fig.

heavy

291

"

wire

should

In

The

be

Top

Of

center

The

car

of

gravity

these

292"

be

should

instructions

by

tbe

should

Details

of

type, the

builder

the

be

tbe

rail

for

in

in
the

place

rails

pr"cesEion

ties

on

of this

cars

mind

should

weight

them

on

making

abowlng

gyroacope,

"work, and

provided

car

of

method

in

be

the

363

its

do

may
run

mounting

Fig.

The

tbe

making

kept

to

wire,

and

drawing.

If

power

If it is desired

to

gyroscope

unlimited

manner

motors.

of

the

permits

Railroad

Gyroscope

from

fork

is shown

in

the

following facts

kept

as

low

as

sible.
pos-

out

the

gyroscope

perfectly balanced.
be

reduced
are

to

minimum.

carefully

carried

Model

364

should

builder

in

trouble

no

producing

successful

model.

gyroscope
If

the

wire

is

car

will

different
is

have

Engineering

of

and

the

in
will

trolley
the

because

necessary

in

rail

suspended

be

type

poles

on

run

have

This

also.

be

supported

by

cannot

get

wire

single

the

on

used

must

ley
troland

manner

be

to

the

wire,

different

trolley

used

trolley

of

place

SOUOtB

CIVCT

^How

293

Fig.

rail

Joints

"

trolley
can

be

By
can

wire

the

past

be

in

the

of

the

can

be

employed

of

built

the

with

at

will.

side

one

wire

heavy

little

very

circuits

motor

car

to

so

so

the

using

made,

In

supports.

fastened

use

are

this

that
of

^cost.

builder

rail,

supports

large

rheostat

can

shaped

wire.

trolley
the

rail

the

**L^'

wire

trolley

the

as

an

case,

the

for

wire

heavy

control

railroad
be

can

the

used

speed

CHAPTER

of

Framework

the

for

its

under

own

overall

in

tank.

that

various

should

he

however,

parts

dimensions

the
size

of

have

the

side

After
with

sides.

rasp,

The

shape

clearly

very

of

side

the

used

are

offer

carry

shown.

to

by

tank.

nail

better

the
A

for

belt.

the

been

made

are

position

of

dotted

the

These
the

cleats

crosspieces

bearing
The

large board

in

support

and

to
to

the

crosspieces
is nailed
365

are

to

the

with
proper
ings,
draw-

the

trimmed
to

up

their

inner

is

cleats

the
two

serve

the

proportion.

nailed

in

If

as

The

and

these

lines

own

shown,

as

from

cut

cleats

their

accordance

seen

been

the

suffice.

pieces.

be

of

trouble,

in

exactly

have

pieces

and

also

suit

any

seen

it is believed

exactly

side

two

can

several

wood

tank

experience

parts

they

the

be

side

would

directions

inches

can

as

to

point

25

are

the

design

the

the

out

widest

sides

shows

proportioned

given

various

the

as

be

cutting

they

these

offers

completely

the

dimensioned,

make

not

can

and
of

general
to

by
At

which

alter

desires

almost

stock.

shape

is not

the

is made

inches

294,

would

builder

the

The

maker.

is started

drawing

and

tastes

tank

along

do

fellows

model

the

i/^-inch

Fig.

to

builders

most

from

length.

The

the

measure

referring

by

for

limbers

that

big

the

^Reel

"

tank.

tank

as

construction

pieces

pieces

these

of

The

side

model

project

the

gearing

and

motors

Covering

"

just

power

TANK

Driving

"

cable

of

framework

wood.

two

to

feed

interesting
The

of

Tractors

"

construction

The

very

CATEKPILLAR

MODEL

tank

XXX

shown
of

drawing

They

purposes.

they
wooden
nailed
bottom

the

also

are

rollers
in
of

used
that

place
the

as

two

Model

366

cleats

big

that

dn\

pulley

ing

front

the

near

along

run

Engineering

the
the

in

the

at

lower

end

back

the

tank

from

large pulley

the

to

bending

of

of

pomt

the

the

located

belt

This

The

other

iiiKOjjriiaTo^iitiiia

294r-DetaUs

Fig.

board

large

acts

erosspieees

needed,

are

will

be

length
of

the

"

used

and

to

from

should

The

may

planing

or

be

size.

wood-turning

of

If

the

rollers
cut

the

The

or

the

to

the

in

width

IVg inches
does

rollers

bigger

inch

from

builder

rollers

one

measure

sawed

sizes

small

under

just equal

lathe,

mill.

be

not

be

pulley

they

proper

should

different

several

Twenty

seen.

length

belt used.

piece of the

be

tank

support.

and

next

these

and

their

in diameter

access

will

as

model

braces.

as

made

are

tbe

and

floo'r

merely

act

rollers

The

as

of

have

not

be

may

rollers

single

are

tained
obpro-

Model

vided

with

flanges which

the

The

smaller

small

rods

prefvided

the

other

the

roller

rod

is turned

from

this

in

place and

locked

that

acts

from

one

side.

the
the

pin and
The

lengths

in

side.

minimum

this

for

the

not

be

are

main

held

in

The

rod,

rod

and

is
nut

rigidly

position

in

and

understood,
to

revolve

large rollers

place of

the

small

rollers,

rod

other, protruding
than

runs

at

the

on

of

means

rod

each

inch, and,

driving roller
place by

the

rod

It is

smaller

The

permitted

smaller

the
to

of the

exception

tank, they

tank

should

be

In

the

put

of friction.

manner.

of the
rods

should

of

side

pin.

cotter

the

of

shoulder.

end

holds

be

prevent

end

shoulder.

This

at

removed

sides

wooden

then

can

rollers

bearing

the

of the

means

in

side

These

with

are

as

hole

the

roll

hole

to

threaded

against

roller

the

with

held

not

are

the

that

and

freely

the

and

be

tbe

cold

^-inch

passes

wiU

with

the

supports.

threaded

there

over

rest

pin

sition,
po-

proper

as

end

The

tank

opposite

by

there

of course,

of

in
the

on

model

placed
to

comes

screwed

^Tlie

"

is

placed

then

off.

that

so

acting

one

cotter

367

in the

place by
at

slipping

296

washer

and

which

down

in

thread

through

Fig.

small

with

belt

merely

held

are

the

keep

rollers

rollers

Tank

CaterpiUar

back

a' cotter

washer.

of

tractors
of

fastened

one-inch
to

the

the

machine

leather

belts

by

belt.
means

are

made

Small
of nails

from

wooden
or

brads.

two

blocks
The

Engineering

Model

388

blocks

be

can

If

apart.
that

they

sides

of

grip

The

by
of

2B6

the

worms

large

shaft

"

Tbe

the

tank

to

the

crosspiece
the

steer

tank

mechanism,
tractor.

The

the

model

on

course,

and

two

this

the

on

to

the
will

strip

that

back

of

hold

to

from

runs

the

are

given

in

that
with

tii"

show

motors

the

In

tank.

in

used;
by

constructed
true

seen

supported

removed

complications
motors

are

be

both

are

cover

driving

which

provided

are

ing
driv-

The

It will

these

tlie

reduction

writer
not

tlie

avoid

separate

speed

witli

of

wooden

one-inch

rollers

of

on.

wheels

gear

better

considered.

shafts.

ends

moimtlng

by the

large

motor

the

of

rear

he

opposite

obtain

traveling

now

driving

and

will

length

the

on

tance
dis-

short

of such

be

can

distance

is

with

spaced

or

tractors

tank

the

on

nails

short

will

units

provided

the

separate

the

the

so

surface

driving

driven
each

blocks

are

together

desired,

protrude

the

rods

Fig.

will

the

on

close

nailed

was

every

order

for

worm

40
case,

to
as

to

driving

the

one

the

motors

each

drive
1.

Of

the

re-

duetion
the

The

motors.

by

joint.

This

supports

joint is

on

the

motors

of

means

very

capable

not

simple

and

shaft

motor

driving

The
iron.
are

in

motors

tank
Two

drilled

the

is

pieces
full

cradle

ready

of

are

consists

and
to

first cut

small

the

in

of
a

holes

covered

to

cover

wooden

arranged

universal

pin

or

U-shaped

of

them

"tee"

piece

this

shows

rangement
ar-

mounting

down.

with
the

and

rigidly

This

method

clamping
be

universal

the

as

trouble.

as

driving

the

themselves

photograph

well

as

now

holding

speed of

binding

prevent

running
The

to

bearings,

merely

shaft.

the

upon

improvised

to

cause

proper

clearly,
the

or

of

will therefore

369

connected

are

knuckle

Tank

entirely

is

are

place and

the

depend

quite necessary
of the
readjustment

constant

on

Caterpillar

will

necessary

shafts

in

Model

galvanized

sides.

These

systematically.

Model

370

Small

rivets

are

down.

The

top

builder

desires,

front.

To

then

Engineering
placed in

is covered
he

can

model

the

same

the

arrange

the

carry

in

holes

the

gnns

hammered

manner.

If
sides

the

on

the

and

perfection, it

-to

nearer

and

can

%-r^

Fig.

be

298

^Winng

"

daubed

dlftgram

with

of

Uie

various

controlling

and

motors

colored

paints

rheostata

represent

to

camouflage.
Being

from

power

have

the

that

the

the

tank

50-foot

reel.

rings and
cables
with

By

while
the

reel

varying

steered

This

reel

reel

are

two

the

nicely.

pivot itself and

that

so

is

If
turn

one

of

the

very

motors,
is

on

for
the

stopped,

shortly.

ment
arrange-

Two

tank
the

the

board

the

each

structed
con-

copper
into

pass

can

one

to

four

Mounted

rheostats,

necessary

especially

with

current

their

Fig. 297.

an

provided

the

motor

in

obtain

An

it.

on

up

revolving.

small

speed

is

be

with

is shown

wound

are

the

cables

builder

cords

brushes

feed

its

the

by

flexible

tank

lighting circuit, it will

pull

devised

of the

driving motors

motor.
can

tank

he
will

Model

The

of
and

builder

ingenious

mounting

actuating
is

plunger

small

it

If

blank

cartridges

be

had.

The

on

the

same

feed

reel

in

gun

of

means

attached

readily

will

caliber

by

are

to

used,

wires

for

holds

the

the

The

plunger.
of

realistic

can

for

turrets

gun

trigger

solenoid

wires

the

and

very

possibility

the

of

one

the

371

see

solenoid

directly

that

Tank

Caterpillar

*the

the

gim.

effect
be
motors.

carried

can

XXXI

CHAPTER
A

work

Machine

the

on

gUn

the

inch

is

and

The

barrel

should

cold

rolled

steel and

The

breech

this

inch

While

do

to

elaborate

the

finished

for

hole
a

hole

the

The

the

is turned

to

the

reamed.

and

out

is not

vised
ad-

skill

and

be

fired

can

course,

complish
ac-

great value

no

to

breech

transverse

the

edges

After

shell.

mechanism

next

solid

shown.
the

through
372

this hole
of

means

and

the

the

free

is

piece
This

breech

of

trance
en-

of

and
cloth.

this

and

cold

is very
rolled

is inserted
the

hole

turned

fine carborundum

is made
of

by

permit

muzzle

with

dimensions
hole

to

the

polished

side

one

is left open

barrel

the

After

sketch.

on

square

of the
on

be

in the

shown

as

end

the

to

is made

mechanism

Wiq inch, drilling transversely through

simple, consisting merely

cut

^%a

by

drilled,it should

steel

to

the

slightly beveled

The

inches

next

rear

of

of

gun,

breech

drilled, it is finished

file.

1%

requires great

riflingadds

and

the

model.

of the gun,

barrel

is

rifled

of

especially qualified to

it

as

eter
diam-

outside

rifled,the builder
is

he

drawing.

center

it is bored

The

equipment.

The

is

unless

2i/^-inch

the

at

barrel

the

is

operation,

being

boring

After

of

in the

tapers from

dimensions

this

the

without

it

point

of

largest point*

inches

1%

This

bore

piece

shown

as

II/2 inches

original model

the

from

out

It has

at its

diameter,

tapered

to

tapers

shape and

proper

all.

measures

muzzle.

the

at

in

is

^Finishing^

"

first.

considered

over

turned

gun

this

From

gun.

be

of the

and

long

21/^ inches

wheels

wooden

the

gun.

is to be

gun

inches

13^%6

measures

of the

barrel

The

of

Construction

"

GUN

SIEGE

MODEL

gun

in

after

Model

the

has

shell

small

is in

place and
of

the

put in place.

been

The

which

engages

with

shown

handle

small

after

ates
actu-

breech

the

in the

cut

groove

of

method

The

373

is turned

eccentric

barrel.

Gun

Siege

this

making

side
in-

locking

'JiVV
Tig.

300

Tbe

"

model

siege

45

is

arrangement

plate
of

which

1-inch

small

screws.

is then
hold

made

the

this

covers

cold

in

shown

rolled
A
and

chain, the

screwed

other

aJxA

elevated

at

degrees

the

detail

mechanism

steel

small

assembled

completely

gun

is sawed

and

hook,

fixed
with

to

the

end

of

drawing.

to

breech.

which

from

the

thread
This

small
a

piece

breech
at

with

end,

one

is used

is attached

to

to

the

Model

374s

bolt

eye

handle

the

on

is cut

in

Owing
be

would

not

other

means,

fitted

greatly
it is not

pin

is inserted
the

and
to

the

arranged

small

set

notch, by

made

builder

%-inch

be

bent

of the

rolled

cold

of the

and

drilled

from

as

in

frame

rests

with

the
the
to

sheet
of

end

provide

flinching.

If

of

oarriage

plate and
drilled

the

for

together

upon

the

brass

or

frame

shaper

runs

chain, which
is at

edges

hand,

should
two

bars

cross

The

to

end

shown,

as

the

small
the

prevents
the

made

The

is cut

across

the

as

be

can

place.

This

next.

in

to

sight the*

to

two

pieces.

is filed

with

steel,bent

which

with

shown.

ground

small

brass,

or

the

as

bolted

are

brass

sheet

steel

and

of

there

rolled

brass

which

steel

scale

considered

the

attached

adjusted

barrel.

held

are

which

frame

covered

shape

the

frame

be

can

of the

will be

muzzle

provided

middle

right angles

at

sight is

possible

gun

weapon,

the

it is

sides

from

nicely

top of the

of cold

The

the

of which

in the

desires.

up

of

it

either

essential, it

consists

of which

of the

carriage

be

sides

pin

the

and

means

means

them.

between

and

the

now

small, sharp-pointed

vertically

On

receive

of

barrel

barrel

can

in diameter

is not

slide

by

heights.

The
can

to

screw,

with

of the

rear

by

it

should

inch

part of the

other

The

It

this

grinding

appearance

the

on

tric.
eccen-

ing
iiiplace by drill-

to

lathe.

form

shafts

mechanism

general

midway

extreme

small

barrel

has

the

the

to

screwed

in the

ment
arrange-

breech, it will

on

difficult to construct.

scale

gun

the

breech.

various

work

measure

and

of

the

supporting

sighting

to

of

filing and

These

hole

the

and

The

threaded

tapping

the

careful

with

be

may

shaft

The

and

brass

or

the

over

locking

difficult,
however,

sides.

the

to

the

on

steel

of

any

made.

Although
adds

do

as

be

rolled

fits

carriage frame.

the

peculiar shape

found

accurately

and

the

to

be

be

they

cold

to

of

is used

it which

impossible

and

which

from

hole

square

end

lower

wrench

or

Engineering

frame

same

hole
back
the

is
of
gun

pieces

Model

Siege

Gtm

Model

376

be

can

inch

x%

from

made

brass,

made.
of

which

gun

and

drops

to

thus

the

is

adjusted,
The

as

of the

handles

is attached
of

which

gears

turned

raised

or

simple

method.

of the
runs
a

original
be

One
which

from

runs

motion

the

as

and

unless

gun

will

of

they
not

two

separate

and

the

other

slips over
the

shaft

rests

the
from

The

the

is bolted

the

to

part consists

piece

slipping

part

out

of

of

the

to

which

rod

tached
at-

middle

to the

with

move

rolled
barrel

steel,
of

supports
which

upon

of

frame

merely

is

lowered.

bearing

The

more

screw

cold

accurately

parts.

lower

by

to

or

from

desires,

own

is free

rod

cut

are

freely.

move

actually

This

made

are

his

point

gun' is raised

bearing supports

The

elaborate,

elevating
that

in

elevating

the

it is fixed

where

carriage.

the

the

either

direction

easily produced
of

dles
han-

can

gun

the

suit

to

two

these

is somewhat

model

very

end

.These

Although

design

the

bearing supports,

vertical

which

turned.

Each

opposite

the

As

upon

the

larger beveled

of the

barrel

the

by

carriage.

screw.

depending

are

can

rod

across

barrel

elevating

alter

can

motion

to

the

the

is being

adjust

to

gear.

with

engage

to

the

beveled

shafts

around,

on

this

small

used

shafts, at

separate

rod

when

used

barrel

of the

side

step is raised

this is actuated

side

it is

steel

are

the

is

and

each

lowered,

builder

made

on

handles

the

mechanism

as

which

small

are

which

screw,

to two

is fixed

that

gear

think.

is fixed

the

on

would

appear

when

not

use

each

on

the

steps

the

to

small

very-

after

black

when

These

and

is next

gun,

that

handle

the

many

position

place.

loaded

being

elevating

range

be

it in

is

these

to

make

placed

are

inches

V/2

objection

no

painted

folding steps
vertical

is

is

gun

will

this

there

attached

holds

gun

end

whole

small

Two

the

and

the

as

measuring

steel

Although

piece of work,

substantial
of

rolled

cold

inches.

11

Engineering

of

small

support

place.

the

This

and

is

the
sist
con-

the
riage
car-

piece
vents
pre-

quite

Model

Siege

Gun

378

Model

Engineering

/-"^"

"""*""""-*"

"

"

"3
o

08

I
i

I
o

eo
to

Model

difficult

part of the

objection

no

379

and

produce

to

gun

making

to

Gun

Siege

ordinary

an

be

would

there

its

to. take

bearing

place.
The

shaft

for

for

bearings

these

carriage

frame.

this

easily

can

pieces with
and

the

should

with

wire

set.

and

thin

the

from

the

millimeters.

used

upon

in

vertical

it

in

can

have

appearance

the
the

gim

back

same

gun

hook

The

this hook

and

shaft

is fired.

forward

the

wheels
back

the

into

sition
po-

graduated

in

is

other
an-

there
which

also

These

scales

position after
is held

scale
it and

it

all parts

are

releases

to
small

drops

manner,

made

be

to

is

its proper

to

ery
periph-

Two

prevent

This

hub

brought

wheel.

wheel

the

being fired.

drops

position.

completes

model

should

being fired.

glue.

the

can

it is

which

scale

under

rim

Attached

place.

when

the

bring

place with
This

gun

the

shaft

small

around

wooden

the

holes

glue is firmly

the

The

the

is wound

wheel

in

which

after

their

is

position

in

rim.

of

the

inserted

placed

wheel

graduated

to

it flinches

the

of

Directly

into

as

the

carriage is

scale

is

drilled

carpenters^

the

is then

oak,

end

place,

of

until

way

iron

to

on

on

sliding out

drops

act

burned

when

are

of sheet

placed

of the

end

this

diameter,

and

bushings

in

rim

are

other

in

of

and

from

holes

the

periphery

the

wood

cut

are

hub, and

put

of

end
of

the

semicircular

two

grade

bearing

to

out

spokes

are

good

the

wheel

proper

heat

with

brass

made

receive

to

spokes

is left

strip

the

The

to fit in the

is done

small

of

red

filled

are

saw.

the

upper

by cutting

pieces

Biefore

this

After

of

rim

be

done

coping

two

spokes.

and

wheels

erid is made

one

in

The

the

to

place and

in

put

now

bolted

are

be

is

wheels

the

be

painted
very

a
no

the

gun,
a

and

dull

business-like

gloss
of the

in

it, as

model.

after

black, which

gives

appearance.

The

would

detract

this

ished
pol-

the

ished
fin-

paint
from

INDEX

A
PAGE

Abrasive

bond

wheels,

of

96

elastic

97
of

grit

95

"
.

of

mounting

98
.

of

mounting

jewelers'

90

rubber

98
of

selection

^0

*.

silicate

97

of

speed

96

vitrified

Airplane

97

engine,

six-cylinder

three-cylinder
Alcohol
for

soft

Attachments

187

rotary
for

burner,

boiler

model

75

for

29

lathe

boring

Bar,

for

rest

271

soldering

"

Back

196

rotary

lathe

56
44

tool

and

Belts,
Boat,

of

lacing

lake

model

31

model

Sharpie-type

convection

Boilers,

266-272
in

currents

evaporative

260-265

freighter

216

of

power

216

flash

228,

184-186,

189-192

marine

220

models

different

of

riveting
Scott

215-228

types

of

218
225

type

semi-flash
silver

220-225
end

soldering

plates

of

80

flue

single

217
.

215

steam
for

waterback
with
Bond
Boom

222

super-heater

of

abrasive

for

model

coil

223

wheels

96-97
326

crane

44

Boring
Boring

bar

and

tool

44
381

Index

382

PAGE

Boring

44

cylinders

Buckets,

for

rotor

Burner,

double

turbine

soft

soldering

for

alcohol

for

flash

for

gasolene

gasolene

202

steam

flash

75

plant

steam

172
.

"

169

plant

steam

Cabinet,
for

Case

21

tool

61

lathe

small

84

hardening

86

furnace

for

packing

material

88

for

102

Castings, making
Caterpillar tank,
of

lathe

valve

for

Centers
Check

365-371

model

51
237

boilers

model

Cleansing

solutions

Clearance

of

Cocks,

for

lathe

electro-plating

131

'
.

36

tools
234-236

water

silver

of

Composition
Convection

in

currents
for

Core

box

Core

prints

78-81

solder

216

boilers

model

118

patterns

116
322

lathe

for

Countershaft

322-329

model

Crane,

for

Crankcase,

Crankshafts,

twin-cylinder

model

in

mounting

Westinghouse

142

engine.

steam

40

lathe

39

of

turning

in

convection

Currents,

216

boilers

model

44

of

Cylinders, boring

Draft

of

Drill,

of

names

for

pad

various

57

.71

for

holes

marking

67

of

lubrication

Drilling,

67

parts

lathe

grinding

proper

for

66

....'.

36

lathe

on

Drills

105-107

patterns

65-71

drilling

and

proper

speed

70

of

E
Elastic
Electric
model

abrasive

97

wheels

locomotive,

model

Pennsylvania

of

346
346-350

Index

383

PAGE

Electrodes,

silver,

copper,

nickel

for

electro-plating

129
....

Electro^plating

126-134

solution

cleansing
electrodes

for

131

for

129

silver, nickel

copper,
of

explanation

126

hints

133

pickle

for

pickle

for

brass

copper,
iron

polishing
solution

for

solution

for

silver

132

steel

and

and

German

and

132

work

finishing
deposition

of

deposition

of

134
130

copper

silver

130
128

vat

Engine

142

flash

175

steam

four-cylinder
steam,

crank

twin-cylinder

140-146

marine
of

power

135-139

steam

two-cylinder

Evaporative

184

steam

slide

153-166
boilers

model

216

F
Face
Fillets

for

Fittings,
Flash

56

.'

patterns

for

231-241

four-cylinder

three-cylinder
engine,

Flash

steam

plants, explanation

burner

168-174

73,77
175-186

engine

for

model

for

of

169

steam

boiler

Freighter,
Furnace

four-cylinder

soldering

Four-cylinder
flash

175-186

for

soft

for

189-192

engine

rotary

steam

gas

184-186

engine

steam

Flash

Flux

123
.

boiler

model

boiler,
for

lathe

for

plate

184-186

lake

260-265
86

hardening

case

a
Gas

engine,

model

336-345

Gauge,

small

Gears,

screw-cutting
for

Glasses, water,
Globe

valves

Grinding
for

Grinding
small

for

pressure,

for

disc,

239-241
.49
.

boilers
boilers

lathe

238
237
58

head

wheels

boilers

lathe

model

model

for

polishing
head,

on

model

93
for

89

89

Index

384

PAGE

34

tools

Grinding

lathe

Grinding

wheels, bond

96-98

of

97

elastic

95

of

grit

98

mounting

of

restoring

surface

.98

of

98

rubber

97

silicate

96

of

speed

97

vitrified
Grit

of

model

Gun,

95

wheels

abrasive

372-379

siege
action

Gyroscope,

357

of
.

Hard

outfit

Hull

.78
84-88

case

and

Hardening
Hoist,

for

Hardening,

Hull

78

soldering

82-88

steel

tempering

model

for
for

330-334

model
radio

Hydroplane,

record-breaking
controlled

284
242-259

record-breaking

model

model

record-breaking, engine

model

record-breaking,

248-259

for
.

boiler

flash

record-breaking,hull

model

242-246

hydroplane

submarine

for

246-247
242-246

for

Interior

thread

Internal

lathe

51

cutting
work

43

Jewelers'

Jig

for

abrasive

forming

of

wheels, mounting

turbine

90

buckets

213

:5^nurling

37-38

hand

38

machine

37

tool, position

of

38

Lacing
Lackawanna

belts

/.

locomotive,

model

of

31

351-356

Index

385

PAGE

Lake

of

model

freighter,

260-265

board

Lap

93

back

Lathe,

for

rest
for

cabinet

56

small

61

of

center

51
for

countershaft
drill

31

for

pad

57

for

face-plate

56
'

disc

grinding
lead

for

hammer

lead

screw

of

method

49

driving

28
30

requirements

of,

cutting

for

setting

gears

49
26

of

up

30
of

clearance

tools, grinding
torols,positive

36

of
and

34
rake

negative

work

of

34
25-64

".
.

internal

work,
Lead

42

spinning
of

of

selection

tool,

58

of

of

position

screw

58

or

screw

on

Lubrication

43

lathe

for

49

drilling

71

Machine

knurling

Marine

boilers

Marine

engine,

37

"
.

220

"

crankshaft

164

"
.

two-cylinder
Melting

153-167

of

point

Metal

spinning

Metal

turning,

silver

solder

.79
41

"
.

elementary

33

tools

Model
Model
*

33

boiler

boilers,

with

types

caterpillar

Model

tank

for

215-230
.

223
365-371
299
322-329

crane

boom

231-241

217

super-heater

reel

Model

all

single-flue

Model

Model

fittings

for
electric

engineer's

326
locomotive

workshop

346

15-24

Index

386

PAGE

Model

engine

gas

spark
Model

plug

gasoline
spark

Model

336

for

341-342

engine

336-345

for

plug

344-345
action

gyroscope,

of

357
357-364

car

railroad

357
for

railroad, rails
Model

hoist,

Model

Lackawanna

Model

lake

Model

Sharpie-type

Model

siege

Model

steam

Model
Model

364

electric

double-drum

330-334

locomotive

351

freighter

260-265
boat

373-379

gun

Lackawanna

locomotive,

submarine

chaser

submarine

with

of

Mounting

266-272

351-361
273-280

radio

abrasive

control

281-321

wheels

98

Nozzle,

drilling of,

for

207

turbine

steam

O
Oil
Oil

for

pump,

for

tank

One-piece

plant,

steam

operation

plant, operation

steam

patterns,

for

Outfit

flash

flash

of

171
171

of

108

of

making

78

soldering

hard

Parted

patterns,
draft

Pattern,

of

making

114

of

107-108

fillets

123

100-125

making
for

allowance

Patterns,

casting

shrinkage

125

box

core

118
116

prints

core

one-piece

making

108
"

110

parted
parted,

surface

preparing

Pickle,

for

for

silver

Pitch

of

"

of

.114
.

101

for

101

electro-plating

132

wood

proper

of

making

soldering

threads

78

49

Index

387

PAGE

Polishing

91

abrasive
flat

for

powder

92

surfaces

93

...""".

wheels

for

.92
.

Powder,

abrasive

Preparation
Pressure

of

for

polishing

surface

for
for

small

gauge,

Propeller, airplane

91-92

soft

soldering

73

boilers

model

239-241
339

submarine

297

Proper temperature
Pump,

oil

for

flash

for

model

water,

Pumps,

for

for

water,

hardening

case

plant,

steam*

84
of

operation

Sharpie-type
model

steel

171

boat

271
239

engines

steam

"

Eadio-controUed

submarine

281-321
.

automatic
hull

284

for

288

for

relay

311

transmission

for

Bailroad,

model

for

model

Bake,

for

Beel

357

railroad

gyroscope
and

of

negative

caterpillar

364

lathe

tools

299

submarine

311
.

for

water

steam

172

171,

218

for

valve

Botary

for

valves

three-cylinder

187

engine

wheels

abrasive

Eubber

98

boilers

model

231-234
225

boiler

type

Screw

flash

boilers

Eiveting

Safety

34

tank

radio-controlled

for

Beservoir,

Scott

289

gyroscope

positive

Belay

305-308

for

motor

Bails

for

control

45

cutting

Screw

cutting

gears,
.

grinding
of

safety

Setting

lathes

50

46
^

^^^

valves

220-225

boilers
......

^
*
.

^o

boat

model

.
^

gun,

46

Sharpie-type

Siege

model

Shrinkage

of

Semi-flash
up

50

tool

cutting

Seating

of

".

of

ratio
Screw

mounting

of

castings, allowance

/?

o^^

patterns

'ri"^-^^

model

..""""

...

Index

388

PAGE

Silicate
Silver

abrasive

wheels

97
of

solder, composition

melting
Silver

78-81

of

point

79

soldering

outfit

for

pickle

78
78
78

or

Single

cylinder

Single

flue

engine

steam

boilers

model

Six-cylinder airplane
Six-cylinder
Small

and

Soft

soldering

hard

alcohol

196
196

airplane

61

.....*

soldering

72-81

..........

73

burner

for

75

for

flux

73-77

of

preparation
of

wiring

surface

for

73

for

objects

76

soft

Soldering,

73
model

for

plug

engine

gas

341-342,

344,

metal

Spinning,

engine,

for

lathe

crankshaft

for

42

'
.

marine

164

four-cylinder

184

four-cylinder

airplane,

148-152
196

crank

137-141

airplane
rotary

187
for

twin-cylinder

marine

twin-cylinder

Westinghouse

Steam

turbine

Steam

turbine

airplane

187-197
153

model

locomotive,

140-146

type

Laekawanaa

351-356
198-214

nozzle, drilling

heating

of,

of

207

of

Steel, hardening

for

88
various

hardness

of,

with

85
82-88

chaser,
model

carbon

of

tempering

83

"
.

impregnation

Submarine,

175-186
.

airplane

three-cylinder,

Submarine

184
'

cylinder

three-cylinder

Steam

for
.

six-cylinder
Slide

boiler

flash

four-cylinder
single

345

.41
of

requirements
Steam

engine

cabinet

lathe

Spark

217

engine, rotary

steam

Soft

147-151

model

273-280

radio-controlled

281-321
297

propellers

Tank,
oil

model
for

365-371

caterpillar
flash

steam

plant

171

Index

389

PAGE

Tempering
Thread

82-88

steel

gauge

Thread,

properly

United

52

cut

States

Standard

Threads,. .interior
pitch

46-54

45
of

cutting

51

"
.

of

49

Three-cylinder

187-197

airplane

engine, rotary

steam

Tinning

76

Tool

cabinet

21

Tool

for

boring

Tools, shop

bar

44

collection

of

20
....

metal

turning

33

wood

turning

32

Transmission

submarine

radio-controlled

for

289
.

Turbine,
Turning

of

198-214

metal,

Turning

steam

elementary

33

.'

crankshafts
.

Twin-cylinder

steam

Twin-cylinder

Westinghouse

engine, Westinghouse

marine

Two-cylinder

type

engine,

steanr

39, 40, 146, 151, 164,

179

140-146
....

crankcase

for

142
.

engine

153-167

U
United
Use

Standard

States

thread

45

abrasives

of

89-99

Valve,

for

rotary

Valve

for

check,
globe,

three-cylinder
boilers

model

model

for

safety,

for

safety,

seating

187

engine

237

boilers

237

boilers

model

231-234
.

of

233
226-233

spring
^
*

234

weight
Vat,

electro-plating

V-block,
Vitrified

128
.

of

use

70
wheels

abrasive

97

cocks

Water

pump,
for

model

record-breaking

Sharpie-type
for

Water

pumps,

Water

reservoir,

model
for

flash

234-236

boilers

model

for

for

222

boilers

model

for

glasses,

Water
Water

boilers

model

for

Waterback

238

hydroplane

257

boat

steam
steam

271

engines
plants

239

171,

172

Index

390

PAGE

abrasive

Wheels,

89-99

92

polishing
Wiring

for

objects

soft

soldering

76

"

...

Wood,

proper

Wood

turning

for

".

patterns

.101
32

"

tools

Work

32

bench,

Workshop,
model

construction

model

engineers';

of

18

engineers'
tool

15-24

equij^ment

of

19

CATALOGUE
Ae

Of

and

LATEST

PRACTICAL

and

BEST

MECHANICAL

BOOKS
Including Automobile

Any
on

hoolu

of these

receipt

of

tM

he sent
Remit

price.
Order

or

Published

The

Norman
2 West

W.
45th

and

prepaid
hy

to

For

Henley
Street, New

any

Postid

Draft,

Registered

and

Aviation

part

Books

of the

Order,

world,

Express

Letter

Sale

By

Publishing
York,

U.S.A.

Co.,

THE

NORMAN

W.

HENLEY

PUBLISHING

CO.

IXDEX
PAGES

Air Brakes
Arithmetic
Automobile
Automobile
Automobile
Automobile

PAGES

21, 24
14, 26, 31
3, 4, 5, 6
6, 7

Books
Charts

Ignition Systems
Lighting
Questions and Answers

Automobile

5
5
4

Automobile
Repairing
Automobile
Starting Systems
Automobile
Charts
Trouble
Automobile
Welding
Aviation
Aviation
CHiart

5,

6
7
7
5
19
9
7
19
6

Batteries, Storage
Gear
Bevel
Boiler-Room

Chart

Brazing
Cams
Carburetion
Trouble
Chart.
Gear
Change
Charts
Coal
Coke
Combustion
Air
Compressed
Concrete
Concrete
for Farm
Use
Concrete
for Shop
Use
Cosmetics

19

6, 7, 8
22

."

9
22

Drawing.
for Plumbers
Drawing
Drop Forging
Dynamo
Building
Bells
Switchboards

24

E-T

24
34
17
3
6
29
17

Air

Brake

Every-day
Engineering
Factory Management
Ford
Automobile
Chart
Ford
Trouble
Formulas
and Recipes
Fuel
Construction
Gas
Gas
Engines
Gas
Tractor
Gearing and Cams
Terms
Glossary of Aviation

18

18,

19

7, 12
31, 32

Horse-Power
Chart
Hot- Water
Heating
House
Wiring
How
Automobile
to Run
an

9
31, 32
15, 17
3

Hydraulics
Ice and
Refrigeration
Ignition Systems
Chart
Ignition-Trouble

5
20
5
6

Rubber

30

Interchangeable

Manufacturing

24

Inventions
Knots
Lathe
Work

Any

20
20

25

12, 13
5, 6

29

Gas

19
13

Questions
Questions

and

Answers

Automobile

on

Heating

on

32

Accidents
Charts
Book

23
9
29
20
4

Work

20

Rubber
Rubber
Stamps
Saw
Filing

30

Rope

Saws,

30
30

Management

Steam
Steam
Steel

30

of

Works

12,

13

25
25
'

25

25
14
7
20

Work

Engineering

30, 31

Heating

32

31,

32

Batteries
Stibmarine
Chart
Switchboards

Storage

5
9

14, 16

Tapers
Wireless
Telegraphy,
Telephone
Thread
Cutting
Tool
Making
Toy Making

21

Train
Rules
Tractive
Chart
Power
Tractor, Gas
Turbines
Vacuum
Heating
Valve
Setting
Ventilation
Watch
Making

23

17
16
26
24
15

9
33
33
32
22
31
33

Waterproofing
with Oxy-acetylene
Welding
Wireless
Telegraphy
Wiring
Wiring Diagrams

12
,

Flame

6, 33
17
15

14.

14

20

of

these

books
the

HOW

19

33

Heating

India

Producer
Punches

Shop'Construction
Shop Management
Shop Practice
Shop Tools
Sketching Paper
Soldering
Splices and Rofe

Encyclopedia

14
34

13

14

14, 15, 16
14, 15, 16, 17

19

13,

28,

Sheet-Metal

15

26
26

27

13

14
14, 16

34

27

Refrigeration
Repairing Automobiles

12

22, 23, 24
24, 25, 26

Perfumery
Perspective
Plumbing

11

12, 13
13, 14
28

21,

20

Recipe

Dies

22
22

Making

11

27
5

22
21

Motorcycles
Patents
Pattern

Railroad
Railroad

10

Toy Making
Wiring
Electricity

Motions
Liquid Air
Locomotive
Boilers
Locomotive
Breakdowns
Locomotive
Engineering
Machinist
Book
Mechanical
Magazine,
Manual
Training
Marine
Engineering
Marine
Gasoline
Engines
Mechanical
Drawing
Mechanical
Magazine
Mechanical
Movements
Metal
Work

10, 11, 12

Cyclecars
Dictionary

Electric
Electric
Electric
Electric

Link

TO

promptly
world

REMIT"

By
Bank

on

Postal
Draft

or

sent

prepaid to
receipt of price.

any

address

Money Order, Express Money

Registered Letter.

In

Order

CATALOGUE

AND

AUTOMOBILES
The

Gasoline

Modern

This

is the

Automobile

Edition.

1918
most

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

By

MOTORCYCLES

^Its

"

Victor

BOOKS

Design, Construction,
Paq", M.S.A.E.

W.

and

tion,
Opera-

and their
complete, practicaland up-'to-datetreatise on gasoline automobiles
revised and
ever
enlarged 1018 edxtion, all phases of
published. In the new

component

parts

automobile
in language

construction,

operation and maintenance

are
fully and completely described,. and
understand.
Every i"art of all types of automobiles, from light cycleand
described
in a thorough
trucks
to
cars
tractors,
not
only
are
maimer,
item of it; equipment, accessories,tools needed, supplies and sp"are
the automobile,
but every
for its upkeep, are
fully discussed.
necessary
t is clearly and condsely written by an
expert familiar with every branch of the automobile
indxittry
and the originator of the practicalsystem of self-education on technical subjects. It is a liberal edur
cation in the automobile
motor
for either business or pleasure.
art, useful to all who
with all imi"rovements that have
been
reading the incomparable treatise is in touch
Anyone
made
in motor-car
construction.
All latest developments, such as high speed aluminum
motors
and
considered
in detail.
engines, are
latest ignition,
The
multiple valve and sleeve-valve
carburetor
and lubrication
New
forms
of change
practice is outlined.
speed gears, and final
transmission
and
all latest chassis improvements
described.
and
shown
are
systems,
power
This
book
is used
in all leading automobile
schools
is conceded
and
the Standard
to be
Treatise.
The
chapter on Starting and Lighting Systems has been greatly enlarged, and
automobile
engineering features that have long puzzled laymen
are
explained so clearly
many
be understood
that the underlying
book
This
first published
principles can
was
by anyone.
added that it is nearly twice its original size.
six years
and so much
has been
matter
new
ago
in motorThe
and recent
truck
developments
only^treatise covering various forms of war automobiles
This book is not too technical for the layman nor too elementary
design as well as pleasure cars.
It is an
incomparable work of reference for home or school.
expert.
for the more
1,000 6x9 pages,
Price
nearly 1,000 illustrations, 12 folding plates. Cloth bound.
$3.00
can
anyone
motor
heavy

?arts

WHAT

OF

SAID

IS

THIS

BOOK:

I
**
the Automobile
It is the best book
^J. H. Pile, Associate
to date."
Editor
Autoon
seen
up
Journal.
mobile
Trade
Automobile
Owner
has use
for a book
of this character."
The Tradesman.
"Every
"This
is superior to any
book
treatise heretofore
published on the subject." The Inventive Age.
"We
of no
other volume
know
that is so complete in all its departments, and in which
the wide
field of automobile
construction
with its mechanical
intricacies
is so plainly handled, both in
the text and in the matter
of illustrations. "-^TA"
Motorist.
is ver^r thorough,
"The
book
careful examination
a
failing to disclose any
point in connection
with the automobile,
its care
and repair, to have
been overlooked."
Iron Age.
"Mr.
benefit to the Automobile
Field."
W.
C. Hasford,
a
Pag6 has done
great work, and
Mgr. Y. M. C. A. Automobile
School, Boston, Mass.
"It is just the kind of a book
needs il he Wants
his car."
to imderstand
American
a motorist
Thresherm4xn.
"

"

"

"

"

"

"

The

Model
W.

Ford

and

Operation

Car, Its Construction,

Bepair.

By Victor

Pag", M.S.A.E.

Model
T Car
described
instruction
book.
All parts of the Ford
is a complete
and
are
and operating principlesmade
is fullydescribed
clear to everyone.
illustrated; the construction
needs this practical book.
don't have
about
the construction
You
to guess
Every Ford owner
how
all parts apart and how
where
to locate and
fix all
the trouble
to take
or
is, as it shows
faults.
and writes from
The
actual
writer, Mr. Pag6, has operated a Ford car for many
years
1. The
Its Parts
and
Their
the contents
Functions.
knowledge.
are:
Among
Ford^ Car:
2. The
How
Works
The
Fuel
and
the Engine
Engine
Auxiliary Groups.
Supply System
3. Details
The Carburetor
the Ignition Si]"ark Cooling and Lubrication.
of Chassis.
Making
Gear
Transmission
Differential
Action
Change
Power
Steering Gear
Front
Speed Gear
Axle
4. How
Control
and
and
Care
for the Ford.
The
Brakes.
to Drive
Frame
Springs
Roadside
the Car
Troubles
Locating
System
Explained"
Starting the Motor
Driving
Location
^Winter
Care
5. Systematic
of Troubles
Tire Repairs
of Car.
Oiling the Chassis
in Carburetor
and
in Engine
and
Remedies.
Faults
Faults
Ignition Troubles
Cooling
General
Lubrication
Gear
Chassis
Defects
^Adjustment of Transmission
Repairs.
System
2 large folding plates.
Price
95 illustrations, 300 pages,
$1*00
This

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

an

"

"

Automobile.

"

"

"

to Bun

"

"

"

How

"

"

By

W.

Victor

PAoig, M.S.A.E.

of gasoline autotreatise gives concise

instructions
for starting and
mobiles,
running all makes
Describes
for them,
and
features
of control.
how
to care
gives distinctive
every
containcjd
I.
the chapters
controlling engines, etc.
Among
step for shifting gears,
are:
II.
General
Instructions.
and
Automobile
Parts
Their
Functions.
Starting and
Driving
Care
III.
IV.
of Automobiles.
178 pages.
72 specially
Typical 1917 Control Systems.
illustrations.
Price
made
$1.00
This

"

"

"

"

THE

NORMAN

Repairing

Automobile
A

W.

comprehensive,

Made

HENLEY

Easy.

practical ezpoeition

PUBLISHING

By Victor
of every

W.

phase

CO.

Paq", M.S.A.E.

of modem
restoration.

automobile
repairing practice.
Gives
plans for workshop
for equipment,
construction,
suggestions
needed, machinery and
tools necessary
power
to
business
Tells
how
overhaul
and
successfully.
to
all parts
of all autoon
mobiles.
carry
repaur
and
students
Everything is explained so simpy that motorists
can
acquire a full
of automobile
working knowledge
repairing. This work starts with the engine, then considers
lubrication
The
carburetion, ignition, cooling and
clutch, change
sjrst^ns.
speed gearing
transmission
Contains
and
in detail.
instructions
considered
for re|"ainng all
sjrstem are
chassis
and
other
tables, short cuts m
Many
tjrpes of axles, steering gears
parts.
figuring
and
rules of practiceare
given for the mechanic.
tuning,
Explains fully valve and magneto
^'tuning" engmes,
systematic location of trouble, repair of ball and roller bearings, shop kinks,
first aid to injured and a multitude
and repair business.
of subjects of interest to all in the garage
This
book
contains
aj^wialinstructions on electric starting, lighting and ignition systems^ tire
welding, brasring artd soldering, heat treatment
repairing and rebuildtngt autogenous
of steel,IcUest
Cloth.
trations,
5^x8.
1,056 pages,
timing practice, eight and twelve-cylinder motors, etc.
1,000 illusPrice
11 folding plates.
$3.C0
Outlines

every

incidental

process

IS

WHAT

to

motor

car

OF

SAID

THIS

BOOK:

'"Automobile
the subject I have
Easy' is the best book
ever
seen
anc
Repairing Made
on
Fred
the only book
I ever
value in a garage."
Neb.
that is of any
Jeffrey, Martinsburg,
saw
Made
Easy.
"I wish
for sending
I do
a
Repairing
to thank
me
you
copy of 'Automobile
excelled."
think
it could
S. W.
of Instruction, Y. M.
C. A., PhilH"
Gisnel, Director
not
oe
delphia. Pa.
"

"

Modem
Answers
to
and
AutomobUe
Questions
Relating
W.
DriTlns and Repair.
By Victor
Pag6, M.S.A.E.

Construction,

A practical self-instructor
for students, mechanic
and
motorists, consisting of thirty-seven
lessons
and
written
in the form
with
of questions
special reference
to the
rec^iireanswers,
reader
of the non-technical
desiring easily understood,
ments
relating
explanatory matter
The
is absolutely
and
of automobiling.
to all branches
subject-matter
correct
expl^ied in
all of the following questions, you
need this wonc.
The
simple language. If you can't answer
and
in its pages.
Give
the name
of all imto be found
portant
to these
are
2,000 more
answers
over
and
automobile
describe
their functions.
Describe
action
of latest types
parts of an
between
What
is the difference
"double"
carburetors.
and
of kerosene
ignition system
a
a
coil.
''dual"
How
valves
timed?
What
ignition sjrstem? Name
are
parts of an induction
is an
and how
does it work?
drive gear^
electric motor
What
starter
advantages of worm
are
ing
floatroller bearmgs.
all important types of bedl and
What
is a "three-quarter"
ing? Name
is the Vulcan
electric gear
shift?
Name
axle^
What
the causes
What
is a two-speed axle?
mechanism
and give causes
of lost power
Describe
all noises due to deranged
in automobiles.
i
How
bv the color of the exhaust
gases? What
adjust a carburetor
causes
"popping"
can
you
How
do you
in the carburetor? What
drive
tools ana
needed
to equip^a car?
supplies are
is it used?
Name
difi'erent
various
of cars?
What
is a differential
lock and
where
makes
A popular
of wire wheel
work
at a popular price. 6^x7Hconstruction, etc., etc.
loth.
650 pages,
350 illustrations, 3 folding plates. Price
$1"6#

Systems

18

WHAT
"If

own

you

"Mr.
Page
Press.
"We
than

can

best

this book."

faculty
writer

no

Victor

get

"

the

name

Mr.

"The

car

has

The

OF

BOOK:

THIS

Glassworker.

subjects plain

difficult

qualified to

prepare

and

understandable."

of

instruction

Automobile

Topics.

book

on

"

automobiles

that

has

appeared."

"

useful,
will not
with
find this book
few men,
long experience, who
even
be given
it accurate.
must
Special recommendation
pains have been taken to make
books
Such
excellent
been
made
have
illustrations, which
specially for the work.
automobile."
Engineering News.
greatly assist in fully understanding your
"There

Bristol

Scientific American.

"

catechism

automobile

"

making

better

Pag6."

W.

oi

SAID

'^reat

are

to
as

the
this

"

The

Automoblllst's
Victor

W.

Pocket

Pag",

Companion

and

Expense

Record.

ArraDged

by

M.S.A.E.

information
of value
much
book is not only valuable
cost record but contains
as
a convenient
schedule,
Includes
condensed
laws of all States, a lubrication
motorists.
digest of auto
a
of road
troubles, anti-freesing
of tires, location
hints for care
of storage
care
battery and
useful tables and
recipes of interest
t"
solutions, horse-power
table, driving hints and many
of practical
book
in any
of the word, just a collection
Not
technical
all motorists.
a
sense
Price
motorist.
for the everyd^^y
facts in simple language
$1"M
This
to

CATALOGUE

OF

Startins, Lighting

Modern

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

and

Ignition

BOOKS

Systems.

By Victob

W.

Pao", M.".

volume
has been
written
with special reference
This
to the requirements
of the nonpractical
reader
techmcal
desiring easilyunderstood,
explanatory matter, relating to all types of automobile
It can
be imderstood
without
ignition, starting and lighting systems.
by anyone,
even
because
electrical principles are
electrical knowledge,
elementary
considered
before
tempt
atany
features
basic principles are
These
is made
to discuss
of^the various systems.
clearly
with simple diagrams.
illustrated
All the leading systems
stated
and
of startingt lighting and
illustrated with the co-operation of the experts employedby the
and
ignition have been described
shown
technical
All
in both
and
Wiring
diagrams
non-technical
forms.
are
manufactturers.
are
of modern
symbols
fully explained. It is a comprehensive review
starting and ignition
includes
and
a
sjrstem practice, and
complete exposition of storage batterer construction, care
and all ignition or lighting systemrei"air.All types of starting motors, generators,
magnetos,
units are
this volume.
in the automobile
fully explained. Every person
business
needs
Amone
of the subjects treated
I.
Production;
Flow;
some
^Elementary Electricity; Current
are:
Action. II.
Definitions; Magnetism; Battery Action;Generator
Battery
Circuits;Measurements;
III.
Iv.
Ignition Systems.
Magneto
Ignition Svstems.
^Elementary Exposition of Starting
Sjrstem Principles. V.
^Ts^picalStarting and Lighting Sjrstems; Practical Application;Wiring
Diagrams; Auto-lite, Bijur, Delco, Dyneto-Entz,
Gray and Davis, Remy, U. S. L., Westinghouse,
in Starting
Genemotor,
Bosch-Rushmore,
^Locating and Repairing Troubles
North-East, etc. VI.
and Lighting Systems.
VII.
Gear-shifting by Electricity;
^Auxiliary. Electric Systems;
Electric
Signals;
Brake;
Ents-Transmission,
Circuits, WiagnerWarning
Wa^er-Saxon
Studebaker
Circuits.
Cloth.
630 pages,
207 illustrations, 3 folding plates.
5Mz7H.
Price
$1.50
"

"

"

"

"

"

"

AutomobUe

Witli

Welding

This

is the
^nd

Flame,
along.

tlie Oxy-Aeetylene

only complete book

from

its pages

the

on

one

can

and
information

"why"

gayi

Flame.
"how"
so

M.

By

Keith

Dunham.

of Welding with the Oxy-Acetylene

weld anjrthing that comes
that he can

be without
this concise
book, as it first exi"lain8the apparatusto be
The
in detail the actual
welding of
welding of all automobile
parts.
well
and
malleable
iron is clearly explained, as
brass
cast
iron, steel, copper,
Ajtnong the
head
the carbon
of the motor.
the proper
to burn
out of the combustion
as
w^
and
II.
I.
contents
Chapter
are:
Chapter
Knowledge.
Shop
Apparatus
Equipment
V.^
Initial Procedure.
IV.
^Aluminimi.
Iron.
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter fll. Cast
Carbon
Malleable
ing
BurnSteel.
Iron, Copper, Brass, Bronse.
Chapter VI.
Chapter VII.
ing.
Uses of Oxygen
and
^How
other
and
to Figure Cost of WeldAcetylene. Chapter VIII.
Price
167 pages,
fully illustrated.
^1
No

one

can

used, and
aluminum,

afford to
then
covers

"

"

"

"

"

"

"

Batteries

Storage
A

comprehensive

repAir and

use.

This

most

is the

Simplified.
treatise

devoted

up-to-date

Willard, U. S. L. and
stationary aiul marine

By Victob
entirely

to

W.

Pag", M.S.A.E.

secondary

batteries

and

their

maintenance^

fully the Exide, Edison, Gould,

subject. Describes
battery forms in the types best siiited for automobile,
that the reader should
of importance has been omitted
Nothing

book

other
work.

on

this

storage

details have
been
batteries.
No
about
The
of storage
practical operation and care
instructions
been
made
for charging and
have
possible. Brief
The
care
as simple as
of Storage
teries;
Batof Chapters:
Types
Chapter I. Storage Battery Development;
Lead
Edison
Cell.
Plate
The
Types;
Chapter II.--8torage Battery Construction;
Conmiercial
Non-Lead
and
Plants
Plates
Faur6
Girds;
Plates;
Plates;
Battery
Plates;
Rules
III.
Charging
Rectifiers; Converters;
Rheostats;
Designs.
Chapter
Methods;
^Industrial
IV.
V.
and
Maintenance.
for Charging.
Chapter
Chapter
^Battery Repairs
208
Pages.
Very
Application of Storage Batteries; Glossary of Storage Battery Terms.
Price
FuUy Illustrated.
$l"50net"

know

slighted.
Synopsis

"

"

"

"

Motorcycles,
and

Side

Repair.

Cars

and

By

Victor

their
Construction,
Pag6, M.S.A.E.

Cydecars;
W.

Management

only complete work

published for the motorcyclist and cyclecarist. Describes
fully all
and
their design, construction,
rei"air
maintenance,
operation
leading t^pes of machines,
and four-cycle power
This treatise outlines fully^
the operation of twoplants and all ignition,
in detail.
and
lubrication
carburetion
Describes
all representative types of free
systems
transmission
Gives
structions
inand
complete
engine clutches, variable
systems.
speed gears
power
Considers
for operating and
fully electric self-starting and
repairing all types.
lighting systems, all types of springframes and spring forks and shows leading control methods.
formulae
information
series of tables and
to
For
those
desiring tecnnical
a
complete
many
needed
included.
The
assist in designing are
work
tells now
to figure power
to^climb grades,
and attain high speeds. It shows
air resistance
how
overcome
to^select gear ratios for various
how
to figure braking
efficiency required, gives sizes of belts and chains
weights and powers,
This
work
how
etc.
to transmit
to design sprockets, belt puUes^,
safely, and shows
power
how
tests
dynamometer
idso includes
aie
complete formulae for figuring horse-power, shows
The

NORMAN

THE

W.

HENLEY

PUBLISHING

CO.

defines relative efficiencyof air and

water-cooled
ings
ens^nes,plain and anti-friction beardata
of a practical,helpful, en^eering
and
other
Remember
nature.
that you
many
in
addition
this
information
the
to
and
instructions
which
practical description
alone are
get
times
worth
several
the price of the book.
550 pages.
350 specially made
illustrations, 5
Price
folding plates. Cloth.

made,

$1.50

IS

WHAT

OF

THIS

BOOK:

that should
be in the eycle repairer'skit."
is a book
American
rider to thoroughly understand
best way
for any
his machine,
times
its price."
it is worth
Pacific Motorcyclist.
many

"Here
"The

"

book;

Blacksmith.
is to get a

of this

copy

"

AND

AUTOMOBILE
Chart.

SAID

Location

of

Gasoline

View

Sectional

of

MOTORCYCLE
Engine

Gasoline

Troubles

Engine.

CHARTS
Made
ing
ShowEasy" A Chart
W.
Compiled by Victor
Pag^,

M.S.A.E.
It shows
clearlyall parts of a typical four-cylinder gasoline engine of the four-cycle type.
It outlines
and
distinctly all parts liable to give trouble
also details the derangements
apt
with
smooth
engine operation.
to interfere
Valuable
to
students, motorists, mechanics,
automobile
repairmen,
salesmen,
garagemen,
motorboat
chauflFeurs,
motor-truck
tractor
drivers, aviators, motor-cyclists,
ana
owners,
and all others who
have
to do with
gasoline power
plants.
It simplifies location
of all engine troubles, 'and wnile it will prove
invaluable
to the
novice,
it can
be used
the
It should
be on
to advantage
by
the walls of every public
more
expert.
and
automobile
carried
It
school.
private garage,
repair shop, club house
the
or
can
in
b^
automobile
and
will insure against loss of time
when
pocket with
or
engine
trouble
ease,
manifests
itself.
view
of engine is a complete review
This sectional
It is prepared
of all motor
troubles.
by a
for all who
More
information
for the money
than
practical motorist
motor.
before
ever
'
offered.
No
details omitted.
Sise 25x38
inches.
mailed
of
Securely
on
receipt
CentS

Chart.

of Ford

Location
W.

Pag6,

Troubles

Engine

Made

Easy.

Compiled by

Victob

M.S.A.E.

clear sectional
views
depicting all portions of the Ford power
plant and auxiliary
It outlines
clearly all parts of the engine, fuel supply system, ignition group
and
that are
cooling system,
that
liable to
are
apt to give trouble, detailing all derangements
make
engine lose power,
an
to students,
start^hard or work irregularly. This chart is valuable
and
Of great advantage
drivers, as it simplifies location of all engine faults.
owners,
an
as
instructor* for the novice, it can
be used equally well by the more
of reference
expert as a work
and
review.
It can
be carried in the tool-box
and
will save
pocket with ease
its cost in
or
labor eliminated
the first time
itself. Prepared
manifests
engine trouble
with
ence
special referto the average
rnan's needs and is a practical review of all motor
troubles because
it is based
the actual
automobile
experience of an
with
the mechanism
engineer-mechanic
the chart
on
describes.
It enables
the non-technical
locate
owner
or
to
engine
operator of a Fordrar
derangements
by systematic
search, guided
instead
by
easily recognized
of by
symptoms
It makes
the average
guesswork.
of the roadside
independent
owner
repair shop when
ing.
tourbe seen
Must
to be appreciated.
Size 25x38
inches.
Printed
bond
on
heavy
paper.
i*rice
25 cents
shows

This

groups.

"

Lubrication

Chart.

chart

f)arts
ubricated
are

Chart.

and
Size

the
24x38

of

M.S.A.E.

chart shows
how
to

trouble,

of a
demand

kind of oil to use.

inches.
Price

Pag6,

This

Motor

presents the plan view

clearlyindicated
that

Location
W.

the

Car

Chassis.

Compiled

"

Carbureton

chassis of standard
design and all
the frequency
with
which
be
they must
chart for all interested
in motor-car
tenance.
main-

typicalsix-cylinder
oil, also
A

practical

Made

Troubles

all parts of a typical pressure

defects
locate
and
means

Easy.

Compiled

feed fuel supply system

of
them.
remedying

by Victob

and

gives

Size

24x38

W.

of

Page,

Ignition

System

Troubles

Made

Easy.

of
inches.

causes

cents

Compiled

by

M.S.A.E.

In this diagram
all parts of a typical double
using battery and
ignition system
and
suggestions
given for readily finding ignition troubles
shown,
are
when
found.
inches.
Size 24x38
Price
them
are

CCntS

25

Location
Victor

W.

Victor

by

Price

Chart.

"

M.S.A.E.

Pag6,
This

of

"

current
magneto
and
eliminating

^S

CCntS

CATALOGUE

OF

of CooUns
and
Pag]^, M.S.A.E.

Loeatloii

Chart.

W.

Victor

composite diagram

This

shows

and
the
water-coolmg
system
and loss of
all overheating
Sise

Chart.

inches.

24x38

GOOD,

PRACTICAL

Lubrication

typical

most

popular

power

faults

BOOKS

System

Faults.

Compiled

automobile
circulated
plant using pump
power
lubrication
Gives
methoa.
suggestions for curing
due to faulty action of the oiling or cooling group.

Price

Motorcycle

^
Made

Troubles

by

Easy.

Compiled

Victor

by

CeUtS

W.

Pag",

M.S.A.E.
A
chart
location
outlines
interfere
with
the
i*rice

sectional

view

of a single-cylinder gasoline engine.

This
chart
simplifies
troubles.
A
is shown
for simplicity. It
single-cylinder motor
and
also details the derangements
distinctly all parts liable to give trouble
apt to
with smooth
of value
have
to all who
to do
engine operation. This chart will prove
sale of motorcycles.
No
Sise 30x20
details omitted.
inches.
operation, repau:
or

showing

of

all

power-plant

25 cents
^

AVIATION
their

Aviation
Eng:ines9
Lieut. Victor

W.

Design,

Construction,

Pag6, Aviation

containing
practical work
squadron engineering officers
plants.
power

valuable
and
all

aind Repair.

Operation

By

Section, S.C.U.S.R.

instructions
aviation
for
interested
in the construction

students, mechanicians,
and
upkeep of airplane

of the highly developed

rapidly increasing interest in the study of aviation, and especially
combustion
mechanical
demand
flight possible, has created
for a
engines that make
a
for schools
and
home
text-book
suitable
stud^ that will clearly and concisely explain the
aircraft engines of foreign and
domestic
of the various
manufacture.
workings
all of -the practical aspects of interiial
This
by a recognised
authority on
treatise, written
and
combustion
does.
repair fills the need as no other book
engine construction, maintenance
is logically arranged;
all descriptive matter
is simply expressed
The
and
matter
copiously
understand
illustrated
that anyone
if without
can
so
airplane engine operation and repaireven
is invaluable
for anyone
previous mechanical
training. This work
desiring to become
an
The

intemai

mechanician.
aviator
aviation
or
and
Le Rhone, are fully explained*
The
latest rotary
Monoeoupape,
types, such as the Gnome,
well as the recently
developed Vee and radial types. The subjects of carburetion, ignition,
as
also are
covered
in a thorough
The
manner.
cooling and lubrication
chapters on repair ana
Ae
distinctive
and found
in no
other book
this subject.
maintenance
on
and soldier wishing to enter
Invaluable
the aviation
service.
to the student, mechanic
technical
work
Not
of reference
for all interested
book, but a practical, easily understood
a
sdenoe.
in aeronautical
Price
576 octavo
253 speciallymade
engravings.
pages.
f3"00 net

"

GLOSSARY
Termes

OF

AVIATION

TERMS

French-Ungllsh.
D'Avlatlon,
Compiled by Lieuts.
English-French,
of the French
Montariol
W.
Pag6, A.S., S.C.U.S.R., and Paul
Flying Corps, on duty on Signal Corps Aviation School, Mineola, L. I.

Victor

A
complete,
spealdng and

illustrated

well
French

volume

aviators.

^tended

very

valuable

conversation
to facilitate
about
book
for all who
are

between
to leave

Englishfor duty

overseas.

W.
G. Kilner,
for
publication by Majcr
Hazlehurst
School.
Field, Mineola, L. I.
Mechanic's
and
Aviator's
should
be in every
This
book
Price
Fully illustrated with detailed engravings.

Approved

Aviation

By

Chart.
Lieut.

Location
Victor

of

Airplane

S.C.,

Power

U.S.C.O.

Kit

for

Signal Corps

ready

reference.

Aviation
128

pages.

^1,
Plant

Troubles

Made

Easy.

Pag6, A.S., S.C.U.S.R.

W.

A large chart
outlining all parts of a typical airplanepower
plant, showing the points where
Intended
defects.
and
for the common
is apt
trouble
to
occur
cially
espesuggestingremedies
Price
and
School
Field Duty.
Mechamcs
and
Aviation
for Aviators
on
50 CentS
.

BRAZING
and

Brazing

Soldering.

By

AND
James

F.

SOLDERING
Hobart.

that shows
to handle
Just bow
job of brazing or soldering that comes
only book
any
you
need one.
Full of valuable
if you
how
furnace
mixture
to make
a
to use,
along; it tells you what
ter
mathas iust been
published, and to it much
new
kinks.
The
fifth edition of this book
added.
and
fluxes have
been
of solders
for all kinds
of tested formulae
and
a large number
Illustrated.
Price
CentS
^

The

NORMAN.

THE

W.

HENLEY

PUBLISHING

CO.

CHARTS
"

"

Aviation

Chart.
lieut.

By

Loeation
Victor
W.

of

Airplane

Plant

Power

Troubles

Made

Easy.

Pag^, A.S., S.C.U.S.R.

large chart outlining all parts of a tjrpicalairplanepower

the points where
plant, showing
trouble is apt to occur
for the conuaon
and
defects,
intended
suggesting remedies
especially

for Aviators

Gasoline

and

Mechanics

Troubles

Engine

Gasoline

Aviation

Made

Engine.

Easy"

Compiled

and

School

on

Piioe

Duty.

Chart

Lieut.

by

Field

Showing
W.

Victor

59

....

Sectional

centS

View

of

A.S., S.C.U.S.R.

Pag6,

It shows
all parts of a typical four-cylinder gasoline engine
of the four-cycle tsrpe.
clearly^
It outlines
and
also details the derangements
distinctly all parts liable to give trouble
apt
with
to interfere
smooth
engine operation.
Valuable
automobile
to
students, motorists, mechanics, repairmen,
salesmen,
garagemen,
and
motor-truck
chau"FeurB, motor-boat
tractor
drivers, aviators, motor-cyclists,
owners,
and
all others
who
have
to do with
gasoline power
plants.
It simplifies location
invaluable
of all engine troubles, and
while it will prove
to the novice,
it can
It should
used
be on
the walls of every
to advantage
by the more
oe
expert.
pubUc
and
automobile
It can
be carried
the
m
private garage,
repairshop, club house or school.
and will insure against loss of time when
automobile
fests
maniengine trouble
ease
or pocket with
itself.
view
of engine is a complete
review
This sectional
of all motor
troubles.
It is prepared by a
No details.omitted. Sise 26x38
inches.
Price
practicalmotorist for all who motor.
^
centS

Lubrication

of the

Car

Motor

Chassis.

This
chart
of a
presents the plan view
that demand
all i^arts are
clearly indicated
lubricated
and
the kind
of oil to use.
A
Sise 24x38
inches.
Price

Location

of

Carburetlon

Troubles

This

chart shows
all parts of a
trouble, how to locate defects and
'.
i*rioe

Location

of Ignition

oil, also

the
practical chart

means

of

feed

fuel supply
them.
Sise

remedying

ssrstem and
24x38

gives

2"

Made

CooUng

and

LubrieaHon

cents

Easy.

this chart all parts of a typical double

ignition ff^ttemusinfEbattery and
and
shown
suggestions
are
given for readily li..iding
are
igmtion troubles
Price
Sise 24x38
found.
them
when
inches.

of

of

causes

inches.

In

Location

CCntS

Easy.

pressure

Troubles

System

frequency

Made

typical

of standard
design and
with
which
be
they must
in motor-car
for all interested
tenance.
main-

tsrpicalsix-cylinder chassis

masneto

and

current

eliminating

2S

CentS

Faults.

System

composite chart shows

power
plant using pumi" circulated waterb, typical automobile
Gives
and
the most
suggestions for curing all
cooling system
popular lubrication method.
of the oiling or cooling group.
SiK
taults due to faulty action
overheating and loss of power
Price
inches.
24x38
2" CCUtS
This

Troubles
Made
Easy"
Motorcycle
Gasoline
Cylinder
Engine.

A Chart

Showing

Compiled

by

View

Sectional

Victor

W.

Pag",

of SingleM.S.A.E.

invaluable
chart
simplifieslocation of all power-plant troubles, and will prove
No
details omitted.
the operation, repair or sale of motorcycles.
have
to do with
Price
inches.
25x38
^

This
who

of

Location

Pag^,

Ford

Troubles

Engine

Made

Easy.

ompiled by

to

all
Sbe

CCUtS

W.

Victor

M.S.A.E.

views
clear sectional
deincting all portions of the Ford power
plant and auxiliaiy
and
It outlines
clearly all parts of the engine, fuel suTO"ly system, ignition grovm
that
liable to
that are
are
cooling system,
apt to give trouble, detailing all derangements
irregularly.This chart is valuable to students,
make
engine lose power,
an
start hard or work
Of great advantage
an
and
as
of aU engine faults.
drivers, as it simplifieslocation
owners,
of reference
instructor
be used equally well by the more
for the novice, it can
expert as a work
and
wiU
its cost in
and
It can
be carried
in the toolbox
review.
save
or
pocket with ease
ence
itself.
manifests
labor
eliminated
the first time
Prepared with special referengine trouble
Because
it "
troubles
needs
of all motor
and
is a practical review
man's
to the average
the
the mechanism
with
automobile
based
liie actual
engineer-mechanic
experience of an
on
This

shows

groups.

chart

by

It enables

describes.

the

non-technical

owner

or

operator of

Ford

car

to

search, guided by easily recognised svmptoms

derangements
by systematic
of the roadside
repair
It makes
the averaf^e
independent
guesswork.
owner

tounng.
Price

Must

be

seen

to

be

appreciated.

Sise

25x38

inches.

Printed

on

heavy

locate

gine
en-

inst^pad of

shop

wbeo

bond

paper.

25

cents

CATALOGUE

OF

with

Chart"

Submarine

Modem

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

Hundred

Two

BOOKS

Parts

Numbered

and

Named.

crofiSHsection
of the
A
view, showiiig clearlyand
distmctly all the interior of a Submarine
this chart, about
and
information
from
the construction
You
latest type.
get more
operadetails
is accurate
omitted
in any
other
NG
than
lion of a Submarine,
everything
way.
in every
It is absolutely
been
gineers.
Encorrect
detail, having
and
to scale.
approved by Naval
Submarine
and
devices
Boat
the machinery
AH
shown, and
are
fitted in a modem
all the features
in operative form,
shown
the engraving
to make
more
readily imderstood
are
the duties
in service
in the act of performing
Officers and
Men
assigned to them
with
ditions.
conOF
AN
ENCYCLOPEDIA
SUBMARINE.
CHART
IS
REALLY
A
It
This
times its cost.
Mfdled
in a Tube
for
is educational
and worth
CentS
many
^
"

Box

Chart.

Car
A

the anatomy
of a box
showing
car,
list. Price
given in a reference

chart

Gondola

the

showing
reference

given

in

numbered

car

and

its

CeutS

2S

gondola

reference

car,

having

list.

every

part of the

numbered

car

Price
"

"

"

"

and

/35 CeutS

whereby

chart

of

steel

given

name

you

find

can

Shows
what
sised
What
a"Fect the power.
Price
desire in this line.
a

having

of a paasen^er-car,
reference
list

every

part

of

the

numbered

car

2S

CeutS

Coal
Bottom
Car,
list. Price
reference

Hopper
in

having

part of the

every

CeutS

Chart.

Power

making

Car.

chart
showing the anatomy
and its proper
numbered

Tractive

of
in

anatomy

given

Coal

Bottom

Hopper

anatomy

name

the
A
chart
showing
and
its proper
name

oar

of the

Chart.

Passenger-Car

part

every

Chart.

Car

A chart
its proper

Steel

having

name

proper

figure.

the

tractive

power

or

drawbar

pull of

any

locomotive

and
driving wheels
equal, how
cjrlindersare
pull
engine you need to exert a given drawbar

without

steam
or

{pressure

anything

50

you

CentS

Chart.

Horse-Power

calculation.
No
what
the
matter
the horse-power of any
stationary engine without
whether
of stroke, the steam
of cut-off, the revolutions, or
diameter
densing
conpressure
lations.
it's all there.
non-condensing,
or
Eas^ to use, accurate, and salves time and calcuEspecially useful to engineers and designers. Price
50 CentS

Shows

cylinder

BoUer

Chart.

Boom

Geo.

By

L.

Fowler.

in isometric
inches
sise 14x28
showing
chart
belonging in
perspective the mechanisms
various
shown
broken
that the internal
The
modem
boiler room.
or
so
removed,
parts are
Each
and
construction
is fully illustrated.
number,
these, with the
part is given a reference
tionary
This
chart is really a dicgiven in a glossary printed at the sides.
are
corresponding name,
than 200 parts being given.
^the names
of more
Price
of the boiler room
2S CentS

"

"

"

COKE
Coking

Modwn

By

J. E.

Practice,
Christopher

Including
and

T.

Analysis
H.

of

Materials

and

Products*

Btrom.

It is a practical
work
for those
the subject, has Just been revised.
work
This, the standard
on
ing
and
the recovery
in Coke
of By-products.
Fully illustrated with foldmanufacture
engaged
which
the aim
of the authors, in preparing this book, to produce one
It has been
plates.
and
who
associated
to those
benefit
in, the modem
shall be of use
with, or interested
are
tion;
IntroducI are:
in Volume
of the industry.
developments
Amon^ the Chapters contained
and
Coal
Valuation
Sampling
Classification of Fuels;
Impurities of Coals;
Washing;
in the Coke
of Fuels;
Power
History of Coke
Developments
Manufacture;
of Coals, etc.;
ical
ChemMechanical
Recent
of Coke
Ovens;
Ovens;
Oven
Types
Design;
Appliances at Coke
Volume
II covers
of Coke.
and
fully the subject of By-Products.
Physical Examination
Price, per volume
$3.00 UCt

10

THE

NORMAN

HENLEY

W.

COMPRESSED
Compressed

Air

in

All

Its

CO.

PUBLISHING

AIB

AfipUcatlons.

Gabdner

By

D.

Hiscox.

is the

This
five

been
complete book on the subject of Air that has ever
issued, and its thirtymost
think
It may
of.
be called
can
chapters include about
phase of the subject one
every
is
written
air.
an
It
has
encyclopedia of compressed
by an
expert, who, in its 665 pages,
dealt with
it
the subject in a comprehensive
Includes
no
being omitted.
phase of
manner,
the physical properties of air from
its
its thermodynamics,
to
a
vacuum
hi'i^hest
pressure,
and
and
motive
the Operation of Stationary
uses
a
in
compression, transmission
as
power,
Portable
in
Air
Air
of
Lifts,Pumping
Mining,
Oils;
Acids, and
Tools,
Water
Machinery,
the Air Blast
and
for Cleaning
and
Blast
the Numerous
Painting the Sand
anduts Work,
in which
Transmitter
Air is a Most
Convenient
and
Economical
of
Appliances
Compressed
Power
for Mechanical
Uses to which
Work, Railway Propulsion, Refrigeration, and the Various
Air has been
Compressed
forty-four tables of the physical properties of
applied. Includes
and
kinds
list
of work, and
volumes
air, its compr6s8ion,
a
required for various
expansion,
date.'
of patents
air from
Over
to
1875
500
compressed
illustrations, 5th Edition, revised
on
and enlarged.
Cloth
bound.
Price
$6.00
^

"

Half

Morocco.

fijSO

Price

CONCRETE
Concrete

Workers'

Concrete

Reference

Users.

Books.

of

Series

Handbooks

Popular

for
50 cents

by A. A. Houghton

Prepared

The author
in rtreparing this Series^ has not only treated on
the v"ual types of construction, but
and
that are
explains and illustrcUes molds
not
are
equal in value
systems
patented, but which
arid often superior to those restricted by patents.
These
molds
easily and cheaply canr
are
very
structed and embody
simplicity, rapidity of operation, and the most successful results in the molded
Each
concrete.
and the subjects are
exhaustively treated in plain
of these books is fuUy illiistrated,
English.
t

Concrete
A

Wall
new

Forms.

automatic

A.

By
clamp

wall

clamps, separators, etc.,

are

A.

Houghton.
working drawings. Other types of wall forms*
explained. (No. 1 of Series) Price 50 CentS

is illustrated
with
and
also illustrated

Concrete

and

Floors

The

molds
blocks

Practical

for

Sidewalks.

molding

hexagonal

squares,

fully illustrated

are

SUo

Concrete

and

A.

A.

By

and

explained.

Construction.

Houghton.

other
styles of mosaic
many
(No. 2 of Series) Price

A.

A.

By

walk
side-

and

floor

50

CCntS

Houghton.

and
silos*
specifications are given for several styles of concrete
and
block
silos.
The
with illustrations
of molds
for monolithic
tables, data, and information
value
in planning and
of con*
of the utmost
constructing all forms
are
presented in this book
silos.
(No. 3 of Series) Price
Crete
50 CentS

Complete

working

drawings

and

Slate

ChlmneySy

Concrete

Molding

Tiles.

Boof

By

A. A.

Houghton.

Valuable
data
roof tile is fully treated.
of all types of concrete
slate and
The
manufacture
The
construction
within
contained
its pages.
roofs are
of reinforced
concrete
all forms
on
and
described.
A
is fully illustrated
of concrete
chimneys
by block and monolithic
systems
in this valuable
with molds
construction
shown
designs of chimney
number
of ornamental
are
treatise.
CCntS
.50
(No. 4 of Series.) Price
i

and

Molding
The

Curing

proper

Concrete.

Ornamental

proportions of

and
mixing
thoroughly
this subject that every

and

cement

in the
worker

placing
concrete

aggregates
molds, are
will find

By

A.

A.

Houghton.

of
various
finishes, also the method
exhaustive
treatise on
An
fully treated.
and
value.
(No. 5 of Series.)
of daily use
for

50

Price

Concrete

Monuments,

Mausoleums

and

Burial

Taults.

cents

By A. A. Houghton.

is explained
the most
to imitate
of concrete
monuments
expensive cut stone
The
molding
signs
Cutting
inscriptions and deof easily built molds.
in this treatise, with
working
drawings
also fully treated.
(No. 6 of Series.) Price
are
50 CCUtS

Molding

Aquariums

Bathtubs,

Concrete

Natatoriums.

and

By

\.

A.

Houghton.
and

Simple molds
mine-Dools,

etc.

of

Price

Series.)

instruction
These
molds

are
are

given for molding

many
easily built and permit
"

styles of concrete

rapid and

successful

bathtubs,
work.

50

swim-

(No.

CCUtS

bridges
concrete
of ornamental
and
for bridges, culverts
building. (No. 8 of Series.) Price

number

center

for

or

core

construct

molds.

molds
are

Molding

Concrete

molding

given.
detailed

collapeable
instructions

50

A.

A.

CentS

Houohton.

By A. A. Houghton.

Lawn

Ornaments.

By A. A. Houghton.

dials
of lawn- seats, curbing, hitching posts, pergolas, sun
and
of lawns
gardens, is fully
for the ornamentation
concrete
50 CCUtS
(No. 11 of Series.) Price

designs

By A. A. Houghton.

Molds.

Sand

from

and

Fountains

Concrete

of
of a number
of ornamental
other forms
described.
illustrated and

The
and

are

with

flower-boxes, jardinieres,
original designs of flower-pots,urns,
for producing many
and
operate same.
easily construct
can
fully illustrated and explained, so the worker
50 ccntS
of Series.) Price

The

10

sewers

Houghton.

of molds
illustrations
is fully illustrated

Boxes, Jardinieres, Etc.

Flower-Pots,

Concrete

etc.,

(No.

with

11

BOOKS

are
full^explained so any one "can easily
of designs with working drawings of molds
the purchase of expensive
concrete
porches without
different styles of ornamental
50 CCUtS
(No. 9 of Series.) Price

number

Molding

By

Porches.

Concrete

Constructing

By A. A.

Sewers*

and

Bridges, Culverts

Concrete

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

CATALOGUE

held as a trade secret by

been
has heretofore
which
a
Work
A Practical
treating on
process
class of omamentol
and
will successfully mold
any
every
the few who
possessed it, and which
is of the utmost
molds
sand
practical
with
of molding
concrete
The
work.
concrete
process
and
the ease
of molds,
cost
of a low
rapidityof
advantages
value, possessing the manifold
of the
increased
strengtn
designs, density and
operation, perfect details to all ornamental
of the molds
removal
and
the easy
without
attention
concrete,
perfect curing of the work
192
have.
Fully Ulustrateti
the
pages.
of
design may
undercutting
regardless
any

12.00

I*""

By

Molds.

without

Concrete

Ornamental

A. A. Houghton.

held as a secret,
has long been
molds
without
concrete
for makinej ornamental
The
process
the secret
reveals
book
is ipven
to the public. The
for the first time, this process
and
now,
the conwhereby
crete
is the only book
and
publishedwhich explains a simple,practical method
of different designs, to mold
and metal templates
is enabled, by employing wood
worker
Cornice, Archiyolt, Column,
model
in concrete
Pedesj^l,Base Cap, Urn or Pier in a
any
or
and then built
in units or blocks
be molded
the job. Thiese may
form
monolithic
arightupon
is fully illustrated,with detailed
This
work
ings.
engravdemanded.
to suit the specifications
"

up

^.00

Price

Concrete

for the

and

Farm

the

In

By H. Colin

Shop.

book

from

Campbell,

C.E., E.M.
illustratingand

to

cover,
cover
and in the Shop" is a new
for the Farm
within
of the numerous
applications of concrete
manv
in plain, simple language
treated
the
Principles of Reinforcing;
are:
subjects
worker.
Among
of the home
the range
Home-made
Mixers;
Concrete
to Insure
so
Proper Hardening;
of Protecting
as
Methods
ings
Illustrated
and
by DrawDescribed
Form
Construction,
and
Machine;
by Hand
Mixing
Fence
Concrete
Poets;
and
Walls
Fences;
Construction
of Concrete
and
Photographs;
Tanks;
Posts;
line
Clothes
Posts;
Corner
Grape Arbor
Gate
Posts;
Concrete
Posts;
Foundations:
Feeding Floors and Barnyard .Pavements;
Troughs;
Cisterns; Hog Wallows;
Cold
and
Hotbeds
Indoor
and
Curbs
Floors; Sidewalks;
StejM; Concrete
Well
Platforms;
for Buildings;
Slab Roofs; Walls
Concrete
Repairing Leaks in Tai^s and Cisterns;
Frames;
securing the best results from
these subjects as bearing upon
with
all topics associated
and
that the inexperienced
so
dwelt
at sufficient len^h in plain every-day English
are
concrete
upon
by following the
construction
of concrete
a
can,
desiring to undertake
piece
person
of conA number
time.
venient
100
cent,
success
every
directions
set forth in this book, secure
per
practical examples, are also
tables for estimating quantities, and
some
and

"Concrete

describing

practical

given.

Popular

(5x7.)

149

pages.

51

illustrations.

for Cement'

Handbook

and

75

Price

Concrete

Users*

H.

By Myron

centS

Lewis.

and
manufacture
together in this work

in the

use
treatise of the principles and methods
employed
This is a concise
all
has brought
author
The
works.
in all classes of modern
of cement
diversified
its many
and
products. The
of concrete
of interest to the user
the salient matter
in logical and
systematic order, clearly written, fully illustrated and free
is presented
matter
the coi\,crete user
is given, including
of value
to
mathematics.
Everything
involved
from
testing,
in construction,
architecture, inspection and
concrete
of cement
kinds
employed
book
The
prises
comwaterproofing, coloring and painting, rules, tables, working and cost data.
How
and
of Cement
Kinds
They
Introductory.
thirty-three chapters, as follow:
and
Its
Concrete
of .Hydraulic Cement.
Testing and Requirements
Made.
Properties.
are
the Materials.
How
to Proportion
for Concrete.
and Gravel
Stone
Sand, Broken
Properties.
and
The
Architectural
Construction.
of Concrete
Forms
Concrete.
Place
and
How
to Mix
and
Plasters
Stucco,
Residences.
Mortars,
Concrete
of Concrete.
Possibilities
Artistic
^

"

and

How

to

Use

Them.

The

Artistic

Treatment

of Concrete

Surfaces.

Concrete

Building

NORMAN

THE

12

HENLEY

W"

PUBLISHING

CO.

Concrete.
of Ornamental
Concrete
Making
tial
EssenPipes, Fences, Posts, etc.
Concrete.
of Reenforced
and
How
Advantages
to
Reenforced
Design
crete
ConColunms.
of the Methods
Slabs and
and
Explanations
Beams,
Principles in Designing
and
Slabs.
Beams
of Reenforcement
Reenforced
Systems
Concrete,
forced
ReenEmployed.
in Factory and General
Concrete
Building Construction.
in Foundation
Concrete
Work.
and
Bulkheads.
Concrete
Arches
and
Concrete
Walls, Abutments
Retaining
Arch
Bridges.
Girder
in Sewerage and
and
Works.
Beam
Draining
Concrete
Concrete
Bridges. Concrete
Concrete
and
Reservoirs.
and
Pavements.
Concrete
Dams
Sidewalks, Curbs
in
Tanks,
the Farm.
The
The
Construction.
Railroad
Utility of Cdncrete
crete
on
Waterproofing of Conand
Its Use.
Grout
of Liquid Concrete
of Concrete
Structures.
Work.
Inspection
of the special features
of the book
1.
Some
The
Cost
of Concrete Work.
Attention
are:
The
Blocks.
Features

"

2.
Side of Concrete
Work.
^The Authoritative
Architectural
the Artistic and
ment
TreatAn
Excellent
3.
of the Problem
of Waterproofing Concrete.
of the Rules
Summary
Cost
Construction.
^The Valuable
Data
and
Useful
in Concrete
4.
Tables
to be Followed
and Concrete
User.
Price
to the Library of Every Cement
given. A valuable Addition
.^"50

Paid

to

"

"

"

IS

WHAT

SAID

OF

BOOK:

THIS

and
"The
field of Concrete
Construction
is well covered
the matter
the understanding
of any
person."
Engineering-Contracting.
tl^ bookshelves
"Should
of every
be on
engineer, and
contractor,
National
Builder,

contained

is well

within

"

Waterproofing

Concrete*

Mtron

By

H.

architect

in the

land."

"

Lewis.

Concrete
and
Other
Structures.
A condensed
Modem
Methods
of Waterproofing
statemoit
in Waterproofing and
of the Principles,Rules, and
Precautions
to be Observed
Dampproofing
Structures
Illustrated.
Price
and
Structural
Materials.
Paper binding.
50 CentS
....

DICTIONARIES
t

l*erms,

ATiatlon

Compiled

of the French

TARiOL)

Mineola,

Aviation,

D'

Termes
Lieuts.

by

English-French,

French-English*

Pag:6, A.S., S.C.U.S.R., and PauIj MonFlying Corps, on duty on Signal Corps Aviation
School,
Victor

W.

L. I.

confined
to show
to essentials,and
special folding plates are included
are
divided
The
lists are
in four sections
follows:
all important airplane parts.
1.
as
^Flying
Field Terms.
2.
The
^Tools and
4.
Shop Terms.
Airplane. 3. ^The Engine.
intended
between
volume
to facilitate conversation
A complete, well illustrated
ing
English-speakaviators.
valuable
book
for duty ovei^
and F^:ench
A very
for all who
about
to leave
are
The

lists contained

"

"

"

"

seas.

Approved

for

for

reference.

ready

Electrical

Standard

G. Kilner, S.C., U.S.C.O.

W.
should
This book
be in eveiy
fully illustrated,with detailed

publication by Major

fiazelhurst Field, Mineola,

128

L. I.
pages,

Dictionary.

By

T.

O'Conor

SignalCorps
Aviator's

and

engravings.

Aviation
School,
Mechanic's
Kit
Price
^l.M
.

Sloane.

alike for the student

Suitable
in electrical science.
An
to all interested
indispensable work
definitions
and
of about
of reference
A practical handbook
containing
professional.
5,000
and
include
The
definitions
and
concise
distinct words, terms
and
terse
phrases.
are
every
edition.
Should
be in
used
in electrical science.
issued.
An
term
Recently
entirely new
with
the possession of all who
desire to keep abreast
the progress of this branch
of science.
Price
682 pages,
393 illustrations.
"k"mplete, concise and convenient.
^"M
_

'

Pies:

Their

By

Construction

J. V.

and

WORK

METAL

DIES"

Use

for

the

Modern

Working

of Sheet

Metals*

WOODWOBTH.

xiseful book, and one

which
of all engaged in the press
most
working
should be in the hands
and
Use
of Tools, Fixtures
Devices,
and
of metals;
treating on the Designing, Constructing,
in which
be used in the Power
Press, for the cheap and
together with the manner
they should
in use.
It is designed
articles now
rapid production of the great variety of sheet-metal
of cost
with
the
the
the minimum
to
a
guide
as
production of sheet-metal
parts at
the classes of work
tools and
maximum
of output.
The
and
of Press
hardening
tempering
which
fully
are
be produced to the best fulvantage by the use
of dies in the power
press
may
sheet-metal
working
devices, the
treated.
Its 515 illustrations
show
fixtures and
dies, press
mechanics
will be able
descriptions of which are so clear and practical that all metal-working
fixtures
of the dies and
how
them.
to imderstand
and
to design, construct
Many
use
press
Others
built by
his supervision.
treated
either constructed
under
were
or
by the author
were
and
machine
establishments
shops.
skilful mechanics
and
in use
in large sheet-metal
are
A

6th

Revised

and

Enlarged

Edition.

Price

^aM

CATALOGUE

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

BOOKS

13

"

Dies

Punches,

and

Tools

for

in

Manufacturing

Presses*

By

J. V.

Wood*

WORTH.

is a companion
author's
work
volume
to the
This
Their
elementaiy work entitled "Dies:
and
into the details of die-making to the extent
Use."
Construction
It does
not
of the
go
of the field of operations carried on
author's
previous book, but gives a comprehensive review
the author's
A large part of the information
from
given has been drawn
personal
by presses.
Diean
experience. It might well be termed
Encyclopediaof Die-Making, Punch-Making,
and Making
of SpecialTools, Sub-presses, Devices
and Mechanical
Working,
Sinking, Sheet-Metal
Combinations
for Punching,
Cutting, Bending,
Piercing, Drawing,
Forming,
Compressing
and
Sheet-Metal
Materials
also Articles
of other
in Machine
Tools.
Assembling
Parts, and
Price
2d Edition.
94.00

Drop

and

Die-Sinking

Forging,

Macliine-Forming

Steel.

of

By

J.

V.

WOODWORTH.
Modem
is a practical treatise on
Tools,
Shop Practice, Processes, Methods, Machine
and
Cold
Details
treating on the Hot
of Steel and
Iron into Finished
Machine-Forming
in the manufacture
of Duplicate
Shapes: together with Tools, Dies, and Machinery involved
Cold
Hot
and
Pressed
Parts
from
and
Sheet
Bar
Metal.
This
Forgings and Interchangeable
book
of long standing for information
fills a demand
regarding drop-forgings, die-sinking and
of steel and
the shop practice involved, as it actually exists in the modem
maohine-forming
of oie-sinking and
The
which
drop-forging
shop.
force-making,
are
thoroughly
processes
described
and
illustrated
this admirable
in
work, are rarely to be found
explained in such a
concise
The
set forth.
clear and
of die-sinking relates to the engravmanner
as is here
process
ing
lower
sinking of the female
or
dies, such as are used for dropHtorgings, hot and cold
or
The
of
machine-forging,
force-making
swedging, and the press
working of metals.
process
relates to the engraving
dies used
in producing the lower
dies
raising of the male
or
or
upper
for the press-forming and
of duplicate parts of metal.
machine-forging
above
the book
In addition
contains
to the arts
mentioned
regarding the
explicitinformation
drop hammers,
drop-forging and hardening plants, designs, conditions, equipment,
fori^ns
and
welding
nkachines, etc., machine
shop practice.
forging, hydraulic forging, autogenous
eleven
contained
The
contains
book
in uiese
chapters is just
chapters, and the information
what
will prove
to the forged-metal worker.
All operations described
in the
most^ valuable
of perspectivehalf-tones
and
of
work
outline sketches
thoroughly illustrated by means
are
the machinery employed.
900 detailed
illustrations. Price
$!$"50
This
and

DRAWING"
Practical

PerspectiTe.

SKETCHING

By

and

Bjchards

PAPER

Colvin.

all kinds
in the only practical
Shows
of mechanical
drawings
just how to make
isometric.
Makes
understand
everything plain, so that any mechanic
can
a sketch
and mistakes
Contains
Saves
time in the drawing
in the shops.
in this way.
room,
4th Edition.
Price
examples of various classes of work.

linear

PerspectiTe Self-Taught.

Herman

By

T.

perspective
or

dramns

practical
50 CentS

C. Kraus.

work
gives the theory and practice of linear perspective, as used in architectural,engineeav
will
Persons
taking up the study of the subject by themselves
ing and mechanical
drawing.
the subject, and
be able, by the use
of the instruction
given, to readily grasp
by reasonable
the plate
The
of the book
is good;
good i"erspectivedraftsmen.
arrangement
practicebecome
the opposite
the left-hand, while the descriptive text follows
on
i"age, so as to be readily
IS on
the work
referred
The
sufficiently large scale to snow
drawings
to.
are
on
clearlyand are
is included
a
gives all information
self-explanatory chart which
sary
necesplainly figured. There
times
This
chart
is worth
alone
the thorou^
many
K"r
understanding of perspective.
and
Price
2d Revised
the price of the book.
Enlarged Edition.
over
$!$"50
This

F. L.

Drawing

Mechanical

Self-Taught

and

Sylvester^M.E.. Draftsman,

Elementary

Machine

with additions by Erik

Design.
By
Obero, associate

editor of "Machmery."
is a practical treatise
principles of geometric and
This

on

Mechanical

Drawing

and

Machine

Design, comprising

the

first

mathematics,
mechanics,
strength
mechanical
drawing, workshop
aim
has been
details.
The
author's
and
and
the calculations
design of machine
ot materials
draftsman
and
of the practical mechanic
to the
requirements
to adapt this treatise
young
the demands
in as clear and concise a maimer
and to present tiie matter
as
possible. To meet
of inachine
design have been
all the important elements
of this class of students, practically
of
been
have
dealt
in addition
explained, and the elements
algebraic formulas
with, and
book
The
of the practical man.
treated
in the manner
best suited to the needs
trigonometry
drawing, pure and simple,
isdivided into 20 chapters, and in arranging the material, mechanical
,

of representing objects
of the principles
understanding
first,as a thorough
up
by the mathematics
further
study of mechanical
subjects. This is followed
of the problems in machine
for the solution
design which are presented later, and a
necessary
various
The
of materials.
and
the strength
mechanics
to theoretical
practical introduction
pulleys,
elements
sprocket-wheels, cone
entering into machine
design, such as cams,
gears,
treated
in such
a
been
wav
couplings, clutches, shafting and fly-wheels, have
bolts, screws,
It
of study.
text-book
for a continuous
course
a
to make
possible the use of the work
as
as
of limited
assimilated
and
previous training. 330
by students
even
IS easily comprehended

has been taken

facilitates the

pages,

215

engravings.

Price

$!3.00

NORMAN

THE

14

HENLEY

W.

PUBLISHING

CO.

,1
\

Sketching

New
A

Paper.

specially ruled

new

without

enable

to

paper
figuring or

any

do

sketch

to

you

make

drawings

sketches
or
used for shop
of three, and
no

It is being

fussing.

the

work

details
workman

as

in isometric

tive
perspec-

well

as

can

help seeing just

for assembly

drawings,

it makes
as
is wanted.
of 40 sheets, 6x9

one

what
Pads

inches.

Price

25 CentS

Pads

of 40 sheets, 9x12

inches.

Price

50 CeOtS

sheets,

40

inches.

12x18

Price

$1*00

ELECTRICITY
Arithmetic

of

Electricity.

By

Prof.

T.

O'Conor

Sloane.

electrical calculations
of all kinds reduced
to a series of rules, all of the
on
rule illustrated
each
forms, and involving only ordinary arithmetic;
by one
or
more
book
is classed among
the most
This
practical problems, with detailed solution of each one.
of
useful
works
published on the science of electricity, covering as it does the mathematics
familiar
that will attract
with algethe attention
of those who
not
electricity in a manner
braical
are
A

practical treatise

simplest

formulas.

Commutator

Edition.

20th

Construction.

160

By

Price

pages.

Wm.

Ba^cter,

$1.00
Jr.

biisiness end of any

The
of the direct current
This
dynamo
type is the commutator.
or motor
shows
book
into the designing, building, and
maintenance
of commutators,
how
to locate
goes
fusses with dynamos
needs
this.
4th Eklition.
who
troubles and how
to remedy
them;
everyone
Price
35 cents

Dynamo

Building

By

Arthur

Amateurs,

for
J.

Member

Weed,

or

How

of N.

to Construct
Y. Electrical

Fifty- Watt

]"ynamo.

Society.

in detail the construction

A practical treatise showing
of a small
dynamo
or
motor, the entire
Dimensioned
of which
be done
machine
work
small
foot lathe.
working
a
can
on
drawing
each
This
work, and
operation is clearly described.
are
given for each piece of machine
used
used
it will
when
has an
motor
dynamo,
as
a
as
a
output of fiftsrwatts; when
macmne,
drive a small
drill press
lathe.
It can
be used
and
all
to drive a sewing machine
or
on
any
The- book
is illustrated
with more
than
the
ordinary work.
sixty original engravings, showing
1. Fifty-Watt
actual construction
of the different parts.
the contents
chapters on:
are
Among
2. Side
Rods.
4. Bearings.
5. Commutator.
3. Field
Punching.
0.
Bearing
Dynamo.
9.
Shaft.
Connection
Board.
Armature
Brush
Holders.
10. Armature.
8.
Pulley. 7.
and
Field
13. Connecting
12.
Winding.
starting.
11. Armature
Winding.
Price
Paper.
50 CCUtS

Cloth.

ISectrlc
A

Prioe

$1.00

Bells.

By

complete

treatise

Burglar

Alarms,

M.

B.

Sleeper.

in Installing, Operating and Testing Bell Circuits,

practical worker
Bells.
and other apparatus used with Electric
which
is essential
material
the experimenter will find in this book
new

for the

Thermostats,

Both
the electrician and
in their work.
Tools, bells, b"tteries, unusual
circuits, burglar alarms, annunciator
systems,
used
in bell circuits are
scribed
decircuit breakers, time
alarms, and other apparatus
thermostats,
detailed
construction
and
the
of their application,
from
standpoints
repair. The
instruction
will appeal to the experimenter
for building the apparatus
particularly.
Sizes and
The
of Wire
practical wor}cer will find the chapter on Wiring, Calculation
Magnet
value
in their work.
and
the Location
of Systems,
of Faults, of the greatest
Winding,
Upkeep
and
and
for Bell Work;
How
Bell Work;
the chapters are:
Tools
Materials
Why
Among
Push
Batteries
Bells and
Bell Systems;
for Small
Installations; Making
Wiring
Buttons;
of Annunciators
and
Alarms
and
More
Construction
Auxiliary Apparatus;
Signals; Burglary
Bell Systems;
Them.
Elaborate
124 pages,
Finding Faults and Remedying
fully illustrated.
Price
50 cents

Electric

Lighting

and

Heatins

Pocket

Book.

By

Sydney

F.

Walker.

is likely
This book
useful information
form
puts in convenient
regarding the apparatus which
cluded
Tables
electrical company.
of units and
equivalents are into the mains
of an
to be attached
Bound
stated.
438
300 engravings.
and
formulas
electrical laws and
are
pages,
usefuji
in leather.
Pocket
Price
book
form.
$3.00

Electric

Wiring,

additions

by

Diagrams

and

Thomas

Poppe.

Switchboards.

By

Newton

Harrison,

with

thoroughly practical treatise covering^the subject of Electric Wiring in all its branches,
which
are
thoroughly explicit and greatly simplifythe
including explanations and diagrams
ing
of obtainin wiring are
subject.
Practical, every-day
problems
presented and the method

ple
Ohm!s
is used.
law
is given a simarithmetic
Only
clearly shown.
mental
fundato
alternating currents.^ The
reference
wiring for direct and
The
its various
with
applications.
principleof drop of jjotentialin circuits is shown
their treatment
with
the position of mains, feeders and
circuit is developed
branches;

intelligent results
with
explanation

simple

CATALOGUE
"

"

-^^M^M^IIMII

^-^^^"

^^^"

^^^M^"

^^"^i^M^W

BOOKS

III

II
i"

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

1^^-^i^-^^
^"^^^"

^^^1^

^^"

15
^"

H^^^^M^^^^i^""

^-^"^""^^i^W^^.i^"

^"^^^^"^""^^""

^^"

""

^^^1"

"

1"

^1^"

"^^^M^1^^^"^M"

H^^^^^W^

^^^^M^"

i"

M^y

in house
a
wiring clearly illustrated. Some
part of a wiring plan and their employment
with
the wiring.
included in connection
simple facts about
testmg
are
Molding and conduit
work are civen careful consideration;
and
switchboards
treated, built up
systematically
are
and illustrated, showing
the purpose
with the circuits, and to shunt
they serve, for connection
macnines.
and
The
construction, tlie
comp"ound wound
simple principles of switchboard
various
of the switchboard,
the connections
of tne
development
instruments,
including the
as

lightningarrester,

are

also

plainlyset

forth.

e:q"lanationsof the power factor, conditions calling

sizes of wire, and
the sizes
of obtaining
for single-phase, two-phase
a
simple way
circuits.
This is the only complete
work
issued showing
and telling you
what
three-phase
and
The
should
know
about
direct
alternating current wiring. It is a ready reference.
you
technicalities
is free from
advanced
and mathematics,
arithmetic
work
being used throughout.
It is in every
wiring
on
respect a handy, well-written, instructive, comprehensive volume
130
Edition.
for the wireman,
electrician.
Revised
303 pages,
2na
contractor,
foreman,
or
illustrations. Price
$1.50
jUternatmg
for
and

wiring

current

treated, with

is

various

"

"

Electric

and

Furnaces

their

Industrial

Applications*

By J. Wbight.

who
is a book
which
will prove
of interest to many
classes of people; the manufacturer
desires to know
what
be manufactured
successfully in the electric furnace, the
product
can
and
the student
chemist
wishes
the electro-chemistry,
of science who
who
to post himself
on
Revised
and
Edition.
320
looks
into the subject from
Enlarged
merely
curiosity. New,
Price
Fully illustrated, cloth.
$3*00
pages.

This

Electric

Tojr Making:,
Prof.

By

T.

Building,

Dynamo

and

Electric

Motor

Construction.

Sloane.

O'Conob

work
of the making
of electrical tojrs,electrical apparatus,
treats
dynamos,
motors,
at home
and
old the
of young
and
instruments
in general, and
is designed
the reach
to bring within
for
and
work
is especially designed
useful electrical appliances. The
manufacture
of genuine
and
folks.
amateurs
young
trical
elecThousands
of our
people are daily experimenting, and busily engaged in making
young
is wanted
to give
is just what
work
ThR
present
toys and apparatus of various kinds.
needed
with
illustrations
in a plain, practical manner,
information
to make
the much
easy
the carrying out of the work.
20th Edition.
Price
$1*00
This

Practical

Electricity.

By

Prof. T.

O'Conob

Sloane.

Electricians'
Hand
and
is
Sloane's
This
vrork of 768
Book,
as
previously known
was
pages
entire field of electricity
intended
has to make
The
who
things go.
for the practical electrican
The
is covered
of the subjects treated
of the
within
its pages.
Theory
Among
are:
some
Electric
Current
Circuit, Electro-Chemistry,
Batteries, Storage
Batteries,
ana
Primary
Generation
Utilization
Armature
and
of Electric
Alternating
Current,
Winding,
Powers,
and
Station
Motor
Generators,
Switchboards,.
Dynamos
Motors,
Operation of the Central
Street
of Electric
Light and
Mains,
Transformers^
Safety Appliances,Distribution
Power,
Electric
and
incandescent
Electric ^Measurements,
Arc
Lighting,
Photometry,
Railways,
It
illectric Heating,
Wireless
Electric-Plating,
Telephony, Bell-Wiring,
Telegraphy,etc.
want
contains
is to the point. It teaches
useless theory;
just what you
eveiything
no
you
about
work
to
know
Forty-one
published on the subject.
electricity. It is the standard
Price
chapters, 556 engravings.
$!S.50

Electricity Simplified.

By

Prof.

T.

O'Conob

Sloans.

of '"Electricity Simplified" is to make

the
subject
as
plain as possible and
how
the modern
two
what
of electricity is; to show
conception
plates of different
bundle
to explain how
in acid, can
send
around
the globe;
oi
a
metal, immersed
a
message
the
in lighting our
wire rotated
be the agent
by a steam
engine can
streets, to tell what
copper
the questions
and
to answer
and
and
what
high and low tension mean;
volt, ohm
are,
ampere
trated.
Illus172 pages.
in this age of electricity. 13th Edition.
that perpetually arise in the mind
Price
$1.00
The
to

House

object

show

Wiring.

By

Thomas

W.

Poppe.

describes
and
work
of Electric
Light Wiring, the manillustrates the actual installation
ner
it. The
book
should
be conin which
the work
be done, and
the method
of doing
can
veniently
and
carried
in the pocket.
It is intended
for the Electrician, Helper
Apprentice.
the rulings of the
all Wiring
Problems
that
conflicts with
It solves
and
contains
nothing
Essential to the SuccessBoard
ful
National
of Fire Underwriters.
It gives just the information
Panelthe subjects treated
of a Building.
are:
Wiring
Among
Locating the Meter.
tions.
ConnecThe
Boards.
Meter
Switches.
Brackets.
Ceiling Fixtures.
Plug Receptacles.
Flexible
Steel Conduit
Cable
The
The
Feed
Wires.
The
Steel Armored
System.
Board
of Fire Underwriters*
The
A digest of the National
System.
Hidig Conduit
System.
and
Various
rules
explained
switching
relating to metallic
wiring systems.
arrangements
and
circuits explained.
ThreeThe
easiest
method
of testing the
diagrammed.
Four-way
shown
and explained.
The
for doing so
grounding of all metallic wiring systems and the reason
described
and
The
insulation
the reason
for the same
of the metal
fixtures and
parts of lamp
illustrated.
Flexible
illustrated.
125
2nd
and
enlarged.
Edition, revised
Fully
pages.
Price
cloth.
50 cents
This

16

How

THE

NORMAN

Become

to

CO.

PUBLISHING

Electrician.

Successful

HENLEY

W.

Prof.

By

T.

O'Conor

Sloane.

should
electrician
successful
read
this book.
wishes
It
to become
a
Every
electrician.
to become
successful
The
tells m
a
simple language the surest and easiest way
the requirements
of work, field of operation and
of Uie sucstudies
to be followed, methods
cessful
engineer will find this an
electrician are p"ointed out and fully explained. Everjr youn^
advanced
he must
works
electricity which
before
master
.to more
excellent
on
stepping stone
outstart
be attained.
become
discoiiraged at the very
tempting
by atMany
men
success
can
young
This
book
that are far beyond their comprehension.
to read and study books
serves
the rudiments
the connecting link between
taught in the public schools and the real study
as
18th Revised
to cover.
Edition, just issued.
of electricity. It is interesting from
205
cover
Price
Illustrated.
pages.
$1*00

Bfanagement

By

of Dynamos.

handbook

who

man

young

of

theory

Lummis-Paterson.

in three
The
is arranged
parts.
practice. This work
The
second
theory of the dynamo.
part, the* construction
and

the elementary
in common
of the different classes of dynamos
use
affect the practical management
matters
to such
as
illustrations.
4th Edition.
Price
117
292 pages,
covers

Electrical

Standard

By

Dictionary.

T.

described^ while

are

and

working

of

the

third

first part
and
action

part relates
and

dynamos

motors.

$1.50

O'Conor

Sloane.

alike for the student

in electrical science.
Suitable
An
to all interested
indispensable work
definitions
of about
and
of reference
containing
5,000
professional. A practical handbook
and
concise
and
include
definitions
distinct
and
The
terse
are
words, terms
phrases.
every
edition.
Should
be in the
used in electrical science.
An
term
Recently issued.
entirely new
of science.
of this branch
In
possessionof all who desire to keep abreast with the process
word
and
The
defined
term
is
its arrangement
or
typographic the book is very convenient.
is in
readily catches the eye, while the body of the page
printed in black-faced
type, wmch
and so as to be understood
but distinct tjrpe. The
definitions are
well worded,
smaller
by the
The
reader.
non-technical
to be to give an
definition, and
general plan seems
exact, concise
also ^ven, and
references
then
are
Synonjrms
amplify and explain in a more
popular way.
index
words
and
made.
A very
of fifty pages
to other
phrases are
complete and accurate
this index
and
all phrases are
is at the end
of the volume;
and
contains
all synonyms,
as
as
indexed
in every
reasonable
combination
of words, reference
to the proper
place in the body
It is difficult to decide
is readily made.
how
far a book
of this character
is to
of the book
the encyclopedia
form.
it may
For
to what
extent
keep the dictionary form, and
assume
definitions
for other
concise, exactly worded
needed;
are
more
some
purposes,
purposes,
extended
This
book
seeks
descriptions are
required.
to satisfy both
demands, and does it
Edition.
with
considerable
12th
682 pages,
393 illustrations.
success.
Price
$3.00
^

Batteries

Storage

Simplified.

By

Victor

W.

PagiS, M.E.

and
applications.
repairs'^
principles,
modem
oatteries
of storage
in
engineering and mechanical
demand
this subject completely and
sively.
excluhas created
that will consider
work
for a book
a
This
is the most
and authoritative treatise ever
thorough
published on this subject.
that
in easily understandable,
non-technical
It is written
language
one
so
any
may
s^rasp
the basic principles
of storage
battery action as well as their practical industrial applications.
automobile
batteries.
All electric ana
repairman,
gasoline automobiles
Every
storage
use
and
dealer or salesman
should
have
a
repair of these imporgood knowledf^eof maintenance
tant
of the motor
mechanism.
This book
not
elements
oar
onlprtells how to charge, eare for
batteries but also outlines all the industrial
how
and
rebuild
Learn
they run
storage
uses.
Get an understanding
and factory trucks.
of the important functions
street cars, locomotives
and signal systema,
boats, isolated lighting plants, i^ilway switch
thejr perform in submarine
marine
This book
tells how
etc.
tiiey are used in centrbl station standby service,
applications,
for startmg
automobile
and
in ignition systems.
motors
Every
practical use of the modem
Price
in this treatise.
320 pa^igestfully illustrated.
storage battery is outlined
^1"50
A

treatise

complete

Jhe

storage

on

battery

operating

greatly increasing application

Switchboards.

By

William

Baxter,

Jr.

the practical side

and
electrician
who
wants
to know
and
circuits, and
connections
all sorts
and
conditions
It takes
of things.
of dynamos,
up
Includes
shows
should
be connected.
the switchboard
by diagram and illustration just how
and
direct and
lighting, incandescent
alternating current
boards, also those for arc
power
Edition.
2nd
transmission.
circuits.
for power
Special treatment
high voltage boards
on
Illustrated.
Price
190 pages,
$1.50
This

book

Telephone

appealsto

every

Construction,

By

W.

This

book

H.

Radclippe

engineer

Installation, Wiring,
and

H.

C.

Operation

and

Maintenance.

Gushing.

desires to establish
is intended
the wireman,
for the amateur,
the engineer who
or
of telephonic communication
It
between
the rooms
of his home,
office, or shop.
deals only with such things as may
with theories.
rather than
to him
be of use
ments;^
instruGives
the principles of construction
and
the Bell and
operation of both
Independent
of protecting them
the means
of installing and
wiring them;
approved methods
from
their connection
or
lightning and abnormal
together for operation
as
currents;
series^
the wiring
'"Line wiring and
bridging stations; andj^iles for their inspection and maintenance.
and
mathematics
of special telephone systems
Intricate
operation
also treated.
are
are
described.
The
avoided, and
all apparatus,
circuits and
thoroughly
appendix
sjrstems are
a

means

GOOD,

OF

CATALOGUE

PRACTICAL

BOOKS

17

used in the text.

Selected
definitionB of units and terms
wiring tables, which are very
the subjects treated
also included.
are
Construction,
Among
Operation, and
Maintenance
Installation
of Telephone
Inspection and
of Telephone
ments;
InstruInstruments;
Line
and
Wires
and
Testing Telephone
Cables;
Wiring
Telephone Line Wiring;
2nd
and
Edition, Revised
223
Enlarged.
Operation of Special Telephone Systems, etc.
154 illustrations
pages,
$1*08
contains

helpful,

Wireless
'

are

and

Telegraphy

Telephony

Simply

Explained.

Alfbed

By

P.

Morgan.
of the most
complete and comprehensible treatises on the subject
will enable
all the details of the
to master
close study of ite pages
one
and
has succeeded
Tne
author
has filled a long-felt want
wireless transmission
of messages.
of the theory and practice
in furnishing a lucid, comprehensible explanation in simple language
of wireless
telegraphy and telephony.
^
Transmission
and
Wireless
^The Aerial
the contents
Introductory;
Reception
Among
are:
This

ever

is imdoubtedly
published, and

one

"

Transmitting Ap^ratus, Spark Coils and Transformers,

^The Receiving
Apparatus,
Gaps, Aerial Switches
Gaps, Anchor
Cfoupling,Tuning Coils, Loose Couplers, Variable
Condensers,
Miscellaneous
Apparatus,
Telephone Receivers, Range, of Stations,

Connections
Earth
System,
Condensers,
Helixes, Spark
and
Timing
Detectors, etc.
"

"

^The

"

Directive
Wave
Systems
and
Sound
The
Sound
Static Interference
^Wireless Telephones,
Waves,
Sounds
into Electric
Waves
Ear"
Wireless
Are
Changed
Telephone, How
156
Price
The
154 pages,
engravings.
Apparatus" Summary.
"

"

Wiring

Honse.

Herbert

By

Modern

ana

phones,
Tele-

"

fl^i

Pratt.

Shows
house
a
already built; tells just how to start about
it according
wire to use;
how
to run
to Insurance
Rules;
need.
Directions
apply equally to a shop. 4th Edition.

wiring it; where

in fact,
Price

Machine
Constrnetion,
Shop
0. E. Perrigo,
M.E.

Just

the

to begin;
information

what
you

Cents

|^

ETC.

MANAGEMENT,

FACTORY

Cords
Vocal
Wireless

Equipment

Management.

and

By

machine
published that describes the modem
shop^ or manufacturing plant
is growing
the grass
for it until the finished
the site intended
on
product is
economically
shipped.
By a careful study of its thirty-two chapters the practical man
may
machine
the modem
build, efficiently equip, and successfully manage
shop or manufacturing
establishment.
Just the book
needed
of modem
shop
by those contemplating the erection
of modem
shop
buildings, the rebuilding and reorganization of old ones, or the introduction
illustrated
and
time
and
It is a book
written
cost
by a practical shop
methods,
systems.
for practical shop men
who
too
busy to read theories and want
man
are
factt. It is the most
book
of its kind ever
complete all-around
published. It is a practical book for practical men,
and
lustrates
ilfrom
It minutely describes
the apprentice in the shop to the presidentsin the office.
2nd
efficient time
and
the most
cost
simple and yet the most
system jret devised.
Revised and Enlarged Edition, Just issued.
384 pages,
219 illustrations. Price
^.OO
The
from

only
the

work
time

"

"

FUEL
Combustion

of

Coal

and

the

PreTention

of

Smoke*

By

Wm.

M.

Barr.

with
to the generation of heat
special reference
by the combustion
fuels found
in the United
States, and deals particularly with the concommon
ditions
and
combustion
bituminous
of
in
economic
smokeless
to
the
coals
Stationary
necessary
Locomotive
and
Steam
Boilers.
The
presentation of this important subject is systematic and progressive. The arrangement
of the book
is in a series of practical
which
questions to which
appended accurate
are
answers,
involved
in the furnace
describe
in language,
free from
technicalities, the several
processes
combustion
of American
fuels; it clearly states the essential requisites for perfect combustion,
for furnace
construction
and p"ointsout the best methods
for obtaining
the greatest
quantity
Price
of heat from
given quality of coal. Nearly 350 pages, fully illustrated.
any
^l.OO
This

book
has
of the

been

prepared

Smoke

PreTention

and

Fuel

Economy*

By

Booth

and

Kershaw.

in smoke
treatise for all interested
A complete
being bac"ed on
prevention and combustion,
than
translation
the German.
but it is more
of the German
of Ernst
a
mere
work
SchmatoUa,
show
The
authors
briefly as possible the principles of fuel
treatise, much
being added.
as
and
at present
which
been
in use,
well as the proper
have
are
as
combustion, the methods
in the coal add
it without
smoke.
scient^c
methods
all the ener^
for obtaining
burning
and
Considerable
of the waste
of the
is also given to the examination
several
gases,
space
and
described.
mechanical
similar appliances are
stoker
representative English and American
in the ApThe
losses carried away
in the waste
are
thoroughly analyzed and discussed
gases
and
combustion
The
abstracts
also here given of various
are
on
patents
apparatus.
and
is
who
have
contains
much
of value to all
ook
complete
charge of large plants. 194 pages.
Illustrated.
Price
f!$"50

gendix,

18

Gasoline
W.
Victor

Ofl

and

Pag6,

PUBLISHING

ENCaNES

GAS

GaSf

HENLEY

W.

NORMAN

THE

AND

Engines*

By

CO.

GAS

Gardner

D.

Hiscox.

Revised

by

M.E.

of a gas
New
1918
engine needs
Just issued
Edition, Revised and Enlarged.
Every user
this book.
Simple, instructive and right up-to-date. The only complete work on the subject.
combustion
the design, coninternal
engineering, treating euaustively
Tells all about
on
struction
of gas, gasoline, kerosene
and crude
and practical applicationof all forms
petroleumsuch
and
Describes
all auxiliary systems,
lubrication, carburetion
as
oil engines.
minutely
and
the theory
of all forms
of e3q;"loeive
for stamotors
tionary
management
i^tion. Considers
Includes
also Producer
and
marine
aeroplanes and motor-cycles.
work, automobiles,
instructions
and
for all stuoents,
Invaluable
gas-engine
Gas
Its Production.
owners,
gaswiUi
draftsmen
and
do
the
to
all having
engineers, patent experts, designers, mechanics,
m^em
Illustrated
from
400 engravings,
by over
engineering
power.
man;^ speciallymade
Price
435 engravings.
drawings, all in correct proportion. 650 pages,
net
^.50
....

The

Gasoline

Engine
W.

Xeno

on

the

Its Operation,

Farm:

Bepalr

and

Uses.

By

Putnam.

and
for the man
who
Kerosene
Engine intended^
practical treatise on the Gasoline^
his engine and
how
of farm
woric
know
just how
to manage
to apply it to all kinds
the best advantage.
to
and suggestions for the home
wife.
houseand
This book
abounds
with hints and helps for the farm
describe
There
in tois book
that it is impossible
it
is so much
of value
to adequately
in such small space.
BufiBce to say that it is the kind of a Dook
will appreciate
farmer
every
and
farm
home
Includes
suitable
engine for farm
ought to have.
selecting the most
every
and efiScient installation, with chapters on
convenient
troubles, their remedies,
work, its most
in plowing, harrowing,
and how
to avoid
them.
and management
of the farm
The
tractor
care
given for handling
are
harvesting and road grading are fully covered;^also plain directions
the tractor
the road.
is given to relieving farm
life of its drudgery by
Special attention
on
tasks which
otherwise
be done
to the disagreeable small
must
applying power
Many
by hand.
home-made
contrivances
for cutting wood,
supplying kitchen, garden, and barn with water,
loading, hauling and
unloading
hay, delivering grain to the bins or the feed trough
cluded;
inare
for making
also full directions
the engine milk
the cows,
the
chum,
wash, sweep
house
and clean the windows,
etc.
of working
Very fully illustrated with drawings
parts and
and
Tractor
Stationary, Portable
of farm
showing
work.
All
cuts
Engines
doing all kinds
utilize power.
farms
Learn
how
money-making
to utilize power
of this
by reading the pages
book.
aid to the result getter, invaluable
It is an
to the up-to-date
smith,
farmer, student, blackdealer
implement
and, in fact, all who
of stationary
apply practical knowledge
can
gaeoline engines or gas tractors to advantage. 530 pages.
Nearly 180 engravings. Price ^.00
This

is

to

wants

WHAT

IS

SAID

OF

BOOK:

THIS

"Am

find it to be
much
and
and
pleased with the book
up-to-date. I will
very complete
and farmers
it to students
whom
I think
heartily recommend
would
stand
need
in
of such a
I
think
it
is
one."
N.
S. Gardiner, Prof, in Charge,
an
work, as
exceptionally good
Clemsoi)
and
of
Clemson
C.
Agr. College of S. C;
Agri.
Agri. Exp. Station,
Dept.
College, S.
"

"'I feel that Mr. Putnam's

book
Instructor
in Agronomy,

Burdick,

Gasoline
The

Engines:

Their

simplest, latest and

covers

the

main

farmer
points which
a
Burlington,

should

University of Vermont,

Operation,

Use

and

Care.

By

"

R.

T.

A.

Hyatt

Verrill.

work
published on Gasoline
Engines,
describing what
the Gasoline
and
how
Engine
is; its construction
to install it;
operation;
how
to select it: how
to use
it and how
troubles
encountered.
Intended
to remedy
for Owners,
Operators and Users
of Gasoline
Motors
of all kinds.
This work
fully describes and illustrates the
various
Engines used in Motor
types of Gasoline
Vehicles
and Stationary Work.
Boats, Motor
The
and appliances
described
with chapters on
parts, accessories
are
ignition,fuel, lubrication,
Special attention
is given to the care,
and
operation
operation and engine troubles.
repair
with
useful hints and
motors,
oi
suggestions on
makeshifts.
A
repairs and
plete
comemergency
and
glossary of technical
terms
table of troubles
an
and
their
alphabetically arranged
form
valuable
and
most
symptoms
unique features of this manual.
Nearly
eveiy illustration
in the book
is original, having been made
is full of interest and
by the author.
Every
page
A
value.
book
which
aflford to
cannot
be without.
275
152 specially made
you
pages,
Price
engravings.
most

comprehensive

know."

Vt,

popular

$1.60

Gas

Engine

3y

Construction,

Parsell

and

or

How

to

Build

Half-horsepower

Gas

Engine.

Weed.

A practical treatise of 300

describing the theory and principles of the action of Oa"
pages
of various
Engines
and
the design and
typos
construction
of a half-horsepower
Gas
Engine,
with illustrations of the work
in actual progress,
together with the dimensioned
working
ings,
drawgiving clearly the sizes of the various details: for the student, the scientific investigate,
and
the amateur
mechanic.
This
book
treats
of the subject more
the standpoint of
from
than
that of theory.
practice
The
principles of operation of Gas Engines
are
clearly and
simply described, and then the actual construction
of a half-horsepower engine
is taken
up,
in detail the making
step by step, showing
3rd Edition.
of the Gas
Engine.
300
pages.
^""

$"M

CATALOGUE

and

Two-

Four-Cyde

BOOKS

19

Gasoline

Marine

Engines*

Culin.

Von

C.

By

Install

and

Bun

to

How

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

enlarged edition Just issued.

The
object of this little book is to furnish a pocket
who
the beginner, the busy man
engine for pleasure or profit,but who
an
uses
inclination
for a technical
stand
underthe time
book, but simply to thoroughly
or
for his own
index
The
engine.
refers to each
properly operate,install and care
trouble, remedy, and subject alphabetically. Being a quick reference to find the cause,
remedy
his own
size.
Pocket
and
an
engine.
expert with
prevention for troubles, and to become
Paper binding. Price
J^ CentS
and

R^vised

instructor
for
does
have
not
how
to

Gas

Modem

Produeer

and

Engines

Plants*

Gas

By R. E. Mathot.

and engineer in the construction, selection, purchase,

user,
guide for the gas engine desis[ner,
of gas engines.
More
than
book
engines
one
installation, operation, and mamtenance
on
gas
encroached
has thus far even
the field covered
has been
written, but not one
on
by this book.
Mathot's
work
is a practical guide.
that
Above
Recognising the need of a volume
all, Mr.
in understanding
the motor
which
would
he Hepends
assist the gas engine user
thoroughly
upon
the help of any
and without
has discussed
his subject without
mathematics
for power,
the author
theoretical
in detail,
elaborate
explanations. Every part of the gas engine is described
of the mechanic.
tersely, clearly, with a thorough
understanding of the requirements
ful
Helpengine, its installation, care, and
suggestions as to the purchaseof an
operation,form a
feature
valuable
of the work.
320 pages,
175 detailed
illustrations. Price
most
^,50

The

By

Tractor*

Gas

Modem

W.

Victor

PagiS, M.E.

treatise describing all t3n;"e8and mzes

of gasoline, kerosene
complete
design and construction
exhaustively, gives complete instructions

and

oil traotors.^
siders
Confor care, operation and
reptair,outlines all practical applications on the road and in the field. The best and latest
and
needed
tractors
A work
smiths,
tractor
work
farm
plants.
by farmers, students, blackon
power
2nd Edition, Revised.
mechanics,
salesmen, implement
dealers, designers and
engineers.
228 illustrations, 3 folding plates. Price
504 pages,
$2*00
A

BeTel

Tables.

Gear

D.

By

CAMS

AND

GEARING

Enostrom.

Ao.

and
itself to mechanics
Does
with
all
commend
draftsmen.
that will at once
A book
away
bevel gears,
and
it easy
and fancy fiiguring on
makes
for anyone
to lay them
the trigonometry
tables
that show
sion
dimenthem
There
36 full-page
out
make
are
just right.
or
every
necessary
No pussling, figuring or guessing.
for all sizes or combinations
Gives
srou're apt to need.
and
the
the
correct
to \ise.
A
cutter
angles (including cutting angles),
placing distance, all
line.
in
3rd
Edition.
for
the
of this prepares
bevel-gear
66
anything
you
pages.
copy
Price
$1.00

Devices.

Gekr

Cbange
A

By

Oscar

E.

Perrioo.

interested in the invention

and
for every
designer, draftsman, and mechanic
for feed changes on the different machines
of the devices
requiring such mechanism.
this subject is taken
information
on
sifted, and conanalysed, classified,
centrated
necessary
up,
who
have
the time to go through the masses
not
for the use of busy men
of irrelevant
and
with
which
such
select such
information
will
a
subject is usually encumbered
as

practical book

development
All

the

matter

be useful to them.
has
It Gkhows Just what
in hunting
It saves
tmie
Price

Cams.

of

Drafting

By

Louis
is

for

of

it has been
it was
did it.
done, when
done, how
done, and who
3rd Edition.
88 pages.
patent records and re-inventing old ideas.

$1.00

cams

lasringout
on

Edition.

up

right road

The
you

the

been

RoxnLLioN.

serious problem unless

practically any kind of

you

know

cam

you

Price

how
are

to go

likely to

at

it

run

right.
up

This

puts

against.

3rd

2"

CentS

HTDBAUUCS
Hydraulic

Engineering.

By

Gardner

Hiscox.

of water
for all purposes.
Including the
of falling water,
pipes or conduits; the horsepower
and
turbine
water-wheels,
impact
wave
motors,
centrifugal,reciprocating and air-lift pimipe.
interested
With
All who
in water-works
300 figures and dia^^ms and
36 practical tables.
are
it is an
will find this book
because
useful one,
entirely i"racticaltreatise upon
a
development
and cann9t fail in having a far-reaching influence, and for this
a
subject of present importance
the subjects
should have
a
engineer. Among
reason
place in the working library of every
Historical
treated
of the Flow
of Streams;
Hydraulics; Propertied of Water; Measurement
are:

treatise

measurement

on

and
the properties, power,
of streams,
the flow of water

D.
resources

in

HENLEY

W.

NORMAN

THE

20

PUBLISHING

CO.

of Water
in Pipes; Siphons
Flow
Orifices and
of Various
Sub-eurface
Noszles;
Water
and Great
City and Town
Storage Reservoirs;
Supply; Wells and Their
Artesian
of Raising Water;
tricts;
DisAir-lift Methods
Wells;
Irrigation of Arid
Water
Wheels;
Reciprocating
Water
Power;
Pumps;
Pumps and Pumping Machinerv;
Conduits
and
Mining;
Canals;
Ditches;
Transmission;
Hydraulic
Pipe
Hydraulic Power
Price
320 pages.
Marine
Power, etc.
Lmes;
Hydraulics; Tidal and Sea Wave
^.M
Flow

from

Dams
Kinds;
Reinforcement;

ICE
Pocketbook

of

REFRIGERATION

AND
and

ReMgeratlon

Ice

Making.

By

J. Wallis-Tatix)r.

A.

of the latest and

most
This
one
comprehensivereference books published on the subject ci
It explains the propertiesand
ferent
refrigerating effect of the difrefrigeration and cold storage.
and
lation
insuthe management
of refrigerating machineiy and the construction
fluids in use,
for different
with
their required pipe surface
of cold rooms
depjees of cold;^freezing
of cold rooms
for all kinds
of provisions, cold
and
mixtures
non-freesing brines, temperatures
and
of ice, data
and
memoranda
storage
charges for all classes of goods, ice making
storage
hundred
tables
reference
by refrigerating engineers, with nearly one
containing
for constant
and
condition
fact and
to every
valuable
references
required in the installment
operation of a
edition
just published. Price
refrigeratingplant. New
$1"50
is

INVENTIONS"
InTentors'

Manual:

to

Make

Patent

Pay.

in perfecting their inventions, taking out their

book
designed as a guide to inventors
Solicitor's Circular
It is not in any
Patent
a
Patent
nor
a
sense
patents and disposing of them.
of any
No
advertisements
Advertisement.
It is a
Broker's
description appear in the work.
of a century's experience
of a successful
book
with
containing a quarter
inventor, together
based
other inventors.
notes
upon the experience of many
Good
How
How
Patent.
the subjects treated in this work
to Invent.
to Secure
are:
a
Among
Invention.
Invention.
How
to Exhibit
How
Value
of Good
an
to Interest
Capital. How
the Value
Value
of Design
Patents.
of a Patent.
Value
of Foreign
Patents.
to Estimate
Inventions.
Advice
Advice
the Formation
of Small
of Stock
Value
Selling Patents.
on
on
of Limited
Advice
Liability Companies.
Disposing
on
Companies. Advice on the Formation
Advice
Advice
to Patent
Forms
of Old
Patents.
to
oi
Attorneys.
Sellizig Agents.
as
as
License
Contracts.
and
State
Laws
Census
1900
Assignments.
Rights.
Concerning Patent
Counts
Over
Revised
United
of
Edition.
States
120
of the
10,000 Population.
by
pages.
Price
$1410

This
.

How

PATENTS

is

KNOTS
Knots,

Splices and
This
and
etc.

tie or
value

Bope

Work*

Hyatt

By A.

is a practical book
giving complete and
with
ornamental
knots
in common
use,
with
This
book
is fully illustrated
154
when
splice is formed, and its appearance

Verrill.
directions

simple

for

making

all the

useful

most

chapters on Splicing, Pointing, Seising, Serving,

originalengravings, which show how each knot,
finished.

The

book

will be found

of the

greatest

Scouts, in fact, to anyone

having occasion
to
The
book
handle
for any
is thoroughlv
reliable and
knots
use
practical,
or
or
purpose.
rope
the subject.
and
is not
It is the standard
work
the
only a guide, but a teacher.
on
Among
Construction
Kinds
of Rope.
of Rope,
Cable
Parts
of Rope
contents
1. Cordage,
and
are:
2. Simple Knots
Bolt Rope. Strength
of Rope, Weight
of Rope.
and
Bends.
Terms
Used
in Handling Rope.
and
Hitches.
4. Noose,
3. Ties
Seizing Rope.
Mooring
Loops and
Grommets
and
Knots.
5. Shortenings,
7.
Salvages.
6. Lashings,
Seizings and
Splices.
and
Work.
2nd
128 pages,
150 original engravings.
Revised
Rope
Edition.
Fancy Knots
to

Campers,

Yachtsmen,

Travelers,

Boy

i*rice

75

LATHE
Lathe

Design,
Lathe

Construction,
By Oscar

Woric.

and
E.

cents

WORK
Operation,

with

Practical

Examples

of

Perrigo.

American
work
the subject, written
edition, and the only complete
on
by a
work
also knows
how
not
only how
ought to be done, but who
to do
it, and
how
this knowledge
It is strictly up-to-date
in its descriptions and
to
to others.
convey
the relations
illustrations.
Lathe
of the lathe
history and
to
manufacturing
are
given;
devices
for feeds and
also a description of the various
mechanisms
thread-cutting
from
early
to the present
time.
Lathe
efforts in this direction
is
ing
design
thoroughly discussed, includand
all
essential
back
the
elements
thread-cutting
gearing, driving cones,
of the
gears,
classification
is taken
modern
lathe.
The
of lathes
giving the essential
differences
of
up,
the several
lathes
is
of
bench
including,
usually
understood,
as
engine lathes,
lathes,
types
lathes, pulley lathes, forming
lathes, multiple-spindle lathes,
speed lathes, forge lathes, gap
rapid-reduction lathes, precision lathes, turret lathes- special litthes,electricallydriven
lathes.

man

new,

who

revised
knows

CATALOGUE

GOOD,

OF

PRACTICAL

BOOKS

21

construction
and
addition
to the complete
exposition on
design, much
practical
and
lathe installation, care
in tkie enlarged new
operation has been incorporated
for drilling, milling, etc., are
described
edition.
All kinds
of lathe attachments
and
plete
commachinist
the art of lathe operation
the novice
to grasp
instructions
are
given to enable
A
in design.
nimiber
of difficult machining
well as
the principles involved
operations
as
edition has nearly 500 pages
The
illustrated.
described
and
at lengtn and
new
trations.
350 illusare
Price
$9"50
In

etc.

matter

on

WHAT

OF

SAID

IS

BOOK:

THIS

book
lights
deone
^rom beginning to end, and is just the kind of a book which
a lathe
of the subject in hand."
consult
News.
masterly
a
treatment
Engineering
is interested
who
in lathe' practice, as
"This
will be of exceptional interest to any
one
work
treatise on
such
seldom
a
complete
a
subject as this is on the lathe."" Canoone
sees
very
dian
Machinery.
"This

is

to

Practical

"

"

Metal

G.

Joseph

By

Turning.

Horner.
in

the modem
a
fully illustrated, covering
comprehensive manner
tice
pracmetal
parts in the lathe, including the regular engine lathe, its essential
the
its
and
the
and
of
manner
holding
its
its
tools,
work
attachments,
ing
performdesign,
uses,
modernized
tools and great range
The
the operations.
of accuengine lathe, its methods,
rate
and
methods
of performing
its fimctions.
The
work.
turret
lathe, its tools, accessories
tool
modem
tool
holders,
grinding,
speeds,
feeds,
etc.
work,
steels,
Chapters on
special
Second
edition
$3*50
A

work
of

of 404

and

Turning

pages,

machining

Boring

There
two
are
ways
with
the right way;
and
tools to use
how
Fourth
edition

turn

tapers;

how
it tells you
to use
them, and

the

Air

and

the

Colvin.

and
other.
This
treatise has to do
one
the work
to set the lathe, what
properly, how
other little things that you
should
know.
forty and one

right

way

start

to

25

Liquefaction

CCUtS

AIR

LIQUID
Liquid

H.

Fred

By

Tapers.
to

of

Gases.

By

T.

O'Conor

Sloane.
.

This
manufacture
book
of Liquid
gives the history of the theory, discovery and
Air, and
illustrated
excited
the wonder
contains
of
an
description of all the experiments that have
It shows
how
audiences
all over
the country.
of
liquid air, like water, is carried himdreds
miles and
in open
buckets.
It tells what
be expected
from
it in the near
is handled
may
future.
A
of the most
book
that renders
simple one
problems of the century.
perplexing chemical
illustrated
Startling developments
by actual experiments.
of scientific interest and authority, but is intended
for the general reader,
It is not only a work
in a popular
Second
edition.
being written
365
style easily understood by every
one.
Price
pages.
fS.OO
"

ENGINEERING

LOCOMOTIVE
Air-Brake

Catechism.

By

Robert

H.

Blackall.

text-book.
the Westinghouse
Aii^Brake
It covers
is a standard
Equipment,
Locomotive
Brake
vice)
including the No. 6 and the No. 6 E.-T.
Equipment; the K (Quick Serfor Freight
the Cross-Compound
PuirfJ). The
Triple Valve
Service; and
operation of
in detail, and
all parts of the apparatus
is explained
of finding their pecupractical way
a
liarities
is given.
and
It contains
defects, with a proper
remedy,
2,000 questions with their
which
railroad
examination
will enable
to pass
the subject of
man
answers,
on
any
any
instructors
Endorsed
used
and
examiners
Air Brakes.
and
by air-brake
on
nearly every
railroad
in the
United
edition.
with
States.
Twenty-sixth
411
fully illustrated
pages,
colored
and
Price
diagrams.
plates
$2.00
This

American
The

book

Compound

Locomotives.

By

Fred

H.

Colvin.

shoT}man
in a plain, pracbook
that shows
for the engineman
on
or
compounds
tical
the various
of compound
locomotives
in use.
features
Shows
how
they are
made,
way
what
down
Contains
sections
to do when
balk.
follows:
A Bit of History.
they break
or
as
of Compounding
Steam
Theory
Two-Cylinder
Compound.
Pittsburg
Cylinders. Baldwin
Island
Richmond
Rhose
Two-Cylinder Compound.
Compound.
Rogers ComCompound.
Vauclain
Tandem
Schenectady
Two-Cylinder
Compound.
Compound.
Compounds,
aid win
Tandem.
The
Tandem.
Tandem.
Balanced
Colvin-Wightman
Schenectady
Locomotives.
Baldwin
Balanced
Plans
for
Blows.
Compound.
Balancing.
Locating
Breakdowns.
Motion.
Valves.
Valve
pound
Power
Reducing
Drifting.
Disconnecting.
of ComLocomotives.
Practical
Notes.
inserts on
ing
Fully illustrated and containing ten special **Duotone"
heavy Plate Paper, showdifferent types of Compounds.
142
Price
pages.
$1.00

only

gDund.

THE

22

Application

of

Highly

to

Steam

Superheated

CO.

PUBLISHING

HENLEY

W.

NORMAN

Loeomotlyes*

Robekf

By

Garbe.
be recommended
which
who
too highly to those motive-power men
cannot
Contains
anxious
the highest efficiency in their locomotives.
to maintain
special chapters
Steam
and
Generation
the Two-Cylinder
of Hi^Iy
Superheated
on
Superheated Steam;
and
Simple
Engine;
Compounding
Superheaters:
Superheating; Designs of Locomotive
Constructive
Details
of Locomotives
Usmg
Highly Superheated Steam.
Experimental ana
and
tables.
Cloth.
Illustrated
with
Results.
Price
Working
folding plates
$!3"50
A

practicalbook

are

....

Combus.tlon

of

Coal

and

of

PreTentlon

the

By Wm.

Smoke.

M.

Babb.

|
!

This
book
has been
prepared with specialreference to the generation of heat by the com*
deals
in the United
'States and
bustion
of the common
fuels found
particularlywith the
smokeless
combustion
economic
and
of bituminous
coal in St"t
conditions
to the
necessary
Boilers.
Steam
tionary and Locomotive
ol
Presentation
of this important subject is systematic and
progressive. The arrangement
the book
which
is in a seifes of practical questions to which
accurate
are
appended
answers,
technicalities
involved
describe
the several
free from
in
the
furnace
in language
processes
the essential requisites for perfect combustion,
combustion
of American
fuels; it clearly states
of furnace
construction
for obtaining
and
the greatest
points out the best methods
of
coal.
illustrated.
350
of
heat
from
fully
given quality
Nearly
quantity
pages,
any
Price
$1.0"

Diary

of

This

^ord

link

Bound-House

By T. S. Bjsilly.

Foreman.

of railroad
greatest book
and
suggestions alon^ the
Price
to miss.
176 pages.

experiences

is the

Yalves

Motions,

of "American

and

YalTe

published.

ever

line of handling

men,

Containing

organizing,

etc., that

fund
one

of information
cannot

$1410

Setting.

By

Fbed

H.

Colvin, Associate Editor

Machinist."

that clears up
the msrsteriesof valve
A handy book
for the engineer or machinist
setting.
in use, how
Piston
and
slide valves
Shows
the different valve
they work, and why.
gears
illustrated
and
that every
railroad
in the
of different types
man
are
explained. A book
Contains
Link
Motion,
mctive-power
department ought to have.
chapters on Locomotive
Modern
Valve
Movements,
Practice, Slip of
Setting Slide Valves, Analjrsis by Diagrams,
Gear, Walschaert
Block, Slice Valves, Piston Valves, Setting Piston Valves, Joy-Allen Valve
Valve
Valve
Gear, etc., etc.
Valve
Gear, Alfree-Hubbell
Gear, Gooch
Fully illustrated.
Price
50 eents
^

"

LocomotlTO

Boiler

Construction.

By

Frank

A.

Kleinhans.

and, following this, the locomotive

The
construction of boilers in general is treated
boiler
the shop.
its various
in the order in which
Shows
is taken
all types
parts go through
up
of boilers used; gives details of construction;
practicalfacts, such as life of riveting,puncnes
and
for bending
and
done
other
data.
flanging sheets and
dies; work
day, allowance
per
Examination
and
Locomotive
Boiler
with
Inspection Laws
Questions
Including the recent
Contains
their answers
for Government
Inspectors.
ing
Flangchapters on Laying-Out Work;
General
Plate
and
Planing;
Shearing;
Tables;
Finishing Parts;
Punching;
Forging;
Boiler
Details i Assembling
Riveting;
Details; Smoke-Box
Bending;
Machinery Parts;
and
Calking;
etc., etc.
Boiler-Shop Machinery,
boiler
either
do
with
who
has anything
to
There
isn't a man
work,
new
repair work, who
or
and
boiler worker
doesn't
need
The
this book.
manufacturer,
superintendent, foreman
No
what
the type of bioler, you'll find a mint
of information
matter
that you
all need it.
Over
be without.
wouldn't
400 pages, five large folding plates. Price
93.M
"

Breakdowns

LocomotlTe

by Wm.

W.

their
Remedies*
and
Air-Brake Instructor.

Wood,

By

Geo.

Just issued

L.

Fowler.
Revised

vised
Re-

pocket

edition.
tell you
about
subject that is covered in this pockel
every
all the common
troubles
that an
Just imagine
engineer
all
that could
of the unexpected ones,
troubles
time, and then add
expect to happen some
may
that
will
find
all
h^ve
and
but
that
treated
with
they
never
thought
about,
are
you
occur,
you
VaLve
Gear
Locomotive
Electric
the very best methods
of repair. Walschaert
Troubles,
the Air Brake are all included.
312
Headlight Troubles, as well as Questions and Answers
on
Edition.
Price
8th Revised
Fully illustrated.
pages.
$1"M
It is out of- the question to try and
edition of Locomotive
Breakdowns.

LocomotlTe

Catechism*

By

Robert

Grimshaw.

revised edition of "Locomotive

Book
The
from
Grimshaw, is a New
Catechism," by Robert
twice as many
the number
of illustrations of
Cover
It contains
and double
to Cover.
pages
information
the
Includes
editions.
of
amount
greatest
ever
practical
published fm
previous
and
locomotives.
of modem
the construction
management
Specially Prepared
Chapters on
Locomotive
Valve
the Walschaert
Gear, the Air-Brake
Equipment and the Electric Headlight
are

given.

"

CATALOGUE

OF

tiOD*

tliaraugn^

date.

to

437

paces.

tiie Loeomotive,

of

up

is entirely

Contains

iliustiatioaa, sod

and

Inslraetor

Engineers.

F.

Book

with

QueBtionH
Revised

28th

for

and

young

and

Aaawera.

theii

Price

Edition,

Locomottre

f2.50

and

FlrcmfO

Lockhabt.

rsilro"d
to
book
the Locomotive.
It appeals
entirely now
on
evnry
done
and
the
do
to
them.
Wr^T', -i I,., n
thinea are
tight way
shops and on tht
practical experience in locomotire
in any
be found
other siii...
given in this book owmot
with
their
which
vill
i.'
anawetaareinduded,
queaUona
I'l'.
An

'

'

examinatiop.
Praclieal
information
; The
on
and their Remediea.
Air
Brakes
and
Bteakdowna
in a thorough
Aa a boolc of reference
manner,

Ojii^inirtiun

intoeUpaTta.aafoilowB:
3. Breakdowns
6. Queetiona
These
cover

1.

Bnd
their
for Examination.
the examinations

The

Fireman's

'

iri"jn

'

i"ne

..
.

..

:i')"i[iiie

l.uromotivra,
Uptrntion
liulos aud
SinnaU are hundled
excelled.
The
ia divided
book
unii

Vulvc
Ucaie,
it i^Himot
he

oF

Duties.

2.
Oeneral
of the Locomotive.
Dneription
Brii.lu'H. 5. Extncls
from
Standard
Rul",
The
8S1
bmn
questions have
carefully eeleeted and aiTa,nKed.
S66
SA illustjatious.
required by the difTcitsm niilruLidh,.
paiea,

RemeilieB.

Air

4.

$1.M

of

Prevention

Ballroad

Acctdentsi

Safety

or

Ballroadlng.

In

Georok

By

This
book
is " heart-to-heart
talk with
Rtulroed
Employeee,
dealing with furta, not
the
in the
from
accidents
and
ranks,
men
occur
showing
every-day
experience, how
and
be avoided.
Tbe
book
ia illustrated with
orieinal nhotDKraphs
seventy
they may
ideal
the
aafe
and
unsafe
methoda
of
work.
No
sbowinH
no
visionary scnemee,
FUin

Just

ba

Facts

the

Bale

Pr"ctlcsl

and

SuggestioDs

of preventing

mesna

iUuBlraWd.

Fulb-

Tntn

irs

'

Priee

mil

of

'

"

for

him

it tells

aa

man,

how

len

easily underatood

mathematita,

Euminatlon

folding plates.

S"f"eiice

C"as.

By

from

free

4,000

over

goiofi id for
only all tha

an

not

or

liDcyclopedi*

Practical

23

BOOKS

all who
to
and
and
to
iteelf at ODoe
En^neor
Fireman,
ev"ry
In pl"in langiiase, with
promotion.
full, "]onipiet" answer?,
but
the
ulced
given,
thoae
whioh
by the eitamining engineer ate

It comrbeiuld
vTHniliiatioa

82S

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

are

given.

Every

injuries and

many

rsilroad
All

deatha.

who

employee

railruid

Hade

By

Easy.

G,

E.

bow

drawinsB
pictures.
reads

(be

employees

should

ccntg

Prioe

ExamlDatlons

theories,
and

Colungwood,

train rules in print.

the only practical work
on
Every detail is covered, and puxiling
it a practical treatiae
tor the
eipfalnod in simple, comprehensive
language, making
all others
Train
and
who
have
do with
the
(o
GnginemaQ,
Trainman,
movements
Diepateher.
and
reliable
inlurmatlon
of the
Standard
Containa
Code
of Train
of trains.
complete
Rules
the different toads.
Shows
Signals in Colors, as used on
for single ttack.
Explains fully tha
and
de"nite
of
orders, giving a clear
all onleis
practical appUcstion of train
undcraCandiog
be used.
which
The
snd
rules
in auch
necessity for certain
are
explained
may
meaninK
a
know
doubt
the
under
that
the etudent
orders ha
a
beyond
rights conferred
manner
may
any
action required by certain
rules.
receive
the
As
trainmen
nearly all roads
require
t*"
or
may
their answers,
of examination
with
set
questions,
a
regular eiamlnatlDna,
complete
are
pass
the
the
These
will enable
student
included.
to paaa
with
credit
to
required eiamiuations
he works.
2nd
and
the
road
for which
256
Edition. Revised.
himeell
fully illustrated,
pages,
Prioe
with
Train
Slguala in Colors.
^j.JS
This

is

poinle

The

are

and

Walschaert
By Wu.

W.

Modern

Other

Wood.

Badlal

Talve

Gears

the Walschaert
Valve
understand
would
thoroughly
author
takes
the
the
of a steam
plainest form
book,
as
c
in one
and
du-ectlon"
rough, that will only turn its erank
locomotive
modern
with
the
Walschaert
a

"t thia
the

equ^"d

help,

the
gear

valvee

of

when

the

the

both

inside

divided

Gve

Gear

Locomotives.

the
as
type, as
points in ita revolution, arc
models
employ
sliding cardboard

general

Gear.

G.

dlvialons,

Setting

valves

as

followe:

with

I.

the

poesesa

links

and

other

of
the
in ing
makcontained
in a

parts

especially valuable
which

of the

Analysis

Walachaert

are

Valve

with

The

questions
preparing for

an

the

Gear;

full'
answere

eiaminstion

for

Improved

giren will be
promotion.

Baker-Pilliod

Valve

especially valuable
21o

pages.

3rd

Gear,

Gear;

to

Revised

with

firemen
Edition.

2.

gear.

on

Bafcer-Pilliod Valve

copy

"

Valw Gear?wlth
oues^oMand^ans^ra
MhMT? tKeHobartAlT-lrMValve
and
the

stationary engine in
with the readfrom
it builds up,
er's
Valve
Gear,
The
complete.

welt

admission

should

you

engLuo

different

These

into

Valve

totheWalschaert

outside

nine

clear.

movement

^e,boakis

or

ia at

crank

for

'

tbe

Dcthree

breakdowns;
and

queWaons

and

engineers
Ftice

in

fl.59

24

Instructor.

Air-Brake

Pocket

Instruction

Alr-Brake

E-T

Westinghouse

CO

PUBLISHING

HENLEY

W.

NORMAN

THE

By

Book.

Wood,

W.

Wm.

"

doubt
It is without
aims
to b6 one.
who
and
the man
for the railroad
is a book
Here
man,
Brake
E-T
Locomotive
Equipment.
work
the only complete
published on the Westinghouse
the subject
is needed.
It covers
Air-Brake
knows
who
Instructor
just what
Written
by an
Tender
Brake
and
Engine
the
New
about
Westinghouse
ment,
EquipEverything
thoroughly.
in detail.
No. 6 style of brake, is treated
No. 5 and the Perfected
including the standard
which
enable
to
Plates,
one
and
Written
in plain English
profusely illustrated with Colored
best book
The
ever
publifJied
the entire equipment.
throughout
trace
the flow of pressures
Will pass
engineer.
any
the Air Brake.
on
Equally good for the beginner and the advanced
and enlightens you
on
It informs
point. Indispensable
examination.
every
one
through any
"

and trainman.
to every
engineman
examination
Contains
questions and answers
What
be operated.
Brake
it should
is. How
for promotion, on
asked
of the engineman
up
the book.
answered
and
m
that is not asked
It covers
of this book.
equipment
get a copy
Price
examinations
easy.

Tool

Making

If you
every

want

to

detail.

Covering

$1"50

Interchangeable

and

the "1-T
what
be
Not
question can
a
6 E-T
No.
equipment,
the E-T
thoroughly understand
and
troubles
Air-Brake
Makes

the E-T
equipment.
defective.
do when
the
5 or
either the No.
to

PRACTICE

MACHINE-SHOP
American

on

J^ V.

By

Manufacturing.

WOODWORTH.
A

book, containing no theorizing,no problematical or experimental

badly proportioned and imp"ossiblediagrams, no catalogue cuts, but a
and
drawings
descriptions of devices, the rich fruits of the author's

"shoppy"

are

no

There

devices.
valuable

tion
collec-

own
experience.
of
relates thereto, is dealt
and whatever
the one
In its 500-odd
subject only. Tool Making,
pages
the art of
rival.
It is a complete, practical treatise, on
without
with.
work
stands
a
The
of interchangeable
and
Tool
American
manufacturing as carried on to-day in
system
Making
classes of
all of the different types and
illustrated
described
and
In it are
States.
the United
in all machinein general use
are
small
tools, fixtures, devices, and special appliances which
where
and
capacity,and interchangeeconomy,
manufacturing
metal-working establishments
metal
parts are
imperative. Tne science of jig making
ability in the production of machined
is paid to drill iigs, boring, profiling and
is exhaustively
discussed, and particular attention
and
fastened
located
are
the parts to be machined
milling fixtures and other devices in which
have
and described
illustrated
All of the tools, fixtures, and devices
the contrivances.
within
used for the actual production of work, such as parts of drill presses, lathes, patented
been or are
appliances,brass goods, composition
machinery, typewriters, electrical apparatus, mechanical
^

'

parts, mould
531 pages.

products,

Edited

TRADES.

medals,

etc.

coins,

94.00
OF

ENCYCLOPEDIA

HENLEY'S

articles, drop-forgings, jewelry, watches,

sheet-metal

Price

by Joseph

PRACTICAL
G. Horner,

ENGINEERING

A.M.I.,

AND

ALLIED

M.E.

of illustrations, including
with
thousands
contains
about
2,500 pages
set of five volumes
work
the
details.
This
fml
with
covers
explanatory
sectional
drawings
and
diagrammatic
in all branches
best known
The
Mechanical
Engineering.
experts
entire practice of Civil and
is admirablv
well adapted
The
Cyclopedia
to these volumes.
contributed
of engineering have
mechanical
well as tne
the self-taught practical man,
and
as
needs
to the
of the beginner
The
will
work
machinist.
and
foreman,
shop superintendent,
engineer,,designer, draftsman,
in scope,
ough
thorIt is encyclopedic
to any
be found
of advancement
progressive man.
a
means
technical
subjects, simple and clear in its descriptive
and
on
practical in its treatment
This

brief as may
articles are
The
as
formulee.
technicalities
and
or
without
matter,
unnecessary
written
of the subject, and
are
by
clear and
explicit statement
be and
yet give a reasonably
It tells
of which
they write.
had
who
practical exi"eriencein the matters
have
ample
men
about
to know
engineering and tells it so simply, so clearly, so concisely, that
want
all you
you
of reference
it is without
a
work
As
Complete
a
cannot
help but understand.
peer.
one
set

The

of

Modern

five

volumes,

Machinist.

$!35.00

price

By

John

T.

Usher.

expressly for
is a book, showing by plain description and
by profuse engravings made
This
machineand
of the highest efficiency in modern
advanced,
the work, all that is best, most
and
which, as Mr.
through
by which
shop practice, tools and implements, showing the way
in
the world.'*
mechanics
aW
the'^nest
become
have
are
Maxim
'^American machinists
says,
detail of daily
with
line, the familiarity of the author
every
Indicating as it does, in every
with
man
fail to be of service to any
practically connected
experience in the shojp,it cannot
the shaping or finishing of metals.
the book, all devices
being in actual use
There
is nothing
experimental or visionary about
of shop
methods,
It might
be called
showing a
a
and
giving good results.
compendium
from
ideas to many
will give new
mechanics,
which
variety of special tools and appliances
found
valuable
addition
to
a
It will be
down
to the man
at the bench.
the superintendent
difficult
is
to be
whenever
job
or
should
a
new
be consulted
machinist's
librarjr, and
any
in a practical
all treated
it is boring, milling, turning, or planing, as they are
done, whether
320 pages.
250 illustrations. Price
Fifth edition.
manner.

$^.50

CATALOGUE

OF

FIELD

WHOLE

THE

BT

COVERED

OF

MECHANICAL
HISCOX'S

MR.

BOOKS

25

MOVEMENTS
TWO

BOOKS

that wiU keep you from "inventirig" things thai have

hooks by Gardner
D. Hiscox
two
before, and suggest ways
of doing things thai you have not thought of before.
Many
a
mechanical
over
^ome
pondering
man
spends time and
problem, only to learn, after he
money
and
has solved the problem, that the same
thirty ?uis been accomplished
put in practice by others
and money
effortto accomplish what has already been accomplished
spent in an
long before. Time
LOST.
The
whole
time and
mechanical
field of mechanics, every known
are
movement,
money
covered by these two books.
and practically every device are
has been invented,
If the thing you ward
in them.
it is illustrated
If it hasn't been invented, then you'll find in them the nearest
things
devices tJuU trill apply in your
which
movements
or
to what
some
perhaps;
want,
or
you
ccue,
No
book or set of books
wiU
real
to work.
ever
give you a key from which
published is of more
than the two volumes
value to the Inventor^ Draftsman,
or
described below.
practicalMechanic
We

been

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

publish
done

Mechanical
This

MoTements,

and

Powers,

Devices.

Gardner

By

D.

Hiscox.

of 1,890 engravings of different

mechanical
and
motions
appliances, aoit a book
of great
man,
value
to the inventor, the draftstext, making
readers
and
with
mechanical
book
is divided
The
into eighteen sections
to all
tastes.
the subject-matter
is classified under
Mechanical
the following heads:
or
qbapters, in which
Transmission
of Power;
Measurement
of Power;
Steam
Air Power
Powers;
ances;
AppliPower;
Electric
and
and
and
Motion
Power
Gearing;
Construction;
Navigation
Roads;
Devices*
Mill
and
struction
ConControlling
Horological;
Motion;
Mining;
Appliances;
Factory
and
15th
Miscellaneous
Edition.
Devices;
Drafting
Devices;
400
Devices, etc.
Price
octavo
pages.
$S.OO
is

collection

companied

Mechanical

by

appropriate

Appliances,
By Gardner

This

is

Mechanical
D.

and

MoTcments

Novelties

tion.
of Construc-

Hiscox.

volume
Unlike
mechanical
the first
movements.
to the one
supplementary
upon
which
and
scriptions
deis more
in character, this volume
illustrations
contains
elementary
of many
combinations
and
devices
of motions
and
of mechanical
appliances found
in different lines of machinery,
with a description
each device
being shown
by a line drawing
scribed
deof devices
the multitude
of operation. From
showing its working parts and the method
and illustrated
and elevators.
in i^assing,such items
might be mentioned,
as
conveyors
various
Pony brakes, thermometers,
types of boilers, solar engines, oil-fuel burners, condensers,
Corliss
and
of various
other
valve
motors
evaporators,
engines, water
gears,
gas
governors,
and
automobile
and
motor
bicycles, railway locic
descriptions, air ships, motors
dynamos,
for heavy
mechanism
signals, car
couplers, link and gear motions, ball bearings, breech-block
and
of others
of equal importance.
One
thousand
large accumulation
a
specially mado
guns,
Fourth
edition.
Price
engravings. 396 octavo
$3.00
pages.
a

volume,

Machine-Shop

Tools

and

Shop

Practice.

By

W.

Hw

Yandervoort.

work
of 555
and
detail the construction,
673 illustrations, describing in every
pages
tion
operaand
tools.
chanters
Includes
ting
filing, fiton
manipulation of both hand and machine
and
its
the
and
tools:
lathe
planers,
taps and dies;
scrapinj^ surfaces; on drills, reamers,
ing
and
and
cutting; drillshapers, and their tools; milling machines
cutters;
gear
^ear cutters
machines
and
and
drill work;
and
their work;
hardening
tempering;
grinding machines
data
tables.
edition.
transmission
useful
and
Sixth
machinery;
belting and
rice
$3.00

fearing,
Machine-Shop
This

is

Arithmetic.

By

Colvin-Cheney.

arithmetic
with
of the things you
have
to do
daily. It tells you
plainly about:
how
in figures; how
to find areas
volume
of balls or spheres; handy
to find surface
or
ways
for calculating;
about
threads
lathe;
drilling for
compound
cutting screw
gearing;
on
any
t!ie
of
all
about
speeds
drills;
milling
grindstones,
wheels,
cutters, etc.;
tops, emery
t^"s;
Metric
with
conversion
nuts:
system
tables; properties of metals;
strength of bolts and
decimal
other
inch.
of an
AH
of machine-shop
1,001
equivalent
things,
sorts
figuring and
of which
it saves
than the price of this book
one
to you,
ought to be worth
as
more
any
you
the trouble
of bothering
the boss.
Price
6th Edition.
131 pages.
50 CCntS

Modem

an

Machine-Shop
Oscar

E.

Construction,

Equipment

and

Management.

By

Perrigo.

The
that describes
Plant
only work
from
the
the Modem
published
Shop or Manufacturing
time the grass
is growing
the site intended
is shi^jped. Ju""t
for it until the finished product
on
the book
needed
those
by
shop buildings, the rebuilding
contemplating the erection of modern
and
time
and
of old ones,
of Modern
Metho'ls,
reorganization
the introduction
cost
Shop
or
It
is
book
sjrstems.
written
and
illustrated
for jrrartioal sbon
a
men
by a practical shop man
who
too
all-round
of
It
book
are
to
read
theories
and
facts.
is
the
busy
complete
want
most
its kind ever
Second
219
384
published.
original and
Edition, Revised.
large quarto
pages.
illustrations.
2nd Revised
and Enlarged
Edition.
Price
specially made
$5*09

THE

26

Modem

NORMAN

Milling

Their

Machines:
G.

Joseph

By

HENLEY

W.

PUBLISHING

CO.

Construction,

Design,

and

Operation.

Hobneb.

and
its work
in such
book
This
describes and illustrates the Milling Machine
a
plain, clear
forceful
illustrates the subject so
and
and
clearly and
completely, that the up-tomanner,
without
mechanical
afiford to do
date
the valuable
engineer cannot
or
machinistj student
information
it contains.
Which
not
It describes
of this class, but notes
onl:^the early machines
of the present
their gradual
dav, giving the daiign
development into the splendid machines
and
construction
of the various
special features produced by prominent
types, forms, and
American
and foreign. 304 pages,
Price.
300 illustrations. Cloth.
manufacturers,
^,0$
.

"t

Kinks."

Shop

By

Grimshaw.

Robert

book
from
other
222 illustrations, being entirely different
on
any
pages
imiversal
avoids
conventional
from
style, the author
practice. Departing
and
limits
nis
work
to
of
showing
doing things better,
or
Bi"ecialways
shop usage
common
methods
As a result the advanced
of represenrapidly than usual.
tative
more
cheaplyand more
the
reader.
This book
estaohshments
of the world
of
the
shows
at
are
placed
dbposal
be
To
and
how
the proprietor where
large savings 'are possible,
improved.
products may
his advancement.
it holds
the employee
out suggestions
that, properly applied, will hasten
it. It bristles with
valuable
wrinkles
and
afford to be without
No
shop can
helpful suggestions.
should
It will benefit
all, from apprentice to proprietor. Every machinist, at any
age,
Fifth edition.
Price
study its pages.
$2"50
A

book

and

of 400

machine-shop

Thread

and

Threads

Cutting.

By

Colvin

and

Stabel.

clears up
This
of the mjrsteries of thread-cutting, such
many
Contains
internal threads, catching threads, use
of hobs, etc.
Third
edition.
I^ice
tables.

of

Manual

.25

threads,
several

CentS

TRAINING

MANUAL
Eeonomlcs

double and triple

lot of useful hint? and

as
a

Training.

By

Roxtillion.

Louis

in Manual
needed
by all interested
only book published that gives just the information
is needed
and
Shows
exactly what
Buildings, Equipment,
Training, regarding
Supplies.
and
School.
the Kindergarten
Gives
Normal
to the High
from
for all grades of the work
and
tells just what
it ought
to
itemized lists of everjrthing used in Manual
Training Work
The

cost.

Second

Also
shows
where
Price
edition.

to

buy

NaTal
and

Architect's
Tables

Reference*

and

By

Contains

174

pages,

^nd

is

fully illustrated.

$1.50

MARINE
The

supplies, etc.

and
Marine
Clement

ENGINEERING
Sliipbuilder's
Engineer's
Mackrow

Pocicet
and
and

Boole

of

Surveyor's
Lloyd

Formulae,
Bules,
of
Book
Handy

Woollabd.

of this most
Revised
and
eleventh
The
Enlarged Edition
comprehensive work has just been
in the Shipbuilding
denses
issued.
Industry, as it conIt is absolutely indispensable to all engaged
The
book
is
all data
and
formulse
that are
required.
ordmarily
into a compact form
750
other
subjects a section on Aeronautics.
to date, including among
completely
pages,
up
Price
limp leather binding.
$5*00 net

Marine

and
Botlers: Their
and
Engines
Design
S. Robertson
Leslie
and
S. Bryan
Bauer,

Construction.

By

Dr.

G.

Donkin.

of a condensed
oft felt want
In the words
of Dr. Bauer, the present work
its origin to an
owes
and
treatise embodsring
engmes
the theoretical
and
practical rules used in designing manne
The
boilers.
need
of such a work
has been
felt by most
engineers engaged in the construction
perience.
exbut also by those of greater
and
of marine
working
engines, not only by the younger
men,
of the
written
The
fact that the original German
work
by the chief engineer
was
is in all respects thpi^
famous
Vulcan
that this book
Works,
Stettin, is in itself a guarantee
for the design
is necessary
which
all the information
oughly up-to-date, and that it embodies
be said that the
It may
and
construction
of the highest tjrpes of marine
engines and boilers.
turned
out
been
motive
liners that have
which
Dr. Bauer
has placed in the fast German
power
of
of late years
best practice in marine
engineering
from
the Stettin Works
represent the very
the present day.
systematic, theoretically sound;
is clearly written, thoroughly
The
work
The
reproach.
while
the character
of the
tables, and statistics is without
plans, drawings,
well- executed
illustrations
drawings, with some
careful reproductions
actual working
from
are
and
550 illustrations
erous
num744 pages,
engines and boilers.
photographic views of completed
tables.

Cloth.

Price

$9.00

net

OF

CATALOGUE

BOOKS

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

27

MINING
Ore

^th

Deposits,

Chapter

to Prospectors.

Hints

on

By

J. P. Johnson.

Africa.
in South
of geology
With
these
this work.
understand
to
in order
mining ezperiencQ are
necessary
mineral
for metalliferous
occurrences
in his search
qualifications,it will materially assist one
idea of the possito form
bilities
enable
some
one
concerned, should
are
and, so far as simple ores
Price
Cloth.
Illustrated.
find.
he
of

This
book
It is also
and
some

gives

intended

as

guide

the

to

ore

prospector.

deposits

Only

an

at

present

elementary

known

knowledge

|^.i

By

Mining.

Coal

of the

account

may

any

Practical

condensed

T.

Cockin.

H.

and 213 illustrations,

complete with practicaldetails,
An important work, containing 428 pages
not
only a general knowledge of the principles
will intuitively impart to the reader
which
insight into allied subjects. The treatise is positively
of coal mining, but also considerable
engineer, geologist,
of every
be in the hands
colliery^
injstance, and should
uT"-to-date in every
with
in or connected
mine
operator,
superintendent,foreman, and all others who are interested
Price
Cloth.
$!3*50
the industry. 3d Edition.

Physics

Chemistry

and

of

By T. H.

.Mining.

Byrom.

in mining or qualifying for

of all preparing for examinations
for the use
A practical work
is to place clearly
in this eoDoellent book
of the author
collierymanagers' certificates. The aun
in
assistance
valuable
him
will render
which
data
authoritative
useful and
before
the reader
incorporated in it will
of its kind
published. The information
The
his studies.
only work
and
to students, mining engineers, colliery managers,
of the greatest
practicalutility
prove
160
of mining
problems.
interested in the present-day treatment
all others who
are

illustrated.

pages,

specially

$!3"00

Price

MAKING

PATTERN
Making.

Pattern

Practical

By

F.

W.

Barrows.

in its second
edition, is a comprehensive and entirelypractical treatise on the
book, now
and metal, and with definite
in both wood
subject of pattern making, illustratingpattern work
tions
It gives specificand detailed descripinstructions on the use of plaster of paris in the trade.
those for the
the tools, both
describes
and
used
by pattern makers,
of the materials
the Lathe, the
tools, having complete chapters on
the more
interesting machine
bench
and
fully
It gives many
examples of pattern work, each one
Saw.
Circular
Saw, and the Band
These
detail.
illustrated and explained with much
examples, in tneir great variety, offer much
who
ana
ones,
especially to the younger
of interest to all pattern makers,
that will be found
This

of their trade.
branches
the more
advanced
on
seeking information
have
who
to those
that is new,
much
even
will be found
edition of the work
this second
In the description of patterns as adapted to the Moulding
long practisedthis exacting trade.
of
production
have
long prevented the rapid and economical
difficulties which
Machine
many
ping
Stripof the trade is given much
branch
this great, new
space.
and
castings are
overcome;
and
the less expensive vibrator, or rapping plate work, are
plate and stool plate work
are

In

explained in detaU.
every-day rules for lessening the
of marking,
method
keeping, a detailed
all

Plain,

of patterns,with
a
complete ssrstem of
of the trade, with
applicableto all branches

cost

cost
plete
com-

the pattern is, its specific title, its cost, date of production,
what
information
showing
core-boxes, and its location in the
of pieces and
the number
it is made,
material
of which
index,
card record, with cross
into a most
complete
safe, all condensed
of
and
valuation
for the inventory
'he book
closes* with
an
original and practical method
Price
and
170 illustrations.
$2*00
Containing nearly 350 pages
patterna.

?attem

PEBFUMEBY
Perfumes

and

Cosmetics:

AsKiNSON,

Their

Preparation

and

Manufacture.

By G. W.

Perfumer.

be of value
that could
there has been
nothing omitted
treatise, in which
of toilet preparations.
Complete directions for making
manufacturer
to the perfumer
or
pastilles; preparationsfor the
handkerchief
perfumes, smelling-salts, sachets, fumigating
given,
other toilet articles are
the hair, cosmetics, hair djres and
of the skm, the mouth,
care
some
wholeof purity, and
tests
their nature,
substances;
also a detailed
description of aromatic
for their use.
synthetic products, with formulas
including a chapter on
manufacture,
not
gist
only of the drugthe wants
A book
of general as well as professional interest, meeting
the contents
are:
also of the general public.^ Among
but
and
manufacturer,
perfume
3. Odors
from
in General.
Substances
Aromatic
2. About
1. The
History of Perfumery.
in Perfumery.
Substances
Employed
Aromatic
Vegetable
4. The
the Vegetable
Kingdom.
Used
in Perfumery.
Products
Chemical
6. The
in Perfumery.
Used
Substances
Animal
5. The
Substances.
9. The
of Aromatic
Special Characteristics
8. The
7. The
Extraction
of Odors.
11. Table
Products.
10. Synthetic
Their
Recognition.
Oils and
Adulteration
of Essential
Extracts
Employed
Essences
or
12. The
Chemicals.
of Physical
Properties of Aromatic
Extracts.
and
Essences
Most
the
Important
for Making
Directions
13.
in

comprehensive

Perfumery.

/
28

PUBLISHING

HENLEY

W.

NORMAN

THE

CO.

Perfumes.
mulas
of Handkerchief
Division
Manufactiire
16. Forof Perfumery.
15. The
18. Dry
Acid
and
17. Ammoniacal
Perfumes.
fumes.
PerPerfumes.
for Handkerchief
21.
20. The
Used
for Fumigation.
Perfumes
tiseptic
An19. Formulas
for Dry Perfumes.
23. Some
22. Classification
of Odors.
and Therapeutic Value
Special
of Perfumes.
25. Preparations for .the Care
and Cosmetic
Products.
24. Hygiene
Perfumery.
Perfumery
28. Forrnulas
27. Formulas
for Emulsions.
for
of Casein.
26. Manufacture
of the Skin.
for
and
30. Preparations Used
for Meals, Pastes
Cream.
Vegetable Milk.
29. Formulas
Restorers.
Oils.
and
Hair
and
32. Pomades
Tonics
for Hair
the
Hair.
31. Formulas
and Hair Oils.
34. Hair Dyes and Depilaof Pomades
33. Formulas
for the Manufacture
tories.
Cosmetics
and
and
Brilliantines.
36. Skin
Bandolines
Wax
35.
Pomades,
39.
38. Water
Bath
and
Salts.
Softeners
Lotions.
Face
37. Preparations for the Nails.
41.
sils
The Uten40. The Colors Used in Perfumery.
Preparations for the Care of the Mouth.
Fourth
in the Toilet.
Used
edition, much
enlarged and brought up to date. Nearly
Price
illustrated.
400 pages,
95.00
14. The

WHAT

IS

SAID

OP

BOOK:

THIS

most
satisfactorywork on the subject of Perfumery that we have ever seen."
for
that will not disappoint you,
on
Perfumery
feel safe in saying that here is a book
practical and excellent formulse that are within yoiu* ability to prepare
readily."
be
will
and
that
appointed
disno
the volume
purchaser
recommend
worthy of confidence,
as
say
in securing from its pages
good value for its cost, and a large dividend on the same,
in it for every
is
There
formulae.
its
cent,
of
if he should use
but one
working
money
per
Record.
of its information."
PharmckcevUical

"The
"We
it has
We
"

even
user

"

PLUMBING
Meebanlcal

Drawing

for

Plumbers.

By

R.

M.

Stabbuck.

the subject of mechanical

drawing in its
with the plumbconnected
of all who are in any
to the work
various modern
way
applications
to cusin estimating and in explaining work
Nothing will so help the plumber
in^ trade.
it is of inestimable
of drawing, and to the workman
and workmen
as
a
knowledge
to.ners
the
his position to positions of greater resjponsibility.
Among
value if he is to rise above
tools required and
of drawing;
1. Value
of knowledge
to plumber
are:
chapters contained
mechanical
views needed
in mechanical
2. Perspective versus
drawing.
their use;
common
in plumbing
and incorrect methods
construction.
3. Correct
drawing in showing plumbirg
Floor
and
4.
cellar
elevation
and
plans and elevation; scale
explained.
drawin:^; plan
6. Drawing
of triangles. 5. Use of triangles; drawing of fittings,traps, etc.
drawings; use
8. The
in drawing
and fittings. 7. Instructions
elevations
plumbing elevations.
plumbing
ing
of fixtures and fittings. 10. Ink9. Drawings
drawing of plumbing fixtures; scale drawings.
12. Shading
of drawings.
13. Sectional drawings;
11. Shading of drawings.
of drawmgs.
of sepa14. Plumbing
elevations from architect's plan. 15. Elevations
rate
drawing of threads.
16. Elevations
from the architect's plans. 17. Drawings
parts of the plumbing system.
elevations
of residence.
18. Architect's
connections.
plans and plumbing
of detail plumbing
20. Plumbing
elevations of residence (continued); plumbing
19. Plumbing
plans for cottage.
22.
for six-flat building.
21. Plans
elevations
and plumbing
elevations; roof connections.
of scales. 23. Use of architect's scales.
use
of various parts of the plumbing
system;
Drawing
of wrought-iron
24. Special features in the illustrations of country
plumbing. 25. Drawing
of piping to illustrate heating systems.
26. Drawing
r i in*:,valves, radiators, coils, etc.
Price
loJ i.lustrations.
$1.50
A

comprehensive
"^ncise,

Mcdcrn

Plumbing

and

Dlustrated.

practical treatise

By R.

M.

op

Starbuck.

It has been adopted and usedof plumbing work.

book represents the highest standard
in Cuba, Porto
in its sanitary work
States Government
reference book
by the United
a
as
States and
of Health
of the United
llico and the Philippines,and by the principal Boards
Canada.
of fixtures. It is helpful
It gives connections, sizes and working data for all fixtures and groups
It gives
and in figuring work.
to the master
plumber in demonstrating to his customers
to the best modern
gestions
the mechanic
and student quick and easy access
plumbing jjractice. SugThis book
in its pages.
contained
construction
for estimating plumbing
are
sents,
reprehands
of
the
be
in
should
in a word, the latest and best up-to-date
practice and
every
to the minute
to keep himself
wishes
on
architect, sanitary engineer and plumber who
up
each
illustrated
with
Contains
of
a
construction.
following chapters,
^.hisimportant feature
sinks,
sink; lavatories, pantry
sink, laundry tubs, vegetable wash
ull-page plate: Kitchen
closets, venting
of marble
bath; water
contents
slabs; bath tub, foot and sitz bath, shower
closet
closets operated by flush valves, water
of water
water
closets, water
closets; low-down
refrigerators,
sink, grease
trap;
slop sink, urinals, the bidet; hotel and restaurant
range;
sinks; horse stall,
safe wastes, laiindry waste, lines of refrigerators,bar sinks, soda fountain
connections
for drum
for S traps, venting;
traps;
closets; connections
frost-proof water
soil-pipe connections; supporting of soil pipe; main trap and fresh-air inlet; floor drains and
closets and floor connections; local venting; connections
cellar drains, subsoil drainage; water
for bath rooms;
connections
for bath rooms,
continued; examples of poor practice; roughing
method
of continuous
venting; continuous
work
ready for test; testing of plumbing systems;
continuous
venting for two lines of fixtures on three or more
venting for two-floor
work;
for
construction
for cottage house;
closets; plumbing
floors; continuous
venting of water
for two-flat house;
of special fittings; plumbing
cellar piping; plumbing
for residence, use
double
for
building; plumbing for
apartment
for apartment
building, plumbing
plumbing
tinued;
confor public toilet rooms,
plumbing
office building; plumbing
for public toilet rooms;
for bath
establishment;
plumbing for engine house, factory plumbing;
plumbing
automatic
flushing for schools, factories,etc.; use of flushingvalves; urinals for puDlic toilet
of work
of pipes by electrolysis; construction
the destruction
the Durham
system,
rooms;
This

"

CATALOGUE

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

BOOKS

29

I
lead;
tank;
plumbing;
lift; automatic
country
sump
sewage
water
automatic
siphon;
supply for
oi
sewage
cesspools; septic tank and
double
hot
mains
and
service
of
boilers;
by
electricity;
thawing
water
house;
country
for
automatic
control
of hot-water
of large buildings;
tank;
suggestions
supply
water
407
construction.
57
octavo
fully illustrated
by
estimating
full-page
plumbing
pages,
Price
Third, revised and enlarged edition, just issued.
engravings.
$4*00
without
use
construction

automatic

o^

Practical

Standard

Plumbing*

By

R.

Stabbuck.

M.

in all its
A complete
Plumbing
practical treatise of 450 pages, covering the subject ci Modem
devoted
of
of space
to a very
branches, a large amount
bemg
complete and practical treatment
and Range
Boiler Work.
the subject of Hot
Water
Its thirty chapters
Supply and Circulation
think of, making
include
it an
about
can
indispensable work to
phase of the subject one
every
the master
the journeynian
plumber,
plumber, and the apprentice plumber, containing chapters
leadf work;
the pliunber's tools; wiping solder; composition and
on:
joint wiping;
use;
house
and sewer
connections;
venting;
sewer
traps;
siphonage of traps; venting; continuous
house
main
fresh air inlet; floor, yard, cellar drains,
drain; soil piping, roughing;
trap and
rain leaders, etc.; fixture wastes;
connections;
water
plumbing
closets; ventilation; improved
residence
for hotels, schools,
factories, stables, etc.; modern
plumbing
country
plumbing;
tion;
filtration of sewage
and water
plumbing;
supply; hot and cold supply; range boilers; circulalift and
boiler problems;
hot water
for large buildings;
circulating pipes; range
water
its use;
for hot water
multiple connections
boilers; heating of radiation
by supply system;
for the plumber.
by 347 engravings.
theory for the plumber;
drawing
Fully illustrated
Price

$3.00

RECIFE
Book
Twentieth
Century
D. Hiscox.
by Gardner

Henley's

BOOK
of

Formulas

Recipes,

and

Processes.

Edited

The
valuable
Techno-chemical
Formula
Book
most
10,000 selected
published, including over
scientific,chemical, technological, and practical recipes and processes.
of recipes for
This is the most
Book
of Formulas
complete
published, giving thousands
ever
the manufacture
of valuable
articles for everyday
Ideas, and
Hints, Helps, Practical
use.
revealed
branch
Secret Processes
within
its pages.
of the useful arts and
It covers
are
every
have
should
at his
tells thousands
of ways
and
is just the book
of making
everyone
money,
command.
the book
of every
Modern
in its treatment
subject that properly falls within its scope,
naay
in the arts and
latest formulas
industries,
truthfully be said to present the very
to be found
record.
and to retain those processes
which
of a permanent
long experience has proven worthy
find a place in this valuable
work
To present
limited number
here even
of the subjects which
a
would be diflicult.
Suflice to say that in its pages
will be found
of intense interest and
matter
to obtain
and
who
wishes
to him
a
immeasurably
practical value to the scientific amateur
and
used
in the arts, trades
knowledge
manufacture,
a
knowledge of the many
processes
remunerative.
which
will
render
his
instructive
and
Serving
a
pursuits
more
as
with the
and supplying
book
seekers
reference
to the small and
large manufacturer
intellipent
worth
will be found
information
the work
of mestimable
to
to conduct
a
necessary
process,
of Glues,
the Metallurgist,
the Photographer,
the Perfumer,
the Painter, the Manufacturer
the Compounder
and
of Alloys, the Cook,
the Physician, the
Pastes, Cements,
Mucilages,
the
the Engineer,
the Foundryman,
the Machinist,
the Electrician, the Brewer,
Druggist,
the Manufacturer
of
the Chiropodist,
the Manicurist,
the Confectioner,
Potter, the Tanner,
the
Chemical
Toilet Preparations,
Novelties
and
the Dver, the Electroplater, the Enameler,
the Jeweler,
the Goldbeater,
the Watchmaker,
Engraver, the Provisioner, the Class Worker,
the Paper
the Optician, the Farmer,
the Dairyman,
the Hat
the Ink
Manufacturer,
Maker,
and Soap Maker,
the Veterinary
the Wood
Surgeon,
Maker,
and^ Metal Worker, the Chandler
in general.
and the Technologist
of value
A mine
and
A book
which
will prove
of information,
up-to-date in eveiy
respect.
needs this book;
branch
Arts.
it covers
of the Useful
Every home
to EVERYONE,
as
every
office,every
factory, every
store, every
public and private enterprise ^EVERYWHERE
every
"should
have
Price
800 pages.
a
copy.
$3*00
"

WHAT
"Your

**

are

repay

"Some

OF

BOOK:

THIS

of Recipes, Formulas,
and
Processes
Book
Century
couldn't
copy of it, and if I could not r""lace it, money
saw."
M. E. Tbux,
sort 1 ever
(Signed)
Sparta, Wis.
a

who
few persons
would
not be able
several times the cost of the book."
yoiu*

book,

year

ago

"(

ONE

purchased
about

my
to

SAID

Twentieth

glad to have
thing of the
"There
would

IS

time

ago

living from

'

and

OF

I got
it ever

"

to find in the book

Merchants'
Record

some

and

It is the

single formula
Show

THE

"

WORLD'S

MOST

USEFUL

am

best

that

Window.

and
Twentieth
of Recipes, Formulas
Century Book
it is worth
its weight in gold."
Bennington,
^Wm. H. Murray,

Henley's

Processes,'
Vt.

BOOKS"

made
and
have
Books
of Formulas,'
with two
small children
husband's
death
them.
take from
I have
who
to support
customers
me
of
following directions given in the book, and I have found
everyone
J. H. McMakbn,
West
Toledo, Ohio.

of your
since.
I am
trjring so hard

for and
am
care
Toilet Articles
I put up,
them
Mrs.
to be fine."

"

duly^received.
buy it.

one.

'Twentieth
alone since

Cent%y
my

THE

30

NORMAN

W.

HENLEY

PUBLISHING

CO

BUBBEB
Aand

Babber

O'CoNOR

Stamps

and

the

Manipulation

of

India

Rubber.

T,

By

Sloane.

This book
gives full details on all points, treating in a concise and simple manner
the elements
of nearly everything
it is necessary
for a commencement
to understand
in any
branch
of the
India Rubber
Manufacture.
The
of all kinds of Rubber
Hand
making
Stamps, Small Articles
U. S. Government
of India
Rubber,
Hand
Composition, Dating
Stamps, the Manipulation of
Sheet
India
Rubber,
Rubber
Toy
Balloons,
Solutions, Cements,
Ii^novating,
Blackings,
Varnish, and Treatment
for India Rubber
the
Shoes, etc.;
cellaneous
Hektograph
Stamp Inks, and Misof the Discovery, Collection
Notes, with a Short Account
and
Manufacture
of India
Rubber,
set forth in a manner
be
to
the
are
understood,
designed
readily
explanations
being
Rubber
and
plain and simple. Including a chapter on
Tire
Making
also
Vulcanising;
a
in Surgery and
of rubber
3rd
Revised
and
chapter on the uses
Edition.
Dentistry.
Enlarged
175 pages.
Illustrated

$1*00

SAWS
"

Saw

Filing and

Management

practical hand-book
the speed, work,
for
or
charge of saws,
sha^ and pitches of saw

of

"

Saws.

Robbrt

By

Grimshaw.

and
the brasing of band
swaging, hammering,
A handy
circular saws,
etc.
book
for those who
to run
have
mechanics
those
who
do their own
filing, as it deals with the proper
teeth of all kinds and gives many
useful hints and rules for gumming,
filing,and is a practical aid to those who
for any
setting, and
use
saws
Complete
purpose.
tables of proper
teeth as well as sizes and
shape, pitch, and saw
of teeth of various
number
Srd
mcluded.
Illustrated.
and Enlarged.
are
Price
saws
")dition.Revised
saws,

filing,gumming,

on

and

power

$!"'

STEAM
American

Stationary

ENGINEEBING

Engineering.

By

W.

".

Crane.

takes in the whole

and
begins at the boiler room
plant. A plaintalk on
power
It is not
intended to be scienabout
tific
work
engines, boilers, and their accessories.
that any
All formulas
in simple form
mathematical.
so
one
or
are
understanding plain
The
author
has made
this the most
arithmetic
of them.
can
practical
any
readilyunderstand
book
in print: has given
of experience, and has included
about
all that
the results of his years
left to guess
not
has to do with an
at a single point.
engine room
a
are
plant. You
or
power
You
the various
shown
the best
conditions; how to secure
are
clearly what to expect under
and repairs; in short, all that goes
downs"
of preventing "shut
to make
the
results; ways
up
of a plant. It's plain enough for
of a good engineer, capable of ^taking charfi;e
requirements
in
the
and yet of value to those high
p"rofe88ion.
practical men
is: The
boiler room,
A partial list of contents
cleaning boilers, firing,feeding; pumps,
tion
inspecand repair; chimneys,sizes and cost; piping; mason
work;
foundations;
testing cement;
valve
Corliss
setting;
engines, setting
pile driving: engines, slow and high speed; valves;
and
different
double
sers;
condensers;
valves, single and
eccentric; air pumps
types of condenin
crosshead
not
water
crank;
engineers'
needed;
lining up;
or
sauare
pounds; pins
hardened
from
and
drip pipes
piston rings; oearing metal;
tools; pistons
copper;
cylinder
cluding
jacket;
made,
care
of; oils; greases;
belts, how
testing lubricants; rules and tables,inand
and
cubes
cube
of
steam
roots;
segments;
root;
tables; areas
square
squares
Brick
work*
and
circumferences
of circles.
Notes
areas
explosions; pumps;
on:
pump
Has
a
amination
complete exvalves; heaters, economizers; safety valves; lap, lead, and clearance.
Price
illustrated.
3rd Edition.
for a license, ets., etc.
345 pages,
This

book

every-day

^.QQ

....

Engine

Runner's

Catechism.

By.

Robert

Grimshaw.

to
erect, adjust, and
practical treatise for the stationary engineer, telling how
States.
Describing the principal features
engines in use in the United
principal steam
makes
of engines: Temper
Cut-off, Snipping and Receiving
specialand well-known

Erecting

and

Starting, Valve

Setting, Care

and

Use,

Emergencies.

Erecting

run

the

of various
tions,
Foundaand
justing
Ad-

Special Engines.
the catechism
The
are
plain and to the point, and the answers
questions asked throughout
All the instructions
given in such simple language as to be readily understood^by anyone.
are
in a popular style, without
given are
any
complete and up-to-date; and they are written
is of a handy size for the pocket, clearly
formulse.
work
mathematical
The
technicalities
or
and
and
well printed, nicely bound,
profusely illustrated.
be
who
To
will be of great value, especially to those
may
engineers this catechism
young
and
to
examined
for certificates of competency;
to be
engineers
preparing to go forward
^

it will be of
useful information
Edition.
Price

generally
and
7th

no

really practical
more
little service, as they will find in this volume
387
like compass.
else within
a
than
is to be found
anywhere
pages.
'

$!S.OO

CATALOGUE

In

Engineering

Steam

Modem

PRACTICAL

GOOD,

OF

and

Theory

BOOKS

Praetlce.

31

Gardner

By

D.

Hiscox.
This

complete

is a
the

and

practical work

issued for Stationary Engineers

and

Firemen,

dealing

of boilers, engines, pumps,

superheated steam,
refrigerating
management
with
which
and
all other
branches
elevators, air compressors,
motors,
machinery, dynamos,
200
be familiar.
steam
Nearly
questions with their answers
engineer must
the modem
on
included.
Board, are
electrical engineering, likely to be asked
and
by the Examining
its properties; appliances for the generation
Historical:
and
the chapters are:
steam
Among
heat economy
of the feed water;
steam
of steam;
types of boilers; chimney and its work;
their work;
above
incrustation
its work;
and
and
steam
atmospheric pressure;
.flow
pumps
cator
indiadiabatic
and
its work;
of steam
from
noscles; superheated steam
expansionof steam;
Corliss
slide valve
valve
and
its work;
motion;
steam
engine proportions;
engines ana
compound engine and its theory; triple and multiple expansion
engine and its valve
gear;
and their management;
of power;
cost
steam
engine; steam
turbine; refrigeration; elevators
3rd Edition.
and electric plants. 487 pages,
405 engravings.
engine troubles; electric power
with

and

care

Price

13.00

Steam

Engine

Catechism.

By

Grimbhaw.

Robert

This unique volume

is not only a catechism

the question and answer
of 413 pages
on
principle
it contains
worked-out
formulas
and
for all the Steam
answers
problemsthat appertain to
Illustrations
valves
of the Steam
and
of various
valve
operation and management
Engine.
with
their principles of operation are
that are
given.
Thirty-four Tables
indispensable
gear
that wishes
to become
to every
master
engineer and fireman
to be progressive and is ambitious
of his calling are
valuable
instructor
within
in the service
its pagesl
It is a most
of Steam
it as a valuable
educator
for the beginrecommended
Leading
engineers have
ner
Engineering.
book
well as a reference
for the engineer.
It is thoroughly indexed
for every
detail.
as
is contained
in this valuable
with
its answer
Engine
Every essential question on the Steam
work.
16th Edition.
Price
fiM
but

Steam

Engineer's
A

Arithmetic. By

Colvin-Cheney.

{"racticalpocket-book

Shows
for the steam
how
the problems of the
to work
engineer.
and
shows
Tells how
and
to figure horsepower of en^^ines
boilers; area
"why."
of boilers; has tables of areas
and circumferences;
steam
tables; has a dictionary of engineering
Puts
in figuring whatever
terms.
there is to figure around
to all of the little kinks
on
a
you
the heat
adiabatic
about
unit; absolute
plant. Tells you
expansion; duty of
power
sero;
and one
other things; and
engines; factor of safety; and a thousand
everything is plain and
Pfice
^Qot the hardest
2nd Edition.
to figure,but the easiest.
simple
way
50 CcntS

engine

room

"

Engine

and

Tests

Effldendes.

Boiler

J. Buchetti.

By

This

work
and
illustrates the method
of testing the power
of steam
fully describes
engines,
and
turbines
The
and
of steam
tne
explosive motors.
of fuels.
evaporative power
properties
Combustion
of fuel and
chimney
draft; with formulas
e3q"lained or practically computed.
I^oe
255
179 iUustrations.
pages,

f3.00

Chart.

Horsepower
Shows

of

the^horsepower

cylinder

stationary

any

without

enipne

diameter

No
calculation.
revolutions,

of stroke* the steam

of cut-off, the
pressure
or
Easy to use, accurate,
non-condensing, it's all there.
Especially useful to engineers and designers. Price

STEAM

HEATING
^M^^^l

"

50

CentS

VENTILATION

AND
III

saves

or

II

"

^^"

"IIM

I III M"M

"

""

11

""

""

"

.^*""

and

what
the
whether
densing
contime
and
tions.
calculamatter

Practical
This

Hot-Water

Heating

and

Ventilation.

By

book

A.

G.

King.

is the standard
and
latest work
published on the subject and has been prepared for
of all engaged
in the business
of steam,
hot-water
It b an
heating, and ventilation.
and
exhaustive
work.
Tells
original
how
how
to get heating contracts,
to install heating and
the
best business
Tricks
methods
of the Trade"
to be used, with
for
ventilating apparatus,
Riues
and
data
for estimating radiation
tables and
information
and
such
shop use.
cost and
it
niake
interested
hot-water
in steam,
for everyone
as
heating, and
an
indispensable work
ventilation.
It describes
all the principal systems
and
of steam,
hot-water, vacuum,
vapor,
accelerated
heating, together with the new
of hot-water
circulation,
ssrstems
vacuum-vapor
of ventilation
and
including chapterson up-to-date methods
the fan or blower
ing
system of heatand
ventilation.
I. Introduction.
II. Heat.
III. Evolution
Containing chapters on:
of artificial heating
and
V. The
flue.
settings.
chimney
apparatus. IV. Boiler surface
Vl. Pip6 i(nd fittings. Yll.
VIII.
Forms
of radiating surfaces.
IX.
Valves, various kinds.
the

'

Steam,
use

'*

HENLEY

PUBLISHING

CO.
.

W.
"

NORMAN

-""--

THE

32

X. Estimating
radiation.
XI.
of radiating surfaces.
Steam-heating
apparatus.
Pressure
Exhaust-steam
Hot-water
heating. XIV.
of hot-water
heating. XIII.
systems
Greenhouse
XVII.
XV.
Hot-water
heating.
Vacuum
and
appliances. XVI.
vapor
Miscellaneous
XIX.
XVIII.
exhaust
Radiator
and
heating.
heating.
vacuum
tions.
pipe connecMechanical
ventilation
and
Ventilation.
XXI.
hot-blast
XX.
heatmg. XXII.
District heating.
XXIV.
XXV.
Steam
perature
TemPipe and boiler covering.
appliances. XXIII.
XXVI.
Business
control.
heat
methods.
XXVII.
Miscellaneous.
regulation and
useful information.
300
XXVIII.
367
2nd
Rules, tables, and
detailed engravings.
pages,
Edition
Revised.
Price
$3.00

Locating

XII.
work.

"

Plain
to DIreet
Answers
Questions
on
Steam,
Hot-Water,
Practice.
Vacuum
G. Kino.
and
Heating
By Alfred

Hundred

ilve

Yapor

it is intended
form;
a
jiistoff the press, is arranged in question and answer
as
and
text-book
for the younger,
book
for aU
inexperienced fitter and as a reference
fitters.
and
also tells "why".
This
book
tells "how"
No
work
of its kind
has ever
been
each
all the questions
method
regarding
would
that
be
or
published. It answers
system
and
asked
used
fitter or heating contractor,
be
reference
a
text
by the steam
or
book,
as
may
and
Steam
Trade
Schools
Fitters'
for examination
Associations.
or
questions by
Rules, data,
tables and
much
other
detailed
information
are
given, together with
of
descriptive methods
dailv practical use
in the various
in or interested
methods
of heating.
to those
engaged
uable
Valexaminations.
for
Answers
asked
modem
to those
question
relating to
preparing
every
and
the contents
Vacuum
The
Heating.
Vapor
Among
Steam, Hot-Water,
are:
Theory and
Laws
Methods
of Heat.
and
Flues.
of Heating.
Boilers
for
Boiler
Heating.
Chimnesrs
Steam
and
tions
Heating.
Boiler, Radiator
Pipe ConnecTrimming and Settings. Radiation.
Hot
for Steam
The
Water
Gravity
of Hot
Water
Heating.
Two-Pipe
Heating.
System
Overhead
Circuit
The
The
of Hot
Water
Heating.
Heating.
System
System of Hot Water
and
for Gravity Ss^stems of Hot
Water
ing.
HeatHeating.
Boiler, Radiator
Pipe Connections
Accelerated
Connections.
Hot
Water
Domectio
Hot
Water
Heating.
Expansion Tank
Valves
and
Air Valves.
Vacuum
and
Heating.
Mechanical
Vapor
Vacuo-Vapor
Heating.
Systems
Non-Mechanical
pf Vacuum
pheric
AtmosHeating.
Systems.
Vacyum
Vapor Systems.
and
Greenhouses.
Rules
and
Tables.
Heating
Information,
Modulating Systems.
Cloth.
200 pages,
127 illustrations.
Price
Octavo.
$1*50

This

work,

guide

STEEL
Steelf

Its Selection, Annealing,

Markham.

Hardening,

and

Tempering.

By

E.

R.

This
work
"The
American
Steel Worker,"
but
the publication
was
formerly known
on
as
of the new,
revised
it advisable
its title to a more
edition, the publishers deemed
to change
suitable one.
It is the standard
work
and Annealing
Steel of all kinck.
Hardening,
Tempering,
on
book
This
tells how
how
to select, and
steel for everyto work,
harden, and anneal
temper,
thing
earth.
It doesn't
tell how
class of tools and
then leave the treatment
on
to temper
one
kind
of another
of tool to your
and
but it gives careful instructions
imagination
judgment,
for every
detail of every
it be a tap, a reamer
It tells
tool, whether
just a screw-driver.
or
about
the tempering
of small
watch
the annealins
of cutlery, and
of
springs, the hardening
dies.
In fact, there isn't a thing that a steel worker
that isn't included.
would
want
to know
It is the standard
book
and
selecting, hardening
on
tempering all grades of steel. Among
the chapter
be mentioned
the following subjects:
the workheadings
might
man;
Introduction;
methods
of heating;
steel;
heating tool steel; forging; annealing;
hardening
baths;
baths
for hardening;
hardening
after hardening;
of
steel; drawing the temper
examples
tools of machine
hardening;
making
case
spring tempering;
hardening;^ pack haraening;
of
steel; special steels; steel for various
etc.
400
tools; causes
trouble; high-speed steels,
Fourth
edition.
Price
Very fully illustrated.
pages.
$!S*50

Hardening,

Tempering,

Annealing,

and

Forging

of

Steel.

By

J. V.

Wood-

WORTH.

work
ing,
all modem
for the heating, annealtreating in a clear, concise manner
processes
of great practical
forging, welding, hardening
and
it a book
tempering of steel, making
value
the metal-working
to
mechanic
in general, with
for the successful
special directions
hardening and tempering of all steel tools used in the arts, including milling cutters, taps, thread
both
all kinds
dies, reamers,
solid and
of sheetand
shell, hollow
mills, punches
dies, and
metal
tools of all descripn
working
fine cutlery, and
tools, shear blades, saws,
metal-cutting
the simplest
tion, as well as for all implements
In this work
of steel both
large and small.
and
most
satisfactorv
and
hardening
are
tempering
given.
processes
The
the leading brands
to which
uses
be adapted are
of steel may
concisely presented, and
their treatment
for working
under
different
conditions
explained, also the special methods
for the hardening and
tempering of special brands.
A chapter devoted
is also included, and
for case-hardening
to the different
special
processes
reference
made
kinds.
of machinery
Fourth
to the adaptation
steel for tools of various
tion.
edinew

288

pages.

201

illustrations.

Price

f!3"50

CATALOGUE
*

"

'

"

'

OF

'

"

"

"

"

""

"

PRACTICAL

GOOD,
I

""

"

"

-"

""""""

BOOKS

I.

.1

I.,

^_

^.

,_

33

mm

"

"

"

"

TRACTORS

The

Gas

Modern
A

and

design

latest

work

and

tjrpes

practical

504

Pag6,

sizes

of

tractor

kerosene

road

the

on

and

illustrations

300

in

work

oil

the

and

and

The

best

farmers,

engineers.

folding

operation

care,

field.

by

Cor'-

tractors.

for

needed

dealers, designers,

Nearly

and

instructions

complete

plants.

power

implement

pages.

M.E.

gasoline,

gives

applications

and

salesmen,

enlarged.

and

W.

exhaustively,

tractors

mechanics,

blacksmiths,
revised

all

farm

on

all

construction

outlines

repair,

and

Victor

By

describing

treatise

complete

sideis

Tractor.

Second

plates.

anil

stucients,

edition,

Price

jji'^ 0(|

TURBINES

Marine

Steam
E.

Turbines.

LuDwiG

and

Translated

from

and
of

turbine

all

out

carry

it

on

fills

the

shaft,

the

ordinary

which

and

blades

are

various

types,

the

on

and

of

No

work

issued

pages

and

of

tables,

the

standard

work

works.

which

the

Large
chart.

turbines,
the

214

Price,

tables,

why

turbines

through
influence

of

of

vacuum

which

signer
de-

illustrated

Fully

pages.

to

hence

reason

information

very

octavo,

desii;ner

Numerous

the

in

occurs
a

steam

takes

steam

word,

enable

lucidity

calculation,

entropy

net

$3*50

Saunieb.

Claudius
this

book

for

for
and

engravings

250

and

clearness

companion

workshop

completeness.

engaged

those

fourteen

in

plates

It

contains

watch-making

and

included.

are

This

Price

watch-making.

on

theoretical

and

system,

pressure

will

It

remarkable

turbine

an

exhaust

to

tical
prac-

number

Parsons

of

with

In

the

construction

more

course

etc.

in

as

MAKING

with

Nearly

arts.

the

requires.

including

as

and

steam

most

By

intended

mechanical

allied

by

is essen'ia'ly

through

passes

machines.

for

the

turbines,

compare

can

is

As"i"ted

book

steam

inlet

from

explain

are,

turbines

Handbook.

498

Lasche.

The

of

shafts,

Curtis

larger

WATCH

Watchmaker's

O.

Swallow.

more

steam

the

which

they

steam

steam

eighteen

containing

by

met

as

or

necessary

thermodynamics
of

two

of

S.

expansion

of

case

found,

be

designed

builder

and

the

G.

M.
full

driving

calculation

will

consumption

steam

the

expansion

is hardly

diagrams

turbine

for

in

as

by

which

complete

one

want

curves

in

arranged

which

in

turbines

edited

and

turbines

turbines

separate

and

Vogel.

German

thfe

discusses

Baueb

G.

Dr.

By

H.

is

$3.00

WELDING
"

^^^

Automobile

^th

Welding

the

simple
'Explaisis
a
manner
Proceeds
shop
equipment.
in

understandable

steel,

are

brass,

copper,

of
utmost

by

the

proper

since
value,
fully explained

and

bronze,
to

manner

and

bum

the

proper,

the

iron
carbon

problems
methods

its

of

are

out

arising
to

to

never

fully
of

the

when

overcome

Price

and

care,

welding

principles

malleable

perplexing

used,

actual

the

to

Gives

one.

every

the

to

apparatus
then

be

By

Flame*

Oxy-Acetylene

all
be

combustion
raetal

is
shown.

construct

necessary

in

parts,

Aluminum,

forgotten.
as

Dunham.

Keith
to

automobile

treated,

tLem

M.

how

well

as

to

167

clear

pages,

manner

cast

This

head.
heated

iron,

tion
explanabook

melting
fully

is

trated.
illus-

$1.00

JU/V

19T9

of

point